Tendernotice 1

NIT NO.
DVC/Tender/Head Quarter/IT Cell/ERP/CMM/Works and Service/00001 Dated 08/12/2022
DAMODAR VALLEY CORPORATION

(ESTABLISHED BY ACT XIV OF 1948)
TENDER DOCUMENTS
FOR
“Selection of Implementation Partner for Implementation of SAP based ERP
Solution in DVC”
TENDER DOCUMENTS
NIT NO.: DVC/Tender/Head Quarter/IT Cell/ERP/CMM/Works and Service/00001
Section I
Notice Inviting Bids
(This document is meant for the exclusive purpose of bidding against this Tender Document No. / Specification and shall not be
transferred, reproduced or otherwise used for purposes other than that for which it is specifically issued).
“THROUGH E-TENDERING PROCESS ONLY”
DECEMBER 2022
Page 1 of 514
NIT NO. DVC/Tender/Head Quarter/IT Cell/ERP/CMM/Works and Service/00001 Dated 08/12/2022
TENDER DOCUMENTS FOR

Solution in DVC”
NIT NO.: DVC/Tender/Head Quarter/IT Cell/ERP/CMM/Works and Service/00001
NOTICE INVITING BIDS (NIB) 3
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB) 11
SCOPE OF WORK 33
EVALUATION PARAMETERS 77
SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT 91
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 116
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC) 162
BID FORMS AND PROCEDURES 172
ANNEXURES 219
Page 2 of 514
SECTION – I
NOTICE INVITING BIDS (NIB)
Page 3 of 514
NOTICE INVITING BIDS

(ESTABLISHED BY ACT XIV OF 1948)

solution in DVC”
NIT No.: DVC/Tender/Head Quarter/IT Cell/ERP/CMM/Works and Service/00001
Damodar Valley Corporation (DVC) invites bids from the eligible bidders in e-tendering mode
(Single Stage – three envelopes basis) for “Selection of Implementation Partner for
Implementation of SAP based ERP solution in DVC”. Contents of the envelopes should be
as per below:
1. Envelope 1 (offline): should contain documents in support of Cost of Tender document, Bid
Security and Integrity Pact. Refer Clause 1.8 Section II (Instructions to Bidders) for all
documents required to be submitted.
2. Envelope 2 (online): Technical proposal to be submitted on e-tendering portal as specified
in this Tender. The technical proposal must contain all documents (Declaration/ Information
in support of technical part of Techno-commercial Bid as mentioned in the NIB and Scanned
copies of Letter of Bid, Affidavit, Notarized Power of Attorney and documents supporting Pre
– Qualification Criteria as specified in Clause 1.8 Section II (Instructions to Bidders).
3. Envelope 3 (online): Financial Proposal (Price Bid) to be submitted on e-tendering portal.
This is an Excel Sheet format which must be duly filled up by the bidder and submitted
before the due date and time.
Note: All documents should be self-attested & Notarized by a Public Notary. DVC can request
original documents with respect to the above for verification of documents / other purpose as
per stipulation of the published document.
DVC reserves the right to reject any or all bids or cancel/ withdraw the invitation for bid without
assigning any reason whatsoever and in such case no parties shall have any claim arising out
of such action.
DVC shall not be responsible in any way for any delay/ difficulties/ inaccessibility of downloading
or uploading facility from the website for any reason whatsoever.
Downloading of Bid Documents by any bidder shall not be construed that such party is
considered to be qualified. Transfer of bidding documents downloaded by one intending bidder
to another is not permissible.
In case of any discrepancies found between the downloaded bid documents from the website
and the master copy available on the website https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app, the latter
shall
Page 4 of 514
prevail and will be binding on the bid issuing authority and bidders. No claim/ appeal on this
account will be entertained or given cognizance.
A Valid Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) (class III with Signing & Encryption Certificate) is
mandatory to participate in the e- tendering system under CPPP portal. The e-token should
have both a signing and an encryption certificate for securing the e-tender data for participating
in the e - tendering system. The certificate may be obtained from any of the authorized agencies
of CCA (Controller of Certifying Authorities)] at the Bidder’s own cost. The instructions given
below are meant to assist the bidders in registering on the CPP Portal.
Bidders are required to register in the Government e-procurement portal, obtain ‘Login ID’ &
‘Password’ and go through the instructions available in the home page after logging in to the
CPP Portal (URL: https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app/app), by clicking on the link “Online
bidder Enrolment” on the CPP Portal which is free of charge.
As part of the enrolment process, the bidders will be required to choose a unique username and
assign a password for their accounts.
Bidders are advised to register their valid email address and mobile numbers as part of the
registration process. These would be used for any communication from the CPP Portal.
Upon enrolment, the bidders will be required to register their valid Digital Signature Certificate
issued by any Certifying Authority recognized by CCA India with their profile.
The bidder then logs in to the site through the secured log-in by entering their user ID/ password
and the password of the DSC / e-Token.
The Bidder intending to participate in the bid is required to register in the e-tenders portal using
his/her Login ID and attach his/her valid Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) to his/her unique
Login ID. He/ She have to submit the relevant information as asked for about the firm/contractor.
The bidders, who submit their bids for this tender after digitally signing using their Digital
Signature Certificate (DSC), accept that they have clearly understood and agreed to the terms
and conditions including all the Forms/Annexure of this tender.
More information useful for submitting online bids on the CPP Portal may be obtained at:
https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app. For clarification about e-tendering procedures,
downloading & Uploading and further details / elaboration, the bidders are advised to contact
the following FMP Support Persons, representatives of M/s. National Informatics Centre
Services Incorporated (NICSI), available in Help Desk at DVC Towers, C&M Department, 3rd
Floor, Kolkata-54, West Bengal, India during the office hours. (9:30 AM to 6:00 PM)
Mr. Sk Nawajesh Rahman, e-mail:rnawajesh@gmail.com (Mob. No. 9831683690).
Mrs.Armistha Kangsa Banik, e-mail: armistha.banik1989@gmail.com (Mob:8240124812).
Bidders are advised to go through “Bidder Manual Kit”, “System Settings” & “FAQ” links
available on the login page of the e-Tender portal for guidelines, procedures & system
requirements. In case of any technical difficulty, Bidders may contact the helpdesk numbers &
email ids mentioned at the e-tender portal.
Notwithstanding anything stated above, the owner reserves the right to request for any
additional information and also reserves the right to reject the bid of any bidder, if in the opinion
of the owner, the qualification data/ requested information is incomplete and/ or the bidder is
found not qualified to satisfactorily perform the job.
(Envelope 1: Hard Copy Documents) shall be dropped in the Tender Box at 3rd Floor of DVC
Tower or may be sent through Courier / Speed Post. Name of the Tender and NIT no & Date
shall
Page 5 of 514
be clearly written on the Envelope. Proposal (Envelope 1) shall be addressed to the Chief
Engineer, C&M. DVC shall not be responsible in any way for any delay in postal services. Hard
Copy submission to be dropped in Tender Box before due date of opening and 2 hours prior to
the time of opening of Bid as mentioned in Clause 1.6 (Bidding Schedule).
The names and designation along with e-mail address of two officers specially assigned by
Chief Engineer, C & M, DVC Towers, for receiving (i) online pre-bid queries, (ii) future
correspondence and also (iii) the hard copies (offline) of the supporting documents as asked in
this Tender, are mentioned below:
1. Shri Kousik Baral, SE(M), C&M, DVC, Kolkata, email: kousik.baral@dvc.gov.in Ph-
03366072318.
2. Shri Jayabrata Biswas SDE (E), C&M, DVC, Kolkata, email: jayabrata.biswas@dvc.gov.in
Mobile Ph No. 8240165702
No person other than those mentioned above is authorized to receive the aforesaid documents
(off-line and/ or online).
For any kind of technical related queries please contact Shri Satyaki Das Gupta, SDE, IT CELL,
DVC, Kolkata, email: satyaki.dasgupta@dvc.gov.in Mobile Ph. No. 9903887822
Address for Communication:

The Chief Engineer (C & M),
Chief Material Manager,
C&M Department, 3rd Floor,
Damodar Valley Corporation,
DVC Towers, VIP Road, Kolkata,
West Bengal, Pin: 700054, India.
Page 6 of 514
1.1 Due Diligence by Bidders

1. Bidders may before submission of their bids, examine the requirements at their own
expense and ascertain themselves about the landscape of implementation of solution
and other information necessary for preparing their Bids.
2. Bidders shall be deemed to have full knowledge of the requirements of the work and
vendors may visit DVC plant locations and corporate offices at their own expenses for
understanding the magnitude of scope of work. DVC will not accept any responsibility
or liability for any errors, omissions, inaccuracies, or errors of judgment concerning
information or materials provided by DVC in this Document or otherwise, with respect
to this Project. Although such information and materials are to the best of the DVC’s
belief, however, their verification is the sole responsibility of Interested Party.
3. Neither DVC, nor their employees make any representation or warranty as to the
accuracy, reliability or completeness of the information provided nor will have any
liability to any bidder which may arise from or be incurred or suffered in connection
with anything contained in this bid and the award of the work or otherwise arising in
any way from the selection process.
1.2 Brief Scope of Work

DVC intends to implement latest version of SAP System and is looking to select a capable
bidder for implementing the following brief scope of work (detailed scope available in Scope of
Work Section III)
1. Preparation of Project Charter including project management plan, preparation of

RACI matrix, project governance structure, resource deployment plan, communication
matrix, preparation of authorization matrix for various roles and responsibility, site
survey plan, project risks, mitigation plan and dependencies etc.
2. Initial training and project initiation activity such as implementation plan, planning of
tasks to be carried out and roles and responsibilities of various stake holders.
3. Finalization of business solution design with required process engineering which shall
include hardware, network design, security architecture, integration/ interface strategy
and process with legacy and other required systems.
4. Cloud Data Centre design, which includes sizing along with technical specification for
smooth functioning of legacy applications which would be integrated with SAP and
also, for other bespoke or COTS solution.
5. Supply, configuration & commissioning of SAP licenses as well as ERP related

software, database, clustering tools, integration tools and other components.
6. Support for legacy software till Go-Live of last module of ERP & full migration of the
data from legacy to new system. Legacy Application Framework: Struts 1.2/Jsf 2.0,
Page 7 of 514
Technology: Java, Database: Oracle. Detail landscape of legacy system has been
mentioned in Section III – Scope of Work.
7. Data Collection, Cleaning & Preparation of migration strategy with templates.
8. Migration of legacy data to the ERP System.
9. Quality check and audit of cloud-based Data Centre Infrastructure. OEM audit and
VAPT audit by Cert-In empaneled auditor before Go Live.
10. Operational training to DVC team on Operation & Maintenance of cloud-based Data
Centre. Workshops across different locations on change management.
11. Functional training to DVC team on module-wise ERP functions. ABAP, BASIS and
other related SAP technology training to DVC IT Team.
12. Implementation of ERP Solution at 3 pilot locations and subsequent roll out at all
locations
13. Annual functional & technical support for ERP system to keep it up and running for 3
years post stabilization period as defined in the detailed Scope of Work.
14. Support of cloud-based Data Centre for entire project duration.
Bidder shall provide all required tools and resources which may not be specifically stated
herein, but required to meet intent of ensuring completeness, maintainability and reliability of
the total system covered under this Tender.
1.3 Accessing Tender Documents and Participation

The complete Tender document can be viewed/ downloaded from the tendering portal of
https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app by bidders. For any help regarding downloading or
submissions, bidders may contact Mr. Sk Nawajesh Rahman, e-
mail:rnawajesh@gmail.com (Mob. No. 9831683690) or, Mrs.Armistha Kangsa Banik, e-
mail: armistha.banik1989@gmail.com (Mob:8240124812).
The amendments/ clarifications to the Proposal Documents by the Authority, if any, will be
uploaded on the website.
Bidders intending to participate in the e-tendering have to download the detailed bid document
and have to register themselves in the Government e-procurement portal by NIC (GEPNIC)
under Central Public Procurement Portal (CPPP) URL: https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app.
The Bidders who have already registered in DVC’s e-tendering portal having valid registration
need not register again. However, such bidders are to ensure that their registration in the e-
tendering system is valid till the completion of the entire bidding process.
Page 8 of 514
All the bidders are requested to get themselves registered well in advance and no extra time will
be considered for submission of bids for the delay in Registration, if any.
Bidder may seek clarifications on the bid documents before the Pre-Bid date as specified in the
Bidding Schedule. Any clarification sought by the bidders must be sent in writing to the Bid
Inviting Authority.
Each bid shall indicate that it is a firm bid and that the bid will remain valid for a period not less
than one hundred and Eighty (180) days from the due date of the submission of the bid. DVC
reserves the right to reject any bid, which does not meet this Bid Validity Period requirement.
DVC may request one or more extensions of the Bid Validity Period. To make such request, the
DVC shall give notice through email to the bidder(s) at least three (3) days prior to expiration of
the Bid Validity Period. If any Bidder does not agree to the extension, they may withdraw by
giving notice in writing to DVC of its decision before the expiration of the Bid Validity Period. In
case, the DVC does not receive any written notice of withdrawal before the expiration of the Bid
Validity Period, the requested extension shall be deemed to have been accepted by the
Bidder(s).
When an extension of the Bid Validity Period is made, bidders shall not be permitted to change
the terms and conditions of their bids.
1.4 Submission of Bids

The Bidder shall submit their proposals under the Single-Stage Three-Envelope bidding
system in electronic form as follows:
Envelope 1: Cost of Tender Documents, Integrity Pact & Bid Security

Envelope 2: Pre – Qualification Documents & Technical Proposal
Envelope 3: Commercial Proposal. Price Bids of only those Bidders who qualify in technical
evaluation shall be opened.
Detailed instructions on submission of bids are provided in Instructions to Bidders for reference
Bidders shall prepare and submit their bids in the electronic form in
https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app/ only.
1.5 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) & Cost of Tender

EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD) : Rs. 1,13,76,000/- (Rupees one crore thirteen lakh and
seventy six thousand) only
COST OF TENDER DOCUMENTS: Rs. 35,000/- (Rupees thirty five thousand only including
GST). (Non-refundable)
Page 9 of 514
1.6 Bidding Schedule
Tender Document downloading Date & From 08.12.2022 at 17:00 Hrs. (IST) to
Timing 12.01.2022 at 09:30 Hrs. (IST)
Last Date of Submission of Pre-Bid Queries

15.12.2022 at 18:00 Hrs. (IST)
(Online)
Date & Time of pre-bid conference (to be 16.12.2022 at 15:00 Hrs. (IST)
held at DVC Towers, Kolkata)
Date & time of submission of Proposals
Pre-Qualification (Envelope 1) (Offline) From 08.12.2022 at 17:00 Hrs. (IST) to
Technical Proposal (Envelope 2) (Online) 12.01.2022 at 09:30 Hrs. (IST)
Commercial Proposal (Envelope 3) (Online)
Opening of Technical Bids 13.01.2022 at 10:00 Hrs. (IST)
Presentation Date and Time At a date to be notified by DVC in due
course, interested parties would be
appraised at least 5 working days in
advance
Declaration of Technical Evaluation Results To be intimated to bidders at a later date
and Opening of Commercial Bids
Declaration of Selected Bidder by DVC To be intimated to bidder at a later date
Award of LOA / Work Order for Successful To be intimated to bidder at a later date
Bidder
Any addendum/ corrigendum/ extension, if required, pertaining to this Tender will be hosted in
https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app only. Bidders are requested to visit the website
https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app regularly for any addendum/ corrigendum/ extension till
opening of tender.
1.7 Communications
All communications, including the submission of the Proposal should be addressed to:
DVC Towers, VIP Road, Kolkata,
West Bengal, Pin: 700054, India.
Page 10 of 514
SECTION – II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)
Page 11 of 514
1.1 Guideline for preparation of response

1. Since the requirements of DVC for implementation of the ERP Solution, terms of scope
of work and expertise required for implementation are specific to DVC, it intends to
consider only those organizations that have the requisite capability and competency.
2. Keeping this requirement in mind DVC has formulated the eligibility criteria to select the
Implementation Partner from organizations/ companies who have the requisite
experience, competence, and financial strength.
3. All the bidders will be assessed against the eligibility criteria and all the criteria listed in
this section will be used for evaluation.
4. Keeping in mind the requirements laid down in the eligibility criteria, the bidders are
suggested to assess their eligibility before submitting the bid.
5. The invitation to propose is open to all SAP based ERP solution providers who qualify
the eligibility criteria.
1.2 Qualification Criteria

Supporting
SLN Criteria Details
Documents
Financial Criteria
The bidder should have minimum average

annual turnover of not less than Rs. 56.88
Entity Financials – Crores for the best of three financial years Please refer Note No:
1.
Annual Turn over out of last five financial years. Note: Other (i) & (j) of notes
income shall not be considered for arriving
at annual turnover.
Net working capital or access to credit Please refer Note
facilities (unutilized portion) for the last No: (i) & (j) of
financial year should not be less than notes. Further to
14.22 Crore. Net working capital means above in case of
the difference of sum of current assets shortfall of net
Net working
and sum of current liabilities. Current working capital,
capital or access
assets means a sum of cash and cash certificate from
to credit facilities
equivalent, current investment, scheduled bank in
inventories, trade receivable, short term support of credit
loan and advances and other current facility as on the
assets. Current liabilities means a sum date of NIT to be
of short term borrowings, trade produced.
Page 12 of 514
Supporting
Documents
payables, short term provision and other
current liabilities.
Net worth of the bidder as on the

last day of the preceding financial
year shall not be less than 100% of
the paid up share capital.
Net worth would mean the sum total

of the paid up share capital and free
reserves. Free reserve means all
reserves credited out of the profits Please refer Note
2. Net Worth and share premium account but No: (i) & (j) of
does not include reserves credited notes.
out of the revaluation of assets,
write back of depreciation provision
and amalgamation. Further any
debit balance of Profit and Loss
account and miscellaneous
expenses to the extent not adjusted
or written off, if any, shall be
reduced from reserves and surplus.
Companies/Organization under Board

for Industrial Finance and A certificate of
Reconstruction (BIFR) / National practicing
company law tribunal (NCLT) / Chartered
Companies/Organization under Debt Accountant must
BIFR / DCT /
3. Recovery Tribunal (DRT) / be produced by
CDR/NCLT
Companies/Organization, who have the bidder that the
applied for Corporate Debt bidder does not
Restructuring (CDR) in last two fall under the
financial years shall not be considered above criteria.
for bid qualification.
Technical Criteria
Bidder must be incorporated in India Certificate
under the Companies Act’ 1956/2013 of incorporation and
Registration
4. and should have been in business of copy of
Status
SAP based ERP (configuration, memorandum and
development, customization, Articles of
Page 13 of 514
Supporting
Documents
integration and commissioning of ERP) Associations of the
for at least 5 (Five) years, preceding company
the last date of submission of bid. evidencing that
they are working in
the SAP
based ERP
business for the
last
5 years should be
attached as
supporting
document. (Please
submit notarized
copy of the same)
Certificate from
Bidder should be an authorized
Product OEM (Please
5. partner with SAP as on date of
Partnership submit notarized
submission of the bid.
copy of the same)
The Bidder must have on its roll at least
50 OEM (SAP ERP) certified
professionals in the area of
configuration, development,
customization, integration and
commissioning ERP as on bid
submission date.
Certificate from the
Bidder must have min 3 OEM (SAP -
HR of the company
ERP) certified professionals having
mentioning the
expertise & experience in each of the
Employee name of Employee,
6. following SAP-ERP Modules:
Strength qualification, year
• Finance of experience.
• Material Management Copy of the
• Projects certificate to be
• Plant Maintenance and Operations provided
• Human Resource
• Commercial Billing
• Customer Relationship
Management
• Quality Management
The Bidder must have successfully

Past Performance
implemented at least three (3) SAP • Copy of Work
and Relevant order / Contract
7. based ERP project during the last 7
Project clearly
financial years
Experience highlighting the
AND
Page 14 of 514
Supporting
Documents
i) Out of the above 3 (three), at least 1 scope of work,
(one) implementation should be in any Bill of Material
Power Utilities in India with Min 200 and value of the
transactional licenses contract/ order.
AND
• Certification on
ii) The Bidder must have successfully
client letterhead/
implemented at least 02 (two) of the
Performance
offered SAP products [offered SAP
certificate
product means SAP ERP based on
as proof of
SAP S/4 HANA] in any Central Govt. /
services
State Govt. / PSU /Autonomous Body
provided needs
(Govt.) in India with min 100
to be submitted
transactional licenses, in the last 7
(seven) years as on last date of • Submit suitable,
submission of bid verifiable
AND evidence to
iii) Bidder must have experience of demonstrate the
implementing at least 4 (four) functions experience.
out of the following functional areas in
each such ERP implementation-
• Material Management
• Plant Maintenance & Operations
• Human Resource & Payroll
• Finance
• Projects
• Customer Relationship
Management
• Commercial Billing
• Quality Management
In case a company has implemented

SAP based ERP systems in the last 10
years and has been maintaining the
same system since commissioning till
date, such maintenance contracts for
the last five years, shall be accepted as
proof.
Copy of the
The bidder must have at least CMM/
CMM/CMMI Level
8. Certification CMMI Level 3 certification as on bid
3 Certification
submission date
(Please submit
Page 15 of 514
Supporting
Documents
notarized copy of
the same)
Note:
a. No Bidder shall submit more than one proposal for the work.
b. In ERP Implementation, technical upgrades and rollouts would not be considered eligible.
c. The bidder should submit power of attorney certifying the authorized signatory.
d. All self-certificates must be signed by the Authorized signatory, unless specified otherwise
e. Joint Ventures / Consortiums / Associations are strictly not allowed.
f. Sub-Contracting is only allowed for data digitization process and support for legacy application
with prior approval from DVC.
g. The bidder must submit valid scanned copies of the PAN Card, GSTIN
h. The bidder should not be blacklisted or debarred by any govt. organization or public sector
organization in India as on the date of submission of bid.
i. Relevant audited annual accounts for preceding five financial years are to be submitted in
support of the financial capability.
j. In case where audited results for the preceding financial years are not available, certification of
financial statements from a practicing Chartered Accountant shall also be considered acceptable.
k. The certification for financial statements from a practicing Chartered Accountant should be
provided separately for Annual turn over, Net Worth, Net Working Capital and BIFR / DCT / NCLT
/ CDR.
1.3 Cost of Bidding

The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its bid, and
DVC in no case will be responsible or liable for these costs, regardless of the conduct or
outcome of the bidding process.
1.4 Clarification on Tender Documents

1. A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification to the Bid Documents may notify DVC
through https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app up to the last date of submission of Pre-Bid
Queries. On the queries asked by the Bidders up to the date of Pre-bid Conference,
DVC will respond in the Pre-bid Conference and the Pre-bid replies will be hosted (as
Corrigendum) through https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app. The Pre-bid Conference
shall be held offline at DVC Towers, Kolkata on the date and time as given in NIB Clause
1.6 .
2. For subsequent queries asked by the Bidders in the Pre-bid Conference and up to last
date of submission of Pre-bid queries, DVC will host the Pre-bid replies (as Amendment)
only through https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app within 3 days of Pre-bid Conference
after approval of Bid Inviting Authority. The information contained in all the pre-bid
replies
Page 16 of 514
will have to be considered by the Bidder in its bid. Non-attendance in the Pre-bid
Conference will not be a cause for disqualification of Bidder.
1.5 Amendment to Tender Documents

1. At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, DVC may, for any reason,
whether at its own initiative, or in response to the clarifications requested by the
prospective Bidders, amend the Bid Documents. The amendment will be notified only to
https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app. In order to afford prospective bidders
reasonable time in which to take the amendment into account in preparing their bid, DVC
may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids.
2. Any addendum/ corrigendum/ extension, if required, will be hosted (as Corrigendum)

only to https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app.
3. In case of change in parameter / specification / scope of work, submission date will be

extended.
4. Bidder is requested to visit the above-mentioned website regularly for any amendment /
addendum / corrigendum / extension till opening of the bids. It will be assumed that the
information contained therein will have been taken into account by the Bidder in its bid.
1.6 Period of Validity of Bid and Language of Bid

1. Bids shall remain valid for a period of not less than 180 days from the due date of
submission of Bid prescribed by DVC indicated in the NIB. A bid valid for a shorter
period shall be rejected by DVC as being nonresponsive.
2. The Bid prepared by the Bidder and all correspondence and documents related to the
bid exchanged between the Bidder and DVC shall be written in English language,
provided that any printed literature furnished by the Bidder may be written in another
language, if such literature is accompanied by a translation of its pertinent passages in
English language in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the bid, the translation
shall govern.
1.7 Modification and Withdrawal of Bids

1. The Bidder may modify or withdraw its bid after submission/uploading, prior to the
deadline prescribed for bid submission/uploading.
Page 17 of 514
2. The Bidder’s modifications of Envelope1 (if required for Envelope1) shall be prepared,
sealed, marked as "Bid Modifications- Envelope1”.
3. A Bidder wishing to withdraw its bid can withdraw his bid prior to the deadline prescribed
for bid submission. For withdrawal of the bid after submission, the bidder shall notify
DVC in writing. The notice of withdrawal shall be addressed to DVC at the address given
above and bear the package name, NIT Number and the words “BID WITHDRAWAL
NOTICE”. The bid withdrawal notice shall be accompanied with valid authorization to
request such bid withdrawal.
4. If the Bid withdrawal notice of any Bidder is received before the bid submission deadline,
his EMD will be refunded / returned.
5. If the Bid withdrawal notice of any Bidder is received after the bid submission deadline
and before opening of Envelope2, the Bidder will be disqualified and his EMD will be
forfeited and Envelope2 of remaining Bidders will be opened.
6. If the selected Bidder withdraws his Bid after issue of Letter of Award, then his EMD will
be forfeited, other penal action may be taken, and DVC goes for re-tendering. In this re-
tender, such defaulting bidder will not be allowed to participate and other i.e. up to one-
year debarment penal actions against this Bidder may be taken.
1.8 Documents comprising of the Bid and Bidding Procedure

Three envelope bidding procedure shall be followed as under:
1. Envelope 1 (offline): to be submitted in hard copy only. Proposal should contain

documents in support of Cost of Tender document, Bid Security and Integrity Pact.
2. Envelope 2 (online): Technical proposal to be submitted on e-tendering portal as

specified in this Tender. The technical proposal should contain all the documents
supporting the Pre – Qualification Criteria & Evaluation Parameters.
The Envelope2 shall be available https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app as

Envelope2.rar file. The Envelope2 shall be downloaded by the bidders and the same
after duly filled up by the bidder is to be uploaded during submission of tender under
technical part as .rar file only.
Letter of Bid: This will be the covering letter of the bidder for his submitted bid. The
content of the “Letter of Bid” printed/ typed on Bidder’s letter head must be the same
as per format given in the NIB (as per Form No. 1 of Section VIII) and it should not
contain any other information. This document will be signed by the bidder and the
scanned copy of the same will be uploaded.
Page 18 of 514
Please note that the Envelope2 & Letter of Bid should not contain any price content
entry. In case any price (basic price) component is exposed in Envelope2 &
Letter of Bid of any bidder’s submitted bid, then his bid may be rejected out
rightly by DVC.
3. Envelope 3 (online): Financial Proposal to be submitted on e-tendering portal. This is an

Excel Sheet format which must be duly filled up by the bidder and submitted before the
due date and time.
Note: 1. After downloading all the Tender documents including the Amendments to
Tender documents, if any, Bidders are requested to fill up & upload the Envelope 2 (as
.rar file), Envelope 3, Scanned copies of Letter of Bid, Affidavit, Notarized Power of
Attorney, Cost of Tender document, Bid Security (EMD) and submit the Hard copies of
Envelope1 as asked in the NIB by taking care of all the Pre-bid replies & Amendments.
If there are any Amendments in the excel files of Envelope2 / Envelope3, Bidders are
requested to fill up & upload only the latest amended excel files of Envelope2 /
Envelope3.
Bidders are also requested not to upload any documents / files other than as asked in
the Tender & its amendments (if any).
Uploading of any documents / files by the Bidder, other than as asked in the Tender and
its subsequent Amendments (if any), may lead to rejection of his Bid by DVC.
Note: 2. Commercial and Technical Deviations: No deviation is allowed for this Tender.
4. Hard Copy (Offline)Submission of supporting documents: Supporting documents in

Original / self-authenticated and attested by Public Notary in respect of QR of Envelope2
as asked in the Tender, Original Letter of Bid, Power of Attorney, “Bank Certificate & a
cancelled cheque as per Envelope2 and an affidavit in original on a non-judicial stamp
paper of Rs. 10 regarding genuineness of the declaration/information furnished by
him/them online and authenticity of the supporting documents being produced by
him/them. Please refer section 1.10 of Instruction to bidders section regarding
submission of the above supporting documents.
1.9 Bid Prices

1. Unless otherwise specified in the Technical Specifications, Bidder shall quote for the
entire facilities such that the total bid price covers all obligations mentioned in or to be
reasonably inferred from the bidding documents.
2. Bidders are required to quote the price for the commercial, contractual and technical
obligations outlined in the bidding documents. No deviation is allowed for this tender.
3. Bidders shall give the prices in the manner and detail called for in the Price Schedules.
(MS excel sheet of Envelope3). The prices quoted in the Schedule shall also be deemed
Page 19 of 514
to include any incidentals not shown or specified but reasonably implied or necessary for
the proper implementation of SAP based ERP solution in accordance with the Bidding
Documents. The price quoted shall be inclusive of all taxes, duties, levies, royalty, cess,
fees etc. but only excluding applicable GST and applicable toll, if any. Before making any
payment on account of applicable GST to the Statutory Authorities by the bidder, a
commercial understanding is to be executed between the bidder and DVC. However,
applicable GST and toll, if any will be reimbursable extra on production of documentary
evidence of payment.
4. However, if DVC pays any taxes, duties, levies, cess, etc directly to the concerned
statutory authorities, the same will be deducted from bidder`s bill.
5. DVC shall be entitled to make necessary tax deductions at source as per the prevalent
laws. The bidder shall be required to submit the PAN details to the Engineer-in-Charge
before the submission of the first bill.
6. The Bidder shall himself be informed of all the applicable laws, notifications, rules,
circulars and other communications of the State or Central or other authorities with
regard to levy of any tax, duty, cess, levy or fee such that his bid prices take into account
all of them.
7. Price Basis: The Price shall be FIRM & FIXED during the entire execution of the project
and shall not be subject to any variation except on account of Statutory Variation on
direct transaction between DVC & the Bidder.
8. Bid Currencies: Prices shall be quoted in INR only.
9. The Bidder shall be required to quote prices separately in price schedules (MS Excel
sheets of Envelope 3).
1.10 Bid Opening, Bid Evaluation and Award of Contract

1. DVC will open the hard copy of Envelope1 (as received) offline, in presence of bidders'
representatives who choose to attend the opening on the time and at the communication
address as stated in the Clause 1.6 of Section I. In the event of the specified date for the
opening of bids being declared a holiday for DVC, the bids will be opened at the
appointed time on the next working day.
First, the WITHDRAWAL notice(s), if any, shall be opened and read out and recorded
and the corresponding Envelope1 shall not be opened and shall be returned to the
bidder. No bid shall be withdrawn unless the corresponding withdrawal notice contains a
valid authorization to request such bid withdrawal and is read out and recorded in the bid
opening.
Page 20 of 514
Bids not accompanied by the “Documents in support of Cost of Bidding Document”,

“Documents in support of bid security” and “Integrity Pact” in Envelope1 as asked in the
Tender will be rejected and not be considered for further evaluation, regardless of the
circumstances and his bid will not be opened further.
Bidder's names, bid modifications (“Envelope1”) or withdrawals (“Envelope1”), the

presence or absence of requisite bid security and other such details as DVC, at its
discretion, may consider appropriate, will be announced at the opening.
Bidders’ representatives who choose to attend the opening shall sign a register as proof
of their attendance.
DVC will examine whether the “Documents in support of Cost of Bidding Documents”,”
Documents in support of bid security” and “integrity Pact” in Envelope1 have been
properly signed and are generally in order.
2. DVC will then open “Envelope2: Techno - Commercial Bid” (with scanned copies of
Letter of Bid, Affidavit, Notarized Power of Attorney, Cost of Tender document, Bid
Security (EMD), Integrity Pact & Scanned Copies of all required documents for meeting
the Pre- Qualification Requirement) online only for those Bidders who’s Documents in
Envelope1 are generally in order.
After evaluation of “Envelope2: Techno - Commercial Bid”, DVC will notify to all the
techno commercial compliant Bidders (based on the evaluation of Envelope2 with
scan copies of Letter of Bid, Affidavit, Notarized Power of Attorney & Scanned Copies of
all required documents for meeting the Qualification Requirement) through
website/email, the date & time for opening of the “Envelope3: Price Bid”.
3. Price Bid Evaluation: After opening of “Envelope3: Price Bid” online, Price Bid
evaluation will be carried out.
4. Award of Contract: The bid will take place in the QCBS Method where the Bidder scoring
the highest according to the pre-described formula will be awarded the contract.(Refer
Section IV – Evaluation Parameter of this Tender)
1.11 Ban / Suspension

1. In case where the business firm happens to have been banned / suspended by ‘any
establishment of DVC’ / ‘Ministry of Power- Govt. of India’/ ‘Department of Power & Non-
conventional Energy Sources-Govt. of West Bengal’/ ‘Department of Power & Non-
conventional Energy Sources-Govt. of Jharkhand’/ Department of Expenditure, Ministry
of Finance – as displayed on Central Public Procurement Portal (CPPP) and the ban /
suspension is still in force on the date of bid opening of Techno – Commercial bid or on
Page 21 of 514
the date of issuance of LOA/PO/Work Order/LOA - cum – Work Order, the offer of the
business firm / authorized agent/ distributor / dealer / affiliates shall not be considered for
all establishment of DVC.
2. If the performance of a bidder in any contract in DVC is found to be unsatisfactory during

last 02 years, the bidder shall not be considered for this tender.
1.12 Cost of Tender Documents

1. This is non-refundable and payable only in the form of Demand Draft/Banker’s
Cheque in favour of “Damodar Valley Corporation” payable at Kolkata. Cost of tender
can also be deposited through E-payment (NEFT/ RTGS) to Damodar Valley corporation
Account as mentioned below:
1. Name of Banker: United Bank of India (as Punjab national bank);
2. Branch: New Manicktala, Kolkata;
3. Address of Branch: VIP Road, Kolkata – 700054;
4. Phone/Fax No: 033-2355 0160(Tele/FAX), 033-2355 8852, 033-2355 2541;
5. Branch Code: NMT-147;
6. RTGS (IFSC) Code: PUNB0008220 (0 stands for Zero);
7. MICR Code: 700027099;
8. DVC's A/C Title: Damodar Valley Corporation;
9. DVC's A/C No: 0082250010682.
2. The Bidders must submit the transaction reference No. for the e- payment made to DVC/
the system generated documentary evidence of online payment made for the Cost of
Tender in hard copy. Details of submission of cost of Tender documents shall have to be
indicated while filling the Tender Documents form available in the website
https://etenders.gov.in/ e-procure/app. The relevant documents in original shall have
to be submitted by the Bidder inside a sealed under Envelope-I.
1.13 Bid Security (EMD)

The Bid Security shall, at the Bidder’s option, be either in the form of:
Page 22 of 514
I. Earnest Money (EMD) can be deposited through E-payment (NEFT/ RTGS) to

Damodar Valley corporation Account as mentioned below:
1. Name of Banker: United Bank of India (as Punjab national bank);

2. Branch: New Manicktala, Kolkata;
3. Address of Branch: VIP Road, Kolkata – 700054;
4. Phone/Fax No: 033-2355 0160(Tele/FAX), 033-2355 8852, 033-2355 2541;
5. Branch Code: NMT-147;
6. RTGS (IFSC) Code: PUNB0008220 (0 stands for Zero);
7. MICR Code: 700027099;
8. DVC's A/C Title: Damodar Valley Corporation;
9. DVC's A/C No: 0082250010682.
The Bidders must submit the “transaction reference No. for the e- payment made to DVC/ the
system generated documentary evidence of online payment made in hard copy.
II. A bank guarantee, or,

III. DVC bonds duly endorsed in favour of DVC, or,
IV. Post office National Savings Certificate having face value equal to EMD value and
duly endorse by the issuing authority in favour of DVC, or
V. Attested photocopy of certificate issued by DVC as permanent EMD account holder,
or,
VI. Pay-order/demand draft in favour of DVC.
In case of BG, the Bank Guarantee shall be from a Bank as specified in the Annexure-1 .
However, any foreign bank not mentioned in the Annexure-1 of, but subsequently included in
the scheduled list of RBI in the course of bidding shall be accepted. The format of the bank
guarantee shall be as per the format given in Form No. 5 of Section VIII – Bid Forms and
Procedures.
Bid security shall remain valid for a period of minimum 180 days from the closing date of bid
submission prescribed by DVC indicated in NIT plus three months claim period thereafter. The
bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, original bid security documents in Envelope1 of the
amount and currency as stipulated.
The above envelope i.e. "BID SECURITY/EMD" should be sealed in an outer envelope super
scribing on it, the nit no. and due date of opening.
1. Any bid, not accompanied by an acceptable bid security document in Envelope1, shall
be rejected by the Employer as being non responsive and this bid shall not be opened
further.
2. The bid securities of all the unsuccessful bidders will be returned / refunded within 15
days after the finalization of tender.
3. The bid security of the successful bidder to whom the Contract is awarded will be returned
/ refunded when the bidder has furnished the required Performance Securities.
Page 23 of 514
4. The bid security may be forfeited without any notice or proof of damage to the Owner,
etc. in the following circumstances:
5. If the Bidder withdraws its bid after the bid submission deadline and during the bid
validity period before finalization of the tender.
6. If any declaration furnished by the Bidder online is found to be false.
7. If the Bidder does not accept the arithmetical correction of its bid price.
8. In case the bidder(s) fails to produce the documents as asked in the NIB within the
specified period as mentioned in the NIB, or if any of the declaration furnished by
bidder(s) on-line for Envelope2 as asked in the NIB is found to be false during
verification of documents, which changes the eligibility status of the bidder.
9. In case of failure of the successful Bidder to accept the order (LOA/WO) within the
stipulated period.
10. If the Bidder fails to furnish the required Performance Securities as applicable within the
date stipulated in the NIT/LOA/WO.
11. No interest would be paid by DVC against the Bid Security (EMD).
1.14 Contacting the Employer (DVC) & Award of Contract

1. Any effort by a Bidder to influence DVC in bid evaluation, bid comparison or contract
award decisions may result in rejection of the Bidder’s bid.
2. DVC will select the Bidder whose bid have been determined to be substantially
responsive and will be the highest scoring in QCBS Evaluation Method, further provided
that the Bidders are determined to be qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily.
3. Important Points to be Noted:
I. "Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India), Order 2017 of GOI, Ministry

of Commerce and Industry, department of Industrial Policy and Promotion,
Udyog Bhawan, New Delhi, No. P-45021/2/2017-B.E.-II dated 15th June,2017 is
applicable for the subject procurement".
II. Public Procurement Policy with regards to Procurement from a Bidder of a

Country which shares a land border with India:
Page 24 of 514
The bidders shall be required to comply the Public Procurement Policy with
regards to Procurement from a Bidder of a Country which shares a land border
with India, notified by the Public Procurement Division, Department of
Expenditure, MoF, GOI vide OM F.No.6/18/2019- PPD dated 23/07/2020, Order
(Public Procurement No. 1) F.No.6/18/2019- PPD dated 23/07/2020, Order
(Public Procurement No. 2) F.No.6/18/2019-PPD dated 23/07/2020, Order
(Public Procurement No. 3) F.No.6/18/2019-PPD dated 24/07/2020 and its
subsequent clarification/amendment/revision, if any.
The bidders shall be required to comply the MoP, GOI’s orders vide no. 25-
11/6/2018- PG dated 02.07.2020 and vide no. 11/05/2018-Coord dated 23.07.2020 and its
subsequent clarifications / revisions / amendments, if any, issued by MoP, GOI time to time
with regards to testing of imported items to protect the security, integrity and reliability of the
strategically important and critical Power Supply System & Network in the country,
considering vulnerabilities in the Power Supply System & Network mainly arise out of the
possibilities of cyber-attacks through malware / Trojans etc. embedded in imported
equipment.
1.15 DVC’s right to accept any bid and to reject any or all bids
DVC reserves the right to accept or reject any bid and to annul the bidding process and reject all
bids at any time prior to selection, without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or
bidders or any obligation to inform the affected Bidder or bidders of the grounds for DVC’s
action.
1.16 Letter of Award (LoA) / Work Order (WO)

Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, DVC will notify the successful Bidder in writing
or through e-mail. Subsequently, Letter of Award (LOA)/ WORK ORDER (WO) will be issued
separately as and when implementation of SAP based ERP solution starts. LOA/ WO shall
constitute the formation of the contract.
The Vendor shall return the duplicate copy of the Letter of Award (LOA)/ WORK ORDER (WO)
as the case may be and the other enclosed documents duly signed with seal and date as a
mark of acceptance, within 10(ten) days from the date of issuance of the order to the Order
Issuing Authority.
1.17 Signing the Contract Agreement

After issuance of Letter of Award, the successful Bidder(s) have to submit the draft Contract
Agreement in line with the bidding documents (as per Form 3 of Sec VIII – Bid Forms and
Procedures), incorporating all agreements between the parties. After receipt of the draft
Contract Agreement, DVC will check & finalize the same and the successful Bidder then submit
the final Contract Agreement on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value in duplicate.
Both the parties than shall sign and date the Contract Agreement(s). Out of 02 sets of original
Contract Agreement(s), the Bidder shall be provided with one signed original and another will be
retained by the DVC. Subsequent to signing of the Contract, the Bidder at his own cost shall
Page 25 of 514
provide DVC
Page 26 of 514
with at least three (3) hard copies and one (1) soft copy (scanned) of the Contract Agreement
within thirty (30) days after signing of the Contract.
All Contract Documents, all correspondence and communications to be given, and all other
documentation to be prepared and supplied under the Contract shall be written in English, and
the Contract shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with that language. If any of the
Contract Documents, correspondence or communications are prepared in any other language,
the English translation of such documents, correspondence or communications shall prevail in
matters of interpretation.
1.18 Performance Security (Security Deposit-cum-Performance

Guarantee)
1. Within Twenty One (21) days from the date of issuance of WO/LOA, the successful
Bidder shall furnish performance security for satisfactory execution of the order for an
amount equivalent to 03% of the total Letter of Award (LOA)/ Work Order
(WO)/Purchase Order value in the form of bank guarantee issued/ confirmed from any of
the commercial bank in India, safeguarding DVC's interest in all respects.
2. In case of Performance Security in form of Bank Guarantee, the bidder may furnish an
Unconditional Bank Guarantee as per format provided in the section "Bid Forms and
Procedures" of the bidding documents from any Nationalised / Scheduled Bank and it
should remain valid for a period of 60 (sixty) days beyond the date of completion of all
contractual obligations of the contractor, including Defect Liability Period (DLP)/ warranty
period if applicable.
3. In case the Contractor fails to submit the performance security within 30 days of the date
of issuance of LOA/PO/Work Order, DVC without prejudice to any other rights or
remedies it may possess under the Contract, may forfeit the bid security (wherever
applicable) and shall short close the Contract and retender and in this re-tender such
defaulting Bidder will not be allowed to participate.
4. However, in case of delay in completion, the validity & claim of this Bank Guarantee shall
be extended by the period of such delay.
5. No payment whatsoever will be made till the acceptance of SDBG as per the terms of
the Contract.
6. Notwithstanding the provisions specified, if a bidder after having been issued the Letter
of Award (LOA)/ Work Order (WO) either does not sign the Contract Agreement or does
not submit an acceptable Performance Security, the bidder shall be suspended for one
year and shall not be eligible to bid for DVC tenders from date of issue of suspension
order.
Page 27 of 514
1.19 Governing Laws & General Principles

The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws in force in India.
The Contract will be governed by the Minimum Wages Act, Contract Labour (Regulation &
Abolition) Act, The Industrial Disputes Act, Workmen’s Compensation Act, Payment of Gratuity
Act, Payment of Wages Act, Employees’ Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act,
Factories Act, Employees State Insurance Act, Sales of Goods Act, Indian Contract Act,
Negotiable Instrument Act, Information & Technology Act, Common Goods Carrier Act, Excise &
Service Tax Act, Sales Tax Act and Income Tax Act, Insurance Act, GST act, all other related
Acts/ Rules/ Regulations, Bye-laws, Order, Notifications etc. already in vogue or may be
enacted in future by the legislation. The Courts of Kolkata shall have exclusive jurisdiction in all
matters arising under the Contract.
The Letter of Award(LOA)/Work Order (WO) /Contract shall in all respect be deemed to be and
shall be constructed and shall operate as an Indian Contract as defined in the Indian Contract
Act 1872 and all payments there under shall be made in Rupees.
The Bidder shall acquire all permits, approvals and licenses from all local, state or national
government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located
that are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including those which required to be
acquired in the name of the Employer, that are necessary for the performance of the Contract,
DVC shall only reimburse (against necessary supporting documents) to the Bidder, the payment
of fees payable to the statutory authorities for all permits, approvals and licenses from all local,
state or national government authorities or public service undertakings, which are required to be
obtained in DVC’s name for the execution of the Contract.
The Bidder shall indemnify and hold DVC harmless from and against any and all liabilities,
damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the
violation of such laws by the Bidder or its personnel.
1.20 Liquidated Damages for Delay in Delivery / Completion of Works

This shall be as per General Conditions of Contract, Section VI of this Tender.
1.21 Risk Purchase Clause

1. DVC reserves the right to purchase the equipment / infrastructure / service & works from
elsewhere at the sole risk and cost of the Bidder and recover all such extra cost incurred
by DVC in procuring the equipment, infrastructure, service and works. The procedure to
be followed is given below: -
2. After the expiry of the specified date of delivery / completion period, if the Bidder fails to
complete the work a notice will be given to the Bidder to complete the work immediately.
3. If the Bidder fails to complete the work, a final risk and cost notice will be served to the
Bidder by registered post with A/D, clearly indicating that if he fails to complete the work
Page 28 of 514
within 7 days of the receipt of the letter, the same shall be outsourced from other
sources at the risk and cost of the Bidder.
4. The existing order must be closed, and action will be initiated by DVC for completion of
work & services of the balance portion. While taking such action the defaulting Bidder
may not be given an opportunity against fresh enquiry/limited tender.
5. If it is found that price has come on the higher side, then the difference between the
original price and the new price will be recovered from the Bidder.
6. For the purpose of recovery of the amount, unpaid amount / security deposit by the way
of BG as provided by the Bidder will be adjusted first. If there is any balance left to be
recovered, the Bidder should be informed to deposit the money at the earliest.
7. If he fails to deposit the balance amount no further enquiry will be given as per banning
procedure of DVC.
8. In case the amount is considerable, legal action may be considered by the DVC.
a. Alternatively, DVC may short close the Order stating the reason for not resorting
to risk purchase clause.
b. In the event of recourse to alternatives as mentioned above, DVC will have the
right to re-purchase the stores or complete the work, to meet urgency in
requirement caused by Bidder’s failure to comply with the schedule of delivery or
completion of the work or services irrespective of the fact whether the work/
services are similar or not.
1.22 Time for completion of Facilities

This shall be as per Scope of Work, Section III of this Tender.
1.23 Insurance
The Bidder shall at his own expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out
and maintain in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the necessary insurance
Policies.
1.24 Bidder’s Performance Evaluation System

In order to ensure smooth progress of the work and execution of the job in time as per stipulated
quality, DVC has in place an established 'Bidder Performance Evaluation System' against which
the Bidder's performance during the execution of Contract shall be evaluated on a continuous
basis at regular intervals. The Project Manager of DVC will fill in the details for performance
evaluation of the Bidder and the same is to be signed by the authorized representative of the
Bidder. If the Bidder refuses to sign, the evaluation of Project Manager of DVC will be final.
Page 29 of 514
Over and above in case the performance of the Bidder is found unsatisfactory on any of the
following two parameters, the Bidder shall be considered ineligible for participating in future
tenders for a period as may be decided by DVC.
• Project Execution and Project Management Capabilities

• Claims and Disputes
1.25 Implementation of Integrity pact

Integrity Pact shall be applicable for Tenders/Contracts value of Rs.50 Lacs and above.
DVC shall be entering into an Integrity Pact with the bidders as per format given in the Tender
(as per Form No. 10 of Sec VIII – Bid Forms and Procedures) enclosed. The Proforma has to be
returned by the bidder (along with the techno-commercial bid) duly signed by the same
signatory who signed the bid, i.e., who is duly authorized to sign the bid. Any bid not
accompanied by Integrity Pact Proforma duly signed by the bidders shall be rejected
straightway. All pages of Integrity Pact to be signed by the bidders authorized signatory who
signs the bid.
1.26 Change in Contract Quantity (Change in the Facilities) during

execution of the contract
1. During execution of the Contract, if DVC proposes a Change in the facilities, it shall send
to the Bidder a “Request for Change Proposal” requiring the Bidder to prepare and
furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,”
which shall include the following:
I. brief description of the Change
II. effect on the Time for Completion
III. estimated cost of the Change
IV. effect on Functional Guarantees (if any)
V. effect on any other provisions of the Contract.
2. The pricing of any Change shall, be calculated in accordance with the rates and Prices
included in the Contract. If the rates and prices of any change are not available in the
Contract, the parties thereto shall mutually agree on specific rates for the valuation of the
Change.
Page 30 of 514
3. Within fourteen (14) days after DVC and the Bidder mutually agreed upon all matters
therein contained including agreement on rates, DVC shall, if it intends to proceed with
the Change, issue the Bidder with a Change Order.
4. If DVC is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Bidder
with details of when the Bidder can expect a decision. If DVC decides not to proceed
with the Change for whatever reason, it shall within the said period of fourteen (14) days,
notify the Bidder accordingly.
5. If the Bidder proposes a Change, the Bidder shall submit to the Project Manager a
written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving reasons for the Proposed Change and
including the information specified in above clause upon receipt of the Application for
Change Proposal, the parties shall follow the procedures outlined in above clauses.
6. If any tolerance limit has not been incorporated in the SCC then ± 5% of the order value
should be considered as the tolerance limit and the contract shall automatically be
treated as amended to that extent.
1.27 Exit Management

1. The Bidder shall not exit from the contract within stipulated time period of five (5) years
from the date of awarding of contract. However, in the event that the Bidder decides to
opt out of the contract prematurely it has to notify the authority six months in advance
through a written letter, Bidder will not seek ownership rights over the equipment and its
PBG will also be forfeited.
2. The Bidder shall document and submit a detailed Exit Management Plan (EMP) to DVC
for approval within 30 days of post signing of the contract. The Exit Management Plan
shall be re-drafted / reviewed by Bidder on an annual basis and need to be submitted to
DVC.
1.27.1 Purpose of Exit Management Plan

1. This clause sets out the provisions which will apply upon completion of the contract
period or upon termination of the agreement for default of the Bidder. The Parties shall
ensure that their respective associated entities, in case of DVC, any PMO/Agency
appointed by DVC and in case of the Bidder, the subcontractors, carry out their
respective obligations set out in this Exit Management Clause. Exit Management criteria
will be a part of Master Service Agreement with detailed information about exit criteria
and exit management plan.
2. The exit management period starts, exactly period of 30 days before, in case of expiry of
contract, or on the date when the contract comes to an end and up to period of 30 days
in
Page 31 of 514
case of termination of contract, or on the date when the notice of termination is sent to
the Bidder. The exit management period ends on the date agreed upon by DVC or one
year after the beginning of the exit management period, whichever is earlier.
3. The Bidder shall divest all the project assets at the beginning of the Exit management
period to DVC at zero value in case of expiry of contract and at the depreciated rate as
per Indian Income Tax Act if there is a termination of contract.
4. The Bidder shall pay all transfer costs and stamp duty applicable on transfer of project
assets.
5. At the beginning of the exit management period, the Bidder shall ensure that:
I. All Project Assets including the hardware, software, documentation and any
other infrastructure shall have been cured of all defects and deficiencies as
necessary so that the Project is compliant with the Specifications and
Standards set forth in the RFP, Agreement and any other amendments made
during the contract period;
II. The Bidder delivers relevant records and reports pertaining to the Project and
its design, engineering, operation, and maintenance including all operation
and maintenance records and manuals pertaining thereto and complete as on
the Divestment Date
III. On request by DVC, or any PMO/Agency appointed by DVC, the Bidder shall
effect such assignments, transfers, licenses and sub-licenses related to any
equipment lease, maintenance or service provision agreement between
Bidder and any PMO/Agency, in favor of DVC, or any PMO/Agency appointed
by DVC, if it is required by DVC.
IV. The Bidder complies with all other requirements as may be prescribed under
Applicable Laws to complete the divestment and assignment of all the rights,
title and interest of the System Integrator in the Project free from all
encumbrances absolutely and free of any charge or tax to DVC or its
nominee.
1.27.2 During Exit Management Period

1. The Bidder will allow DVC, or any third party appointed by DVC access to information
reasonably required to define the then current mode of operation associated with the
provision of the services to enable DVC or any PMO/Agency appointed by DVC, to
assess the existing services being delivered.
2. Promptly on reasonable request by DVC or any PMO/Agency appointed by DVC, the

Bidder shall provide access to and copies of all information held or controlled by them
which they have prepared or maintained in accordance with the “Contract”, the Project
Plan, SLA and scope of work, relating to any material aspect of the services. Such
information shall include details pertaining to the services rendered and other
performance data. The Bidder shall permit DVC, or any PMO/Agency appointed to have
reasonable access to its employees and facilities as reasonably required by DVC, or any
PMO/Agency
Page 32 of 514
appointed to understand the methods of delivery of the services employed by the Bidder
and to assist appropriate knowledge transfer.
3. Before the end of exit management period, the Bidder will assist in a successful trial run
of Cloud/Network administration, ERP System and other applications which are a part of
this contract including helpdesk management by DVC, or any PMO/Agency appointed.
The Bidder must assist DVC in running the business without any gap.Business continuity
will be the responsibility of the bidder during the exit management period.
1.27.3 Handover of Assets / Documents

Bidder shall handover the peaceful possession of Project Assets in good and working
condition with detail list showing the name of the licenses/equipment and with configuration
to the Purchaser/replacement Bidder as authorized by Purchaser customer within 30 days of
the date of serving of notice or within the Transition Period.
The Bidder shall provide all such information available with it during the contract execution or
during the operation & management phase as may reasonably be necessary within a
reasonable period not exceeding 30 days of the date of serving of notice or within the
Transition Period.
Existing Bidder will hand over the documents to DVC or new Bidder, pertaining to the
operation of the SAP ERP solution i.e., all configuration records, purchase orders, installation
reports, SLA records, SLA methodology, SLA calculation template, MIS reports, ISO
documents (procedures, records, templates, standards), Audit records, security assessment
and risk records, all SOPs, warranty documents, AMC documents, Knowledge documents
(KEDB), Training records etc.
1.28 Transfer of Certain Agreements

On request by DVC the Bidder shall affect such assignments, transfers, licenses and sub-
licenses as DVC may require and which are related to the services and reasonably
necessary for the carrying out of replacement services by the DVC or its nominated agency
or its Replacement Bidder. All Licenses and Devices must be registered in name M/s. DVC
and name of officer from DVC will be shared at time of signing of agreement.
Page 33 of 514
SECTION III
SCOPE OF WORK
Page 34 of 514
1.1 Overview
DVC intends to implement SAP ERP that will cover all its existing business functions to provide
better process efficiency, management of all its resources and also improve decision making
with accurate, timely and reliable information.
Bidders should note that the functional requirements mentioned in the RFP are only indicative
requirements within the functional areas. Bidders should design the solution and implement it
appropriately keeping the business and statutory requirements of DVC and functionalities
available in the product.
Bidders should ensure that while implementing the complete SAP ERP for DVC, instructions of
Government of India or any other norms, guidelines issued by any statutory authority that are
applicable to DVC are to be complied with.
Bidders are required to critically review the purpose and requirements of implementation and
shall ensure inclusion of all essential services for achieving the objective within the time frame
for successful implementation.
• Project Planning and Requirements specification

• Configuration and Testing
• Implementation and Go Live Support
• Legacy Application Migration planning and migration and support till SAP is live
• Change Management and Training of End users, Core Team and IT team
• Support and Enhancement
1.2 Legacy Application Support

The Bidder will provide adequate manpower with relevant skillset to support existing IT
applications and digital Systems. These existing applications will cease to exist once the ERP
along with other add on solutions goes live. These applications will be discontinued. The Bidder
will provide support to the existing applications till the project implementation period.
The Bidder may also develop the exact application on any latest technology on any database
having same functionalities of the existing applications on their own cloud and continue to
support them till the implementation is completed. This is an optional process; incase the bidder
is not comfortable in supporting the legacy applications in the current stage. If the bidder opts
for new development, then the cost for development of these applications to be mentioned in
the Price Bid along with the application support cost as a separate line item.
The technology landscape of the existing applications is summarized in the table below:
Page 35 of 514
SL. Application Name Software Technology Application Database Operating

NO. and Framework Technology or Technology System
Middleware
1 Ash Billing Struts Java/JavaScript Oracle Apache

Tomcat/Red
Hat Linux
2 Bermo Payroll Struts Java/JavaScript Oracle RedHat

Linux
3 Commercial Struts 1.2 Java/JavaScript Oracle RedHat

Linux
4 Consumer Billing Struts 1.2 Java/JavaScript Oracle RedHat

Linux
5 CmmIOut Struts 1.2 Java/JavaScript Oracle RedHat

Linux
6 GST Invoice JSF 2.0 Java/JavaScript Oracle RedHat

Integration Linux
7 Project Monitoring Struts 1.2 Java/JavaScript Oracle RedHat

Linux
8 Inter Branch Struts 1.2 Java/JavaScript Oracle RedHat

Transfer Linux
9 Enterprise Jsf 2.0 with content Java Oracle RedHat

Business library of Richface and Linux
Application Primeface
10 Vendor Bill Struts 1.2 Java/JavaScript Oracle RedHat

Tracking Linux
The Bidder should deploy a team specialized, experienced in Software Support. All the
mandatory experience requirement parameters are mentioned in table below. The key
personnel in the team must have the following minimum qualifications and work experience
which has been provided in the table below. Kindly note that the team structure proposed is the
minimum to be offered by the Bidder. Any additional resources, if asked by Officer In charge,
DVC in writing must be deployed
Page 36 of 514
within 05 (five) working days.
The Bidder shall deploy a full-time, on-site dedicated team for the Software Support at DVC’s
headquarters. During the implementation stage i.e., till the last go-live date, the full team needs
to be deployed on-site i.e., at DVC’s premises. The Bidder should deploy adequate resources
for required duration onsite at DVC as well as any other site / unit / location as may be
necessary during any stage of the Project. At no point in time, number of resources fall below
the minimum numbers as specified below otherwise penalty as provided in Section-V SLA
would be levied on the Bidder.
The Bidder may subcontract this activity only if they specify the same on their technical
proposal. During the contract period, the subcontractor of ‘Legacy Application Support’ cannot
be changed.
1.2.1 Manpower Required for Legacy Application Support during

Implementation Period:
Minimum Minimum
Relevant number of
Sl. work employees
Role Experience to be
No.
(in years) deployed
Minimum Qualification Shift on-site
Required
1 Team Lead BE/B.Tech/MCA/MBA, 7 General 1

Experience in at least one
(1) Java/Oracle based
software support project
as Team Lead
2 Database BE/B.Tech/MCA, 5 General 2

Administrator
Experience of atleast
working in Oracle
Database for 3 years
3 Hardware/Network BE/B.Tech/MCA, 5 General 1

Engineer Experience of handling
Linux server infrastructure
for at least 3 years
4 Technical Support BE/B.Tech/MCA, 5 General 7

Experience of at least one
(1) Java based project as
Page 37 of 514
Minimum Minimum
Relevant number of
Sl. work employees
Role Experience to be
No.
(in years) deployed
Minimum Qualification Shift on-site
Required
developer
5 Functional BE/B.Tech/MCA/B.Com, 5 General 2

Support
Experience of working on
any bespoke/custom ERP
for at least 5 years
6 Service Desk B.Tech/B.Sc(IT)/BCA, 3 3

Morning,
Experience of working on
Day,
any bespoke/custom ERP
Night
as ERP
Troubleshooting/Helpdesk
Support.
Total 16
Note:
• All the proposed resources to be interviewed and selected by DVC before deployment.
The number of CV’s should be at least 2 more than the number of resources proposed
against each role.
• Bidder should have their enough additional resource to meet the challenge of
leave/replacement/changes for smooth delivery of services.
• General shift (G) shall be considered as 10:00 AM to 07:00 PM excluding all state govt.
holidays and national holidays as per DVC’s holiday list. All general shift employees must
be available over phone during other shifts.
• Morning Shift (M) - 06:00 AM to 02:00 PM, Day Shift (D) - 02:00 PM to 10:00 PM, Night
Shift (N) - 10:00 PM to 06:00 AM
Page 38 of 514
1.2.2 Deliverables
Sl. No. Deliverables Timeline
1. Manpower deployment for Legacy Application Support Project Start Date + 15 days
1.3 Project Planning

1.3.1 Project Timelines
Work Breakdown Structure along with at least L1 and L2 schedule to cover the entire life cycle
of the project within the given time period mentioned in this RFP that covers detailed tasks
which are intended to be performed as a part of the project.
A real time project progress monitoring system has to be in place and at least 5 users
nominated by DVC should have access to bidder’s project monitoring dashboard and project
progress schedule.
Please refer tentative project implementation plan in Annexure 2.
1.3.2 Resource Deployment

Bidder is required to deploy all resources (adequate) as defined in this RFP document on-site.
A Project Management Unit need to set up by Bidder at DVC Headquarters. Bidder will submit
the resume of all the personnel to be deployed on the project for prior approval of DVC. The
team should consist of all the key positions proposed in the RFP such as Project Manager,
Technical Lead, Functional Lead of all key modules, Data Migration Specialist, Cloud
Infrastructure expert, Developers, Testing Engineers, Database Administrators etc.
Final approval for deployment of manpower will be at the sole discretion of Engineer In charge
of DVC. Engineer In charge at its’ sole discretion may ask the bidder to deploy a substitute
resource and bidder has to arrange suitable substitute resource within 05(five) working days.
Resource deployment plan mentioned in this RFP is a bare minimum requirement. During
project execution, Engineer In charge, DVC at its’ sole discretion may ask bidder to deploy
additional manpower, at any location, if required, to meet deadline.
1.3.3 Project Charter (High Level)

Project Charter to a high level of detail, is required. The project charter should include a
detailed program (tasks and sub tasks) for all the works under this RFP. The program shall
preferably be in form of a bar chart, identifying key phases in various stages of the project
along with timelines. Bidder will prepare a detailed project charter consisting of Project
objectives, scope, deliverables, Change Management Strategy, timelines, resources
required, roles &
Page 39 of 514
responsibilities, requirements from DVC, project risks & mitigation plan, communication matrix,
escalation mechanism, milestones, deliverables, governance mechanism, project templates
and ERP project KPIs to measure project progress and success etc. Bidder will conduct a
meeting with DVC team to explain the work breakdown structure, scope, team members etc.
1.3.4 Overview Training

Bidder will conduct an SAP overview training for the top-level management, Advisory
Committee, Steering Committee for at least one day duration at the beginning of
implementation on basic features of the ERP System and explain the principles of the SAP-
ERP system so that they can understand the best practices inbuilt into ERP.
1.3.5 Deliverables
Sl. Deliverables Timeline

No.
2. Detailed Project Plan with Work Breakdown Structure
3. Detailed BOM of DC, DR infrastructure, Licenses required for ERP, Project Start
bolt in solutions Date + 1
month
4. Communication Matrix
5. Resource Planning and Deployment
6. Project Charter
7. Data Migration Plan
8. Detailed Training Plan
9. Detailed Change Management & Communication requirement Plan
10. SAP-ERP Overview Training
11. Project Management Templates
1.4 Requirements Specification

1.4.1 High Level Solution Design Document
High level solution design document illustrating technical and functional aspects of the
proposed solution presented in a standard HLD format
Design document must specify Cloud service requirements along with detailed specifications
for other business solutions
1.4.2 Functional Training

The Bidder will submit a training plan and strategy to DVC. The Bidder will provide Functional
training from SAP certified trainers (SI) to DVC core team (functional leads from all business
Page 40 of 514
functions) and IT team of DVC. Each member will be provided orientation training to include
ERP Solution overview (methodology, tools, project planning, roles etc.), training in the
relevant function or module (mapped to business process), business process design, process
walkthroughs, best business practices offered and enables by SAP ERP systems and training
on configuration aspects required for efficiently running the ERP Solution.
The Bidder should provide a training on standard functionality of ERP Product to all Core
Team Members and IT Team of DVC. Training should be provided on training environment of
the ERP Product so that the users can understand the working process of actual product.
Training completion certificate needs to be obtained from concerned authority. After training
Bidder will incorporate process and reporting suggestions provided by the project core
committee of DVC in requirement specification.
This training needs to be completed before the start of the Business Blueprinting phase of the
ERP implementation. This training should enable the functional core team of DVC to involve in
implementation, building and managing SAP ERP related skills and maintain the SAP system
in DVC.
The training should be given by Bidder themselves, at a location decided by DVC. The quality
of the training should be equivalent to SAP certification training based on standard SAP
certification training material.
1.4.3 Requirement Specification and Business Processes
Bidder will prepare requirement specification document on complete functional and technical
requirements (forms, reports, interfaces, screens, customizations and enhancements) and
business process changes as per standard SAP practice. This specification document is to be
approved by DVC. Bidder will assist DVC in identifying potential area for standardization of
business processes in the functional areas covered in the scope of this implementation. The
Bidder will form the basis of system configuration and development and should incorporate the
entire scope of ERP implementation. Bidder will identify potential areas for optimization of ERP
software solution. As a part of requirement gathering process Bidder will prepare business
blue prints along with process flow diagrams for each of the process which will be
implemented. Detailing of each process mentioned in functional requirement specification will
be responsibility of the bidder.
1.4.4 Data Collection & Data Cleansing

Bidder shall also conduct Change Management workshop to sensitize and educate DVC
Management and employees. Bidder shall perform the task of Collection and Cleaning of
Legacy data along with Master Data & preparation of Migration plan along with execution of
the same. The Master data mostly comprises of Fixed Assets, Inventory items, Stocks,
Employee Master, Vendor Master, Customer Master etc. Bidder should interact with the
process owners of various departments regarding the same.
1.4.5 Data Codification of Asset and Material
Page 41 of 514
Further the Bidder shall develop the codification structure and data formats for capturing the
master data related to the assets and inventory of the DVC. The asset codification shall be
done in such a manner as to cover requirements related to regulatory aspects, accounting,
cost & WIP aspects, operations and planning aspects, maintenance and repair aspects and
inventory aspects. Similarly, the material codification shall cover requirements related to
material requirement planning aspect, accounting and costing aspects, procurement aspects,
maintenance and repair aspects and inventory carrying aspects. The Bidder shall prepare the
Fixed Asset Register as well as the inventory records for the DVC in accordance with the
approved codification structure and valuation of fixed asset register and inventories at various
locations. For this purpose, the Bidder shall undertake study at DVC’s locations.
The Bidder may subcontract this activity only if they specify the same on their technical
proposal. During the contract period, the subcontractor of ‘Asset and Material Codification’
cannot be changed.
1.4.6 Deliverables

No.
12. Requirement Specification Sign Off
Project Start Date

13. Technical and Functional Training from SAP Certified Trainers of + 4 months
SI to Core Functional and IT Team.
14. Data Collection and Preparation Templates
15. Master Data Codification Structure and Templates
1.5 Configuration and Testing

1.5.1 Configuration
Conceptualizing, designing and developing the ERP Solution. Configuring the specific ERP
Modules, third party bolt-on applications, Customize ERP as per approved business
requirements of DVC. Identify integration/ interface requirements between ERP, non-ERP &
legacy systems based on requirements. Authorization matrix / user roles & responsibilities to
be prepared, should be approved by DVC and then configured in the system.
1.5.2 Integration
Page 42 of 514
All or some required external systems/third party applications will be integrated to the ERP on
a consistent basis using an integration middleware layer to do so. The integration should be
online real time or batch wherever applicable and to operate in an automated fashion not
requiring manual intervention. The Bidder shall identify integration issues and touchpoints for
ensuring seamless integration within the ERP Software. Also the Bidder shall provide the API
interfaces for integration of ERP software being used/to be used by the DVC. Submission of
integration strategy document and develop necessary process for seamless integration
between ERP and other applications of DVC to meet business requirements.
Integration of ERP with other system must be through industry standard integration platform
hosted in same Cloud service provider as the ERP. Integration with MS Office 365, E-office,
Project Monitoring Tool, Energy Forecasting Application, DVC Website, Contract Labour
Management Application, biometric system, smart meter data management etc.
1.5.3 Customization
The Bidder is required to understand the Functional Requirements as detailed in Annexure 4
of the document. The bidder is required to customize the solution to meet the requirements.
However, DVC intends to implement a system with least customization as far as practicable
and to adopt the business processes of the standard ERP system and the best practices
available in the offered solution wherever feasible and to the extent possible. Bidder is
required to take into consideration the customization that may be needed for improved
processes prepared during requirement specification or to fulfill the statutory obligation of DVC
towards stakeholders. Configuring/developing all standard reports and customized reports as
per DVC’s requirements.
1.5.4 Testing
Carry out testing activities for the solution, this will include Unit testing, System Integration
testing, and Quality Acceptance testing, The bidder shall carry out comprehensive tests of all
the modules and carry out corrections based on test results and feedback. Bidder shall
prepare test cases and test data set in consultation with DVC’s project team. DVC’s project
team should be involved in unit test, integration test, load/stress test.
Bidder shall prepare test case templates and test data set and do User Acceptance Testing,
Stress Tests and Performance Tests in consultation with the DVC and making necessary
changes in the solution based on such test results. UAT shall be done jointly with DVC, Bidder
and the Consultant. The basis for the UAT will be finalized at the Business Requirement
Specification Document Sign-off. In case some of the test results are not successful, Bidder
will be obligated to make desired changes and get sign offs from user on test iterations. All
tools required for load testing and performance testing should be standard third-party tools
which are to be arranged by the Bidder for this project without any extra charges.
04(four) days’ workshop on testing methodologies and techniques of SAP need to be arranged
for DVC testing team members.
Page 43 of 514
The Bidder shall commission the system along with all proposed functional modules. This will
include user creation and authorization for online transaction entry, approval and reporting.
1.5.5 ERP OEM Audit

The Bidder will engage experts from ERP product OEM to undertake auditing of the solution
deployed. The Bidder shall ensure audit from ERP product OEM for minimizing the project risk
through periodic reviews of the project. The reviews shall take place during the different
milestones of the project implementation and roll-out. Initial ERP OEM Audit to check on the
configuration of the system, a report with observations to be provided. Final ERP OEM Audit
with compliance report related to development and configuration. Bidders must abide by the
OEM auditor recommendation and safeguarding recommendation, if any.
1.5.6 SAP best practice audit, safeguarding and Quality Control

The Bidder shall specify the standard parameters for auditing and quality control of the system
and demonstrate their effectiveness. The Bidder will engage SAP certified safeguarding
process auditor from the Experts of Power Sector SAP-ERP Implementation domain to
undertake auditing of the solution deployed. The Bidder shall take prior approval from DVC for
the SAP process auditor. In case the audit report is not acceptable to DVC, DVC retains the
right to appoint its own auditor and the fees payable to the auditor will be deducted from the
Bidder’s payments. The DVC retains the right to engage third party auditors/any other SAP
certified auditor for the audit of the ERP system. The Bidder will have to make necessary
changes in the configuration and/or solution as per the safeguarding recommendations of the
auditors without any additional cost to the DVC.
The bidder shall ensure audit and quality control services from SAP Experts from Power
Sector implementation domain for minimizing the project risk through periodic reviews of the
project. The Bidder shall ensure that auditor provides an independent and objective view of the
implementation project, identify any risk to the project goals and recommend appropriate
corrective action by conducting reviews. The reviews shall take place during the different
milestones of the project implementation and roll out depending on the need, deliverables and
project timelines. Following are the types of reviews that need to be taken:
Solution Review: The Solution review (audit) covers the application design and business
process parameters. The objective of this exercise is to review the business model proposed
and configured in the system. The review team also make suitable recommendations towards
use of functionalities and features and shares the practices followed in the similar other
implementations.
Development Review: This review helps to determine whether the design and implementation
adheres to proven standards, such as upward compatibility where custom developments or
enhancements to the system are planned. The scope of this review is to study programs and
applications that have been developed explicitly for the DVC. The feedback provided will
mainly deal with ways means of optimizing the custom developments to achieve better
performance.
Page 44 of 514
1.5.7 Technical Training

ABAP, Basis, FIORI, Database administration, System Administration etc. training to IT team
of DVC at the beginning of the configuration stage to be imparted. This training to be provided
to DVC’s Core IT Team. Technical training would include training IT team on configuration and
system administration aspects of SAP-ERP Solution. The bidder should provide the training at
a location decided by DVC.
1.5.8 Documentation Scope

The Bidder will provide ongoing product information for reference purposes and facilitating
self- education for DVC personnel such as Product documentation (user manuals, technical
manuals, troubleshooting guides, any standard documentation included in the license cost),
Implementation Documentation (Business Process guides, program flow descriptions, data
model descriptions, sample reports, screen formats, FAQ guides, any other document required
for implementation at each location), Technical Users information (like ERP system’s table
structure), Implementation documentation should be provided in soft copy and 1 (one)
hardcopy at each implementation location. Documentation including source code, schema,
data dictionary, and actual configuration/ customization details including specifications and test
results.
1.5.9 Deliverables

No.
16. Mapping of business processes in ERP System, ERP System
configuration, Sample data feeding
Requirement
17. Draft Authorization Matrix (Roles and Responsibilities of Users) Specification
Signoff + 8
18. Unit and Integration Testing Report (test plan, test script, roles and
months
responsibilities, issue log, issue resolution report
19. Risk Assessment and Business Impact Analysis Report for Change
Management
20. Quality Acceptance Testing Report
21. UAT sign off document
22. ERP OEM Audit Report & safeguarding Audit Report
23. Technical Training to Core IT Team
24. Configured ERP Solution and Module wise training for Core Team
Members
25. Performance Testing Report
Page 45 of 514
1.6 Pilot Go-Live

1.6.1 Data Migration
The Bidder will be responsible for migration of all Master Data and Transaction data in the
SAP ERP system, all data to be verified and confirmed by DVC before migration. Master and
Transaction Data Migration Completion report to be provided.
1.6.2 End User Training and Change Management Workshops

This training shall be provided to DVC’s end users before Pilot Go-Live. The Bidder should be
responsible for providing extensive training to DVC’s end users in the respective modules and
Employee Self Service functionalities. Bidder shall also give hands-on training of the SAP ERP
system to all the End Users. This training should be for each module/ function for all the End
Users. Detail User Level training for ERP Champs for Train the Trainer model.
The Bidder will suggest to the DVC’s issues anticipated in the change management process
and SAP-ERP solution to overcome the same. The Bidder will conduct the change
management programs for various level of personnel at different locations as per requirement.
Ensure all trainings and change management sessions are completed.
1.6.3 Pilot Go-Live

User Roles to be completed, approved and configured in the solution. Entire ERP Solution to
be tested and verified. No pending issues or requirements should reside. Pilot Go-Live will be
done in 3 locations DVC Headquarters, Maithon and Mejia Thermal Power Plant for 4 weeks
on parallel implementation mode, where both the application will run in parallel i.e., ERP &
EBA. Bidder should deploy people to put live entries into the system during pilot phase as
there will be parallel activities, adequate manpower at pilot location is required for pilot testing
on live data. Propose project status to DVC to take decision on Go-Live with successful Pilot
Go-Live completion report.
1.6.4 ERP OEM Audit

Pre Go-Live Assessment report to be provided by ERP OEM after a successful audit of the
newly configured system.
1.6.5 Documents & Manuals

ERP System Configuration and other technical manuals, Standard Operating Procedure
Document, User Training Manuals, Helpdesk Operation Manual to be provided by the Bidder.
Page 46 of 514
1.6.6 Deliverables
No.
26. Finalization of Roles and Responsibilities (Authorization Matrix)
27. User Training Manual and all other training deliverables
28. End User Training Completion certificate
29. All Master and Transaction data migration completion report
30. Load and Stress Test Report
31. Standard Operating Procedure document UAT Signoff
+ 1 month
32. Pilot Go-Live in 3 locations
33. Configuration Manual
34. Helpdesk Structure, Process and operation manual
35. Successful Pilot Go-Live completion report

36. Cut-Over Communication Strategy and detailed report
37. Pre Go-Live Assessment report (Bidder)
38. Pre Go-Live Assessment report (OEM with compliance)
1.7 Enterprise Go-Live

1.7.1 Go-Live Activities
Bidder will be required to carry out Go-Live activities in a phased manner for DVC (all locations
including field offices, GOMD locations etc.) as per agreed approach and methodology.
1.7.2 Documents and Manuals

Before Go-Live Bidder will ensure that all the necessary documents are provided to DVC. The
documents such as configuration document (consisting of system settings and parameters of
each module), User Manual (system instructions and use cases, running of a program to
perform specific task in the system with sample reports and screen formats etc.), process flow
and description manuals, any other document required for implemented solution at each
location, Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) manual (for carrying out activities through ERP
and also manually/outside ERP to complete a process cycle), online and offline help manuals.
Page 47 of 514
1.7.3 Deliverables
No.
39. Helpdesk Readiness Pilot Go
Live + 2
40. Enterprise-wide successful Go-Live completion Report
months
41. Module wise sign-off including integration activities
1.8 Business Solution Modules Go-Live

1.8.1 Implementation of Business Solution Modules
Requirement Specification documents for all business solution modules, Customizations,
configuration and testing of the solutions, pilot testing and Go-Live of all the modules.
1.8.2 Deliverables
No.
42. Functional and Technical design documents for custom components Go Live + 4
months
43. Successful Pilot Go-Live completion report
44. Successful Enterprise Go-Live completion report
1.9 Project Stabilization Support

1.9.1 Support Desk Services
Bidder is required to create and maintain a dedicated centralized 24X7 basis Help Desk
hotline that will resolve problems and answer questions that arise from the use of the ERP
solution as it is implemented at DVC. Along with this, bidder has to implement following:
• Email Listener
• WhatsApp listener
• Web based/app-based ticket resolution system
A report on the number of calls logged and number of issues resolved to be submitted to DVC
periodically.
Refer Clause 1.13 of Section V – SLA for details of all of the above.
1.9.2 Stabilization Support

In this project, stabilization period will be 6 (six) months from the date of Enterprise Go-Live
including all modules at all locations (successful enterprise wide go-live). Stabilization will be
carried out after project site-wise roll-out. The stabilization phase will begin only after the Go-
Live for all core and business solution module implementation.
Page 48 of 514
1.9.3 Stabilization Test

The Stabilization Tests will be conducted for the SAP-ERP Solution after successful enterprise
Go-live. The test shall be conducted for ascertaining Response Time Performance and
Availability Performance criteria as defined in SLA Clause for minimum 90 calendar days
continuously. The Stabilization Tests shall be conducted by powering up and continuous
operation of all the systems on a 24x7 basis to ascertain that all components of the solution
are working in the desired fashion individually and together. During stabilization test, the SI
shall procure and deploy performance measurement tools to establish adherence to desired
performance as mentioned in the SLA. Reports generated from the performance tools has to
be shared with DVC as and when asked to.
1.10 Supply of ERP Licenses

The bidder will be responsible for supplying the current version of ERP application licenses,
additional solution licenses, integration tools along with the source code and installing the same.
The license shall be supplied by the bidder only on the basis of the written requisition of DVC.
The bidder shall provide the license within 2 weeks of requisition to DVC. Delay in supply of
licenses for reasons attributable to the bidder shall attract penalty as stipulated in clause 1.9 of
Section V – SLA.
Licenses count may vary up to 25% on upward or downward during roles and responsibility
changes at the time of implementation. If upward variation of user count remain within 25% then
no additional cost for licenses would be paid. If license counts vary more than 25% upward,
then for the additional count for over and above of 25%, additional cost for licenses at the same
rate would be paid. For downward variation, pro rata rate for the licenses actually procured will
be paid. Price basis will be firm for the entire contract period once quoted. DVC may, at its sole
discretion, plan to procure the licenses in a staggered manner throughout the contract period.
DVC has identified the indicative type of users & numbers and their system usage profiles
User Type User Count User Activity
Transactional User 2000 These users shall be able to use ERP from
data entry to querying, reporting and analysis,
decision making and approvals
Employee Self Service 3868 Occasional users log on and consume system
resources as a typical information user such
as salary slips and leave balances.
The following table provides an indication of the users:
Page 49 of 514
Sl. Basic Employee Information Total Transactional ESS

No. Strength Licenses Licenses
Count Count
1 Number of in-house Board Members 4 4 0
(Chairman/Members)
2 Number of EDs/Equivalent 13 13 0
3 Number of PCE/Equivalent 6 6 0
4 Number of CEs/Equivalent 100 60 40
5 Number of DCEs/Equivalent 160 120 40
6 Number of SEs/Equivalent 354 320 34
7 Number of SDEs/Equivalent 793 750 43
8 Number of AEs/EEs/Equivalent 759 727 32
9 Number of JEs/Equivalent (Gr-B) 3202 0 3202
10 Number of Gr-C&D Employees (Gr-C&D) 477 0 477
TOTAL 5868 2000 3868
The above numbers are calculated on the basis of actual strength of DVC as on 19.09.2022.
These numbers are initial estimates, DVC management can rationalize them through a review
exercise. In order to avoid risk of buying more licenses, DVC may obtain less than the above-
mentioned licenses initially and have a rate contract with the bidder to procure additional
licenses at the same rate as and when required in the next few years.
The bidders shall supply:
• Core SAP-ERP Software Licenses that shall cover all the core modules on monthly
subscription-based/perpetual licenses in private cloud
• Advanced/Additional modules and related components software & licenses
• Tools, accessories, documentation and provide a list of the same. Tools and accessories
shall be part of the offered solution.
• Latest supported version of another software, tools and Bolt-On/Add-on application to
support SAP-ERP
• Product documentation (Technical manuals, user manuals, installation guide, system
administrator manuals, toolkit guides and troubleshooting guides)
A tool for content creation, preparation of FAQ documents, creation of demo video. Tool
should be capable to capture frame by frame activities while executing a process and
should be able to convert it as FAQ documents and demo video.All the components
along with the components being purchased by the DVC which are provided free of cost
by SAP
All the above documents mentioned or any other standard documentation for the product should
be included in the cost of the license. All the tools, accessories, software and media supplied
under the contract shall be original copies and warranted against any type of damages.
Page 50 of 514
The bidder is also required to implement a software tool for development, testing, quality
assurance, transport mechanism to production and version control and use it for project
documentation, testing and support (Ticket Management). The software tool shall be offered
along with appropriate number of licenses for the latest database management system for the
proposed SAP-ERP.
The procurement of licenses would be undertaken into batches. The number of licenses
specified are only for budgetary purpose. Actual numbers and it’s phasing would vary with
actuals on ground.
These licenses will be required to be deployed on centralized servers with n-tier architecture
and at a later date also on a disaster recovery site(s) (DR), which will act as backup to the main
server. The licenses should cover the following instances a) Development, (b) Training, (c)
Testing, (d) Production and (e) Disaster recovery instances.
The DVC, in addition to above licenses may require additional licenses every year during the
currency of the contract which will be supplied by the Bidder as and when, so requisitioned. The
assessment of total number of such licenses so taken during the preceding year shall be done
at the end of each year and payment for these licenses shall be made at that time. The license
fee for such additional licenses shall be the same as agreed to in the contract or the existing
procurement rate whichever is lower.
Any special tools, software for implementation, Data Migration, testing etc. shall be part of the
offered solution. All support services including updates, upgrades and patches for all software
licenses, supplied within the date of signing of Contract shall be provided by the Bidder till the
final sign-off.
Note:
• All information that is currently stored in physical files or recorded on paper is likely to be
included in ERP, this includes all approvals.
• Each person will have a separate login id. Each id will have a separate ERP license
• The numbers include users who will record/ initiate transactions in ERP; these are likely
to be the junior-most staff in each department.
• Every person who will be in the approval hierarchy has been included.
• Two types of users have been defined – transaction users, who will be transacting on the
ERP; and Employee Self-Service users, who will only be using ERP for viewing their
information and using it to avail employee services.
• Employee self-service users exclude transaction users.
• For accessing the ESS services, DVC may implement common accessing points at
different project offices for all employees.
Page 51 of 514
Please note that the Unpriced BoQ format shared in Section VIII – Bid Forms and Procedures
(Form 1.28) of this Tender will consist of the lumpsum quantity of items as mentioned in the
BoQ like:
• Manpower for Legacy Application Support

• Implementation, Development, Configuration, Customization, Testing, Documentation,
Deployment Charges for ERP
• Master Data Codification volume
• Data Digitization and Migration sizes
• Additional Infra sizing for ERP Implementation
• Other Miscellaneous items during Implementation
• Additional Licenses, integration tools, API Charges or any other items necessary for
going live of mentioned items in FRS
• Other Application License name and quantity (Non - SAP)(Document Management
System, Energy Forecasting etc.)
• Annual Technical Services
• OEM Audit
• VAPT Audit
• Training details
• Support BoQ for 3 years post go-live
• Helpdesk Support BoQ
1.11 Supporting DVC in infrastructure sizing and procurement (if

any), installation and commissioning
1. Infrastructure sizing: The bidder shall review the network for connecting all the business
locations with DVC Corporate Office and Data Center with redundant telecommunication
activities (including existing/planned fiber optics network). Depending on number of
users and requirement of ERP, the hardware sizing needs to be done. The Bidder shall
also visit the proposed Data Center/ Disaster Recovery Sites and assess the
requirement. Appropriate redundancies shall be built in IT infrastructure as per standard
industry practices. The IT infrastructure shall adequately address the security & high
availability requirement of the DVC. The proposed Bill of Materials should include the
requirements of Disaster Recovery (DR) site and appropriate connectivity of the same
with the Data Centre and / or the DVC, as well. The Bidder shall provide a confirmation
from ERP OEM with regard to the Bill of Materials. Bandwidth requirements shall also be
provided by the bidder. The Bidder may visit the other data center/ data recovery sites
and hold discussion with stakeholders for preparation of bill of materials.
2. Preparation of technical specification of the IT infrastructures, DC & DR required for

running the ERP along with other applications.
3. Submission of the cost estimate for the above procurement.
4. The time frame required for IT Infrastructure including DC and DR will be suggested by
bidder and plan the procurement accordingly.
Page 52 of 514
5. The DC & DR should be in two different seismic zone. DC & DR has to be physically
located within India. The CSP (Cloud Service Provider) has to mention the complete
physical address along with street address, state, and country of DC & DR where the
infrastructure would be hosted. DVC or their nominated third-party auditor shall have the
right to do the physical audit/physical inspection of the DC & DR on time to time as per
the requirement. Supporting documents need to be provided by the Bidder in support of
the case.
6. The data of DVC should not accessible from outside India unless explicitly permitted by
DVC in writing.
7. All the procurement and infrastructure to be used in the application development and
hosting of the same should comply with MeitY Guidelines and/or guidelines issued by
GoI and/or any other statutory body and/or CEA (Cyber Security in Power Sector) Guidelines,
2021 and/or Information Security Policy of DVC as on the date of closing date of bid. Any
amendment or modifications of the published guidelines during the contract period has also to be
complied without any additional cost implication to DVC. The detailed guidelines of CEA
(Cyber Security in Power Sector) Guidelines, 2021 is mentioned in atstachments named
CEA_Guidelines_in_Power_Sector.
8. All IT products procured /supplied shall have a valid Certificate of Common Criteria as
per ISO/IEC 15408 issued by signatories of the Common Criteria Recognition
Agreement (CCRA) (www.commoncriteriaportal.org ).
9. Import/procurement/supplied from vendors sourcing from prior reference countries, the

Certificate for Common Criteria shall be from Government Laboratories in India
according to the IC3S scheme operated by Ministry of Electronics and Information
Technology, which is a signatory to CCRA
10. The proposed Bill of Materials should include the requirements of Disaster Recovery
(DR) site as well. While preparing the specification of servers, the Supplier shall take into
consideration the flowing instances for the solution- (a) Development, (b) Training, (c)
Testing, (d) Production and (e) Disaster recovery instances.
11. The Bidder will also have to prepare and implement the Business Continuity Plan and
Disaster Recovery Strategy for the DVC in consultation with the Purchaser. The strategy
should include details of infrastructure, location, operation, management and policies
based on Business Impact Analysis. In case the Bidder fails to meet this timeline, Bidder
will be liable to pay penalty as per GCC Section VI of the Bid Document, unless proper
justification for the delay is provided by the Bidder and the same is accepted by the
DVC.
12. The bidder has to mention the name and address of the Cloud Service Provider [CSP]
as the format mentioned in Form No. 1.29 (Section VIII) of this Tender.
Page 53 of 514
1.12 Disaster Recovery and Backup Policy

1. The Bidder shall formulate an effective Back Up Strategy and Disaster Recovery Plan
2. The Bidder shall test the effectiveness of the Back Up Strategy Plan in the presence of
DVC’s Core IT team
1.13 Legacy Data Migration Planning and Migration

1.13.1 Data Collection
The Bidder shall be responsible for data collection, data preparation, data cleansing, data
entry and data migration for all kinds of master data and transaction data required to
successfully implement and operationalize the SAP-ERP Solution. All data is to be verified and
confirmed by DVC’s competent authority. DVC’s approach to this task will be guided by
specific requirements, both functional and statutory and the related standard practices. Scope
of data migration will cover all master data and transaction data required for the SAP-ERP
system to cover the functional areas covered in the project. Bidders are requested to do due
diligence to estimate the data volume and requirements. Details will be provided to the
requirement specification developed by Bidder should be based on the following:
1. Bidder’s Responsibilities
• Prepare and submit a high level “Data Preparation, Conversion & Migration
Strategy” document describing the broad data elements to be converted, agreed
source of the same, the target ERP function/module and the detailed form in which
the same will be converted. This document should have a clear strategy about
digitization of records in line with the Company’s Document Management Policy.
• Prepare a detailed data collection and migration plan for master and transaction
data from legacy system
• Prepare schema and propose nomenclature for all major categories of items
including but not limited to chart of accounts, cost accounting chart, asset/ material
codification etc. with reasonable mapping between the existing and proposed
schema.
• Prepare data collection templates for master and transaction data
• Identify critical and non-critical fields
• Collect data from various offices of DVC/ existing applications and other legacy and
core IT application in soft, digital formats and hard copies as per SAP-ERP
requirement.
• Data Collection from all points including manual registers
• Cleansing and formatting of data extracted from the legacy systems
• Data entry, migration, conversion and digitization.
• Prepare migration scripts and migrate data through system driven process from
DVC legacy systems and data templates into the SAP-ERP system
Page 54 of 514
• A tentative time frame for developing the necessary scripts, testing the same and
eventual execution on the production environment should be indicated. To ensure
that the DVC gets adequate time to validate the data, the activities related to the
data preparation and conversion should commence during the early stage of the
project.
• Creation of new /additional data mandatory in the new system. Data entry of
existing data from manual registers
• Provide necessary details to DVC to confirm data migration accuracy and completion
• Base data preparation and data integrity and data quality checking
• Development of Data upload/download programs
• Scanning, digitization and uploading of records as necessary. This may include
service records, project plan documents, drawings, important office orders &
correspondences, material specification documents, circuit diagrams etc.
• Quality of scanning should be minimum 300 dpi
• Bidder’s responsibility shall be to ensure that data migration is complete in all
aspects, on time as per the time schedule provided.
• Any additional forms or screen or application for the purpose of transferring data
dump from existing legacy system to the prescribed data migration format, also to
be developed by bidder
2. DVCs’ Responsibilities
• Provide data available in soft copies or hard copies to Bidder
• To ensure co-operation to Bidder, so that required data is prepared, tabulated
accurately by Bidder within stipulated time.
• Verification and Validation of collected data
• Sign off and approval of data to be migrated
• Mechanism to address the lapses/delay on DVC’s part
1.13.2 Data Migration
The Bidder shall undertake data migration from DVC’s legacy systems and other electronic
data presently available with DVC. However not all historical data is required to be migrated.
The scope of data migration will be for each of the core and other processes identified in the
Functional Scope section below. The Bidder shall also perform the necessary data entry for all
the modules wherever data may not be available in electronic form before the final
commissioning and acceptance of the entire system. Data Migration Tools to be used to
ensure fast and accurate data migration. The Bidder may subcontract the data migration and
digitization activity only based on prior approval of the DVC.
1.14 Team Profile and Deployment

The Bidder should deploy a team specialized, experienced in Implementations of offered ERP
product to ensure successful and timely completion of the project. All resources deployed at any
Page 55 of 514
stage of the project should be mandatorily certified for the relevant function/technical module of
offered ERP product. All the mandatory experience requirement parameters are mentioned in
table below. Bidders’ team is expected to be experienced in the offered ERP Product. The key
personnel in the team must have the following minimum qualifications and work experience
which has been provided for Bidder reference in Evaluation Criteria. Kindly note that the team
structure proposed is the minimum to be offered by the Bidder. Any additional resources, if
asked by Officer In charge, DVC in writing must be deployed within 05(five) working days.
The Bidder shall deploy a full-time, on-site dedicated team for the ERP implementation project
at DVC’s project site. During the implementation stage i.e., till the last go-live date, the full team
needs to be deployed on-site i.e., at DVC’s premises. The Bidder should deploy adequate
resources for required duration onsite at DVC as well as any other site / unit / location as may
be necessary during any stage of the Project. The Bidder shall deploy concurrent resources,
comprising of members specified & approved by DVC, to ensure concurrent execution to meet
overall contract period plan & detailed plan.
The Bidder shall deploy the minimum resources for Project Management, Functional and
Technical areas, as specified in the tables below, during the entire duration of the project. At no
point in time, number of resources fall below the minimum numbers as specified below
otherwise penalty as provided in Section-V SLA would be levied on the Bidder.
Minimum Duration On-Shore Off-Shore

Sl. Relevant Count Count
Key Role in the team
No. Experience (in (min)
years)
15 Throughout the 1
Program Manager
1 Project Period
10 Throughout the
2 Technical Lead Project Period 1
Functional Lead (FICO, MM, HR, 5 Till Go-Live of

PM, PS, Billing, QM, CRM) all Modules 12
12
3 (Fuel, Medical, DMS, Energy
Chain Management)
5 Data-Migration
4 Data Migration Specialist Cut OFF 1 2
IT Infrastructure and Cloud 5 Throughout the

5 Project Period 1 2
Specialist
3 Throughout the To be
6 Software Developers Project Period 4 envisaged by
Bidder
3 Throughout the 2 To be
Testing and Integration
7 Project Period envisaged by
Engineers
Bidder
Page 56 of 514
Minimum Duration On-Shore Off-Shore

Sl. Relevant Count Count
Key Role in the team
No. Experience (in (min)
years)
3 Throughout the 2 4
8 Database Administrator Project Period
24
Total
1.15 Change Management and Training scope

DVC considers adequate training & change management as vital for the success of the project.
Bidder will be required to carry out all necessary steps in ensuring that training and change
management initiatives have been taken at appropriate phases of the project so that DVC will
be in a position to adopt and accept the SAP-ERP system.
1.15.1 Change Management

DVC considers implementation of SAP-ERP will have significant impact on its business
processes and employees. Effective change management activities will be required to ensure
that employees are aware about the SAP-ERP project and the change in work practices. The
Bidder shall identify the Change Management issues covering the following:
• Process / Procedure
• Roles / Responsibility
• Organization Structure / Group Working
• Communication Strategy
The Bidder shall organize a people change management workshop to discuss and present the
change management strategy for ERP Project. Based on the discussion the Bidder shall
submit a people change management plan and strategy document to the DVC for approval.
Project Phase Indicative Activities
Planning Phase • Prepare a detailed change management &

communication strategy along with plan covering the
entire life cycle of the project
• Provide support to DVC in identifying change managers,
change champions and change agents including
preparation of key skill requirements
• Conduct minimum 1 (one) change management
workshops at corporate office and nominated field offices
on above mentioned points
Page 57 of 514
Project Phase Indicative Activities
Requirement Specification • Prepare change management related materials such as

Phase newsletters, booklets etc.
• Conduct minimum 2 (two) change management
workshops at corporate office and nominated field offices
• Identify process level changes and/or role level changes
due to SAP-ERP implementation and support DVC in
conveying the same
• Preparation of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
Configuration, • Management Awareness Workshop
Customization, Testing, • Risk Assessment and Business Impact Analysis
Acceptance Phase • Continuous communication & measurement of
communication effectiveness.
• Conduct minimum 2 (two) change management workshops at
corporate office and nominated field offices on above
mentioned points
Pilot Go-Live Phase • Train the Trainer on Change Management Activities
• Measurement of training effectiveness
• SAP-ERP readiness assessment
• Continuous communication
• Cut-over and Go-Live communications
• Conduct minimum 2 (two) change management workshops at
mentioned points
Enterprise Go-Live / Post • Help Desk Assessment
Go-Live • Conduct minimum 1 (one) change management workshop at
mentioned point
• The Bidder shall conduct change management workshops as per agreed strategy.
• The Bidder will draft communication materials such as write-ups, notes, fliers, etc. as
per agreed change management plan.
• The Bidder shall prepare e-learning courseware for enabling change management.
1.15.2 Training
The bidder shall provide comprehensive and detailed training & people change management
strategy and plan describing the proposed approach & methodology, calendar/timelines,
course contents, course duration, training materials, training tools, training logistics etc. The
Bidder shall arrange separate training sessions for different categories of participants in
batches. The Bidder shall submit this document for approval of the DVC before initiating this
activity.
Scope of Training:
Page 58 of 514
I. Bidder will conduct training need assessment of DVC users. Training needs should be
continuously refined and reconfirmed with DVC users and implementation team as per
project progress and requirements.
II. Bidder will prepare detailed training strategy and plan based on training requirements
during different phases of the project.
III. Training needs to be carried out at DVC Headquarters and all the functional plants of
DVC.
IV. Bidder Shall organize the following trainings for DVC’s manpower. Cost towards travel
expenses, boarding, lodging etc. for DVC’s personnel shall be borne by DVC and for
bidder’s personnel shall be borne by the Bidder. Such trainings shall be conducted
concurrently, if required by DVC, at DVC’s different premises (other than certification
trainings which shall be conducted at Bidder’s own or at authorized training centers).
V. Bidder will prepare detailed training schedule, provide course material.
VI. Post training, Bidder will conduct a training assessment along with DVC to assess the
effectiveness of training. If the assessment is not satisfactory to DVC, Bidder will repeat
the training process.
VII. The cost of the trainings, other than certification training are the part of the
Implementation cost
VIII. The Bidder should recommend the co-ordination of training efforts across the
organization for implementation by DVC. While the focus will be on a “train the trainer”
approach, on-site demonstrations, training manuals, quick reference cards will be
required. Selected team members will require training on configuration training, project
approach, tools and methodology, technical writing and documentation. The
recommended training material can be in paper / electronic media.
1.15.3 Training Material and Training Tools

1. Industry standard / OEM recommended training tools / materials will be used by the
Bidder. Using of ERP Training tools/ software(s) for providing various training is
essential. All expenses related to training tools shall be borne by the Bidder.
2. Adequate training materials such as training manual, practice guide, quick-reference
guide, training videos will be provided by the Bidder in both hard copy and soft copy. The
recommended training material can be in print media (newsletters, posters, banners,
leaflets etc.), electronic media (videos etc.) with courses on ERP product fundamentals,
business process overview, user job activity training etc. and delivery options may
include but not limited to, on-line trainings, computer-based trainings and instructor led
classroom trainings.
3. Training material should cover subjects like SAP-ERP fundamentals, standard
functionalities, DVC’s relevant configured system, functional training, technical training,
job / activity wise training etc. as per agreed plan and requirements. End user manuals
should cover “how to use” concepts for all modules of the solution being implemented.
4. Any additional topics, if need to be covered for making DVC team to become self-reliant
need to be arranged by bidder. It’s expected that DVC IT Team should be trained in all
the tools which will be used by the bidder during entire project lifecycle.
Page 59 of 514
5. The Bidder will be responsible for preparation of the training materials, handouts and
end user manuals & submission to DVC in adequate bound volumes of the training
material, quick reference cards and end user manuals. Final number of bounds for each
training material will be decided by DVC. These deliverables must be submitted to the
Project Manager (DVC) for approval before any training is conducted. Training Material
should be as per industry standard/OEM recommended.
1.15.4 Training Logistics

1. DVC shall provide training halls and conference rooms at each of the locations.
2. Internet connection up to 60 Mbps, projector/display unit will be arranged by DVC. Any
additional devices required to be arranged by the bidder at its own cost.
3. The training shall be provided by the Bidder wherein specialized logistics and supportive
facilities (if any) should be arranged by the Bidder. Such specialized logistics may
include, but not limited to IT Systems, audio visual aids, training tools etc. All associated
expenses are to be borne by the Bidder.
4. In addition, all other incidental expenses (travel, lodging & boarding, local conveyance
etc. for the Bidder’s team) pertaining to training programs and change management
workshops shall be borne by the Bidder.
5. Pedagogy and method of delivery will be approved by Officer In charge, DVC. It’s
preferred that all the trainings be conducted in physical mode at a location decided by
Officer In charge, DVC and cost for providing training to be borne by the bidder.
1.15.5 Assessment of Training Effectiveness

1. Preparation of test papers and conducting test for all participants to evaluate
effectiveness of training program and change management workshops.
2. The test papers should be prepared jointly by the Bidder and DVC. The Bidder is
responsible for retraining of the whole batch in case the average score is less than 80%
and additional cost of such re-training shall be borne by the Bidder himself.
3. The Bidder shall also obtain formal feedback from each participant after completion of
each training program/change management workshop.
a) Training Types
Training Type Mode of Training Participants
SAP-ERP Overview Lecture Management
SAP-ERP (Functional) standard functionality Lecture & Hands Core Team & IT Team
and Module wise Training by SAP Certified on Mode
Trainer
Page 60 of 514
Training Type Mode of Training Participants
Configured SAP-ERP (including Lecture & Hands Core Team & IT Team
configuration aspects) by SAP Certified On
Trainer
Cloud Back up and Monitoring Training Lecture and Hands IT (Infrastructure

On Team)
End User SAP-ERP Training (“Train the Lecture & Hands All ERP Users (ERP
Trainer” mode) On Champs & End
Users)
Technical Training (ABAP, BASIS and Lecture & Hands IT Team

FIORI, SAP integration suite, data migration On
tool, any other additional tool which will be
used during the project) and SAP-ERP
System Administration by Certified Trainers
b) Team Structure of DVC
The bidder must provide training to the following team of DVC:

I. Management: Directors, Head of Departments/Plants, Senior level Managers or
equivalent, Project Manager
II. Core Team: Central Functional Core Team (at HQs, Kolkata) & Unit (at various field
formations) Functional Team members at DVC represent different functions within the
scope of the project. They bring in the knowledge of existing processes, critical
requirements, constraints, relevant management policies, information requirements
etc. They will assist/ participate in various activities during implementation such as
business process study, requirement specification, solution design, testing, etc. and
also in help desk activities post go-live. To be able to assist in these activities, it is
necessary to train them adequately on the ERP product functionalities including
configuration steps and the impact each step has on the solution. Since the Functional
Core Team members will drive the effectiveness of the ERP implementation within
DVC, it is essential that requisite knowledge and skills are transferred to them by the
Bidder.
III. IT Team: Technical Core Team & Project Co-Ordinator Team at DVC comprises of
officials from IT department. These representatives bring in the knowledge of existing
Page 61 of 514
applications, interfaces, constraints, information requirements etc. ERP training needs

of these team members will be in areas such as technical configuration, interfaces,
report customization, operating system, database administration, access control,
helpdesk etc.
IV. ERP Champs: Users that will represent different modules/processes to be covered
under the solution. They will represent different functions within the scope of the
project at each Unit. They will assist/ participate in various activities during
implementation, roll- out, and also in post go-live activities.
V. Transactional End Users: End Users at DVC will represent different functions to be
covered under the solution. These users will actually use the system in different
functional areas. These users will need to be trained on how to use the solution before
going live. Comprehensive guidelines on how to accomplish tasks in the solution in
specific context of DVC processes must be provided to the end users as part of the
end- user training.
VI. Non-Transactional End Users: End Users at DVC will represent different functions to
be covered under the solution. These users will actually use the relevant MIS reports
in his/her respective area of work. ESS Training for Users.
1.15.6 Proposed Training Schedule for Bidder’s reference

Type of Training Participants When Minimum Preferred Delivery
Duration Location
Per batch
Induction Training Top During Project 1 Day DVC Headquarters

(SAP Overview) Management Inception Phase
SAP-ERP Core Team & IT During Project 3 Weeks DVC Headquarters

( Functional) Team Planning Phase
standard
functionality and
Module wise
training by
Certified Trainer
Page 62 of 514
Type of Training Participants When Minimum Preferred Delivery

Duration Location
Per batch
Technical IT Team During System 4 Weeks DVC Headquarters

Training (ABAP, Configuration
BASIS and Phase
FIORI) and
Integration Suite
or any other tools
by Certified
Trainers
SAP-ERP IT Team During System 2 Weeks DVC Headquarters

Configuration and Configuration
System and
Administration Testing Phase
aspects by
Certified Trainer
Cloud Back up IT Infrastructure During System 5 days DVC Headquarter

and Monitoring Team Configuration
Training and
Testing Phase
Training on Core Team & IT During System 4 days DVC Headquarter

Testing Team Configuration
Methodologies and
and techniques Testing Phase
End User Training ERP Champs, During Pilot Run 3 days DVC Units
Transactional
End Users During Go-Live
End User Training Non- Before Go-Live 2 days DVC Units

Transactional at each location
End Users
N.B. : A batch should comprise of maximum 25-30 members.
Number of training days mentioned in this Tender in subsequent sections are bare
minimum requirement. Additional training days, if required by team members need to
be arranged by bidder. Discretion of Officer In charge, DVC will be final in this respect.
Page 63 of 514
Discretion of Officer In charge, DVC for inclusion of additional training topic, pedagogy
and mode of delivery will be binding and final.
1.16 Support and Enhancement

1.16.1 Ongoing Support
The reliability and availability of effective ongoing support service is critical to the long-term
success of an ERP solution.
1.16.2 Annual Technical Support Services

Annual Technical Support (ATS) shall be provided by the ERP Vendor (to be arranged by the
Bidder) for a period of three (3) calendar years from the next day of delivery of licenses. The
Bidder should also have to procure ATS for any bolt on application(s) which he has provided
as a part of the ERP solution. The Support should include supply of new versions/releases,
upgrades, bug fixes, functionality enhancements and patches to cater to changes (including
tax, legal, statutory and policy requirements) along with related documentation within thirty (30)
calendar days of their availability in India and not later than twelve (12) calendar months after
they are released in the Country of Origin as well as other technical support from ERP
product’s helpdesk. The Bidder shall make available and implement upgrades/ patches at
DVC’s option free of cost from the date of go live as part of the product support during
stabilization and Warranty period. However, this would not include any new version launched
by the ERP OEM which would be dealt with separately.
1.16.3 Annual Maintenance Support

After successful completion of stabilization period (Project Sign-Off), solution support &
maintenance period will commence. The duration of Help Desk and Maintenance Support will
be as per contract provisions (i.e., mandatory 3 (Three) years). The extension of Support &
Maintenance (AMC) beyond 3 years will be at sole discretion of DVC based on the
requirement and performance of the Bidder.
The Support will be of two types:
1. Helpdesk Support: The supplier shall deploy at least ten (10) dedicated skilled resources
at DVC headquarters round the clock (24x7) for helpdesk support for a period of three (3)
calendar years from the date of last stabilization period of ERP Solution. Helpdesk support
shall include, but not limited to, basic menu/screen level support, addressing general
queries of users, logging requests, assigning requests to specific helpdesk individuals,
recording resolutions, tracking overall time taken for resolution, etc. The Bidder shall install
a web- based bug reporting and monitoring software which will be accessible to DVC as
well as Bidder Helpdesk Team. Periodic Reports of the resolution shall be submitted by the
Bidder to the DVC Officer-in-charge.
Page 64 of 514
2. Technical Support: The Bidder shall provide technical support, in a suitable on-site and
off- site combination, during prime shift (from 10AM to 7PM) on all DVC working days and
(24x7) remote support over phone (other than working hours at DVC) for technical support
for a period of three (3) calendar years from the date of last stabilization period of ERP
Solution. If Off-site model is proposed by the Bidder, total (fixed & variable) cost of network
connectivity (leased line/VPN) between Bidder’s support center and DVC’s hosted data
center has to be borne by the Bidder and also atleast ten (10) technical persons should be
deployed at DVC headquarters for day-to-day operations. Technical Support shall include
but not limited to installations of new versions/releases, upgrades bug fixes, functionality
enhancements, patches to cater to changes (including tax, legal, statutory and policy
requirements), any modifications or enhancement to existing business, changes to
configurations, customizations, database administration, data back up and archiving,
security and other technical assistance. Additionally, health audit shall be undertaken by
the Bidder every 6 months.
Support will be provided by the Bidder pursuant to the Service Level Agreement (SLA) and/or
Contract Agreement. Support will include but not limited to the following activities:
• All the modules/ functions of ERP (including bolt-on) and functionalities as mentioned in
this Tendering document
• Re-installation of base software
• Reports creation / modification, workflow and analytics.
• Resolution of reported errors as per SLA mentioned hereunder.
• Data backup
• Data recovery
• System restoration
• Reinstallation of ERP and all associated and prerequisite software
• Performance tuning and optimization
• Changes and modification
• Enhancement of existing functionalities and configuration
• Documentation of all the changes and developments made in the system
• Training on any change or modification of the solution
• Any other support required to ensure smooth and trouble-free operations of ERP
Solution.
1.16.4 Resource Deployment

Adequate functional and technical resources under this scope is to be deployed on-site during
AMC period including extended period (if any). In addition to that, necessary additional
functional & technical resources as per requirement should be deployed off-site. Functional
leads who were part of the implementation team and have configured the solution are required
to be onsite for at least financial closure of 2 quarters after successful stabilization period.
Page 65 of 514
Manpower Requirement for AMC Support (SI) post Implementation
Minimum Minimum
relevant number of
Sl. Minimum Qualification Work Shift employees
Role
No. Required Experience to be
(in years) deployed
on-site
1 Technical BE/B.Tech/MCA/MBA, 7 General 1
Lead Experience of leading at least
one (1) SAP-ERP support
project as Team Lead, SAP
Certified
2 Cloud BE/B.Tech/MCA, 5 General 1
Administrator Experience in at least one (1)
end to end project in
performance testing, API
programming interfaces and
managing server
infrastructure in Cloud
3 Database BE/B.Tech/MCA, 5 General 2
Administrator Experience of at least one (1)
SAP-ERP support project as
Database Administrator
4 Testing and BE/B.Tech/MCA, 5 General 2
Integration Experience of at least one (1)
Engineer SAP-ERP support project as
Testing Engineer
5 Software BE/B.Tech/MCA, 5 General 2
Developer Experience of at least one (1)
Developer
6 Network and BE/B.Tech/MCA 5 General 1
Server Experience in database
Engineer management (backup &
restoration, data recovery),
network management in at
least one (1) SAP-ERP
support project
7 Business BE/B.Tech/MCA, 5 General 1
Analyst Experience of at least one (1)
Business Analyst
8 System B.Tech/B.Sc(IT)/BCA, 3 General, 10
Admin (L1 Experience in IT Support Morning,
Support) service and maintaining Day,
spreadsheets. Night
Total 20
Note:
Page 66 of 514
• Above manpower requirement table is indicative as minimum requirement for DVC.

• All the proposed resources to be interviewed and selected by DVC before deployment.
The number of CV’s should be at least 2 more than the number of resources proposed.
• General shift shall be considered as 10:00 AM to 07:00 PM excluding all state govt.
holidays and national holidays.
• Morning Shift (M) - 06:00 AM to 02:00 PM, Day Shift (D) - 02:00 PM to 10:00 PM, Night
Shift (N) - 10:00 PM to 06:00 AM
• IT manpower & key non-IT resources mentioned in resource table must be a payroll
employee of the successful bidder company. Certificate from HR in this respect may be
asked as and when required.
1.16.5 Service Window

Bidder will be required to deploy resources and provide onsite support during 10:00 AM to 7:00
PM excluding all state govt. holidays and national holidays for General Shift staff. Further,
remote support needs to be provided in case of emergency or on non-working hours. L1
Support team will be available on all days 24x7. Bidder will provide comprehensive on-site
support within stipulated timelines and SLA parameters including but not limited to SAP-ERP
solution, databases, patches and releases. Implement any functional and/or technical
enhancements through patches, updates, bug-fixes related to SAP-ERP, database,
middleware or any other software provided as part of the complete solution without any
additional cost to DVC.
Addition, Modification of any functional process level, reporting requirements as per DVC
requirements. Incorporation of any changes in business conditions such as organization
restructuring (change in structure, change in workflow, expansion etc.). Incorporation of any
change in statutory requirements such as State/Central guidelines, Taxes and duties, change
in accounting standards and norms, Incorporation of any changes in solution due to any
norms, provide training to DVC users if there is any change in the solution, updation and
maintenance of all documents. Installation and reinstallation of all software components as a
part of SAP- ERP Solution.
Bidder will be responsible for database and application performance monitoring and make
necessary changes such as performance tuning, and optimization to ensure the complete
solution is performing as per contract requirements, The Bidder will be required to undertake
regular analysis of events and logs regarding the solution and make necessary changes along
with submission of relevant reports to DVC. The Bidder will be required to coordinate with
other service providers of DVC for backup and recovery process and ensure that DVC has
continuous access and availability of the solution.
Page 67 of 514
1.16.6 Deliverables
No.
54. Quarterly Activities Report Stabilization
Phase
55. Issue log and resolution (Action taken) (SLA Compliance) - as per
completion +
requirement
3 years
56. System Performance Report (SLA Compliance)- as per requirement
1.17 Functional Scope

The functional scope of work is based on replacing the existing in-house systems with System.
Also, the bidders required to recommend improved business process wherever possible. These
improved business processes would then be utilized to prepare a Software Requirement
Specification for ERP Implementation at DVC.
Modules Platform
HR & Payroll SAP S/4 Hana
Finance & Accounts SAP S/4 Hana
Material Management SAP S/4 Hana
Quality Management SAP S/4 Hana
Plant Maintenance & Operations SAP S/4 Hana
Projects & Systems SAP S/4 Hana
Billing SAP IS-U/ SAP S&D
Customer Relation Management SAP S/4 Hana
Environment Health & Safety SAP S/4 Hana
Fuel Management SAP S/4 Hana / Customization
Page 68 of 514
Modules Platform
Contract & bid process Management Customization
Medical Customization
DVC Document & File Management COTS Application [ product name need to be
mentioned in the format mentioned in 1.30 of
bid forms and proceduress section]
Energy Forecasting COTS Application
The solution offered should be expandable to cover business requirements flowing from DVC’s
business strategy such as Renewable Energy, Tourism, other projects etc. The solution must
efficiently enable all required interfaces. The solution must also include the following
overarching functional requirements, analytical tools and capabilities- workflow, document
management, data warehousing, business intelligence, knowledge management and integration
middleware.
The major functional processes under the scope of the ERP procurement and its
implementation are as follows:
1. The core functional modules of SAP ERP that are to be implemented in DVC are given below:
Category of Functional process

process
I. Human Resource (HR)
II. Finance
Core processes III. Material Management
IV. Quality Management
V. Plant Maintenance & Operations
VI. Projects
VII. Billing (Power, Water, Ash, Scrap,
Consultancy)
VIII. Customer Relationship Management
2. The business solution modules of ERP that are to be implemented in DVC are given
below:
Page 69 of 514
Category of Functional process

process
I. Fuel Management
II. Energy Chain Management
Business Solution III. Medical
processes IV. Environment Health & Safety
V. Secretariat
VI. Mining
VII. Vigilance
VIII. Soil Conservation
A. Other than the above-mentioned functional modules, business solutions like Document
Management System, Dashboards, Single Sign-On are also required in order to cover
some of the other business activities that are carried out by DVC.
B. Migration of existing digital system data to the SAP ERP system.
C. Interfacing and integration with existing applications of DVC like SCADA, e-office, DVC
Website, Weighbridge etc.
D. Provision of interfacing and integration of future applications.
The above functional requirement is a broad outline of DVC’s business but and need not
be limited and restricted to the above.
During the entire implementation phase i.e., inception to Commissioning of the SAP ERP
System, the SI need to take care of the existing digital systems and essential legacy data
of DVC, closed or open data as specified by the users and such data should be made
available to migrate or integrate with the new SAP System.
1.18 Geographic Scope

ERP solution is required in the current power plants/ projects, headquarter, other offices as well
as coordination centers. The following is the list of implementation centers for reference-
1.18.1 Pilot Stage

The piloting of the solution should be done in the below location:
a) DVC Towers (Headquarter), Kolkata, West Bengal
b) Mejia Thermal Power Station (MTPS), Mejia, West Bengal
c) Maithon (Functional Headquarter and Load Dispatch Centre), Jharkhand
1.18.2 Full Scale implementation stage (Go-Live Stage)

Any bugs in the system, gaps in functionalities, system inconsistencies and any other teething
problems found during the piloting phase will be fixed prior to a full-scale roll-out across the
remaining locations of DVC. After the go-ahead is obtained from DVC, the application will be
Page 70 of 514
rolled out to all the other designated sites simultaneously.
a) Liaison Office, Delhi

b) Liaison Office, Ranchi
c) Hazaribagh (GOMD, Soil Conservation Department)
d) Durgapur Thermal Power Station (DTPS)
e) Chandrapura Thermal Power Station (CTPS)
f) Bokaro Thermal Power Station (BTPS)
g) Durgapur Steel Thermal Power Station (DSTPS)
h) Koderma Thermal Power Station (KTPS)
i) Raghunathpur Thermal Power Station (RTPS)
j) Konar Dam, Hydro Power Plant
k) Maithon Dam, Hydro Power Plant
l) Tilaiya Dam, Hydro Power Plant
m) Panchet Dam, Hydro Power Plant
n) State Load Dispatch Centre (SLDC), Howrah
o) 47 locations across Jharkhand and West Bengal (Substations, Grid Operation and
Maintenance Division)
1.19 Project Management Methodology and Scope

1. Bidder must carry out the implementation based on proven methodology and
improvisations needed to address the requirements stated in this Bid document or any
tools proposed by the Bidder.
2. Bidder should enlist various tools which they are going to use during implementation
period and cost of using of the any tools shall be borne by the Bidder.
3. Bidder will be responsible for arranging equipment, software and tools (along with
necessary licenses, where required) for development, customization, modification and
testing of ERP Solution.
4. The Bidder must plan procurement (from ERP Product Vendor) and Supply to DVC of
ERP product licenses in such a way that the difference between data of supply and date
of Go-Live is minimum.
1.19.1 Project Management and Planning

The Bidder must deploy a dedicated full time Project Manager on-site for DVC at headquarters
to meet the project management requirement of the DVC. The Project Manager will do the
overall project monitoring and management throughout the life cycle of the project. Project
Management will include but not limited to the following:
1. Prepare detailed plan and methodology of integration/interfacing as required and
approved by DVC
Page 71 of 514
2. Coordinate all activities with Project Management Committee set up by DVC

3. Ensure timely delivery of all the deliverables related to ERP solution as mentioned in
the Tender.
4. Supervising delivery, installation and commissioning.
5. Coordinate among various stakeholders, sub suppliers and other vendors;
6. Managing entire project i.e. ERP System delivery, customization and implementation.
7. Participate in all important meetings as required by DVC
8. Define and Control Project Scope
9. Monitor risk management related aspects and project delays
10. Ensure synchronization of all activities of the project i.e. development, IT
Infrastructure, Data Digitization and Migration, implementation, Training etc. and any
other tasks/activities required to be performed for successful implementation of ERP
Solution.
11. Interact with the other entities such as the OEM (SAP) vendor. For all practical
purposes, DVC may treat the successful Bidder as an agent of all other entities
involved. On an aggregate basis, the Bidder will be responsible for successful
completion of the ERP SOLUTION Project.
12. A report on Go-Live readiness to ensure that he/she has completed all aspects prior
to implementation.
1.19.2 Project Progress Reporting

1. After award of contract, the Bidder will submit to the DVC a written progress report every
week for review. The frequency of report submission can be increased during critical
phases of the project.
2. The Bidder reports exceptions and issues that require immediate attention of the DVC on a
regular basis.
3. The Bidder’s Project Management Team will be responsible for updating the Steering
Committee of the DVC in progress review meetings to be held at periodic intervals.
1.19.3 Risk Management

1. Identify and categorize the project risks along with the risk management process with
mitigation approach.
1.19.4 Go-Live and Stabilization Period

1. Go-Live should defined as “smooth working of all ERP transactions and satisfactory
generation of monthly reports.
2. Core Software team of the Bidder is expected to remain on DVC’s premise during the
stabilization period (which is beyond Go-Live Date) to ensure smooth functioning of
the ERP System.
1.20 Integration Scope

All external systems should be integrated with the SAP-ERP solution on a consistent, on-line,
real-time or batch processing or data exchange basis and needs to operate in an automatic
manner without manual intervention unless specifically required. Bidder needs to propose
Page 72 of 514
appropriate solution for integration between SAP-ERP and other applications including but not
limited to existing Webmail, SCADA, Biometric Systems, Websites, banks, E-office, Energy
Forecasting, Microsoft Office 365, Project Management Tools, BI Tools, Contract Labour
Management Application and other legacy applications. In this context, Bidder needs to ensure
that:
1. All required data residing in legacy applications are identified and transferred /
integrated with SAP-ERP solution.
2. All interfaces are self-checking so that any exceptions or data validation errors are
reported by the system
3. Integration logs are maintained to confirm the success or otherwise of the interface,
complete with control totals
4. Integration solution can be used to undertake any future integration between any
applications
1.21 Quality Assurance Scope

1.21.1 Testing
SAP ERP solution needs to be tested during various phases of the project to ensure that the
developed/ configured solution meets DVC requirements and as per standard practice. The
actual testing methodology, tools and success parameters will be mutually decided by DVC
and Bidder before carrying out the tests. Different types of testing which will be done during
the project are mentioned below.
Testing Type Objective

Unit Testing Process/activity wise testing of developed / configured
solution for each
System End to End integrated test of business process involving
Integration multiple modules or applications
Testing
User Acceptance Complete testing of the SAP-ERP solution based on user
Testing roles & responsibilities
Load & Stress To test the system based on simulated growth in terms of
Testing users and transaction volume. Solution should meet SLA
parameters.
Stabilization Test To test if the solution meets SLA parameters and complete
functioning as per requirements
The above are indicative list of tests to be conducted. Additionally, the Bidder will need to carry
out testing as recommended by DVC.
Bidder’s Responsibilities
Page 73 of 514
• Prepare template for testing

• Prepare test cases / test scripts/ business scenarios and submit the same to DVC for
approval
• Conduct testing sessions
• Record and maintain log for all issues identified during testing
• Provide resolution to all issues and demonstrate the same to DVC
• Carry out necessary changes in the developed/configured solution to rectify or
change as per suggestions of DVC.
• Solution will be re-tested to ensure all issues/ defects are closed
• Ensure all issues are closed
• Furnish detailed test reports to DVC on closure of issues
DVC Responsibilities
• Carrying out tests with support from the Bidder
• Recording and Submitting test results to Bidder
• Validation of resolved issues and/or configuration
1.22 Infrastructure Requirements

1. All software components must be available and deployable on all OS platforms (if not
should mentioned in Bid available deployments to account for both planned and unplanned
downtime. Planned downtime could be due to hardware upgrade/refresh, software
patching/upgrades or application version or database schema changes. Unplanned
downtime could be due to memory corruption, disk failures, hardware failures, server
failures or site failures documents).
2. All software components and products should provide out-of-the-box functionality with
minimum customization or implementation to fulfil the required functionalities for the
proposed solution as well as supporting software components.
3. All software components and products should possess a clear upgrade path for follow-on
releases with backward compatibility.
4. All software applications should be web-based and multi-tier applications supporting

clustering, load balancing, redundancy, high-availability, scalability, and fail-safe operation.
5. All software applications should provide native support of web services and provide
appropriate APIs for the purposes of integration as well as functionality extension or
enhancements as may be required to fulfil special functionalities.
6. The architecture should be designed for extensibility and scalability.
Page 74 of 514
7. The infrastructure (database, application servers and web servers) must support highly
scalable. Allow server capacity to be scaled near linearly without making any changes to
the data and applications.
1.23 Third Party Audit

1. Bidder has to arrange safe to host certificate from Cert-In empaneled auditor prior to go
live of application.
2. DVC may conduct third party audit for the solution w.r.t security as per guidelines of
Government of India or Secretarial CERT by CERT-IN empaneled firms during the tenure
of the Contract Period.
3. Bidder will have to make necessary changes in the configuration and/or solution as per
the recommendation from the third-party auditor/ DVC without any additional cost to
DVC.
4. Bidder is required to provide full co-operation and support for the third-party audit of the
SAP ERP Applications.
1.24 Reports and Business Intelligence

1. Audit Trail - The ERP Solution must have extensive audit trail facility. Any addition,
deletion or modification to an existing record, whether master or transaction, must bear
the date and time stamp, the name of the log-in user who made the change and the
node/ terminal from which the change was made. It should also be possible to maintain
details of the original record and subsequent changes to the same. Standard audit trail
reports should also be available. Proper access should be planned for audit trail reports.
2. After identification of the reports for development, the Bidder shall verify whether
standard reports or its variants shall meet the requirement. It is expected that custom
reports need to be developed if the standard reports & its variants available in the
Integrated Solution does not meet the DVC’s specific requirements.
3. These reports would include those, which would extract and present information already
in the database in a specified format or could require some intelligence/ calculations built
into it. The successful Bidder may be required to customize critical and complex reports
across all components of the Integrated Solution.
4. The specific distribution of reports to be customized amongst various modules will be

finalized during the implementation stage. Development of custom reports must follow
well-defined methodology. A brief description of the methodology employed when
developing custom applications/ reports should be included in the response to the
Tender Document. At minimum, every request for development of custom report must be
documented in a pre-defined format and supported by a business case prepared by the
process Owner while requesting for development.
Page 75 of 514
5. Every custom report development must be documented in terms of the person

developing the report, the reference request in response to which the report is being
developed, the report script and other technical specifications. Basic guidelines with
respect to all custom report formats, naming convention etc. must be agreed with DVC
well in advance of commencing any customization effort.
6. In addition, the successful Bidder is required to train DVC’s Core/ Technical Team
members on the methodology of building custom reports, so that DVC can take up the
additional development as and when required.
7. While doing any custom developments, the change date of the record has to be
necessarily maintained in the ERP system.
1.25 Deliverables Acceptance Guidelines

1. Bidder should note that all deliverables as part of SAP-ERP implementation and
necessary for the successful completion of the project needs to be provided whether
exclusively mentioned or not. If DVC requests for any reasonable document/deliverable
considering the project requirements, Bidder will have to provide the same.
2. Initially, Bidder will provide draft deliverable to DVC for their review and feedback within
stipulated timelines. DVC will provide feedback within 07 (seven) working days or
mutually agreed timelines to make necessary changes, corrections (if reqd.) Bidder will
be required to re-submit the revised document/deliverable for final approval.
3. Feedback will be an iterative process.
4. Bidder should identify, the ERP modules of SAP-ERP required to be implemented as per
scope of Bid. Detail of how each of them will be implemented and integrated should be
provided to DVC.
5. The DVC project team will be trained by the Bidder so that the team can participate
effectively in the implementation.
6. Applications, development tools and associated software will need to be identified and
supplied.
7. The Bidder should recommend and execute all possible integration points, including
those with process automation.
8. A detailed list of applications to be integrated which can be provided to DVC on request.
Page 76 of 514
9. The extent of customization will be kept at a minimum. DVC will amend business
processes to the extent possible. However as and where custom extensions are required,
the Bidder will build and configure those.
10. DVC understands that some data management policies will require changes in the ERP
scenario. The bidder will have to understand the data requirements, data availability and
will have to recommend and execute a data migration plan.
11. The Bidder will assist in the execution of a communications strategy including senior
management briefings, content for newsletters, demonstrations, etc.
12. The Bidder needs to develop and implement an integrated Change management
Plan at all locations of DVC.
Page 77 of 514
SECTION – IV
EVALUATION PARAMETERS
Page 78 of 514
1.1 Evaluation of Bids

1. The Owner shall open the Bids on the Bid Due Date
2. Prior to evaluation of Bids, the Owner will determine whether each Bid is responsive to
the requirements of the Tender. The Owner may, in its sole discretion, reject any Bid that
is not responsive hereunder. A Bid shall be considered responsive only if:
3. The Technical Bid is received in the form specified.;

• It is accompanied by the Power of Attorney as specified in Tender.
• It contains all the information (complete in all respects) as requested in the Tender.
• It does not contain any condition or qualification.
• It is accompanied by the Bid Security as specified in Bid Security.
• It contains Cost of Tender document
• It is accompanied by the integrity pact
4. The Owner reserves the right to reject any non-responsive Bid, and no request for
alteration, modification, substitution or withdrawal shall be entertained by the Owner in
respect of such Bids.
5. Alternate bids are not allowed.
6. The Owner shall subsequently examine and evaluate Bids submitted by various bidders
in accordance with the Selection Process specified and the criteria set out in this Tender
7. After the technical evaluation, the Owner shall prepare a list of short-listed Bidders.
Shortlisted bidders shall be intimated for a technical presentation on the approach and
methodology and other vital requirements. The shortlisted bidders shall be informed for
opening of their Financial Bids. A date and time will be notified to all Bidders for
announcing the result of evaluation and Financial Envelope-C1 opening. Before opening
of the Financial Bids, the list of short-listed Bidders along with their Technical Score will
be declared. The Owner will not entertain any query or clarification from Bidders who fail
to qualify at any stage of the Selection Process. The financial evaluation and final ranking
of the Bids shall be carried out in terms of Tender.
8. Bidders are advised that Selection will be entirely at the discretion of the Owner. Bidders
will be deemed to have understood and agreed that no explanation or justification on any
aspect of the Selection Process or Selection will be given. DVC shall maintain the bid
evaluation process strictly confidential.
9. DVC shall reject any attempts or pressures to distort the outcome of the evaluation,
including fraud and corruption.
Page 79 of 514
10. DVC shall strictly apply only, and all of the evaluation and qualification criteria specified in
the Tender.
11. Any information contained in the Bid shall not in any way be construed as binding on the
Owner, its agents, successors, or assigns, but shall be binding against the Bidder if the
Work is subsequently awarded to it.
1.2 Confidentiality
Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation, and recommendation for the
selection of Interested Parties shall not be disclosed to any person who is not officially
concerned with the process or is not a retained professional adviser advising the Owner in
relation to matters arising out of or concerning the Selection Process. The Owner will treat all
information, submitted as part of the Bid, in confidence and will require all those who have
access to such material to treat the same in confidence. The Owner may not divulge any such
information unless it is directed to do so by any statutory entity that has the power under law to
require its disclosure or is to enforce or assert any right or privilege of the statutory entity and/or
the Owner.
1.3 Clarifications
1. To facilitate evaluation of Bids, the Owner may, at its sole discretion, seek clarifications
from any Bidder regarding its Bid. Such clarification(s) shall be provided within the time
specified by the Owner for this purpose. Any request for clarification(s) and all
clarification(s) in response to it shall be in writing.
2. If a Bidder does not provide clarifications sought under Tender above within the specified
time, its Bid shall be liable to be rejected. In case the Bid is not rejected, the Owner may
proceed to evaluate the Bid by construing the requiring clarification to the best of its
understanding, and the Bidder shall be barred from subsequently questioning such
interpretation of the Owner.
1.4 Technical Bid Evaluation

1. In the first stage, the Technical Bid will be evaluated based on Bidder’s firm profile,
experience of similar projects, resource qualification & experience, and technical
presentation on approach, methodology and work plan. Only those Bidders whose
Technical Bids get a score of 60 marks or more out of 100 shall qualify for further
consideration and shall be ranked from highest to the lowest based on their technical
score (Tn).
2. The scoring criteria to be used for evaluation shall be as follows:
Page 80 of 514
SL. Requirements Max

No. Marks
A Experience in ERP engagements with COTS(SAP) ERP projects 20
in Power Sector
B Experience in ERP modules with COTS(SAP) ERP projects 15
C Employee Strength in India 10
D CMMI Certification 5
E Manpower availability for ERP implementation 30
F Presentation 20
Total (A+B+C+D+E+F) 100
1.5 Experience in ERP engagements with COTS (SAP) ERP

projects in Power Sector
Sl. Marks Total
No. Description Documents Required
Allotment Marks
For ongoing project –
Experience in ERP Work Order or Agreement
2.5 marks
implementation in 10
for each
Electricity Generation For completed project –
project,
(Thermal/Hydel) Sector Completion Certificate or
maximum 4
in India as SAP Go-Live Certificate
1 projects
Implementation Partner
(In last 7 financial years
ending 31st March 2022)
For ongoing project –
Experience in ERP
implementation in Work Order or Agreement
1.5 mark for 6
Electricity each
Transmission/Distribution For completed project –
Sector in India as SAP project, Completion Certificate or
2
Implementation Partner maximum 4 Go-Live Certificate
projects
Experience in ERP For ongoing project –
implementation in any 1 mark for Work Order or Agreement
Government each 4
3 organization/PSU in India project, For completed project –
as SAP Implementation maximum 4 Completion Certificate or
Partner projects Go-Live Certificate
Page 81 of 514

1.6 Experience in ERP Modules with COTS(SAP) ERP Projects

Bidder should have experience in ERP engagements in organizations where various SAP ERP
based modules have been implemented.
Bidder’s relevant experience in SAP ERP implementation in Power Sector in India covering the
following modules:
1. Finance
2. Human Resource
3. Material Management
4. Projects
5. Customer Relationship Management
6. Commercial Billing
7. Plant Maintenance
8. Quality Management
The marks distribution is given below:
Sl. Marks
Description Documents Required
No. Allotment
If the bidder has implemented all the For ongoing project –
modules i.e., Finance, HR, CRM, Work Order or Agreement
Plant Maintenance, Commercial
Billing, Projects, Quality For completed project –
1 Management and Material 12 Completion Certificate or Go-
Management with minimum user Live Certificate
base of 200 transactional licenses
(in last 7 financial years ending 31st
March 2022)
If the bidder has implemented For ongoing project –
Finance, Material Management, HR Work Order or Agreement
and any other three of the above 8
2 modules with minimum user base of 8 For completed project –
200 transactional licenses Completion Certificate or Go-
(In last 7 financial years ending 31st Live Certificate
March 2022)
Page 82 of 514
Sl. Marks
Description Documents Required
No. Allotment
If the bidder has implemented For ongoing project –
Finance, Material Management, HR Work Order or Agreement
and any one of the above 8 modules
3 with minimum user base of 200 4 For completed project –
transactional licenses Completion Certificate or Go-
March 2022)
If the bidder has implemented any For ongoing project –
one of the above 8 modules along Work Order or Agreement
with Fuel Management and
Document Management System For completed project –
4 3 Completion Certificate or Go-
both in any Power Generation
Company Live Certificate
(In last 7 financial years ending 31st
March 2022)
If the bidder has implemented any For ongoing project –
one of the above 8 modules and any Work Order or Agreement
one of the Fuel Management and
5 Document Management System in 2 For completed project –
any Power Generation Company Completion Certificate or Go-
March 2022)
1.7 Employee Strength in India

Sl. Marks Document
No. Description Allotment Required
Employee strength in India
1. >=50 to 500 – 2 marks Letter indicating
1. >=501 to 1000 – 4 marks employee strength in
10 India from authorized
1 2. >=1001 to 1500 – 6 marks
signatory or HR
3. >=1501 to 2000 – 8 marks Manager
4. >=2001 – 10 marks
1.8 Certification
Sl. Marks Document
Copy of the valid
1 CMM/ CMMI Level 5 Certification 5 CMM/CMMI level 5
Page 83 of 514
Sl. Marks Document

certification
Copy of the valid
2 CMM/ CMMI Level 3 Certification 3 CMM/CMMI level 3
certification
1.9 Manpower Availability for ERP Implementation

Mar Additional
Key ks Qualification Marks Marks
Sl. Role Minimum
Allo Allotted Allotte
No. in the Qualification
tted (B) d
team (A) (A+B)
i) B.Tech/ B.E/ i) Having an MBA
MCA/ B.Sc (IT) degree (1 mark)
ii) Experience of
ii) Experience of implementing full life
implementing at cycle (end-to-end)
least one full life SAP ERP projects
cycle (end-to- as Program
end) ERP project Manager (0.5 marks
as Program per additional
Progr Manager in SAP project, maximum
ERP 2 projects)
am
1 iii) PMI / 4 1 + 4=
1 Mana
iii) Having at ITIL/PMP/Prince 2 5
ger least 15 years of Certification (1
work experience mark)
iv) Experience of
implementing full life
cycle of ERP in
Power Utilities (0.5
marks per project,
maximum 2
projects)
i) B.Tech/B.E./M i) Certification in
CA SAP ERP (0.5
marks)
Techni ii) Experience of
cal programming in ii) Experience of 1+2=
2 1 2
Lead SAP ERP for at programming in SAP 3
least one full life ERP for three or
cycle (end-to- more projects (0.5
end) marks)
Page 84 of 514
Mar Additional
Sl. Role Minimum
tted (B) d
team (A) (A+B)
iii) Having at iii) Experience of

least 10 years of implementing at
work experience least one full life
cycle (end-to-end)
SAP ERP project as
Technical Lead (1
marks)
i) B.Com
Funct (Finance &
ional Billing Module
i) Having MBA or CA
Lead only) / B.Tech
degree (0.25 marks)
(8 /B.E./MCA (For
ii) Certification in
CVs other modules)
SAP ERP product
for ii) Experience of
(0.25 marks)
the 8 implementing
iii) Experience of
one full life cycle 0.5 x 8 1.5 x 8
modu implementing ERP 1x8=8
3 (end-to-end) =4 =12
les project in Electricity
SAP ERP project
specif Generation Utility
as module lead
ied in (0.25 marks per
for the
sectio project, maximum
respective
n 2 projects)
module
abov iii) Having at
e) least 5 years of
work experience
i) B.E/ B.Sc (IT)/
MCA or
equivalent
i) Experience of
Data ii) Experience of
successful data
Migrati one successful
migration in an SAP
on data migration in 1+1=
4 1 ERP based 1
Specia an SAP ERP 2
implementation in
list based
more than two
implementation
projects (1 mark)
iii) Having at
least 5 years of
work experience
IT i) Experience in API
i) B.Tech / B.E/
Infrastr programming
MCA 0.5 +
5 ucture 0.5 interfaces & 1.5
and ii) End to end 1.5 =2
Performance testing
Cloud project in two projects (0.5
Page 85 of 514
Mar Additional
Sl. Role Minimum
tted (B) d
team (A) (A+B)
Specia experience in mark)
list design and
implementation ii) Experience in
of ERP server database
infrastructure in management,
Cloud network
management in a
iii) Having at project for at least 3
least 5 years of years (0.5 mark)
work experience
iii) Experience in
data & application
migration and
deployment in two
projects (0.5 mark)
i) B.Tech / B.E /
MCA
Softwa ii) Experience of
re at least one end i) SAP Certification
Develo to end SAP ERP 0.5 x 4 (0.25 mark) 0.25 x 4 0.75 x 4
6
pers (4 Life cycle as =2 =1 =3
CVs) developer.
iii) Having at
least 3 years of
work experience
i) B.Tech / B.E /
MCA
Testin
g and ii) Experience of
Integra at least one end i) SAP Certification
tion to end SAP ERP 0.5 x 2 (0.25 mark) 0.25 x 2 0.75 x 2
7
Engine Life cycle as =1 = 0.5 = 1.5
ers (2 tester
CVs) iii) Having at
least 3 years of
work experience
Datab
i) B.Tech / B.E /
ase i) SAP Certification
MCA 0.5 x 2 0.25 x 2 0.75 x 2
8 Admini (0.25 mark)
strator ii) Experience of =1 = 0.5 = 1.5
(2 at least one end
Page 86 of 514
Mar Additional
Sl. Role Minimum
tted (B) d
team (A) (A+B)
CVs) to end SAP ERP
Life cycle as
database
administrator.
iii) Having at
least 3 years of
work experience
A declaration from bidder is required to be submitted as per format mentioned in Form No. 27 of
Section VIII – Bid Forms and Procedures that, if the project is awarded to the bidder, then
mentioned resources would be deployed for DVC project unless resigned.
1.10 Presentation
Overall presentation by the Program Manager and Technical Lead proposed to be deployed in
the project.
Sl. Category Description Marks
No. Allotted
1 Presentation The key points to be covered in the 20
presentation will be:
1. Understanding of DVC’s
business requirements (2) -
Depict complete understanding
on the information provided in
the bid document.
2. Implementation Plan & Work
Breakdown Structure (3) -
Implementation plan highlights,
Detailed work plan with
timelines
3. Training Plan and Change
Management Workshops (2) -
Details of training methodology
and plan, highlight special
steps that will ensure the
change from current system to
ERP will be smooth and
effective.
4. Data Migration Methodology
and Approach (3)- Details of
methodology followed by your
Page 87 of 514
organization in successfully
implementing similar projects
5. Risk Mitigation Plan (2) –
Underlying risks in Project
Implementation and
methodology to mitigate them.
6. Demo on any 4 Modules out of
the given 6 Modules: (4x2=8)
i. Plant Maintenance: generation of
work permit for maintenance of
equipment and spatial asset, ,
generation of preventive
maintenance schedule and
compliance of schedule,
generation of indent and store
material requisition, preparation of
OPI and ED.
ii. Human Resource: Monthly work
hour consolidation, biometric
integration with leave and payroll,
mapping of one employee to
multiple section and assignment
iii. Purchase Process: Bid Process
management till award of contract,
incorporation of multiple DFP for
workflow management
iv. Document Management
System: To meet the requirement
of Government/PSU sector like
capturing, storing, indexing etc.,
workflow automation, share and
organize information
v. Fuel Management: Logistics
management on fuel supply chain
management
vi. Commercial Billing: Capturing
data for file tariff petition
Kindly note Program Manager, at least ONE

functional lead, technical lead and at least ONE
software developer to be actually deployed in
the project must attend the presentation
1.11 Technical Evaluation Calculation

The highest technical scored by the bidder will be awarded 100 points. The technical scores of
other Bidders will be calculated as:
Page 88 of 514
Tn = (Ts /Th) X 100
Where
Tn = Normalized Technical score of the bidder under consideration
Ts = stands for the technical score of bidders under consideration
Th= stands for Highest Technical Score
1.12 Shortlisting of Bidders

All the bidder having Highest Technical Score (Tn) more than 60 shall be considered as short-
listed bidder for financial evaluation in the second stage. However, if the number of such Pre-
Qualified Bidders is less than two, the Owner may, in its sole discretion, Pre-Qualify the
Bidder(s) whose technical score is less than 60 per cent marks even if such Bidder(s) do(es) not
qualify in terms of Tender; provided that in such an event, the total number of Pre-Qualified and
short-listed Bidders shall not exceed two.
1.13 Technical Presentation

All shortlisted bidders after evaluation of Pre – Qualification Criteria would be invited for
technical presentation with a notice of one week prior to the presentation. The presentation will
be made physically at DVC Towers, Kolkata. The date, time and details will be communicated
two days prior to the schedule.
1.14 Evaluation of Financial Bid

1. In the second stage, the financial evaluation will be carried out as per this TENDER each
Financial Bid will be assigned a financial score.
2. For financial evaluation, the total cost indicated in the Financial Bid will be considered.
The bid price will include all taxes and levies and shall be in Indian Rupees and
mentioned separately.
3. The Owner will determine whether the Financial Bids are complete and unconditional.
The cost indicated in the Financial Bid shall be deemed as final and reflecting the total
cost of services. Omissions, if any, in costing any item shall not entitle the firm to be
compensated and the liability to fulfil its obligations as per the scope of work within the
total quoted price shall be that of the Bidder. The lowest Financial Bid (Fm) will be given
a financial score of 100 points. The financial scores of other Bids will be computed as
follows:
4. The lowest financial offer will be awarded 100 points. The Price scores of other Bidders
will be calculated as:
Page 89 of 514
Fn = (Fm/Fb) X 100
Where
Fn = Normalized financial score of the bidder under consideration
Fb = Price quoted by the bidder under consideration
Fm = Lowest price quoted
As described in the section Technical Evaluation Calculation.
1.15 Final Evaluation Using QCBS

1. Bid evaluation committee will evaluate and compare the bids determined to be
substantially responsive. It is bid evaluation committee’s intent to select the Bid that is
most responsive to the project needs, and each Bid will be evaluated using the criteria
and process outlined in this section.
2. Technical bids shall be examined by the bid evaluation committee with respect to
compliance, completeness and suitability of the Bid to the project and only the bids
which are in compliance to the requirements mentioned in the Tender shall be
considered as technically qualified.
3. Total bid evaluation: Only the commercial bids of those bidders qualified in the technical
evaluation shall be opened. Commercial bids of the other bidders will not be opened.
4. The evaluation shall be strictly based on the information and supporting documents
provided by the bidders. It is the responsibility of the bidders to provide all supporting
documents as listed in forms necessary to fulfil the mandatory eligibility criteria.
5. The Bids received will be evaluated using the Quality cum Cost Based Solution
(QCBS)
6. After the Technical evaluation, the evaluation committee will evaluate each of the
Technically Qualified bidders’ response based on technical and commercial parameters.
The weightage of the technical and commercial parameters will be in the ratio of 70:30,
respectively. The bidders will be ranked according to their combined techno commercial.
For calculation of the combined Technical and Price Score of all bidders, the following
formula will be used:
Total Score = Tn x 0.70 + Fn x 0.30
Page 90 of 514
7. Bidder scoring highest “Total Score” will be given the highest priority and shall be the
successful bidder.
8. The Owner will award the Contract to the successful Bidder whose bid has been
determined to be substantially responsive and has been determined to be qualified to
perform the Contract satisfactorily. The successful Bidder will be notified of the award
through a Letter of Intent to be issued online/ in writing by registered letter or fax, that his
bid has been accepted. The Letter of Intent will constitute the formation of Contract. The
successful Bidder shall execute a Contract Agreement
9. In case of tie, the bidder securing higher Technical Score would be given preference.
The Selected Bidder shall be the first ranked Bidder (having the highest combined
score).
Page 91 of 514
SECTION – V
SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
(SLA)
Page 92 of 514
1.1 Service Level Agreement

This SLA document provides for minimum level of services required as per contractual
obligations based on performance indicators and measurements thereof to be offered by Bidder
to DVC. The Bidder shall ensure provisioning of all required services while monitoring the
performance of the same to effectively comply with the performance levels to provide quality
services. The Bidder shall meet service level objectives and corresponding parameters to
ensure the delivery and quality of services on time as per standard mentioned in the document.
Service level indicators & and the target performance levels to be maintained by the Bidder
during the contract period. SLA shall be strictly imposed, and agency shall be deployed for
reporting the performance of the Bidder against the target performance metrics. All logs, reports
and data that shall be made available for the purpose of evaluation/audit of SLA
parameters/target performance metrics should be system generated only.
The Bidder shall have to submit a Monthly report generated from SLA monitoring system to
DVC for monitoring the performance of the services being provided by the Bidder and the
effectiveness of this SLA.
1.2 Purpose of this Agreement

The purpose of this SLA is to clearly define the levels of service to be provided by the bidder for
the duration of this contract or until this SLA has been amended. The benefits of this SLA are:
1. SLA is between the bidder and DVC.
2. Make explicit the performance related expectations on DVC’s requirements from the
bidder
3. Assist DVC to control levels and performance of services provided by the bidder
4. Trigger a process that applies DVC and bidder, manage attention to aspects of
performance that drop below an agreed upon threshold, or target.
1.3 Definitions
For purposes of this Service Level Agreement, the definitions and terms as specified in the
contract along with the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
• "Availability" shall mean the time for which the services and facilities offered by the
Bidders are available for conducting operations from the equipment hosted in the
Data Centre.
• “Downtime” is the time the services and facilities are not available to Customer,
which excludes the scheduled outages planned in advance for the Data Centre.
• "Helpdesk Support" shall mean the Bidder’s Standard Business Hour Help desk
Support Centre which shall handle Fault reporting, Trouble handling, Ticketing and
related enquiries during this contract
Page 93 of 514
• “Incident” refers to any event / abnormalities in the functioning of the Data Centre
Equipment / Services that may lead to disruption in normal operations of the Data
Centre services.
• “Resolution Time”, means time taken by the Bidder staff to troubleshoot and fix the
problem from the time the call has been logged at the Helpdesk till the time the
problem has been fixed.
1.4 Category of SLA under Support Services

This SLA document provides minimum level of services required as per contractual obligations
based on performance indicators and measurements thereof.
The bidder shall ensure provisioning of all required services while monitoring the performance of
the same to effectively comply with the performance levels.
The SLA has been logically segregated in the following broad categories:
1.4.1 Support and Services
SLA Name ERP Other Legacy

Application Applications Application
Performance Related Service Level 
IT Infrastructure Service Level 
Security and Incident Management   
Helpdesk Support   
Manpower Service Level   
Compliance and Reporting Service Level   
1.5 Targets of Service Level Agreement

SLA clause provides for minimum level of services required as per contractual obligations based
on performance indicators and measurements thereof. The Bidder shall ensure provisioning of
all required services while monitoring the performance of the same to effectively comply with the
performance levels. The services provided by the Bidder shall be reviewed by the Consultant
and DVC shall:
• Check performance of the Bidder against this SLA over the review period and
consider any key issues of the past period’s performance statistics including major
incidents, service trends, etc.
• Discuss escalated problems, new issues and matters still outstanding for resolution.
• Review of statistics related to rectification of outstanding faults and agreed
changes.
• Obtain suggestions for changes to improve the service levels.
In case desired, DVC may initiate an interim review to check the performance and the
obligations of the Bidder. The SLA may be reviewed and revised in accordance with the define
procedures.
Page 94 of 514
The procedures will be used if there is any dispute between Customer and the Bidder on what
the performance targets should be.
1.6 SLA for Support and Services

1.6.1 Performance Related Service Level
Performance Related Service is applicable for Cloud Infrastructure provided for ERP and other
applications outside of ERP.
Measurement Definition Interval Target Target in Penalty

Time
Data Centre Availability = {1- Monthly >= 99.98% 25 minutes No Penalty

Availability [(Downtime) / (Total Continuous
Time – Maintenance downtime
Time)]}*100
>= 99.75% <= 30 0.5% of the

to minutes to monthly IT
Availability of Power <99.98% > 25 support
will be measured up minutes of charges of
to the socket level in downtime DVC
the equipment room
that will be providing
< 99.75% > 30 For every
power to the racks.
minutes of 0.25%
downtime reduction in
the uptime
there will
be a
penalty of
2%
monthly IT
support
charges of
DVC
1.6.2 IT Infrastructure Service Level

IT Infrastructure Service is applicable for Cloud Infrastructure provided for the other applications
outside of ERP.
Page 95 of 514
Sl. Definition Measurement Target Penalty

No. Interval
1 Individual Server Availability Monthly >=99.98% No Penalty

(including the OS, database
and the application running
on it) >= 99.97% to 0.1% of the monthly
<99.98% IT support charges of
DVC
>= 99.96% to 0.25% of the monthly

< 99.97% IT support charges of
DVC

DVC
< 99.93% 1.0 % of the monthly

IT support charges of
DVC [Record as
Event of Default]
Letter of warning
maybe issued to the
bidder
2 Storage Availability Monthly >=99.98% No Penalty

DVC

DVC

DVC

DVC [Record as
Event of Default]
Page 96 of 514

No. Interval
Letter of warning
maybe issued to the
bidder
3 Managed Backup Service Monthly >=99.98% No Penalty

Availability (with agreed
retention period)
Managed Backup Service

provides automatic
scheduled backup of
Customer Data to the
designated storage vault ‘as
is where is’ and also restore
it back in the same format
as backed up. >= 99.97% to 0.1% of the monthly
Data backup Success Ratio DVC
must be calculated.

DVC

DVC

DVC [Record as
Event of Default]
Letter of warning
maybe issued to the
bidder
4 Monthly >=99.98% No Penalty
Page 97 of 514

No. Interval
Connectivity with Internet >= 99.97% to 0.1% of monthly

(With regards to DC <99.98% IT support
equipment only) charges of DVC

DVC

DVC

DVC [Record as
Event of Default]
Letter of warning
maybe issued to the
bidder
5 LAN availability (Active and Monthly >=99.98% No Penalty

passive components)
>= 99.97% to 0.1% of the Monthly
<99.98% IT support charges
for O&M of IT system

< 99.97% IT support charges

< 99.96% IT support charges
< 99.93% 1.0 % of the Monthly

IT support charges
[Record as Event of
Default] Letter of
Page 98 of 514

No. Interval
warning may be
issued to the bidder
6 Preventive Maintenance Monthly 100%Carried 2% of the monthly IT

Reporting Out. support charges of
Bidder shall provide a DVC for delay in PM
detailed Preventive PM Plan activity
maintenance plan/Schedule should be
on commencement of the Approved from 0.1% of the monthly
Project. Plan to be approved DVC prior to IT support charges of
by Officer in Charge, DVC be carried out DVC for non-
in that quarter adherence to PM
plan or without
approval.
If PM of any
equipment missed in
a quarter, the same
should be carried out
within next two
weeks. Else penalty
of Rs. 5000/- per day
per equipment for
delays will be
deducted
1.6.3 Security and Incident Management

Security and Incident Management Service will be applicable for ERP system, other applications
as well as Legacy Applications.
Parameter Description Target Price Validation

Reduction Tools/Method
Virus For every virus Beyond 36 Rs.20,000.00 1. Incident
attack reported hours for delay of report stating
and not resolved every 24 hours problems faced
within 36 hours or its part. If by the users
form the time of more than three
attack virus attacks are
Page 99 of 514

reported in a 2. Document
quarter, then Detailing
10% of the corrective action
monthly IT
support charges
of DVC would
be deducted as
penalty.
DoS For every Beyond 2 hours Rs.5,00,000.00 1. Incident
instance of Denial per DoS attack report stating
of Service (DoS) problems faced
attack and not by the users
resolved within 2
hours from the 2. Document
time of attack. Detailing
corrective action
Data Security For every At every Rs.5, 00,000.00 1. Incident
instance of Data instance per instance. report stating
Theft, the bidder problems faced
is subject to by the users
penalty and/or
punishment 2. Document
applicable under Detailing
the IT act or any corrective action
other prevailing
laws of the
State/Country at
that point of time,
which shall be
over and above
the stated
penalty.
Firewall For every Beyond 2 hours Rs.2,00,000.00 1. Incident
Intrusion Intrusion reported report stating
by firewall and problems faced
not resolved by the users
within 2 hour from
the time of report 2. Document
Detailing
corrective action
Patch Patch Within 2 hours No penalty 1. Incident
Management time from the report stating
(including rules approved problems faced
updation in request by the users
Firewall) >2 hours and Rs.1,00,000.00
<=3 hours 2. Document
>3 hours and Rs.2,00,000.00 Detailing
<=4 hours corrective action
Page 100 of 514


>4 hours and Rs.3,00,000.00
<=5 hours
Beyond 5 hours Rs.5,00,000.00
for every 3
hours
1.6.4 Helpdesk Support Services

Helpdesk Support Service will be applicable for ERP system, other applications as well as
Legacy Applications.
Response Time is defined as the time taken within which help desk has to log a complaint in
the system provided by the end user. Help desk should provide the trouble ticket number to the
end user within 30 min of logging the complaint.
Resolution Time is defined as the time taken to resolve the problem, starting from the time of
logging the complaint and within the time specified in table below. Help desk should notify the
end user within 30 min after resolution of problem.
Application Service Level:
Severity Level Across all offices and plants for the complete solution
Response Time Resolution Time
High 30 min 4 hours
Medium 45 min 6 hours
Low 60 min 8 hours

Resolution of All incidents/ 100% of calls 1. 95%-99% 1) Inspection
issues events logged in should be calls resolved: based on count
the Incident resolved within 5% price of trouble tickets
management the specified reduction on the for that month
system should resolution time monthly IT
be resolved
Page 101 of 514

within the specified in the support charges

specified table above of DVC
restoration time
2. Less than
95% calls
resolved: 10%
price reduction
on the monthly
IT support
charges of DVC
Infrastructure Service Level:
Severity Level Across all offices and plants for the complete solution
Response Time Resolution Time
High 10 mins 4 hours
Medium 20 mins 8 hours
Low 30 mins 12 hours

Resolution of All incidents/ 100% of calls No Penalty 1) Inspection
issues events logged in should be based on count
the system resolved within of trouble tickets
should be 30 mins for that month
resolved within
the specified
restoration time Calls resolved 0.01 % of the
after 30 mins or total monthly IT
unresolved calls support charges
of DVC for every
call (with the
delay of 30 min)
on an
incremental
basis.
Page 102 of 514

Incident priority is primarily formed out of its Impact and Urgency. The helpdesk will maintain a
matrix as per the EMS deployed which will automatically calculate incident severity out of the
simple value of Impact x Urgency.
Impact of the incident is the measure of how business critical it is. Urgency is a necessary
speed of resolving an incident.
Priority = Impact x Urgency
1.6.5 Manpower Service Level

Applicable for Manpower Service Level for ERP system, Legacy application, other
application and Infrastructure for other application

No. interval
1 Resource availability for all Monthly Single absence No Penalty (if

services agreed for of a single replaced by
Operation and Maintenance resource equivalent
purpose of the project skilled resource)
Replacement
should be
subject to prior
approval of
Project Manager
DVC
Double of the
cost of the
absent resource
for the period of
absence.
Page 103 of 514

Manpower Service Level for Legacy Applications Support:
Working Shift
Sl. General
Role 6:00 10:00
No. Shift 2:00 PM
AM to PM to
to 10:00
2:00 6:00
10:00 AM PM
PM AM
to 7:00 PM
1 Team Lead 1   
2 Database Administrator 2   
3 Cloud Administrator 1   
4 Technical Support 7   
5 Functional Support 2   
6 Service Desk - 1 1 1
Total Manpower for Legacy Application Support: 16
Manpower Service Level for ERP Applications (Post Implementation):
Working Shift
Sl. General
Role 6:00 10:00
No. Shift 2:00 PM
AM to PM to
to 10:00
2:00 6:00
10:00 AM PM
PM AM
to 6:00 PM
1 Technical Lead 1   
Page 104 of 514

Working Shift
Sl. General
Role 6:00 10:00
No. Shift 2:00 PM
AM to PM to
to 10:00
2:00 6:00
10:00 AM PM
PM AM
to 6:00 PM
2 Database Administrator 2   
3 Cloud Administrator 1   
4 Testing and Integration Engineer 2   
5 Software Developer 2   
6 Network Engineer 1   
7 Business Analyst 1   
8 System Admin (L1 Support) 4 2 2 2
Total Manpower for ERP Applications: 20
N.B: Considering DVC In-house ERP team will take up the role of Functional Consultant.
Note:
• Above manpower requirement table is indicative as minimum requirement for DVC.

• General shift shall be considered as 10:00 AM to 07:00 PM excluding all state govt. holidays
and national holidays.
• IT manpower & key non-IT resources mentioned in resource table must be a payroll
employee of the successful bidder company. Certificate from HR in this respect may be
asked as and when required.
1.6.6 Compliance and Reporting Service

Compliance and Reporting Service will be applicable for Data Centre and ERP Applications.
Page 105 of 514

• Cloud Infrastructure Support
Sl. Parameter Definition Measurement Target Penalty

No.
Report for No Penalty

the previous
quarter shall
be submitted
within the
The Bidder shall first week of
Submission of submit the MIS next quarter.
MIS Reports reports and SLA
1 Monthly
and SLA reports Monthly
reports and as and when Delay 0.01% of the
required by DVC beyond the monthly IT
date of support
submission charges of
DVC for every
week time
delay
100% Critical No Penalty

incidents to
be reported
to Customer
within 1 hour
Any failure/incident with the
on any part of the cause, action
Data Centre and remedy
infrastructure or its for the
facilities shall be incident.
Incident
2 communicated Monthly
Reporting
immediately to
DVC as an Delay 1% of the
exceptional report beyond an monthly IT
giving details of hour support
downtime, if any charges of
DVC for every
hour’s delay
on an
incremental
basis.
Measurement of 100% of 0.1% of the

Change
3 quality and Monthly changes monthly IT
Management
timeliness of should follow support
changes to the formal charges of
Page 106 of 514

Sl. Parameter Definition Measurement Target Penalty

No.
Data Centre change DVC for every

facilities control noncompliance
procedures. of Change
All changes request on an
need to be incremental
approved by basis.
Customer. It
should be
implemented
on time and
as per
schedule &
without any
disruption to
business
100 % of 0.1% of the

scheduled monthly IT
maintenance support
should be charges of
carried out DVC for every
Measures timely
as per noncompliance
maintenance of the
maintenance on an
equipment installed
plan incremental
at the Data Centre.
submitted by basis
The Bidder shall
Scheduled the Bidder.
4 provide a detailed Monthly
Maintenance Any
equipment
scheduled
maintenance plan
maintenance
on the
needs to be
commencement of
planned and
the project
intimated to
Customer at
least 2
working days
in advance
• For ERP and Other Applications
Page 107 of 514


Root cause Bidder shall 100% timely 1. 5% price 1. Root cause
Identification analyze all the submission reduction on the report
incidents and covering all monthly IT
provide a root incidents logged support charges 2. Incident report
cause report in that month of DVC, if the stating problems
every month if bidder does not faced by the
there are more submit a users
than 10 problem report
incidents of the for that month 3. Document
same type. detailing
Bidder shall 2. 5% price corrective action
take the needed reduction on the
corrective action monthly IT
to prevent support charges
further issues of DVC, if the IA
due to the same does not
cause perform the
corrective action
for more than
one calendar
month
Change Measurement of 100% of 0.1% of the
Management quality and changes should monthly IT
timeliness of follow formal support charges
changes to the change control of DVC for every
ERP Application procedures. All non compliance
changes need to
be approved by
DVC. It should
be implemented
on time and as
per schedule &
without any
disruption to
business
1.7 SLA for Project Management

1.7.1 Project Management Service Level
Project Management service level will be applicable for inception to commissioning of the project.
Page 108 of 514

Parameter Description Target Penalty Validation

Tools/Methods
Project setup Bidder is Within 30 DVC reserves the right Team available as
time expected to calendar to terminate the indicated in the
mobilize the days from contract proposal
team for the date of
commencement award of
of work contract
Project Bidder is 100% For delay of every • Project Plan
implementation expected to adherence week per milestone, a and Schedule
timeline for complete the to the penalty of 1% of • Actual
SAP ERP enterprise timelines payment for Deliverables
rollout within given in corresponding/relevant • User
the timeline the project milestone would be Acceptance
plan. deducted, provided Completion
No the delay is • Implementation
variation in attributable to the Completion
deadlines. bidder. The decision of Report
DVC will be binding in
this regard. Delay
penalty at 0.2% per
day of monthly support
cost will be applicable
for major and minor
enhancement work
during the support
period as well.
1.7.2 Manpower Service Level

1. The Selected Bidder must provide a dedicated team based in Kolkata to service the
account of the DVC within 20 days from the date of award of contract. The bidder’s team
should arrange their own Laptops/Computers, software, etc. DVC would provide only space,
electricity, and connectivity for operations. Vendor represents and warrants that its
collection, access, use, storage, disposal, and disclosure of DVC’s Information does and will
comply with all applicable DVC’s privacy and data protection laws, as well as all other
applicable regulations and directives.
2. The Authority expects all the Key Personnel as specified in the resource deployment plan
in the Proposal to be available during the contract period. The Authority will not consider any
substitution of Key Personnel except under compelling circumstances beyond the control of
the Selected Bidder and the concerned Key Personnel. Such substitution shall be subject to
equally or better qualified and experienced personnel being provided to the satisfaction and
approval of the Authority with an overlap period of minimum 15 days at Selected Bidder cost.
3. The bidder shall try to depute the same key personnel at DVC as listed in the BoQ and
CV submitted as per form. The bidder shall depute a person on its staff at DVC only after
the
Page 109 of 514

person is interviewed/ screened using any selection procedure by DVC and/or its any
representative(s) and the sanction for the same is given in writing. The bidder would also
remove a person from its staff at DVC if instructed to do so within one month and provide
suitable replacement with minimum overlap of 15 days. All persons deputed shall be on the
payroll of the Bidder’s organization. All the staff proposed to be deployed at DVC should be
full time employees of the bidder’s organization at the time of bid submission.
4. The person deployed for the project at DVC will inform about any leave of absence to DVC.
5. In case of personnel deputed at DVC by bidder as per the resource deployment plan or
during support period is on a leave of absence for more than a week,
a) then a competent substitute, fully conversant with the processes at DVC will have to be
provided by the bidder. Thus, the bidder is required to keep other personnel employed but
not deputed at DVC so that the vacancy of the key personnel could be kept filled in.
b) if the substitute is not provided for more than 5 days than such leaves after fifth day will
be considered as if a person is not deployed by the bidder and monetary deduction for the
entire period of absence may be made accordingly.
6. The personnel of implementation team as during the implementation and post

implementation period will observe the work-time of 8 hours per day, and follow DVC’s
calendar; but they may have to put in extra time whenever called for by DVC without any
additional charges. The bidder shall make necessary arrangements during post
implementation support to meet defined SLAs.
7. The leaves of key personnel as per the resource deployment plan should not affect the
deliverables as per scheduled timelines.
8. Twelve leaves of absence per year will be admissible for each position; additional leaves
would be liable to deductions.
9. A schedule of up to 12 festival/national holidays per year for the staff will have to be
provided by the bidder and get it approved by DVC in advance for the entire year. For the
current year the list is to be provided as soon as the contract comes into effect. Any change
thereafter will have to be effected only after prior permission of DVC.
10. In case of change in its team composition owing to attrition the bidder shall ensure a
reasonable amount of time-overlap in activities to ensure proper knowledge transfer and
handover/takeover of documents and other relevant materials between the outgoing and the
new member. The exiting team member should be replaced with equally or more competent
personnel.
11. The bidder shall ensure minimum team strength during the support period. Failure to
deploy suitably qualified resources will lead to deductions to payable support charge on a
pro
Page 110 of 514

rata basis considering the total monthly support charge and total no. of resources required to
be deployed.
12. Non-adherence to above clauses will be considered as Absence of employee. The

bidder shall ensure minimum team strength as defined in RFP. Failure to deploy suitably
qualified resources will lead to deductions as per below mentioned table. Additionally,
penalty may be levied for delays and non-performance attributable to bidder organization or
deployed staff.
Sl.No. Role Deduction per

resource/day
1. Program Manager 3000
2. Technical Lead 2500
3. Functional Leads 2300
4. Data Migration Specialist 2000
5. IT Infrastructure and Cloud Specialist 1800
6. Software Developer 1500
7. Testing and Integration Engineer 1200
8. Database Administrator 1000
Note: There is NO CAPPING on the applicable deduction for non-availability of resources
as per the above table.
13. In case the minimum resources are not available, penalty will be charged over and above
the deductions as specified above at the following rate for the respective positions
a) 25% of deduction amount as penalty for delay upto one month
b) 50% of the deduction amount as penalty for delay of more than one month upto two months
c) 100% of the deduction amount as penalty for delay of more than two months
d) This will be applied even for positions that fall vacant during the contract period and also
for such period during which resource was not available due to leave of absence for more
than 5 days and substitute is not provided.
14. The persons deployed by the bidder shall not claim nor shall be entitled to pay, perks,
and other facilities admissible to casual, ad-hoc, regular/confirmed employees of DVC during
the contract period or, after expiry of the contract.
15. The bidder’s personnel shall not divulge or disclose to any person, any details of office,
operation process technical know-how, administrative/organizational matters as all are
confidential/secret in nature.
16. The bidder’s personnel’s working should be polite, cordial, positive and efficient, while
handling the assigned work and his/her actions shall promote goodwill and enhance the
image of DVC. The bidder shall be responsible for any act of indiscipline on the part of
persons deployed.
Page 111 of 514

17. The bidder shall be solely responsible for the redressal of grievances/resolution of
disputes relating to persons deployed. DVC shall, in no way, be responsible for settlement of
such issues whatsoever.
18. The transportation, food, medical and other statutory requirements in respect of
personnel of the service provider shall be the responsibility of the bidder.
1.8 SLA for System Performance

The System Performance service level will be applicable for ERP applications, other
applications as well as Legacy Applications.
Sl. User Activity Maximum Permissible Time

No.
LAN Outside DVC
Network
1 Menu Navigation - To display the <1 sec <3 sec
menu as per the defined user role
and profile
2 Screen Opening - To display the <1 sec <2 sec
selected data entry screen from the
menu chosen
3 Field Navigation - To navigate <1 sec <2 sec
between the data entry fields in the
screen
4 Look-up response time - To display <1 sec <2 sec
items from list of values
5 Look-up response time - To display <5 sec <8 sec
items from table
6 Screen navigation - Time taken to <1 sec <2 sec
navigate from one screen (tab page)
to another which does not involve
processing in earlier screen
7 Transaction commit - Response time <2 sec <3 sec
taken to commit a simple transaction
like Store Issue Indent, Stores
Receipt Indent
8 Query Retrieval Response Time - <5 sec <10 sec
Simple query
medium complexity query
High complexity query
11 Reports Generation Response Time <5 sec <10 sec
- Simple report
12 Reports Generation Response Time <30 sec <50 sec
- Medium complexity report
Page 112 of 514

Sl. User Activity Maximum Permissible Time

No.
LAN Outside DVC
Network
13 Reports Generation Response Time <1 min <3 min
- High complexity report
1.9 Other Penalty

1. In case the overall support of the bidder to the DVC is not found sufficient or satisfactory,
the same will also amount to failure and attract a penalty generally up to 10% of the
consideration of Contract. The penalty will be proportionate to the time period for which
the support is not found to be sufficient or satisfactory.
2. In case the bidder fails to be compliant with SLAs requirements at regular intervals as
mentioned above, penalty will be imposed generally up to 10% of the consideration of
contract depending upon the nature of failure or the shortfall.
3. In case a serious bug/ flaw/ error is found in a system, or the system is not found working
as intended/ satisfactorily/ properly due to the software developed then in that case,
generally a penalty of up to 10% of the consideration of contract will be imposed. The
penalty will be proportionate to the delay in amending the bug / flaw / error, etc. after the
date of report.
4. In case the support of the bidder's staff to the DVC is not found sufficient or satisfactory,
the same will also amount to failure and attract a penalty generally up to 10% of the
consideration of Contract. The penalty will be proportionate to the time period for which
the support is not found to be sufficient or satisfactory.
5. In case of unavailability of the Application for the lack of proper configuration /administration
/ maintenance of the system by the bidder's staff at DVC, a direct penalty of 10% of the
consideration of Contract will be imposed, charged.
6. In case the bidder fails to deliver service as depicted in the scope of work, penalty will be
imposed generally upto 10% of the consideration of contract depending upon the nature of
failure or the shortfall.
7. The cumulative value of penalties stated under the above clauses 1 to 6 could be upto
10% of the consideration of the contract.
8. The decision of Chairman of DVC will be final and binding in case of the percentage of
penalty to be applied, imposed in all the above cases to the bidder.
Page 113 of 514

9. In case of continued failure or shortfalls from the established standard, the contract shall
be terminated, and no payments will be made nor will any damages be paid to the bidder
besides forfeiting Security Deposit.
1.10 Exclusions
The bidder will be exempted from any non-adherence to SLAs under the following conditions:
1. Force Majeure
2. Delay not attributable to bidder
1.11 SLA Change Control

It is acknowledged that this SLA may change as DVC’s business needs evolve over the course
of the contract period. This document also defines the following management procedures:
A. A process for negotiating changes to the SLA and methodology.

B. An issue management process for documenting and resolving difficult issues.
DVC and Bidder management escalation process to be used in the event that an issue is not
being resolved in a timely manner by the lowest possible level of management.
Any changes to the levels of service provided during the term of this Agreement will be
requested, documented and negotiated in good faith by both parties. Either party can request a
change. Changes will be documented as an addendum to this SLA and, subsequently, the SLA
methodology and the Contract.
1.12 SLA Change Process

1. The parties may amend this SLA by mutual agreement in accordance with terms of this
contract. Changes can be proposed by either party. The Bidder can initiate an SLA
review with DVC.
2. Normally, the forum for negotiating SLA changes will be DVC’s meetings with consultant.
3. The Bidder shall maintain and distribute current copies of the SLA document as directed
by DVC. Additional copies of the current SLA will be made available at all times to
authorized parties.
1.13 SLA Monitoring Tools

1.13.1 E-Mail Listener
The help desk application shall have features to interface with messaging system (E-mail
listener) to extract service request from messages.
Page 114 of 514

The E-mail Listener Configuration application includes the following features:
1. E-mail Listener shall support post office protocol 3 (POP3) and Internet message access
protocol (IMAP) e-mail protocols.
2. E-Mail Listener must have the:

• Ability to create multiple listeners, to monitor multiple e-mail accounts.
• Ability to support multiple attachments per message. E-Mail Listener converts any
attachments into attached document records. When a ticket record is created from
the e-mail, the attachments are associated with the ticket record.
• Ability to specify a status for the listener Active/Non-Active.
• Ability to differentiate between new service requests and updates to service requests
via the subject line of a message.
• Ability to customize e-mail handling via a Workflow process.
• A different Workflow process can be associated with each listener.
• Workflow processes can be configured to convert e-mail messages into service
requests and communications log entries.
1.13.2 WhatsApp Listener
The help desk application shall have features to interface with messaging system (WhatsApp
listener) to extract service request from WhatsApp Messaging System.
• Ability to analyze feedback from end users

• Ability to manage multiple listeners
• Improve End user support by providing excellent support service
• Ability to keep track of the changes by converting WhatsApp texts into Service
requests and log entries
• Ability to ask questions and provide automated replies
• A Chatbot facility should be available
• Ability to join call through WhatsApp
• Ability to exchange multimedia messages
1.13.3 SLA Tracking Tool

The features of SLA Tracking Tool are:
 Ability to manage Contract Requirements

 Ability to manage multiple contracts with different rate
 Ability to perform VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) & QoS (Quality of Service)
Tracking
 Ability to perform Network Performance Monitoring
 Ability to define Service Performance measurement metrics
 Ability to derive Availability and uptime percentage
 Ability to generate reports on Specific Performance benchmarks to compare
actual performance
Page 115 of 514

 Ability to generate reports on Service Desk to respond to customer’s queries,

resolution time tracking,
 Ability to manage Technician Team
 Ability to do Task tracking
 Availability of Out of the box SLA reports
 Availability of Custom Alert System
 Ability to do Real time WAN monitoring
 Ability to do Real time SLA monitoring
 Availability of Custom dashboards
 Ability to perform Automatic time capture for billing and time sheets
 Availability of a Ticketing System
 Ability to perform Automatic escalations
 Availability of Email and Live Chat Support
 Availability of Self-Service Portal to help reduce inbound tickets
 Ability to create Ticket in a user-friendly way
 Ability to support a wide range of alert mediums such as SMS, email, WhatsApp and
third-party integrations
Page 116 of 514

SECTION – VI
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
(GCC)
Page 117 of 514

1.1 Definition
The following terms and expressions used herein shall have the meaning as indicated therein:
Purchase Order/The Contract: Shall mean the documents forming the tenders and acceptance
thereof together with the documents referred to therein including the conditions,
specifications/Scope of Work and instructions issued from time to time by the Purchaser/ Owner
and all these documents taken together shall be deemed to form one contract.
Applicable Law: This contract including all matters connected with this Contract shall be
governed and construed in accordance with the Indian Law both substantive and procedural
and shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of Indian courts at Kolkata {South 24-
Parganas, New Alipore Court (India)}.
Contract Price: It means the total price to be paid for the supply of materials/goods/services to
the consignee.
Supplier/Vendor/Contractor/Bidder: Shall mean the registered individual firm, Company or

Corporation whether incorporated or otherwise to whom the Purchase Order/Work
Order/LOA/LOI is addressed and shall include its permitted assigns and successors.
Purchaser/Owner: Shall mean Damodar Valley Corporation, a statutory body established

under Act No. XIV of 1948 of GOI having its Corporate Office at DVC Towers, VIP Road,
Kolkata –700 054.
Party: It means the owner or the bidder, as the case may be, and ‘Parties’ means both of them.
Sub-Vendor/Sub Contractor : Shall mean the person/organization/firm named in the Purchase

Order/Contract for any part of the material/works to whom that part of the Purchase
Order/Contract has been sublet by the vendor with the consent in writing of the ‘Owner’ and will
include the legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of such person.
Specification/Scope of Work : Shall mean the Specifications and Bidding documents forming
a part of the contract and also such other schedules and requirements furnished by
purchaser/owner and or as may be mutually agreed upon.
Completion: shall mean the completion of the Services by the SI in accordance with the terms
and conditions set forth in the Contract.
GCC: Shall mean General Conditions of the Contract
Intellectual Property Rights: means any patent copyright, trademark, trade name, service
marks, brands, propriety information, whether arising before or after the execution of this
Contract and the right to ownership and registration of these rights.
Page 118 of 514

Related Services: means the services to be provided as per the requirements / conditions
specified in the Contract. In addition to this, the definition would also include other
related/ancillary services that may be required to execute this Contract.
SCC: Shall mean Special Conditions of the Contract.
Service Level Agreement (SLA): shall mean the Service Level Agreement entered between
DVC and the bidder.
Plant: shall mean all thermal and hydel plant within the state of West Bengal and Jharkhand
where the bidder provides services or is required to provide any related services.
OEM: shall mean the Original Equipment Manufacturer of any

equipment/software/system/product that are providing such goods to DVC under the scope of
this Tender/Contract.
Any other definition of any term/item etc. can be added under the head definition as per
suitability of the package and the same is to be decided by the TIA.
1.2 Reference
The number of the concerned Purchase Order/Work Order/LOA/LOI/LOI-cum-Work Order must
appear on all correspondence, invoices and on all documents or papers connected with the
Contract.
1.3 Conditions for Forfeiture of EMD

The EMD may be forfeited
1. For failure of tenderers to accept the order / LOI / LOA placed within the validity period of
their offer.
2. Any bidder withdraws/varies his offer within the bid validity period before finalization of
tender.
3. If the bidder does not accept the arithmetical correction of its bid price.
4. For failure to submit security cum performance BG within 30 days from the last day of the
specified time limit as stipulated in the PO/LOI/LOA/LOI-cum-Work Order.
5. If the acceptance of order is not received within the stipulated period.
6. On providing false or incorrect information in respect of qualifying requirement etc.
7. In case the bidder selected by QCBS method fails to produce documents for any item or
services within the specified period of 10 days in case of domestic tenders and 15 days in
case of global tenders, or if any of the information furnished by the selected bidder is found
to be false by the Tender Committee during verification of documents.
Page 119 of 514

1.4 Specifications and Standards

1. The Bidder shall ensure that the Services comply with the technical requirement
specifications and other provisions of the Contract.
2. The Bidder shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing,
specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designed by or on
behalf of DVC, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to DVC.
3. The Services supplied under this Contract shall conform to the standards mentioned in
Section III, Scope of Work and, when no applicable standard is mentioned, the standard
shall be equivalent or superior to the official standards whose application is appropriate to
the country of purchaser.
4. Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with
which it shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards
shall be those specified in the Section III, Scope of Work. During Contract execution, any
changes in any such codes and standards shall be applied only after approval by DVC.
1.5 Discrepancies in the bid & Treatment thereof

The bids shall also be checked for computational error, if any, to arrive at the computed price,
as per provisions in the following:
• In case of discrepancy between the original and copies of bid, the original bid will be
considered correct.
• If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price, which is obtained by
multiplying the unit price and quantity of any item, or between sub-total and the total
price, the unit or sub-total price shall prevail, and the total price shall be corrected
accordingly.
• If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words will prevail.
• If there is a discrepancy between the quantity specified with DVC in the bidding document
and that indicated by the bidder in his bid, the former shall be taken to arrive at the
computed price on pro-rata basis.
• In case the unit rate of an item is not quoted but the total price is indicated, the same shall
be taken to arrive at the computed price. The computed price arrived at, as above, shall
be considered for the purpose of award also.
• If the bidder does not accept the correction of errors as worked out by above
methodology, its bid will be rejected, and the earnest money will be forfeited.
1.6 Inspection and Testing

1. The Bidder shall at its own expense and at no cost to DVC carry out all such tests to
ensure that the Services are complying with the functional parameters, codes and
standards specified in the Scope of Work, to the satisfaction of DVC.
2. A designated representative deployed by DVC shall be entitled to attend the tests.
Page 120 of 514

3. Whenever the Bidder is ready to carry out any such test, it shall give a reasonable
advance notice to DVC.
4. DVC may require the Bidder to carry out any test to verify that the characteristics and
performance of the Services comply with the technical specifications, codes and
standards under the Contract.
5. The Bidder shall provide DVC with a report of the results of any such test.
6. DVC may reject any component of services or any part thereof that fail to pass any test or
do not conform to the specifications. The Bidder shall either rectify such rejected Services
or parts thereof to meet the specifications at no cost to DVC, and shall repeat the test, at
no cost to the DVC.
7. The Bidder agrees that neither the execution of a test of the Services or any part thereof,
nor the attendance by the Purchaser or its representative, nor the issue of any report,
shall release the Bidder from any warranties or other obligations under the Contract.
1.7 Access to Vendor’s Premises

The Owner and/or his authorized representative shall be provided access to Bidder’s and/or his
sub vendor’s premises at any time during the pendency of the Order/contract for expediting
inspection, checking etc. of work.
1.8 Additions / Alterations / Modifications

DVC reserves the right to make additions/reduction/ alterations/ modifications to the quantity of
the items in the Purchase Order. The Bidder shall supply such quantities also at the same rate
as originally agreed to and incorporated in the Purchase Order. If, however, the additional
supply is at variance with design, size and specifications and not already covered by the
Purchase Order or the amendments therein, the rates for such additional supply shall be
negotiated and mutually agreed upon.
1.9 Delivery Schedule / Completion Period

Time is the essence of this contract and normally no variation shall be permitted in the
completion time/delivery schedule mentioned in the Order/contract unless an amendment in this
regard is issued by DVC. Time extension may be issued on specific request/reason provided
such request is communicated to the Order Issuing Authority before the expiry of the stipulated
delivery schedule/completion period. Date of delivery of materials/goods is to be reckoned as
the date of receipt of same by the consignee.
Page 121 of 514

1.10 Liquidated Damages for Delay in Delivery / Completion of

Work
1. The time remains the essence of any contract/ purchase order awarded by DVC and all
supply under a Purchase Order/all deliverable under a Work Order needs to be completed
within the stipulated time schedule.
2. The Bidder shall commence work on the Facilities from the date of Notification of Award.
The Bidder shall thereafter proceed with the Facilities in accordance with the time schedule
specified in Time Schedule to the Contract Agreement.
3. Therefore, the provision has been kept in the contract that in case of delay in
completion/delivery, for the reasons attributable to the bidder, DVC reserves the right to
recover from the bidder, a sum equivalent to 0.5% of the value of the delayed materials /
equipment / spares / work for each week of delay and part thereof subject to maximum of
5% of the total value of the order as Liquidated Damage (LD).
4. In cases, where the works/supply/services extend beyond the contractual completion
schedule/delivery period and provisional extension order is issued without deciding on the
application of LD, no amount from the RA bill will be deducted as “withheld LD” amount in
case where adequate retention payment (over and above SD) remains with DVC as per
terms of the contract.
5. Alternatively, DVC reserves the right to purchase / outsource the material / spares /
equipment / works / service from elsewhere at the sole risk and cost of the bidder and
recover all such extra cost incurred by the Purchaser in procuring the material/
works/service by the above procedure.
6. Alternatively, DVC may cancel the Order/contract completely or partly without prejudice to
his right under the alternatives mentioned above.
7. In the event of recourse to alternative point 6 and 5 above, the Purchaser will have the
right to repurchase/ outsource the stores/works &service, to meet urgency in requirement
caused by Bidder’s failure to comply with the schedule of delivery/ completion of the work,
irrespective of the fact whether the materials/equipment/works/service are similar or not.
1.11 Security Deposit – Cum – Performance Guarantee

To ensure due performance of the contract, the Supplier/Contractor/ Service Provider receiving
the LOA/PO/Work Order is required to furnish the required performance security, if it is part of
tender conditions, in the prescribed form by the specified date as mentioned in the Tender.
Performance security should be for an amount of five (5) to ten (10) per cent of the value of the
contract as specified in the tender documents.
In case of a JV, the performance security shall be provided by all partners in proportion to their
participation in the project.
Submission of Performance Security is not necessary for a contract value up to Rupees

1 (one) lakh.
Page 122 of 514

Performance security may be furnished in the form of Insurance Surety Bonds, account
payee demand draft, fixed deposit receipt from a commercial bank, bank guarantee
issued/ confirmed from any of the commercial bank in India or online payment in an
acceptable form, safeguarding DVC's interest in all respects.
The earnest money / EMD, wherever applicable, instead of being released may form part of the
security deposit.
Performance Security is to be furnished by a specified date [“generally 21 days after issuance of

LOA for Works Contract” or “generally 14 days after issuance of PO/LOA for Goods/Services
Contract”] and it should remain valid for a period of 60 (sixty) days beyond the date of
completion of all contractual obligations of the contractor, including Defect Liability Period
(DLP)/ warranty period, as applicable.
In case the Contractor fails to submit the performance security within 30 days of the date of
issuance of LOA/PO/Work Order, DVC without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may
possess under the Contract, may forfeit the bid security (wherever applicable) and shall short
close the Contract and retender and in this re-tender such defaulting Bidder will not be allowed
to participate.
In exceptional cases, where in place of a Bid security, DVC asked the Bidders to sign a Bid
securing declaration accepting that if they are awarded the contract and they fail to submit the
performance security within 30 days of the date of issuance of LOA/PO/Work Order as defined
in the tender documents, they will be suspended for the period of time specified in the tender
documents (maximum up to 2 years) from being eligible to submit Bids/ Proposals for contracts
with DVC. The Contract shall be short closed and retendered.
Performance Security should be refunded to the contractor without interest, after he duly
performs and completes all obligations under the contract but not later than a specified date
[“365 days for Works Contract” or “60 days for Goods/Services Contract”] of completion of the
Defect Liability Period (DLP) / warranty period, as applicable.
Proper procedures for safe custody, monitoring and return of bank guarantees and other
instruments may be followed. Before making a final payment or before releasing the
performance bank guarantee, a ‘No Claim Certificate’ may be insisted upon from the supplier to
prevent future claims. Whenever a bank guarantee is released following due procedure and
safeguards, acknowledgement thereof should also be taken from the contractor. Return of
Performance Securities should be monitored by the senior officers and delays should be
avoided. If feasible, the details of these securities may be listed in the e- Procurement Portal, so
make the process transparent and visible.
The performance security will be forfeited and credited to DVC's account in the event of a
breach of contract by the contractor /Supplier/Service provider.
Page 123 of 514

In case of GTE tenders, the performance security should be in the same currency as the
contract and must conform to Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG 758) —an
international convention regulating international securities.
On account of the COVID-19 pandemic, that caused slowdown in economy, it is decided to

reduce Performance Security from existing five to ten percent to three (3) percent of the value of
the contract for all existing contracts till 31.03.2023. However, the benefit of the reduced
Performance Security will not be given in the contracts under dispute wherein arbitration/ court
proceedings have been already started or are contemplated. All tenders/ contracts issued/
concluded till 31.03.2023 should also have the provision of reduced Performance Security. In all
contracts, where Performance Security has been reduced to three percent, the reduced
percentage shall continue for the entire duration of the contract and there should be no
subsequent increase of Performance Security even beyond 31.03.2023.
Similarly, in all contracts entered into with the reduced percentage of Performance Security of
three percent, there will be no subsequent increase in Performance Security even beyond
31.03.2023. Where, there is compelling circumstances to ask for Performance Security in
excess of three percent as stipulated above, the same should be done only with the approval of
the next higher authority to the Tender accepting authority (TAA) for the particular tender.
Specific reasons justifying the exception shall be recorded.
Note for Procurement of Works:

In addition to Performance Security (usually 5%), a percentage (usually 5%) of each running bill
(periodic/ interim payment) to be withheld as Security Deposit/ retention money until final
acceptance.
The contractor may, at his option, replace the retention amount with an unconditional BG from a
bank acceptable to the Procuring Entity at the following stages:
i) After the amount reaches half the value of the limit of retention money; and
ii) After the amount reaches the maximum limit of retention money. One-half of the retention
money (or BG, which replaced retention money) shall be released on the issue of the taking-
over certificate; if the Taking Over Certificates (TOCs) are issued in parts, then in such
proportions as the engineer may determine, having regard to the value of such part or section.
The other half of the retention money (or BG, which replaced the retention money) shall be
released upon expiration of 365 days after the DLP of the works or final payment, whichever is
earlier, on certification by the engineer. In the event of different defect liability periods being
applicable to different sections or parts, the expiration of defect liability period shall be the latest
of such periods.
Note for procurement of Goods:

Depending on the anticipated overall drawal against a rate contract and, also, anticipated
number of parallel rate contracts to be issued for an item, Department shall consider obtaining
Performance Security @ 5% of the value of supply order in the supply orders issued against
rate contracts on the rate contract holder.
Page 124 of 514

Note for procurement of Consultancy & Other Services:

If the Service Provider fail to submit a performance security before the deadline defined in the
Tender document, they will be suspended for the period of time specified in the Tender
document (maximum up to 2 years) from being eligible to submit Bids/Proposals for contracts
with DVC.
1.12 Patent Rights

Royalties and fees for patents covering materials/equipment/ spares or processes used in
executing the work shall be to the account of the Bidder. The Bidder shall satisfy all demands
that may be made at any time for such royalties and fees and he alone shall be liable for
damages, infringement and shall keep the Purchaser indemnified in that regard in the event of
any equipment / spares / material or part thereof supplied by the Bidder is involved any suit or
other proceedings held to constitute infringement and its use is enjoyed, the Bidder shall, at his
own expenses, either procure for the Purchaser the right to continue the use of such
equipment/spares/material replace it with a non-infringing material / spares / equipment or
modify it so it become non-infringing.
1.13 Force Majeure

Bidder shall not be considered in default if delay in delivery occurs due to causes beyond his
control such as acts of God, natural calamities, civil wars, fire, strike, frost, floods, riot and acts
of unsurpassed power. Only those causes which have duration of more than seven (7) days
shall be considered cause of force / calendar majeure. A notification to this effect duly certified
by the statutory authorities shall be given by the bidder to DVC within 10 days from the date of
such Force Majeure condition by registered letter. In the event of delay due to such causes, the
delivery schedule will be extended for a length of time equal to the period of force majeure or at
the option of the Owner the order may be cancelled. Such cancellation would be without any
liability whatsoever on the part of the DVC. In the event of such cancellation, the bidder shall
refund any amount advanced or paid to the bidder by DVC and deliver back any materials
issued to him by DVC and release facilities, if any, provided by DVC. However, applicability of
Force Majeure Clause in respect to a particular contract in the above backdrop is to be decided
by Tender Accepting Authority.
1.14 Changes in Constitution of Business

In the event of change in constitution of business of the bidder after issuance of contract due to
merger/acquisition/any other reasons, the newly formed entity shall be equally held responsible
to fulfil the contractual obligation. This is notwithstanding anything contained in NIB or
subsequent LOI / LOA / GCC or any other document issued, or provisions contained in any
other Rules / Acts
/ Legislation.
Page 125 of 514

1.15 Waiver
Any waiver by DVC of any breach of the terms and conditions of the Order shall not constitute
any subsequent breach of the waiver of any other right or conditions.
1.16 Compliance of Regulations

The Bidder shall warrant that all Goods and/or services covered by this Purchase Order/
contract shall have been produced, sold, dispatched, delivered, tested and commissioned in
strict compliance with all applicable laws, regulations including industries (Development &
Regulations) Act, 1951 & Industrial Dispute Act, 1947, MEITY and any amendments there
under, labour agreements, Safety rules and PF compliance, working conditions and technical
codes and requirement as applicable from time to time.
All laws, rules and regulations required to be followed in execution of the order / contract, must
be complied with. The bidder should execute and deliver such documents as may be needed by
DVC in evidence of compliance. Any liability arising out of contravention of any of the laws on
executing this order shall be the sole responsibility of the bidder and DVC shall not be
responsible in any manner whatsoever.
1.17 Sub-Letting & Assignment

The Bidder shall not sub-let or assign any part of this Purchase Order/ contract to any other
vendor/agency without the prior written consent of DVC. Such assignments or sub-letting or
transfer shall not relieve the bidder from any obligation, duty and responsibility under this
Purchase Order / contract. Any assignment, transfer or sub-letting without the prior written
approval of DVC shall be void. DVC shall have the right to cancel the order/contract and to
purchase the goods/services from elsewhere and the bidder shall be liable to DVC for any loss
or damage which DVC may sustain in consequence or arising out of such purchase and the
bidder shall indemnify such loss or damage to DVC.
Note for Procurement of Goods: -

Agents should only be as per the terms of the contract. Sub- contracting of the contract should
normally not be allowed in procurement of goods.
Note for Procurement of Works:

The works contract may provide for the contractor to get specified works executed from sub-
contractors included in the pre-qualification application or later agreed to by DVC, with a caveat
that the responsibility for all sub-contract work rests with the prime contractor. Sub-contracting
will generally be for specialized items of work, such as reinforced earth retaining walls, pre-
stressing works, and so on.
Procurement of material, hire of equipment or engagement of labour will not mean sub-
contracting. The total value of sub-contracting work will not exceed the per cent of the contract
price as specified in the contract (say 25 (twenty-five) percent). Sub-contracting by the
contractor
Page 126 of 514

without the approval of DVC shall be a breach of contract, unless explicitly permitted in the
contract.
The successful bidder shall not be allowed to sub-contract works to any contractor from a
country which shares a land border with India unless such contractor is registered with the
Competent Authority. This shall not apply to sub-contracts already awarded on or before the
date of the Order (i.e. 23rd July, 2020).
A bidder is permitted to procure raw material, components, sub-assemblies etc. from the
vendors from countries which shares a land border with India. Such vendors will not be required
to be registered with the Competent Authority, as it is not regarded as “sub-contracting”.
However, in case a bidder has proposed to supply finished goods procured directly/ indirectly
from the vendors from the countries sharing land border with India, such vendor will be required
to be registered with the Competent Authority.
Back to Back Tie Up by PSUs: Construction PSUs if bagged the contract from the client
Department as a contractor, has to execute the work by functioning like a contractor instead of
sub-letting the 100% work on back to back basis.
The above provisions for subletting are to be clearly spelt out in the NIT documents.
Note for Procurement of Services:

Subletting is not allowed for Services contract including AMC/ARC which are of routine type,
repetitive or frequent in nature.
In case of one-time contract like Overhauling Contract with OEM/OES, the contractor shall not
be allowed to sublet whole of the work/services (back to back basis). For sub-letting of any part
of such Contracts, the Principal contractor will provide the list of vendors for approval from
HOP/HOD of DVC.
After getting the approved list, the Principal contractor will award contract for subletting to any
vendor from the list according to their company policy.
The above provisions for subletting are to be clearly spelt out in the NIT documents.
Note for approval of Sub-contractor (In case of Works or Services) / Sub-Vendor (In cases
of Supply):
For O&M Contract/ Over Hauling Contract, HOP/HOD shall approve the list of Sub-
contractor/Sub-
Vendor on recommendation of local FQA.
For other Contracts including EPC Contract awarded from HQ, Head (QC&I Department) shall
approve the list of Sub-vendors (In cases of Supply) and HOP/HOD shall approve the Sub-
Contractors (In case of Works or Services) on recommendation of local FQA.
For other Contracts including EPC Contract awarded from respective site, HOP/HOD shall
approve the Sub-Contractors/ Sub-Vendors on recommendation of local FQA.
1.18 Bidder’s Data and Documentation

All data and documentation in respect of the ordered items are an integral part of the Purchase
Order / contract. The bidder will furnish all such data and documentation to the DVC. DVC will
Page 127 of 514

specify the schedule for submission of these documents by the bidder and the required number
of copies. The bidder shall ensure strict compliance to this schedule.
1.19 Information provided by DVC

All data and documentation that are given to the bidder by DVC for the execution of the Order /
contract shall be the property of DVC and shall be returned by the bidder on demand by DVC.
The Bidder shall not make use of any of the above documents for any purpose at any time
except for the purpose of executing the Order / contract of DVC. The Bidder shall not disclose
any of the information given by DVC to any person, firm, corporate body or authority and shall
make all endeavours to ensure that the above information is kept confidential. All such
information shall also remain the absolute property of DVC.
1.20 Modifications
This order constitutes an entire agreement between the parties hereto. Any modifications to this
Order shall become binding only upon the same being confirmed in writing duly signed by both
the parties.
1.21 Guarantee / Warranty

1. The Vendor shall warrant that all material / equipment / services supplied under this Order
/ contract shall be new, unused and conform to the Purchasers / owners requirements
and specifications.
The Vendor shall guarantee the material / equipment / services under this Order for a
period of 18 months from the date of delivery or 12 months from the date of
commissioning whichever is earlier.
For turnkey contracts, Guarantee / Warranty period is to be considered as 12 months
from the date of commissioning of the same irrespective of date of delivery. The date of
delivery to be reckoned as the date of receipt of the material by the consignee. The
Vendor shall agree to replace any material, which has been proved defective or fails to
conform to the desired specifications free of cost to the Purchaser within the
Guarantee/Warranty Period. The guarantee period for such replaced part shall be the
same as that of equipment / materials specified earlier.
2. Checking / approval of vendors drawings, inspection and acceptance of material / spares
/equipment / furnishing to effect shipment and / or work done for erection, installation
and commissioning of the equipment by the Purchaser/owner or any other agency on
behalf of the Purchaser / owner shall not in any way relieve the Vendor from the
responsibility for proper performance during the guarantee period.
3. Service contracts like hiring of vehicle / Insurance / consultancy / Clearing & Forwarding
services etc. and other consumable items like stationeries, printing of matter etc. are
beyond the purview of Warranty Clause.
Page 128 of 514

However, before floating of enquiry, Indenter / TIA at his discretion and depending on the
technical intricacies of the procurement of goods and services may decide on the period of
warranty / guarantee.
1.22 Demurrage / Wharfage

In cases where documents are negotiated through Bank, any consequential charges e.g.
demurrage / wharfage charges, due to late retirement of documents on account of (i) violation of
the inspection clause, (ii) services despatched after expiry of delivery period without obtaining
approval in advance for extension of delivery period (iii) despatch of services not as per
schedule mode of despatch by approved transporters as per P.O/contract. (iv) late receipt of
invoice or due to violation of any other clause/clauses of the purchase order will be to the
Bidders account. Vendor would also be responsible for all such payment due to late receipt of
RR/LR and other documents.
1.23 Grafts / Commission

Any graft, commission, gift or advantage given, promised or offered by or on behalf of the
Bidder or his partner, agent officers, director, employee or servant or any one on his or their
behalf in relation to the obtaining or to the execution of this or any other Contract with DVC,
shall in addition to any criminal liability which it may incur, subject the Bidder to the cancellation
of this and all other Contracts and also to pay for any loss or damage to DVC resulting from
such cancellation. DVC shall then be entitled to deduct the amount so payable from any money
otherwise due to bidder.
Integrity Pact: Bidder is required to unconditionally accept the “Integrity pact” (executed
in plain paper) as per format furnished by DVC.
1.24 Site Works

1.24.1 Opportunities for Other Contractors
1. The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer or the Project
Manager, give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to any other
contractors employed by the Employer on or near the Site.
2. If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager,
makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the maintenance for which
the Contractor is responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the
Contractor’s Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature for such
other contractors, the Employer shall fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or
damage caused or occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use
or service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration for the use of
such equipment or the provision of such services.
Page 129 of 514

3. The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform its work as to minimize, to the
extent possible, interference with the work of other contractors. The Project
Manager shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise
between the Contractor and other contractors and the workers of the Employer in
regard to their work.
4. The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager promptly of any defects in the other
Contractors’ work that come to its notice, and that could affect the Contractor’s
work. The Project Manager shall determine the corrective measures, if any, required
to rectify the situation after inspection of the Facilities. Decisions made by the
Project Manager shall be binding on the Contractor.
1.24.2 Work at Night and on Holidays
1. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, no work shall be carried out during the
night and on public holidays of the country where the Site is located without prior
written consent of the Employer, except where work is necessary or required to
ensure safety of the Facilities or for the protection of life, or to prevent loss or
damage to property, when the Contractor shall immediately advise the Project
Manager, provided that provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause shall not apply to any
work which is customarily carried out by rotary or double-shifts.
2. Notwithstanding this Sub-Clause, if and when the Contractor considers it necessary
to carry out work at night or on public holidays so as to meet the Time for
Completion and requests the Employer’s consent thereto, the Employer shall not
unreasonably withhold such consent.
1.25 Governing Law

The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws in force in India. The
Courts of Kolkata shall have exclusive jurisdiction in all matters arising under the Contract.
1.26 Resources
1. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Bidder shall be responsible for the
recruitment, transportation, accommodation and catering of all resources, local or
expatriate, required for the execution of the Contract and for all payments in connection
therewith.
2. The Bidder shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from
the appropriate authorities for the entry of all resources and personnel to be employed on
the Site into the country where the Site is located.
3. The bidder shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavors to
prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behavior by or amongst its
employees.
Page 130 of 514

4. The Bidder shall, in all dealings with its resources currently employed on or connected
with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or
other customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of
resources.
1.27 Intellectual Property Rights

1. DVC shall own and have a right in perpetuity to use all newly created and already build
up Intellectual Property Rights which have been developed solely during execution of
this Contract or used during execution of this contract, including but not limited to all
Source code, Object code, records, reports, designs, application configurations, data
and written material, products, specifications, reports, drawings and other documents
which have been newly created and developed by the Bidder solely during the
performance of Services and for the purposes of inter-alia use or sub-license of such
Services under this Contract. The Bidder undertakes to disclose all such Intellectual
Property Rights arising in performance of the Services to DVC and execute all such
agreements/documents and file all relevant applications, effect transfers, and obtain all
permits and approvals that may be necessary in this regard to effectively transfer and
conserve the Intellectual Property Rights of DVC. To the extent that Intellectual Property
Rights are unable by law to so vest, the Bidder assigns those Intellectual Property Rights
to DVC on creation.
2. The Bidder shall be obliged to ensure that all approvals, registrations, licenses, permits
and rights etc. which are inter-alia necessary for use of the goods supplied / installed by
the Bidder, the same shall be acquired in the name of DVC, and the same may be
assigned by DVC to the Bidder solely for the purpose of execution of any of its
obligations under the terms of this Contract. However, subsequent to the term of this
Contract, such approvals, registrations, licenses, permits and rights etc. shall endure to
the exclusive benefit of DVC.
3. The Bidder shall ensure that while it uses any software, hardware, processes, document
or material in the course of performing the Services, it does not infringe the Intellectual
Property Rights of any person and the Bidder shall keep DVC indemnified against all
costs, expenses and liabilities howsoever, arising out any illegal or unauthorized use
(piracy) or in connection with any claim or proceedings relating to any breach or violation
of any permission/license terms or infringement of any Intellectual Property Rights by the
Bidder or its personnel during the course of performance of the Related Services. In
case of any infringement by the Bidder, the Bidder shall have sole control of the defense
and all related settlement negotiations.
4. Subject to above three sub-clauses, the bidder shall retain exclusive ownership of all
methods, concepts, algorithms, trade secrets, software documentation, other intellectual
property or other information belonging to the bidder that existed before the effective
date of the contract.
Page 131 of 514

Other Terms and Conditions of the Contract

1.1 Earnest Money Deposit (if applicable)
Every tender must accompany ‘Earnest Money’ as mentioned in the Tender Notice/Enquiry in
desired form as mentioned below without which the tender will not be accepted. The Earnest
Money should be deposited in any of the following forms:
1. E-payment mode has been enabled. The bidders can pay the cost of bid document and the
EMD through electronic mode i.e. credit card/ debit card/ net banking. Provision for NEFT/
RTGS has also been enable, moreover in case the bidder who do not have any credit card/
debit card or net banking facilities can use NEFT/ RTGS facilities for payment by
downloading the challan from the web site and submit the same to nearest bank.
2. Earnest Money can be submitted in the form of Bank Guarantee from an Indian
Nationalized Bank / Schedule Bank / Foreign Bank (in the scheduled list of Reserve Bank
of India), irrevocable and operative till the validity of the offer as per enclosed Proforma.
3. Overseas bidder in case of participation is permitted to submit the Bank Guarantee from
Foreign Bank which are included in the scheduled list of Reserve Bank of India, copy of
which is annexed in Annexure-I. However, any Foreign Bank not mentioned here but
subsequently included in the scheduled list of RBI in the course of bidding shall be
accepted. Such inclusion of Bank’s name to be obtained from the website of RBI –
www.rbi.org.in .
4. The Bank Guarantee currency shall be same as currency of Price Bid. In case the bidder
arranges to submit BG in INR from Nationalized or Schedule Bank through their trade
relation and quote the bid in USD/EURO, the same shall be accepted.
5. Earnest money can also be deposited through E-payment to Damodar Valley Corporation,
A/c No…………….. , Name of prescribed bank........., branch..........., IFSC code No… ,
MICR code No…..............The bidder is required to furnish the transaction reference No. for
the e- payment made to DVC.
6. DVC Bonds duly endorsed in favour of DVC.
7. Attested photocopy of certificate issued by DVC as permanent EMD account holder.
8. Post Office National Savings Certificate having face value equal to the EMD value and duly
endorsed in favour of DVC.
9. Pay Order/DD to be made in favour of Damodar Valley Corporation.
10. No Bank Guarantee shall be accepted for EMD amount up to Rs. 50,000/-However, EMD
exceeding Rs.50000/- may be accepted in any of the above forms
11. The offer accompanied by B.G. against EMD will only be considered valid on acceptance
of the Bank Guarantee. The offer not accompanied by EMD or specified EMD in proper
form as defined above shall not be considered as valid tender for opening provided
necessary stipulations are made in the NIT.
12. Earnest Money will be refunded only to the unsuccessful Tenderer within 15 days after
finalisation of Tender and no interest will be paid for the same.
13. The amount of Earnest Money will be refunded to the successful tenderer, after
acceptance of their Security Deposit-cum-Performance B.G. / successful completion of the
order.
Page 132 of 514

1.2 Offer Validity

Quotation must be kept valid for at least 90/180 days or as decided by Tender Inviting Authority
from the date of opening of the Tender and to be indicated in the NIB. If any bidder offers bid
having validity shorter than that asked in the NIB, bid should not be rejected out rightly. Bidder
should be persuaded to accept NIB stipulation.
1.3 Price Basis

Price mentioned in the Purchase Order/Work Order/Turnkey Project Contracts shall be firm till
execution of the contract unless stated otherwise.
The bids may be invited either on ‘firm price basis’ or on ‘variable price basis’, but not on both.
Tender Inviting Authority may invite any or all the items / components in supply / works / turnkey
project tenders on ’variable price basis’ i.e. few items / components of a NIB may be on
‘Variable price’ basis and remaining items / components of the same NIB may be on ‘firm price
basis’.
The bids may be invited on variable price basis. In such cases Standard Price Variation
Formula, based on PV formula published by IEEMA / CACMAI or similar recognised sources or
adopted by power utilities like NTPC / PGCIL etc. shall be indicated in the bid document. Bid
document shall also indicate the standard source of different indices (for labour / material /
exchange rate etc.) used in the PV formula for purpose of calculation of variable component.
The base date for different indices for the purpose of calculating price variation will normally be
considered 30 days prior to the last date of submission of price bid or as indicated in the bid
document.
The cut-off date for different indices in the PV formula for the purpose of calculating price
variation may be considered as 2 to 4 months ahead of scheduled delivery period or as decided
by TIA to be indicated component-wise in the bid document. The PV formula shall be stipulated
by DVC in the bid document with or without any ceiling limit as decided by Tender Inviting
Authority. In case of non-publication of applicable indices on a particular date, which happens to
be applicable date for price adjustment purposes, the published indices prevailing immediately
prior to the particular date will be applicable.
1.4 Taxes, Levies and Duties

Manufacturers/Contractors/Service Providers/Suppliers shall quote statutory taxes and duties
(GST, BOCW etc.) as applicable on the date of bid opening and shall be shown separately in
the offer. This shall be to the account of the Damodar Valley Corporation (DVC), at actual
limited to the amount as quoted by the Bidder, unless otherwise mentioned in the Purchase
Order / Work Order. Any upward/downward variation in statutory taxes and duties after bid
opening and up to the scheduled delivery period / work completion period shall be to the
Damodar Valley Corporation account. Since such statutory taxes shall be on the account of
DVC, benefits of any decrease in the same shall be retained by the DVC irrespective of
decrease taking place during period of submission of bid and opening of bid. Taxes & duties
shall always be paid as applicable. Extra Tax liabilities due to any upward variation in statutory
taxes and duties beyond the contractual delivery period / work completion period will be
attributable to the vendor. Any new taxes & duties imposed by statutory bodies after opening of
Page 133 of 514

the bid as applicable will be to the
Page 134 of 514

account of DVC as per rate ruling within contractual delivery period / work completion period, if
applicable. Changes in the tax rate dependant on the volume of turn over Shall not be payable
by DVC and to be payable by the bidder.
1.5 Clarifications on Bid Document

Bidder may seek clarifications on the bidding documents (GCC + SCC, if any + Technical
Specification Booklet + NIT {Tender Notice} along with annexure + Proforma & Check List of BG
against EMD), if required, upto 7 days before the scheduled bid opening date. Any clarification
sought by the bidders must be sent in writing to the Tender Inviting Authority.
Besides this, a Pre-bid Conference may also be held at the Tender Inviting Office at the
discretion of Tender Inviting Authority. If agreed by Tender Inviting Authority, date, time and
place for holding the Pre-bid Conference to be mentioned in the bidding document (NIB).
1.6 Amendment of Bidding Document

At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the owner may, for any reason, whether
at its own initiative, or in response to the clarifications requested by the prospective Bidders,
amend the bidding documents except QR after due approval of Tender Inviting Authority
The amendment will be notified in writing or by telephone/fax/e-mail to all prospective Bidders
that have received the bidding documents and will be binding on them. Bidders are required to
immediately acknowledge receipt of any such amendment, and it will be assumed that the
information contained therein have been taken into account by the Bidder in his bid.
In order to give reasonable time to prospective bidders to take the amendment into account in
preparing their bid, DVC may, at their discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids.
Any addendum/corrigendum/extension, if required, pertaining to Open NIB published through
press advertisement will be hoisted in DVC website only and will not be published in Newspaper
again. Bidders may be requested to visit DVC website regularly for any
addendum/corrigendum/extension till opening of said NIBs. This stipulation to be incorporated in
the original press advertisement for the NIB.
In case of change in technical parameter/ specification/ scope of work, selling and submission
date to be extended.
1.7 Mobilization Advance / Advance

Advance payment is normally discouraged. In exceptional circumstances, interest-bearing
advance to the extent of 10% of contract price may be given against submission of a BG taken
towards security of the advance should be at least 110% of advance to recover not only
principal amount but also interest portion if so required.
The BG wherever applicable should be valid up to the date of completion of works/supply and
acceptance thereof.
Advance should not be paid in less than two equal instalments except in special circumstances
for those reasons to be recorded.
Page 135 of 514

A clause in the tender enquiry to be incorporated that the interest free advance would be
deemed as interest bearing advance at a base rate of SBI plus 3.5% if the contract is terminated
due to default of the contractor. However, rate of interest should be applied for calculation of
interest on the advance amount in reset basis (i.e., not fixed rate of interest, it may go on
changing during the period of advance remain unadjusted) based on the change of base rate
time to time.
Advance should be recovered within the original completion time.
1.8 Other Advance

Provision for 100% advance (interest free) may also be allowed in dealing with procurement on
single tender basis from CPSU/Govt. controlled autonomous Organisation / Universities /
Laboratories/ Reputed Private Manufacturer as OEM etc.
The payment of advance is normally discouraged. The advance payment, in exceptional cases,
may be given to the extent of 10% of total ordered value against submission of a Bank
Guarantee of equivalent amount (on account of advance) and the same should have sufficient
validity covering the full delivery period / full completion period and final payment thereof. Rate
of interest of advance should be package specific and commensurate with the market rate.
1.9 Payment through RTGS/NEFT

All payments to the vendors will be released through RTGS/NEFT only. Vendors are requested
to submit the details.
The contractor/vendor shall furnish the following certificate to the Paying Authority along with
each invoice/bill against payment for supplies made against any supply order/RC with longer
completion period (more than a year), if the same is placed on firm price basis. ‘I / we certify that
there has been no reduction in the sale price of the stores of description identical to this item,
supplied to any person/organization and such stores have not been offered/sold by me/us to
any person/organization at a price lower than the price charged under this contract upto the
date of this bill.’
1.10 Source of Supply

The Vendor shall ensure that the indigenous capacity is utilized to the fullest extent possible in
execution of the order. Where the imports are unavoidable, the Vendor shall import all such
items in good time against his own import licence without affecting the contractual delivery
schedule.
1.11 Selection of Sub-Vendors for Turnkey Contracts / Packages

Approved list of Sub-vendors will be indicated in the bidding documents for QR and non-QR
items of supply.
Page 136 of 514

For non-critical items, there may not be enlisted Sub-vendors for every item and the supply shall
be accepted as per related standards, approved sample, and satisfactory inspection, wherever
applicable.
The bidders are, permitted to propose new/different Sub Vendor for approval of DVC in the pre
and post bid stage.
If any new sub-vendor is proposed by the bidder, it may be approved and if it is acceptable on
consideration that the proposed Sub Vendor made previous supplies to DVC or is included in the
approved list in any other DVC / PGCIL / NTPC Project for similar supply.
In case the proposed Sub Vendor is found to meet the QR and is neither in the approved list nor
has made any previous supply to DVC, appropriate decision may be taken by the concerned
Chief Engineer in consideration of documents furnished by the sub-vendor and further
assessment, if required, may be done in the pre-award/post award stage.
For non-QR items of supply, if new Sub Vendor is proposed by the bidder, it will be obligatory
on the part of bidder to furnish the details / documents in support of their claim which would be
reviewed and appropriate decision taken. In the event of further assessment of credential of Sub
Vendor being felt necessary beyond the document furnished by the bidders, it shall be dealt with
during post award stage.
Normally no separate QR may be stipulated for sub-contracting of erection works. In cases,
where Subcontractor for erection job is proposed by the bidder, the qualification of the proposed
Sub- Contractor may be examined keeping in view the qualification requirement applicable for
the quantum of job proposed to be sub-contracted and other relevant aspects related to the site
condition and overall responsibility of the contractor.
The Sub Vendor / vendors shall be approved by the Tender Accepting Authority/concerned CEs.
1.12 Limitations of Liability

Except in cases of criminal negligence or wilful misconduct,
1. the Contractor and the Employer shall not be liable to the other party for any indirect or
consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or
interest costs, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to any obligation of the
Contractor to pay liquidated damages to the Employer
And
2. the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer, whether under the Contract, in
tort or
otherwise, shall not exceed the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply
to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to
indemnity the Employer with respect to patent infringement, copy right, workman compensation.
1.13 Acceptances
The Vendor shall return the duplicate copy of the Purchase Order / contract / Work Order and
the other enclosed documents duly signed with seal and date as a mark of acceptance, within
15 days from the date of issuance of the order to the Order Issuing Authority.
Page 137 of 514

1.14 Transfer of Ownership

1. Ownership of the Contractor’s Equipment used by the Contractor and its Subcontractors
in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Contractor or its Subcontractors
2. Disposal of surplus material: Ownership of any goods/materials in excess of the

requirements for the Facilities (i.e. surplus material) shall revert to the Contractor upon
Completion of the Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor
agree that the goods/materials in question are no longer required for the Facilities. The
Contractor shall remove from the site such surplus material brought by him in pursuance
of the Contract, subject to the Contractor producing the necessary clearance from the
relevant authorities (Custom, Excise etc.), if required by the law, in respect of re-export
or disposal of the surplus material locally.
3. The liability for the payment of the applicable taxes/duties, if any, on the surplus material
so re- exported and / or disposed locally shall be that of the Contractor.
4. The Contractor shall also indemnify to keep the Employer harmless from any act of
omission or negligence on the part of the Contractor in following the statutory
requirements with regard to removal/disposal of surplus material. The Indemnity Bond
shall be furnished by Contractor as per proforma. Further, in case the laws require the
Employer to take prior permission of the relevant Authorities before handing over the
surplus material to the Contractor, the same shall be obtained by the Contractor on
behalf of the Employer.
5. Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the goods/materials, the responsibility for

care and custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain
with the Contractor hereof until Completion of the Facilities or the part thereof in which
such goods/materials are incorporated.
6. In case of where the Employer hands over his goods/materials/Equipment to the

Contractor for executing the Contract, then the Contractor shall, at the time of taking
delivery of the goods/materials/Equipment through Bill of Lading or other despatch
documents, furnish Trust Receipt for goods/materials/Equipment and also execute an
Indemnity Bond in favour of the Employer for keeping the equipment in safe custody and
to utilise the same exclusively for the purpose of the said Contract.
1.15 Changes in Facilities

1.15.1 Introducing a Change
1. The Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, that the
Project Manager order the Contractor from time to time during the performance of the
Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the
Facilities (hereinafter called “Change”), provided that such Change falls within the
general scope
Page 138 of 514
of the Facilities and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically
practicable, taking into account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the
technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the Facilities as
specified in the Contract .
2. The Contractor may from time to time during its performance of the Contract propose
to the Employer (with a copy to the Project Manager) any Change that the Contractor
considers necessary or desirable to improve the quality, efficiency or safety of the
Facilities. The Employer may at its discretion approve or reject any Change proposed
by the Contractor.
3. Notwithstanding the above two GCC Sub-Clauses, no change made necessary

because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under
the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any
adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion.
4. The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Sub
Clauses 1.15.2 and 1.15.3.
1.15.2 Changes originating from Employer

1. If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 1.15.1(1), it shall
send to the Contractor a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to
prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a
“Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:
I. brief description of the Change
II. effect on the Time for Completion
III. estimated cost of the Change
IV. effect on any other provisions of the Contract.
2. The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance

with the rates and prices included in the Contract. If the rates and prices of any
change are not available in the Contract, the parties thereto shall agree on specific
rates for the valuation of the Change.
3. If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that
the aggregate effect of compliance therewith and with all other Change Orders that
have already become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 1.15 would
be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Contract Price
of the Contract Agreement, the Contractor may give a written notice of objection
thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as aforesaid. If the Employer
accepts the
Page 139 of 514

Contractor’s objection, the Employer and the Contractor shall agree on specific rates
for valuation of the change.
4. Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and the Contractor shall mutually
agree upon all matters therein contained including agreement on rates if such rates
are not available in the Contract or if the limit set forth in Clause 1.15.2 (3) has been
exceeded. Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Employer shall, if it
intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order.
If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify
the Contractor with details of when the Contractor can expect a decision. If the
Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within
the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Contractor accordingly.
5. If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the
Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters
identified in the Change Proposal, the Employer may nevertheless instruct the
Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a “Pending Agreement Change
Order.”
Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately
proceed with effecting the Changes covered by such Order. The parties shall
thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change
Proposal.
If the parties cannot reach agreement within sixty (60) days from the date of issue of
the Pending Agreement Change Order, then the matter may be referred to the
Adjudicator in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 1.16.
1.15.3 Changes originating from Contractor

If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 1.15.1(2), the
Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a written “Application for Change
Proposal,” giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified
in the same GCC Sub-Clause 1.15.2 (1).
Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the parties shall follow the
procedures outlined in GCC Sub-Clauses 1.15.2 (4) and 1.15.2 (5).
1.16 Settlement of Disputes and Arbitration

If any dispute of any kind whatsoever shall arise between DVC and the Contractor in
connection with the Contract, the parties shall seek to resolve any such dispute by Mutual
Consultation. On failure of Mutual Consultation, the same shall be taken up by either party
only through AMRCD [for dispute with CPSE/ Government Departments as Contractor] or to
Page 140 of 514

CCIE
Page 141 of 514

[ for dispute other than CPSE/ Government Departments and disputed amount exceeds Rs.
10.0 Crs. and on agreement of the Contractor/ vendor], or through Adjudication and
subsequent arbitration for other cases. Moreover, in cases of disputes pending before the
Arbitration Tribunals or the Courts, the parties may opt for CCIE on agreement of both
parties and only in the event of the parties withdrawing from such arbitration proceedings and
undertaking to forego their rights to proceed further arbitration in the subject matter. The
detailed procedures are as follows:
1.16.1 Mutual Consultation between Parties

If the executing department and the Contractor fails to resolve the dispute or difference,
then the Contractor may refer the dispute in writing for settlement of such dispute or
difference through Mutual Consultation to the concerned Head of Project of DVC (in case of
tender issued from site)/ concerned Chief Engineer of executing department (in case of
tender issued from H/Q).
The concerned Head of Project of DVC (in case of tender issued from site) / concerned
Chief Engineer of executing department (in case of tender issued from H/Q) shall send a
communication within 7 working days thereby inviting the Contractor to depute a team of
their representatives to interact with Chief Engineer (C&M)-HQ.
Chief Engineer (C&M)-HQ will obtain the details and examine the correspondence of either
parties relating to disputes, normally within 10 days. They may hold discussions with the
team of Contractor and Head of Project of DVC or his authorized representative (in case of
tender issued from site) / concerned Chief Engineer of executing department (in case of
tender issued from H/Q) to crystallize the issues; prepare the agenda containing the gist on
each dispute and the matter then be put up to Chairman, DVC for settlement of the dispute
with the Chairman / CMD of the Contractor.
1.16.2 Administrative Mechanism for Resolution of CPSEs Disputes

(AMRCD)
In the event of any dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and application of the
provisions of commercial contract(s) between Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs)
inter se and also between CPSEs and Government Departments (excluding disputes
concerning Railways, Income Tax, Customs & Excise Departments) and the parties fail to
resolve such a dispute or difference by mutual consultation, then such dispute or difference
shall be taken up by either party for its resolution only through AMRCD (Administrative
Mechanism for Resolution of CPSEs Disputes), as per the prevailing rules/ guidelines
issued by Department of Public Enterprises, GOI.
1.16.3 Conciliation Committees of Independent Experts (CCIE)

If the dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and application of the provisions of
commercial contract(s) is not between “Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) inter se
and also not between CPSEs and Government Departments (excluding disputes
concerning
Page 142 of 514

Railways, Income Tax, Customs & Excise Departments)” and the parties fail to resolve such
a dispute or difference by mutual consultation within 30 days from initial dispute reference
from the Contractor, then the dispute may be settled through “Conciliation Committees of
Independent Experts as formed by MoP, GOI (only for the Contract having disputed amount
exceeds Rs. 10 Crs. considering the claim and counter claim of the parties and conciliation
request through CCIE has been raised by the contractor)”.
The procedure of CCIE shall not be treated as alternate arbitration proceedings where both
parties come with Statement of claims/defence, arguments/counter arguments, rejoinders,
written submissions etc., aided by their respective lawyers. The forum of CCIE is a
conciliation forum, where mutual give and take constitutes the essence, rather than strict
legal positions of the parties. Hence, the parties are expected to be brief and to the point
before the committee with regard to their respective stance and view the exercise in the
spirit of conciliation / settlement.
The Conciliation process shall be conducted under Part III of the Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996. The Conciliation Committee would either be able to resolve and
settle and dispute(s) between the parties, or the process may fail. In case of failure of the
conciliation process at the level of the Conciliation Committee, the parties may withdraw
from conciliation process and take recourse to the laid down legal process of Courts.
However, the option of Arbitration would not be available once the conciliation mechanism
has been exercised. In the event of the conciliation proceedings being successful, the
parties to the dispute would sign the written settlement agreement and the conciliators
would authenticate the same. Such settlement agreement would then be binding on the
parties in terms of Section 73 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.
After successful conclusion of proceedings, the Parties to the conciliation process, have to
undertake and complete all necessary actions for implementation of the terms of settlement
within a period of 30 days from execution of settlement agreement, unless a different
timeline not exceeding 60 days is agreed upon in settlement agreement. All pending claims
of parties, in connection with the dispute, before any other legal forum are to be withdrawn
within the said 30 days in pursuance of the settlement agreement.
Once the conciliation process succeeds in reaching a settlement agreement, at the level of
the Conciliation Committee, further legal proceedings by DVC will be allowed only after
obtaining the approval of Ministry of Power, GOI.
Procedure in cases already pending before the Arbitral Tribunals / Courts:
In cases of disputes pending before the Arbitration Tribunals or the Courts, both of the
parties [i.e. DVC and Contractor] need to agree to explore the possibilities of conciliation
through the Conciliation Committee of Independent Experts. In case of such agreement, an
appropriate reference shall be made to the Conciliation Committee, upon which the
Committee shall proceed to examine such reference(s). The option of resolution through
conciliation through CCIE would be open only in the event of the parties withdrawing from
arbitration proceedings and undertaking to forego their rights to proceed for further
arbitration in the subject matter.
Page 143 of 514

However, other legal remedies would be open to the parties in the event of the conciliation
proceedings not being successful.
1.16.4 Adjudication and subsequent Arbitration

1. ADJUDICATION: If the parties fail to resolve such a dispute or difference by mutual
consultation, then the dispute shall be referred in writing by either party to the
Adjudicator, with a copy to the other party.
2. The Adjudicator shall give its decision in writing to both parties within twenty-eight
(28) days of a dispute being referred to it. If the Adjudicator has done so, and no
notice of intention to commence arbitration has been given by either the Employer or
the Contractor within fifty-six (56) days of such reference, the decision shall become
final and binding upon the Employer and the Contractor. Any decision that has
become final and binding shall be implemented by the parties forthwith.
3. Should the Adjudicator resign or die, or should the Employer and the Contractor
agree that the Adjudicator is not fulfilling its functions in accordance with the
provisions of the Contract, another retired Judge of High Court / Supreme Court of
India shall be jointly appointed by the Employer and the Contractor as Adjudicator
under the Contract. Failing agreement between the two, within twenty-eight (28) days,
the new retired Judge of High Court/Supreme Court of India shall be appointed as
Adjudicator under the Contract at the request of either party by the Appointing
Authority specified in the SCC. The Adjudicator shall be paid fee plus reasonable
expenditures incurred in the execution of its duties as Adjudicator under the
Contract. These costs shall be divided equally between the Employer and the
Contractor.
1.16.5 Arbitration
1. If either the Employer or the Contractor is dissatisfied with the Adjudicator’s
decision, or if the Adjudicator fails to give a decision within twenty-eight (28) days of a
dispute being referred to it, then either the Employer or the Contractor may, within
fifty-six (56) days of such reference, give notice to the other party, with a copy for
information to the Adjudicator, of its intention to commence arbitration, as hereinafter
provided, as to the matter in dispute, and no arbitration in respect of this matter may
be commenced unless such notice is given.
2. Any dispute in respect of which a notice of intention to commence arbitration has
been given in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 1.16.5(1) shall be finally settled by
arbitration. Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the
Facilities.
3. Any dispute submitted by a party to arbitration shall be heard by an arbitration
panel composed of three arbitrators, in accordance with the provisions set forth
below.
4. The Employer and the Contractor shall each appoint one arbitrator, and these two
arbitrators shall jointly appoint a third arbitrator, who shall chair the arbitration panel.
If the two arbitrators do not succeed in appointing a third arbitrator within twenty-eight
(28) days after the latter of the two arbitrators has been appointed, the third arbitrator
shall, at the request of either party, be appointed by the Appointing Authority for
Page 144 of 514
arbitrator designated in the SCC.
Page 145 of 514

5. If one party fails to appoint its arbitrator within forty-two (42) days after the other
party has named its arbitrator, the party which has named an arbitrator may request
the Appointing Authority to appoint the second arbitrator.
6. If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform its function, the mandate of the
Arbitrator shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of applicable laws as
mentioned in GCC Clause 1.25 (Governing Law) and a substitute shall be appointed
in the same manner as the original arbitrator.
7. Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted as follows:-
(i) Appointing Authority for Adjudicator: Chairman of DVC.
Appointing Authority for third Arbitrator:
a) President, Institution of Engineers in case of an Indian Contractor. b)
President, International Chambers of Commerce, Paris in case of a Foreign
Contractor.
(ii) Rules of procedure for arbitration proceedings:
a) In case of a foreign contractor the arbitration proceeding shall be
conducted in accordance with the United Nations Commission on International
Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Arbitration Rules of 1976.
b) In case of an Indian Contractor, the arbitration proceedings shall be
conducted in accordance with Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 and
amendments thereto.
(iii) The Place for Arbitration shall be: Kolkata, India
8. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators (or of the third arbitrator chairing the
arbitration panel, if there is no such majority) shall be final and binding and shall be
enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction as decree of the court. The parties
thereby waive any objections to or claims of immunity from such enforcement.
9. The arbitrator(s) shall give reasoned award.
1.16.6 Notwithstanding any reference to the Adjudicator or arbitration herein,
(a) The parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the Contract
unless they otherwise agree
(b) The Employer shall pay the Contractor any monies due to the Contractor.
1.17 Work Program

1.17.1 Bidder’s Organization
Page 146 of 514

The bidder shall supply to DVC and the Project Manager a chart showing the proposed
organization to be established by the bidder for carrying out work. The chart shall include the
identities of the key personnel together with the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be
employed within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date. The bidder shall promptly inform
DVC and the Project Manager in writing of any revision or alteration of such an organization
chart.
1.17.2 Program of Performance

Within twenty-eight (28) days after the date of Notification of Award of Contract, the bidder
shall prepare and submit to the Project Manager a detailed program of performance of the
Contract, made in the form of PERT network and showing the sequence in which it proposes
to design, manufacture/procure, transport, work at site as well as the date(s) by which the
bidder reasonably requires that DVC shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as
to enable the bidder to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve
Completion of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. The program so submitted by the
bidder shall accord with the Time Schedule to the Contract Agreement and any other dates
and periods specified in the Contract. The bidder shall update and revise the program as and
when appropriate or when required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the
times for Completion given in the SCC and any extension granted and shall submit all such
revisions to the Project Manager.
1.17.3 Progress Report

The bidder shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in
Program of Performance clause above and supply a progress report to the Project Manager
every month.
The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall also
indicate:
I. percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion

for each activity; and
II. where any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences
and stating the corrective action being taken
1.17.4 Progress of Performance

If at any time the Bidder’s actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC Sub-
Clause Program of Performance, or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Bidder
shall, at the request of DVC or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project
Manager a revised program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify
the Project Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion
of the Facilities within the Time for Completion under GCC Clause Time for Commencement
and Completion, or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between DVC and
the Bidder.
Page 147 of 514

1.17.5 Work Procedures

The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the
procedures given in the section on Forms and Procedures of the Contract Documents.
If agreed between DVC and the Bidder, the Bidder may execute the Contract in accordance
with its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not
conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract.
1.17.6 Maintenance of Record of Weekly Progress Review Meetings

The bidder shall be required to attend all weekly progress review meetings organized by the
'Project Manager' or his authorised representative. The deliberations in the meetings shall
inter- alia include the weekly program, progress of work (including details of manpower, tools
and plants deployed by the contractor vis-a-vis agreed schedule), inputs to be provided by
DVC, delays, if any and recovery program, specific hindrances to work and work instructions
by DVC. The minutes of the weekly meetings shall be recorded in triplicate in a numbered
register available with the Project Manager or his authorized representative. These recordings
shall be jointly signed by the Project Manager or his authorized representative and the Bidder
and one copy of the signed records shall be handed over to the Bidder.
1.18 Termination
1.18.1 Termination for Employer’s Convenience
1. The Employer may at any time terminate the Contract for any reason by giving the
Contractor a notice of termination that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause
2. Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.1 (1), the
Contractor shall either immediately or upon the date specified in the notice of termination
(a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of
termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or
any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition
(b) Terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to
paragraph (d)(ii) below
(c) Remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site, repatriate the Contractor’s and its
Subcontractors’ personnel from the Site, remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish and
debris of any kind, and leave the whole of the Site in a clean and safe condition
(d) In addition, the Contractor, subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.1
(3), shall
Page 148 of 514

(i) Deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the
date of termination
(ii) To the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the
Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant and Equipment as at the date of termination,
and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the
Contractor and its Subcontractors
(iii) Deliver to the Employer all non-proprietary drawings, specifications and other
documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination
in connection with the Facilities.
3. In the event of termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.1 (1), the Employer
shall pay to the Contractor the following amounts:
(a) the Contract Price, properly attributable to the parts of the Facilities executed by the
Contractor as of the date of termination
(b) the costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the removal of the Contractor’s
Equipment from the Site and in the repatriation of the Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’
personnel
(c) any amounts to be paid by the Contractor to its Subcontractors in connection with the
termination of any subcontracts, including any cancellation charges.
(d) costs incurred by the Contractor in protecting the Facilities and leaving the Site in a
clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.1 (2).
(e) the cost of satisfying all other obligations, commitments and claims that the Contractor
may in good faith have undertaken with third parties in connection with the Contract and
that are not covered by paragraphs (a) through (d) above.
1.18.2 Termination for Contractor’s Default

1. The Employer, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may
terminate the Contract forthwith in the following circumstances by giving a notice of
termination and its reasons therefore to the Contractor, referring to this GCC Sub-
Clause 1.18.2
(a) if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it,
compounds with its creditors, or, if the Contractor is a corporation, a resolution is passed or
order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of
amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or
assets, or if the Contractor takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of
debt
Page 149 of 514

(b) if the Contractor assigns or transfers the Contract or any right or interest therein in
violation of the provision of GCC Clause 1.17 (Assignment).
(c) if the Contractor, in the judgement of the Employer has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent
practices in competing for or in executing the Contract.
For the purpose of this Sub-Clause:
"corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of anything of value to
influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in contract execution.
"fraudulent practice" means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement

process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Employer and includes
collusive practice among Bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid
prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Employer of the benefits of free
and open competition.
2. If the Contractor
(a) has abandoned or repudiated the Contract
(b) has without valid reason failed to commence work on the Facilities promptly or has
suspended (other than pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.2) the progress of Contract
performance for more than twenty-eight (28) days after receiving a written instruction from
the Employer to proceed
(c) persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently
neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause
(d) refuses or is unable to provide sufficient materials, services or labour to execute and
complete the Facilities in the manner specified in the program furnished under GCC Clause
17 (Program of Performance) at rates of progress that give reasonable assurance to the
Employer that the Contractor can attain Completion of the Facilities by the Time for
Completion as extended then the Employer may, without prejudice to any other rights it
may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Contractor stating the nature of the
default and requiring the Contractor to remedy the same. If the Contractor fails to remedy or
to take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice,
then the Employer may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice of termination to
the Contractor that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.2.
3. Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clauses 1.18.2(1) or

1.18.2(2), the Contractor shall, either immediately or upon such date as is specified in
the notice of termination,
Page 150 of 514

(a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of
termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or
any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition
(b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to
paragraph(d) below
(c) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the
date of termination
(d) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the
Contractor to the Works and to the Plant and Equipment as at the date of termination, and,
as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the
(e) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by
the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination in connection with the
Facilities.
The Employer may enter upon the Site, expel the Contractor, and complete the Facilities
itself or by employing any third party. The Employer may, to the exclusion of any right of the
Contractor over the same, take over and use with the payment of a fair rental rate to the
Contractor, with all the maintenance costs to the account of the Employer and with an
indemnification by the Employer for all liability including damage or injury to persons arising
out of the Employer’s use of such equipment, any Contractor’s Equipment owned by the
Contractor and on the Site in connection with the Facilities for such reasonable period as
the Employer considers expedient for the supply and work of the Facilities.
4. Upon completion of the Facilities or at such earlier date as the Employer thinks
appropriate, the Employer shall give notice to the Contractor that such Contractor’s
Equipment will be returned to the Contractor at or near the Site and shall return such
Contractor’s Equipment to the Contractor in accordance with such notice. The
Contractor shall thereafter without delay and at its cost remove or arrange removal of
the same from the Site.
5. Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.2(6), the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid the
Contract Price attributable to the Facilities executed as at the date of termination, the
value of any unused or partially used Plant and Equipment on the Site, and the costs, if
any, incurred in protecting the Facilities and in leaving the Site in a clean and safe
condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.2(3) . Any sums due to
the Employer from the Contractor accruing prior to the date of termination shall be
deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor under this Contract.
6. If the Employer completes the Facilities, the cost of completing the Facilities by the
Employer shall be determined.
Page 151 of 514

If the sum that the Contractor is entitled to be paid, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
1.18.2(5), plus the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in completing the
Facilities, exceeds the Contract Price, the Contractor shall be liable for such excess.
If such excess is greater than the sums due to the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause
18.2(5), the Contractor shall pay the balance to the Employer, and if such excess is
less than the sums due to the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.2(5), the
Employer shall pay the balance to the Contractor.
The Employer and the Contractor shall agree, in writing, on the computation described
above and the manner in which any sums shall be paid.
1.18.3 Termination by Contractor

1. If
(a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within
the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just
cause pursuant to Terms and Procedures of Payment of the Contract Agreement, or
commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the
Employer that requires payment of such sum, requires approval of such invoice or
supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the
same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum, fails to approve such
invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, fails to
remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after
receipt of the Contractor’s notice, or
(b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any
reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to
provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas or failure to obtain any
governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities which
the Employer is required to obtain as per provision of the Contract or as per relevant
applicable laws of the country, then the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer
thereof, and if the Employer has failed to pay the outstanding sum, to approve the invoice
or supporting documents, to give its reasons for withholding such approval, or to remedy
the breach within twenty-eight (28) days of such notice, or if the Contractor is still unable to
carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the
Employer within twenty-eight (28) days of the said notice, the Contractor may by a further
notice to the Employer referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.3(1), forthwith terminate the
Contract.
2. The Contractor may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice to the Employer
to that effect, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.3(2), if the Employer becomes
bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its
creditors, or, being a corporation, if a resolution is passed or order is made for its
winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or
reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if
the Employer takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt.
Page 152 of 514

3. If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 1.18.3(1) or 1.18.3(2), then the
Contractor shall immediately
(a) cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary for the purpose of
protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required leaving the Site
in a clean and safe condition
(b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to
paragraph (d)(ii)
(c) remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and repatriate the Contractor’s and its
Subcontractor’s personnel from the Site
(d) In addition, the Contractor, subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause
1.18.3(4), shall
(i) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the
date of termination
(ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the
Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant and Equipment as of the date of termination,
and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the
(iii) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by
the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the
Facilities.
4. If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.3(1) or 1.18.3(2), the Employer
shall pay to the Contractor all payments specified in GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.1(3), and
reasonable compensation for all loss or damage sustained by the Contractor arising out
of, in connection with or in consequence of such termination.
5. Termination by the Contractor pursuant to this GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.3 is without

prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Contractor that may be exercised in lieu
of or in addition to rights conferred by GCC Sub-Clause 1.18.3.
6. In this GCC Clause 1.18, the expression “Facilities executed” shall include all work
executed, Installation Services provided, any or all Plant and Equipment acquired (or
subject to a legally binding obligation to purchase) by the Contractor and used or
intended to be used for the purpose of the Facilities, up to and including the date of
termination.
7. In this GCC Clause 1.18, in calculating any monies due from the Employer to the
Contractor, account shall be taken of any sum previously paid by the Employer to the
Page 153 of 514

Contractor under the Contract, including any advance payment paid pursuant to Terms
and Procedures of Payment to the Contract Agreement. Consequences of Termination
Upon Termination of the Contract, the Supplier shall:
1. Prepare and present a detailed exit plan within five calendar days of termination notice
receipt to DVC (“Exit Plan”).
2. DVC will review the Exit plan. If approved, bidder shall start working on the same
immediately. If the plan is rejected, bidder shall prepare alternate plan within two
calendar days. If the second plan is also rejected, DVC or the authorized person will
provide a plan for the bidder and it should be adhered by in totality.
3. The Exit Plan should cover at least the following:
(i) Execute all documents that may be necessary to effectively transfer the ownership
and title
(ii) Handover all developed codes, related documentation and other Configurable
Items, if any in his possession
(iii) Handover the list of all IT Assets, passwords at all locations to the Purchaser.
(iv) The bidder and DVC will sign a completion certificate at the end of successful
completion (all points tracked to closure) of the Exit Plan.
1.19 Confidential Information

1. Both parties undertake to each other to keep confidential all information (written as well
as oral) concerning the business and affairs of the other, which has been obtained or
received as a result of the discussions leading up to or the entering of the contract.
2. After the entering of the contract the DVC and the bidder shall keep confidential and
shall not, without the written consent of the other party hereto, divulge to any third party
any documents, data, or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other
party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been
furnished directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the Contract,
whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following completion or
termination of the Contract.
3. DVC shall not use such documents, data, and other information received from the bidder
for any purposes unrelated to the Contract. Similarly, the bidder shall not use such
documents, data, and other information received from DVC for any purpose other than
the design, procurement, or other work and services required for the performance of the
Contract.
Page 154 of 514

4. The obligation of a party under GCC Sub-Clauses above, however, shall not apply to
that information which
i) now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that party
ii) can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the time of disclosure
and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other party
hereto
iii) otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third party that has no
obligation of confidentiality.
5. The above provisions of this GCC Clause shall not in any way modify any undertaking of
confidentiality given by either of the parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in
respect of the Supply or any part thereof.
6. The provisions of this GCC Clause shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the
Contract.
1.20 Representatives
1.20.1 Project Manager
If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the
Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of
the Project Manager. The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the
Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed and shall give a notice of the
name of such other person to the Contractor without delay. The Employer shall take
reasonable care to see that no such appointment is made at such a time or in such a manner
as to impede the progress of work. The Project Manager shall represent and act for the
Employer at all times during the currency of the Contract. All notices, instructions, orders,
certificates, approvals, and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the
Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.
All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the
Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as herein
otherwise provided.
1.20.2 Contractor’s Representative

1. If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14)
days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative
and shall request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed. If the
Employer makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the
Contractor’s Representative shall be deemed to have been approved. If the Employer
Page 155 of 514

objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefore, then
the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection,
and the foregoing provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause shall apply thereto.
2. The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times
during the currency of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager all the
Contractor’s notices, instructions, information and all other communications under the
Contract.
a. All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the
Employer or the Project Manager to the Contractor under the Contract shall be
given to the Contractor’s Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as
herein otherwise provided.
b. The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s
Representative without the Employer’s prior written consent, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. If the Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall
appoint some other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the
procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 1.20.2(a).
c. Atleast 3 CVs shall be submitted to the Project Manager (DVC) and the consent
of the Advisory/Steering Committee taken before the replacement of Project
Manager.
3. The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer (which
shall not be unreasonably withheld), at any time delegate to any person any of the
powers, functions and authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation may be
revoked at any time. Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice
signed by the Contractor’s Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and
authorities thereby delegated or revoked. No such delegation or revocation shall take
effect unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and the
Project Manager.
a. Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so

delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC Sub-Clause 1.20.2(c) shall
be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractor’s Representative.
b. Notwithstanding anything stated in GCC Sub-clause stated above, for the
purpose of execution of contract, the Employer and the Contractor shall finalise
and agree to a Contract Co-ordination Procedure and all the communication
under the Contract shall be in accordance with such Contract Co-ordination
Procedure.
4. From the commencement of work at the Site until completion, the Contractor’s
Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the construction manager (hereinafter
referred to as “the Construction Manager”). The Construction Manager shall supervise
all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout
normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with
the proper
Page 156 of 514
performance of the Contract. Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the
Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as his or her deputy.
5. The Employer may by notice to the Contractor object to any representative or person
employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract who, in the reasonable
opinion of the Employer, may behave inappropriately, may be incompetent or negligent,
or may commit a serious breach of the Site regulations. The Employer shall provide
evidence of the same, whereupon the Contractor shall remove such person from the
Facilities/Site.
6. If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance

with GCC Sub-Clause 1.20.2(5), the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint
a replacement.
Policy for withholding and Banning of Business Dealings

Debarment:
Registration of suppliers/ contractors/ consultant’s/ service providers and their eligibility to

participate in DVC's procurements is subject to compliance with Code of Integrity for Public
Procurement and good performance in contracts.
Debarment from Bidding:
I. A bidder shall be debarred if he has been convicted of an offence –
a) Under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988; or
b) The Indian Penal Code or any other law for the time being in force, for causing any loss of life
or property or causing a threat to public health as part of execution of a public procurement
Contract.
II. A bidder debarred under sub-section (I) or any successor of the bidder shall not be eligible to
participate in a procurement process of DVC for a period not exceeding three years
commencing from the date of debarment.
Department of Commerce (DGS&D) will maintain such list which will also be displayed on the
website of DGS&D as well as Central Public Procurement Portal.
III. DVC may debar a bidder or any of its successors, from participating in any procurement
process undertaken by it, for a period not exceeding two years, if it determines that the bidder
has
Page 157 of 514

breached the code of integrity. DVC will maintain such list which will also be displayed on its
website.
IV. The bidder shall not be debarred unless such bidder has been given a reasonable
opportunity to represent against such debarment.
Guidelines on Debarment of Firms from Bidding:
A. The guidelines are classified under following two types: -

i. In cases where debarment is proposed to be limited to DVC, the appropriate Orders can be
issued by DVC itself, thereby banning all its business dealing with the debarred firm.
ii. Where it is proposed to extend the debarment beyond the jurisdiction of DVC i.e. covering to
all central Ministries/ Departments, the requisite Orders shall be issued by Department of
Expenditure (DoE), Ministry of Finance (MoF).
A. Definitions:
1. Firm: The term ‘firm’ or ‘bidder” has the same meaning for the purpose of these Guidelines,
which includes an individual or person, a company, a cooperative society, a Hindu undivided
family and an association or body of persons, whether incorporated or not, engaged in trade or
business.
2. Allied firm: All concerns which come within the sphere of effective influence of the debarred
firms shall be treated as allied firms. In determining this, the following factors may be taken into
consideration:
a. Whether the management is common;
b. Majority interest in the management is held by the partners or directors of banned/suspended

firm;
c. Substantial or majority shares are owned by the banned/ suspended firm and by virtue of this
it has a controlling voice.
d. Directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or is under common control with another bidder.
e. All successor firms will also be considered as allied firms.
3. The terms “banning of firm”, ‘suspension’, ’Black-Listing’ etc. convey the same meaning as of
“Debarment”.
B. Debarment of Firms only in DVC:

1. Orders for Debarment of a firm/Contractor irrespective of whether it is known/approved or
otherwise, shall be passed by DVC with the approval of HOP (in case the Contract issued from
site / ED (C&M) in case the Contract issued from HQ), keeping in view of the following:
Page 158 of 514

a. A bidder or any of its successors may be debarred from participating in any procurement
process for a period not exceeding two years.
b. Firms will be debarred if it is determined that the bidder has breached the code of integrity
as mentioned in clause 2 below.
c. A bidder can also be debarred for any actions or omissions by the bidder other than violation
of code of integrity, which in the opinion of DVC, warrants debarment for the reasons like supply
of substandard material, non-supply of material, abandonment of works, sub-standard quality of
works, failure to abide “Bid Securing Declaration” etc.
d. Before issuing the debarment order against a firm, it is to be ensured that reasonable
opportunity has been given to the concerned firm to represent against such debarment
(including personal hearing, if requested by firm).
e. DVC will maintain list of debarred firms, which will also be displayed on its website and it shall
not be circulated to other Ministries / Department. It will only be applicable to all establishment
of DVC.
f. Debarment is an executive function and should not be allocated to Vigilance Department.
2. Code of Integrity is reproduced as under:
1. Public procurement is perceived to be prone to corruption and ethical risks. To mitigate

this, the officials of DVC and the bidders/ suppliers/ contractors/ consultants/ service
providers involved in procurement process must abide by the following Code of Integrity
for Public Procurement (CIPP). All Procuring officials may be asked to sign declarations
to this effect periodically and in various Procurement decisions (including Need
Assessment). The bidders/ suppliers/ contractors/consultants/ service providers should
be asked to sign a declaration for abiding by a Code of Integrity for Public Procurement
in registration applications and in bid documents, with a warning that, in case of any
transgression of this code, its name is not only liable to be removed from the list of
registered suppliers/ contractors/ consultants/ service providers, but it would be liable for
other punitive actions such as cancellation of contracts, banning and blacklisting or
action in Competition Commission of India, and so on.
2. Procuring authorities as well as bidders, suppliers, contractors, and consultants/ service

providers should observe the highest standard of ethics and should not indulge in the
following prohibited practices, either directly or indirectly, at any stage during the
procurement process or during execution of resultant contracts:
a) “Corrupt practice”: making offers, solicitation or acceptance of bribe, rewards, or gifts

or any
Page 159 of 514

material benefit, in exchange for an unfair advantage in the procurement process or to

otherwise
influence the procurement process or contract execution;
b) “Fraudulent practice": any omission or misrepresentation that may mislead or attempt

to mislead so that financial or other benefits may be obtained or an obligation avoided. This
includes making false declaration or providing false information for participation in a tender
process or to secure a contract or in execution of the contract;
c) “Anti-competitive practice": any collusion, bid rigging or anti-competitive arrangement,

or any
other practice coming under the purview of The Competition Act, 2002, between two or
more bidders, with or without the knowledge of the procuring entity, that may impair the
transparency, fairness and the progress of the procurement process or to establish bid
prices at artificial, non-competitive levels;
d) “Coercive practice”: harming or threatening to harm, persons or their property to

influence their participation in the procurement process or affect the execution of a contract;
e) “Conflict of interest”: participation by a bidding firm or any of its affiliates that are either
involved in the consultancy contract to which this procurement is linked; or if they are part of
more than one bid in the procurement; or if the bidding firm or their personnel have
relationships or financial or business transactions with any official of DVC who are directly
or indirectly related to tender or execution process of contract; or improper use of
information obtained by the (prospective) bidder from DVC with an intent to gain unfair
advantage in the procurement process or for personal gain; and
f) “Obstructive practice": materially impede DVC's investigation into allegations of one or

more of the above-mentioned prohibited practices either by deliberately destroying,
falsifying, altering; or by concealing of evidence material to the investigation; or by making
false statements to investigators and/ or by threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party
to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from
pursuing the investigation; or by impeding the procuring entity's rights of audit or access to
information.
Note on Conflict of Interest in case of consultants:
i) The consultant is required to provide professional, objective, and impartial advice, at all times
holding the Procuring Entity's interest’s paramount, strictly avoiding conflicts with other
assignments or his/its own corporate interests and acting without any consideration for future
Work.
ii) The consultant has an obligation to disclose to the Procuring Entity any situation of actual or
potential conflict that impacts its/his capacity to serve the best interest of its client/Procuring
Entity.
Page 160 of 514

Failure to disclose such situations may lead to the disqualification of the consultant or
termination of its/his contract during execution of the assignment.
iii) Without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, and unless stated otherwise in the data
sheet for the RFP document, the consultant shall not be hired under the circumstances set forth
below:
a) Conflicting activities: a firm that has been engaged by the client to provide goods, works, or
non-consultancy services for a project, or any of its affiliates, shall be disqualified from providing
Consultancy service resulting from or directly related to those goods, works, or non-
Consultancy services. Conversely, a firm hired to provide consultancy services for the
preparation or implementation of a project, or any of its affiliates, shall be disqualified from
subsequently providing goods or works or no consultancy services resulting from or directly
related to the consultancy services for such preparation or implementation
b) Conflicting assignments: Consultants (including its experts and sub-- consultants) or any of
their affiliates shall not be hired for any assignment that, by its nature, may be in conflict with
another assignment of the consultant for the same or for another Procuring Entity; and
c) Conflicting relationships: A consultant (including its/his experts and sub-consultants) that

has a close business or family relationship with a professional staff of the Procuring Entity who
are directly or indirectly involved in any part of: (i) the preparation of ToR for the assignment; (ii)
selection process for the contract; or (iii) supervision of the contract, may not be awarded a
contract, unless the conflict stemming from this relationship has been resolved in a manner
acceptable to the client throughout the selection process and execution of the contract.
3. Obligations for Proactive Disclosures:
i) Procuring authorities as well as bidders, suppliers, contractors and consultants/ service

providers, are obliged under Code of Integrity for Public Procurement to suo-moto proactively
declare any conflicts of interest (coming under the definition mentioned above — pre-existing or
as and as soon as these arise at any stage) in any procurement process or execution of
contract.
Failure to do so would amount to violation of this code of integrity; and
ii) Any bidder must declare, whether asked or not in a bid document, any previous
transgressions of such a code of integrity with any entity in any country during the last three
years or of being debarred by any other Procuring Entity. Failure to do so would amount to
violation of this code of integrity;
iii) To encourage voluntary disclosures, such declarations would not mean automatic
disqualification for the bidder making such declarations. The declared conflict of interest may be
evaluated and mitigation steps, if possible, may be taken by the Procuring Entity. Similarly,
voluntary reporting of previous transgressions of Code of Integrity elsewhere may be evaluated
Page 161 of 514

and barring cases of various grades of debarment, an alert watch may be kept on the bidders'
actions in the tender and subsequent contract.
4. Punitive Provisions:
Without prejudice to and in addition to the rights of the Procuring Entity to other penal provisions
as per the bid documents or contract, if the Procuring Entity comes to a conclusion that a
(prospective) bidder/contractor/ Supplier/ consultant/ service provider, directly or through an
agent, has violated this code of integrity in competing for the contract or in executing a contract,
the Procuring Entity may take appropriate measures including one or more of the following:
i) if his bids are under consideration in any procurement
a) Forfeiture or encashment of bid security
b) calling off of any pre-contract negotiations, and;
c) rejection and exclusion of the bidder from the procurement process
ii) if a contract has already been awarded
a) Cancellation of the relevant contract and recovery of compensation for loss incurred by the
Procuring Entity;
b) Forfeiture or encashment of any other security or bond relating to the procurement;
c) Recovery of payments made by the Procuring Entity along with interest thereon at the
prevailing rate;
iii) Provisions in addition to above:
a) Removal from the list of registered suppliers and banning/debarment of the bidder from
participation in future procurements of the Procuring Entity for a period not less than one year;
b) In case of anti-competitive practices, information for further processing may be filed under a
signature of the Member (Secretary), DVC, with the Competition Commission of India;
c) Initiation of suitable disciplinary or criminal proceedings against any individual or staff found
Responsible.
C. Debarment of firms beyond the jurisdiction of DVC:

Where DVC is of the view that business dealings with a particular firm should be banned across
all the Ministries/ Departments of GOI by debarring the firm from taking part in any bidding
procedure floated by the concerned Central Government Ministries/ Departments, DVC after
obtaining the approval of the Chairman, DVC, will forward to DoE, MoF, GOI with a self-
contained note setting out all the facts of the case and the justification for the proposed
debarment, along with all the relevant papers and documents. However, DVC, before
forwarding the proposal to DoE, MoF, GOI will ensure that reasonable opportunity has been
given to the concerned firm to represent against such debarment (including personal hearing, if
requested by the firm).
If DoE, MoF, GOI realizes that sufficient opportunity has not be given to the firm to represent
against the debarment, such debarment requests received from DVC shall be rejected.
DoE, MoF, GOI can also give additional opportunity, at their option, to firm to represent against
proposed debarment. DoE, MoF, GOI can also take suo-moto action to debar the firms in
certain circumstances. DoE, MoF, GOI will issue the necessary orders after satisfying itself that
proposed
Page 162 of 514

debarment across all the Ministries/ Departments is in accordance with Rule 151 of GFRs,
2017. This scrutiny is intended to ensure uniformity of treatment in all cases.
The firm will remain debarred only in DVC during the interim period till the final decision taken
by DoE, MoF, GOI.
No contract of any kind whatsoever shall be placed on the debarred firm, including its allied
firms by any Ministries/ Departments/ Attached/Subordinate offices of the Government of India
including autonomous body, CPSUs etc. after the issue of a debarment order by DoE, MoF,
GOI. DoE, MoF, GOI will maintain list of such debarred firms, which will be displayed on Central
Public Procurement Portal (CPPP).
D. Effect of Debarment / Banning

1. No new contract of any kind whatsoever shall be placed to debarred firm including its allied
firms after the issue of debarment order by ‘any establishment of DVC’ / ‘Ministry of Power-
Govt. of India’ / ‘Department of Expenditure (DoE), Ministry of Finance (MoF) – as displayed on
Central Public Procurement Portal (CPPP)’ and the ban / suspension is still in force.
Bids from only such firms shall be considered for placement of contract, which are neither
debarred
on the date of opening of techno-commercial bid nor debarred on the date of issuance of
LOA/PO/Work Order/LOA-cum-Work Order. Even in the cases of risk purchase, no contract
should be placed on such debarred firms.
2. If case, any debar firms has submitted the bid, the same will be ignored. In case such firm is
lowest (L-1), next lowest firm shall be considered as L-1. Bid security submitted by such
debarred firms shall be returned to them.
3. Existing Contracts before issuance of debarment order shall not be affected by the debarment
orders.
4. The Debarment shall be automatically extended to all its allied firms. In case of joint venture/
consortium is debarred all partners will also stand debarred for the period specified in
Debarment Order. The names of partners should be clearly specified in the “Debarment Order”.
5. Debarment in any manner does not impact any other contractual or other legal rights of the
procuring entities.
6. The period of debarment shall start from the date of issue of debarment order.
7. The Order of debarment will indicate the reason(s) in brief that lead to debarment of the firm.
8. Ordinarily, the period of debarment should not be less than six months.
9. In case of shortage of suppliers in a particular group, such debarments may also hurt the
interest
Page 163 of 514

of procuring entities. In such cases, endeavor should be to pragmatically analyze the

circumstances, try to reform the supplier and may get a written commitment from the supplier
that its performance will improve.
E. Debarment Procedure
(i) User department or Engineer in charge will move the case which will be processed by
Concerned C&M Head for Contract issued from site / CMM for Contract issued by HQ and put
up for approval from HOP in case the Contract issued from site / ED (C&M) in case the Contract
issued from HQ, after vetting of Legal Department. In cases where investigation has been
carried out by Vigilance Department or CBI etc. the Notice of default will also be vetted by
vigilance department before issuance. However, where TAA is Board or Chairman approval
from concerned Member to be Obtained.
(ii) After obtaining approval, a Show Cause Notice will be issued by Concerned C&M Head for
Contract issued from site / CMM for Contract issued by HQ indicating clearly and precisely the
charges/misconduct which should be based on facts as can be proved as distinct from mere
allegations.
(iii)The firm/contractor may be given a period of 30 days to submit their representation if any,
against the Show Cause Notice, including personal hearing if requested by firm.
(iv)Thereafter, the appropriate debarment order may be issued by Concerned C&M Head for
Contract issued from site / CMM for Contract issued by HQ, only after perusing the
representation of the firm/contractor, if any, received in reply to Show Cause Notice
incorporating the reasons for
taking such action and vetting of Legal Department.
(v) In case no reply to show cause notice is received within stipulated time, appropriate
speaking order for debarment shall be passed ex-parte.
(vi)The order must specifically mention the fact that the reply to the show cause Notice, if any,
has
been considered by the said authority. The ex-parte order shall contain the fact that the reply to
show cause notice has not been received within stipulated time.
(vii)The entire process of banning to be completed within 45 days from the date of show cause
Notice.
F. Revocation of Debarment Orders by DVC

1. An order for debarment passed shall be deemed to have been automatically revoked on the
expiry of that specified period and it will not be necessary to issue a specific formal order of
revocation.
Page 164 of 514

2. A debarment order may be revoked before the expiry of the Order only with the approval by
Chairman, DVC, if it is of the opinion that the disability already suffered is adequate in the
circumstances of the case or for any other reason.
3. If an approved/known vendor/enlisted contractor is debarred by DVC and his name is delisted

from the form the list of approved/known vendors/enlisted contractors, the name of the
firm/contractor may not be included/ registered after the debarment period is over, unless the
concerned Executive Director is satisfied that the said firm/contractor should be included in the
list
of approved/ known vendors/enlisted contractor.
G. Safeguarding DVC’s Interests during debarment of supplier / contractor / consultant /

service provider:
Suppliers/ contractors/ consultants/ service providers are important assets for the procuring
entities and punishing delinquent suppliers/ contractors/ consultants/ service providers should
be the last resort. It takes lot of time and effort to develop, register and mature a new supplier.
In case of shortage of suppliers/ contractors/ consultants/ service providers in a particular group
of materials/equipment, such punishment may also hurt the interest of DVC. Therefore, views of
the concerned department may always be sought about the repercussions of such punitive
action on the continuity of procurements. Past records of performance of the supplier may also
be given due weightage. In case of shortage of suppliers/ contractors/ consultants/ service
providers and in cases of less serious misdemeanours, the endeavour should be to
pragmatically analyse the circumstances, reform the supplier and get a written commitment from
the supplier that his performance will improve. If this fails, efforts should be to see if a temporary
debarment can serve the purpose
Page 165 of 514

SECTION – VII
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
(SCC)
Page 166 of 514

The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) and all other terms and conditions of Notice
Inviting Bids (referred to as NIB hereafter) & Instruction to Bidders (referred to as ITB hereafter),
shall supplement/amend the corresponding clause of General Conditions of Contract (GCC),
wherever there is a conflict, the provisions in SCC and all other terms and conditions of NIB &
ITB shall prevail over those in the GCC.
1.1 Project Core Committee (PCC)

Project Core Committee (PCC) will be formed by DVC comprising senior officers of the DVC,
Consultants and any other person(s)/agency(ies) as agreed by DVC’s management. The PCC
will co-ordinate with the Bidder and any other stakeholders deemed necessary during project
implementation.
1.2 Technical Evaluation Criteria

Documents relevant for complying with various technical evaluation requirement are also to be a
part of Contract Document
1.3 Execution of Contract

The Timelines to be followed for completion of this project shall be as per Annexure II (Project
Implementation Timeline)
1.4 Duration of Contract

1. The contract with selected Bidder shall remain valid for a period of 5 (five) years from the
date of signing of contract.
2. The Warranty phase of the project will be 3 (three) years from the date of Go-Live of the
project.
3. Go-live of the project will be considered as the last date on which all modules will be
made live with all functionalities as mentioned in the FRS document at ‘DVC-HQ’,
along with 11 DVC-Site offices (SO), and any other locations being identified by DVC
including supply and configuration of all licenses and completions of training of all the
DVC users.
4. Completion period for go live will be 02 (two) years from the date of awarding of contract
5. DVC shall reserve the sole right to grant any extension to the term mentioned above on
mutual agreement including fresh negotiations on terms and conditions
Page 167 of 514

1.5 Causes for Extension of Time for Completion

1. The Bidder may submit an application for an extension of the time for completion if he is
of the opinion that he will be delayed in completing the Scope of Work by any of the
following causes:
i. Any changes in the Scope of Work in writing of any Additional work ordered there-of
ii. Order for the suspension of work at the discretion of DVC, received in writing for no
fault on part of Contractor.
iii. Force Majeure conditions as defined in Section General Conditions of Contract.
2. For extension of time for completion, the Bidder shall give a written notice to DVC of his
intention to make a claim for an extension of time within fourteen (14) calendar days of
occurrence of any of the above conditions. The notice shall contain all the supporting
details for same.
3. The Bidder shall demonstrate to the DVC’s satisfaction that it has used its best endeavor
to avoid or overcome such causes for delay and the Parties will mutually agree upon
remedies to mitigate or overcome causes for such delays.
4. Notwithstanding the clause above, the Bidder shall not be entitled to an extension of
time for completion, unless the Bidder has, at the time of such circumstances notified
DVC in writing, within the prescribed timelines, that it may claim such extension and
upon request of DVC the Bidder shall substantiate and prove that the delay is due the
circumstances referred to by the Bidder.
5. DVC, in its sole discretion may agree to extend the time of completion of contract as may
be reasonable and mutually agreed but without prejudice to other terms and conditions
of the Contract. However, the contract extension of time granted, if any by DVC shall
have no impact of the Contract price which shall remain firm and fixed.
1.6 Incident/Operational Expense Charges

The entire cost of project will be accounted in the price quoted by the bidder excluding relevant
taxes. DVC will not pay any extra charges/compensation incurred towards travel and lodging
during the various phases of the implementation.
1.7 Relationship between Parties

Nothing in this Contract constitutes any fiduciary relationship between DVC and Bidder/Bidder’s
Team or any relationship of employer employee, principal and agent, or partnership, between
DVC and the Bidder.
All correspondence and documents pertaining to the Agreement that are exchanged by the
parties shall be written in English language only.
Page 168 of 514

1.8 Publicity
The Bidder shall not make or provide his consent to make any public announcement or media
release about any aspect of this Contract unless prior written consent of DVC is obtained
1.9 Employees
Promptly and on reasonable request at any time during the Contract period, the Bidder shall,
subject to applicable laws, restraints and regulations (including in particular those relating to
privacy) provide to DVC a list of all employees (with job titles and communication address) of
the SI/Bidder, dedicated to providing the services at DVC offices/locations.
1.10 Right of Information Access

At any time during the Contract period, the Bidder may be asked and will be obliged to provide
access of information to DVC, and/or any Replacement Bidder in order to make an inventory of
the Assets (including hardware / Software / Active / passive), layouts, diagrams, schematics,
documentations, manuals, catalogues, archive data, IP addressing, Live data, policy documents
or any other material related to DVC Project.
1.11 Indemnification
DVC shall not be responsible for any payments, statutory obligation like insurance cover, PF,
etc. for accident, mishap, handicap, and/or death occurring and affecting Operator /or it’s
Vendors employees or authorized personnel during and after the provision of the service at the
POPs or client premises. Services include but are not limited to periodical inspection,
installing, maintaining, replacing and removing equipment hardware, as well as to inspect
the network. Operator shall not be held responsible for any downtime due to Internet
Bandwidth, Diesel non- availability, Electricity Power, theft at-site, physical damage, cyber-
attack, hacking, Force Majeure.
1.12 Confidentiality
Bidder/DVC/Third Party Auditor and their personnel shall not, either during the term or after the
expiration of this contract, disclose any proprietary or confidential information relating to the
services without the prior written mutual consent of the DVC.
1.13 Information Security

1. The Bidder shall not carry and/or transmit any material, information, layouts, diagrams,
storage media or any other goods/material in physical or electronic form, which are
proprietary to or owned by DVC, without prior written permission from DVC.
2. The Bidder shall adhere to the Information Security policy of Government of India & as
defined by DVC.
Page 169 of 514

3. The Bidder acknowledges that DVC business data and other DVC proprietary
information or materials, whether developed by DVC or being used by DVC pursuant to
a license agreement with a third party (the foregoing collectively referred to herein as
“proprietary information”) are confidential and proprietary to DVC and SI/Bidder agrees
to use reasonable care to safeguard the proprietary information and to prevent the
unauthorized use or disclosure thereof. Bidder may come into possession of such
proprietary information even though SI/Bidder does not take any direct part in or furnish
the services performed for the creation of said proprietary information and shall limit
access thereto to employees with a need to such access to perform the services
required by this agreement. Bidder shall use such information only for the purpose of
performing the said/required services for DVC.
4. Bidder shall, upon termination of this agreement for any reason or upon demand by
DVC, whichever is earliest return any and all information provided to Bidder by DVC
including any copies or reproductions, both hard copy and electronic.
1.14 Statutory Requirement

1. During the tenure of this subsequent Contract nothing shall be done by the Bidder in
contravention of any law, act and/ or rules/regulations, there under or any amendment
thereof governing inter-alia customs, stowaways, foreign exchange etc. and shall keep
DVC indemnified in this regard.
2. The Bidder and their personnel/representative shall not alter / change / replace any
hardware component proprietary to DVC and/or under warranty or AMC of third party
without prior consent of DVC.
3. The Bidder and their personnel/representative shall not without consent of DVC install
any hardware or software not purchased / owned by DVC.
1.15 Payment Terms for Implementation

The fee amount will be equal to the amount specified in Format for Tender Response – Price
Bid. Payments will be released only on satisfactory acceptance of the deliverables by Officer-in-
charge of DVC for each Task as per the following schedule:
Sl.No. Description of Work Timeline Percentage of
Payment
1 Project Inception Within 12 weeks 10% of the total
This involves the following activities but from the date of Project
not limited to: award of Implementation cost
 Project Plan (in Work Breakdown Contract excluding CAMC
structure) (support service for 3
 Detail BOM for DC,DR infrastructure years)
including software and licenses for
bolt in solutions, detailed license Total Implementation
estimation for ERP Licenses. cost as per Price Bid
 Communication Matrix
Page 170 of 514

 Resource Planning and Deployment

 Project Charter
 Project Management Templates
 Data Migration Plan
 Change Management Plan
 SAP-ERP Overview Training
2 Sign Off of Requirement Specification Within 16 weeks 10% of the total
 Requirement Specification from date of implementation cost
 Technical and Functional (Standard award of excluding CAMC
functionality) Training from SAP contract (support service for
Certified Trainers to Core Functional 3 years) will be
and IT Team. released after the
 Data Collection, Preparation & acceptance of the
Migration Strategy along with following
templates deliverables.
Total Implementation
cost as per Price Bid
3 Configuration, Customization and 32 weeks from 20% Payment of the
Development of all requirements the date of Sign Total Implementation
finalized in requirement specification with Off of Cost excluding
respect to all functional areas: Requirement CAMC will be
 Mapping of Business Processes in Specification released after
ERP System & ERP system completion of UAT
configuration and feeding of sample and Training and
data. Audit Report
 Authorization Matrix (Roles and
Responsibilities of Users)
 Data Migration Total Implementation
 Unit and Integration Testing (test plan, cost as per Price Bid
test scripts, roles and responsibilities,
issue log, issue resolution report)
 Quality Assurance Testing
 User Acceptance Testing
 Initial ERP OEM audit report with
observations
 Final ERP OEM report with
compliance report related to
development and configuration
 Technical Training on ABAP, BASIS,
FIORI & ERP System Administration
to Core IT team of DVC
 Configured ERP Solution (including
configuration aspects) & Module wise
Training for Core Team Members and
Core IT Members
4 PILOT Go-Live 4 weeks from 10% of Total
 Final Roles and Responsibilities the date of UAT Implementation cost
(Authorization Matrix) completion, excluding CAMC will
Training be released after
Page 171 of 514

 User Training Manual and all other Completion and successful

training deliverables Audit Report. completion of
 End User Training Completion training, successful
Certificate Pilot Go-Live Report
 All Master Data Migration Completion and acceptance of all
Report deliverables
 All Transaction Data Migration
completion report
 Load and Stress Test Report
 Standard Operating Procedure
documents
 Pilot Go-Live in 3 locations
 Configuration Manual
 Help Desk Structure, Process and
Operation Manual
 Successful Pilot Go-Live Completion
Report (Completion Report)
 Pre-Go-Live Assessment Report
(Bidder)
 Pre-Go-Live Assessment Report
(OEM with compliance)
5 Enterprise Go-Live 8 Weeks from 20% of Payment will
 Helpdesk Readiness Pilot Go-Live be released after
 Enterprise-wide Successful Go-Live successful
Completion Report completion of Go-
 Module wise sign off including Live and acceptance
integration activities of all deliverables.
Payment = Total
Implementation cost
excluding CAMC
6 Go-Live of Business Solution Modules: 16 weeks from 15% of Payment will
 Requirement Specification Enterprise -Go be released after
 Customizations, Configurations and Live successful
Testing completion of Go-
 Pilot Go-Live Live of all Business
 Successful Pilot Go-Live completion Solution Modules
Report and acceptance of
 Enterprise Go-Live all deliverables.
 Successful Enterprise Go-Live
Completion report Payment = Total
Implementation cost
excluding CAMC
7 Stabilization and Project Sign-off 6 months after 15% of Payment will
 Final handholding Support Enterprise Go- be released after
phase (issue resolution & de- Live of Phase-1 project sign-off i.e.
bugging) (Core Modules after successful
 Project Sign-off and Phase-2 completion of
 System Performance Report (Business stabilization period.
with Compliance
 Issue Log and Resolution Report
Page 172 of 514

 Initial OEM Audit Report with Solution Payment = Total

observations Modules) Implementation cost
 Final OEM & Infrastructure audit excluding/g CAMC
report with compliance
 Successful Stabilization phase
compliance report
1.16 Payment Terms for Supply, Configuration of Software and

Licenses
Sl. Phases Key Deliverables Payment Terms
No.
1 Supply of Licenses 1. On delivery and 100% Prorata basis as
configuration of ERP User defined in Price Bid
licenses as per schedule.
2. On delivery and
configuration of Licenses of
ERP related software (other
than ERP such as integration
tools, clustering tools, other
tools, other application
licenses)
1.17 Payment Terms for AMS & Manpower

Sl. Phases Key Deliverables Payment Terms
No.
1 Annual Maintenance Annual Maintenance Support Quarterly Payment for a
Support (AMS) for ERP solution for a period of 3 years upon
period of 3 years after the certification by DVC Project
completion of stabilization Manager for each quarter.
period. (Price Bid)
2 Deployment of Manpower cost for operation Quarterly Payment for a
resources for of ERP (If DVC opt to hire period of 3 years upon
support services from SI for ERP certification by DVC Project
Support) Manager for each quarter.
(Price Bid)
Page 173 of 514

1.18 Payment term towards the 3 year support & maintenance

(AMC)
The payment towards all the 3 year support & maintenance (AMC) shall be paid on Quarterly
basis on successful service delivery for the respective services as mentioned above against the
submission of the following documents
1. Submission of Tax invoice in terms of GST Rules, as applicable under GST Law in triplicate.
2. SLA compliance certificate complying the SLA term and condition and satisfying the desired
SLA Uptime (as the case may be) duly verified and signed by the competent authority from DVC
side.
3. Satisfactory Performance certificate from the competent authority from DVC side.
The validity of the respective PBGs shall be verified and established before releasing the
Quarterly Payment.
Note:
1) All payments shall be made by the DVC in favour of the Bidder.
2) The release of payments will be Performance (output) based, where the payments are made
for measured deliverables and outputs. The SLAs will govern the penalty and reductions from
payments for inferior deliverables.
3) Bidder should obtain completion certificate for each project milestone from the DVC and raise
an invoice against the same.
4) Payments against invoice submitted (accompanied with all requisite documents) shall be
released within 45 days of submission of invoice.
5) In case go-live is delayed, the entire cost and/or time over-run shall be the responsibility of
the SI and shall be borne by him only unless otherwise it is not attributable to them.
6) Power to withhold: Notwithstanding anything contained in the payment schedule mentioned

below, if in the opinion of the DVC, any work done or service rendered by Bidder is deficient in
any manner in comparison to the prescribed standards, DVC shall be at liberty to withhold a
reasonable portion of the payments due to the Bidder, till such work/ service is made
conforming to the prescribed standards. These powers to withhold payments shall be without
prejudice to any other power/ right of the DVC under this contract.
7) Invoices towards the 3 year support service (annual maintenance) after the project
implementation period shall be raised by the Bidder on CE (ERP), DVC.
8) All payments towards the 3 year support & maintenance (annual maintenance) shall only be
made after submission of the Audit reports (in original) in compliance with SLA, wherever
applicable by the Bidder along with the invoices and acceptance of the same by the DVC.
9) The currencies for payments shall be in Indian Rupees (INR).
Page 174 of 514

10) The Price bid should clearly indicate the price to be charged without any qualifications
whatsoever and should include all applicable taxes and other charges as may be applicable in
relation to the activities proposed to be carried out. It is mandatory that such charges wherever
applicable/ payable should be indicated separately in Price Bid Format. However, should there
be a change in the applicable taxes till the date of delivery of products/ services any downward
revision shall be passed on to Tendering authority.
Scope Exclusions
• Manage telecommunications facilities like Intercom and Landline; DVC shall provide the
same
• IT organization and governance related issues
• Connectivity Links, shall be provided by DVC at all site.
1.19 Contract Performance Bank Guarantee

An unconditional & irrevocable CPBG issued by a scheduled bank having a branch in Kolkata in
the prescribed format for three percent (3%) of the total Contract price towards faithful
performance of the contract shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of GCC. The
said bank guarantee shall be initially valid up to ninety (90) days after expiry of Project
Implementation period and shall be extended from time to time till ninety (90) days beyond
successful completion of Project Implementation period.
1.20 Annual Maintenance Performance Bank Guarantee

An additional AMC-Performance Bank Guarantee (AMC -PBG) issued by a scheduled bank
having a branch in Kolkata in the prescribed format equal to 3% of the total AMC value/value
towards 3 year support service starting from beginning of CAMC period is required to be
submitted 3 months before expiry of project implementation period by the bidder and shall be
extended from time to time till ninety (90) days beyond successful completion of CAMC period,
as may be required under the Contract. AMC-PBG may be initially submitted for 2 years plus 90
days and extended thereafter annually provided that the extension of BG should be
communicated one month prior to the expiry of previous BG.
Page 175 of 514

Section VIII
BID FORMS AND PROCEDURES
Page 176 of 514

1.1 Form No. 1 – Letter of Bid

(To be printed on the letter head of the bid)
Bid Proposal No: Date:
(Bidder may use his own no.)
To
DVC Towers, VIP Road, Kolkata
West Bengal, Pin: 700054
Sub: ‘ ’
Ref: 1. NIT No: ‘...........................................................................................................................’
2. Tender Id No: ‘....................................................’
Dear Sirs,
We offer to execute the work as per our offered bill of quantity in accordance with the
conditions of the NIT document as available in the website. The details of the application fee/cost
of Tender document and EMD being submitted by us has been furnished on-line.
I/We are a Micro/ Small Enterprise covered under the provision of Micro Small and Medium
Enterprises Act’ 2006 and registered with the authority of the State Government.
OR
I/We are not covered under the provision of Micro Small and Medium Enterprise Act, 2006.This Bid
and our written acceptance of it shall constitute a binding contract between us. We understand that
you are not bound to accept the lowest or any bid you receive.
We hereby confirm our acceptance of all the terms and conditions of the NIT document
unconditionally.
Yours faithfully,
(Signature of Bidder OR Authorised person of bidder OR DSC Holder bidding online with
authorisation from bidder)
1. Name of Authorised Signatory:
2. Type of Authorisation
3. Name of the Bidder:
Page 177 of 514

4. Address:
5. E-Mail Address:
6. Mobile Number:
7. FAX Number:
8. Telephone Number:
9. Place:
10. Date:
1.2 Form No. 2. Bid Security- BANK GUARANTEE FORM

(On non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value to be purchased in the name of the Bank)
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE IN LIEU OF EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (BID
SECURITY)
To,
*DAMODAR VALLEY CORPORATION BG No.:
DVC TOWERS: VIP ROAD Date:
KOLKATA-54
Dear Sir.
In accordance with your Notice Inviting Tender for “…………………………………………………

…………………………………….. under your NIT No.: ………………………………………
…………..dated…………… we, M/s. ……………………………………………………………...
(Name& full address of the firm) (Hereinafter called the Tenderer) hereby submit the Bank
Guarantee:
Whereas to participate in the said tender for the following work:
….....................................................................................................(Name of the work)
It is a condition in the tender documents that the tenderer has to deposit Earnest Money amounting
to Rs.......................in respect to the tender, with Damodar Valley Corporation (*) (hereinafter referred
to as “Corporation”) by a Bank Guarantee from a Nationalized Bank/ Schedule Bank/Foreign Bank
irrevocable and operative till the validity of the offer (i.e. 180 days from the opening date of tender)
for the like amount which amount is likely to be forfeited on the happening of contingencies
mentioned in the tender documents.
And whereas the tenderer desires to secure exemption from deposit of Earnest Money and has
offered to furnish a Bank Guarantee for a sum of Rs……………… to the Corporation as Earnest
Money.
Now, therefore, we the......................................(Bank), a body corporate constituted under the Banking
Companies (Acquisition and Transfer of Undertaking) Act. 1969 (delete, if not applicable) and
branch Office at.....(Hereinafter referred to as the Guarantor) do hereby undertake and agree to pay
forthwith on demand in writing by the Corporation of the said guaranteed amount without any
demur, reservation or recourse.
Page 178 of 514

We, the aforesaid bank, further agree that the Corporation shall be the sole judge of and as to
whether the tenderer has committed any breach or breaches of any of the terms costs, charges and
expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the Corporation on
account thereof to the extent of the Earnest Money required to be deposited by the Tenderer in
respect of the said Tender Document and the decision of the Corporation that the Tender has
committed such breach or breaches and as to the amount or amounts of loss, damage, costs,
charges and expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the
Corporation shall be final and binding on us.
We, the said Bank further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and
effect until it is released by the Corporation and it is further declared that it shall not be necessary
for the Corporation to proceed against the Tenderer before proceeding against the Bank and the
Guarantee herein contained shall be invoked against the Bank, notwithstanding any security which
the Corporation may have obtained or shall be obtained from the Tenderer at any time when
proceedings are taken against the Bank for whatever amount that may be outstanding or unrealized
under the Guarantee.
The right of the Corporation to recover the said amount of Rs. …………..……
(Rupees………………….) from us in manner aforesaid will not be precluded/affected, even if,
disputes have been raised by the said M/S..........................(Tenderer) and/or dispute or disputes are
pending before any authority, officer, tribunal, arbitrator(s) etc.
Notwithstanding anything stated above, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to Rs.
…………….. (Rupees …………………………………………) only and our guarantee shall remain in
force upto...............................................and unless a demand or claim under the guarantee is made on
us in writing within three months after the aforesaid date i.e. on or before the..................................all
your rights under the guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relieved and discharged from all
liability there under.
Date ………………… (Signature) ……………………………
Place ………………… (Printed Name) ………………………
(Designation) ………………………
(Bank’s common seal) ………………
In presence of:
WTTNESS (with full name, designation, address & official seal, if any)
(1)
(2)
* Please indicate the name and address of the projects / stations / offices where the B.G. is to
be executed.
Page 179 of 514

1.3 Form NO. 3: Form of Contract Agreement

AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACT
AN AGREEMENT made and entered into this…………. day of …………. 20……. by and
between M/s DAMODAR VALLEY CORPORATION (DVC), DVC HQ. (Name of the Power
Station/Hydel Station/Field Formations) of the FIRST PART (which expression shall unless
repugnant to the context be deemed to include its successors or assigns) and M/s
of the SECOND PART (which expression shall
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to include its successors or
assigns.)
WHEREAS the aforesaid Party of the First Part invited tenders for the work of
(name of the work).
WHEREAS the tender of the Party of the Second Part was accepted and the work was awarded
to the Party of the Second Part by letter no. DVC’s W.O. No.
AND WHEREAS the Party of the Second Part has accepted the work order aforesaid in their
letter No. .
Now the Agreement, witnessed and it is hereby agreed by and between the parties as follows:
I. This Agreement is a contract for service, consisting of Clauses 1 to 20, inclusive of Annexure
hereto and NIT/LOA/LOI/Work Order.
II. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Party of the First Part to the Party of the
Second Part, the Party of the Second Part hereby covenants to carry out the work of
(Name of the work). The Party of the First Part hereby covenants
to pay to the Party of the Second Part in consideration of the aforesaid work, as provided in
the Agreement.
1) DEFINATIONS:-
a) “Agreement” shall be effective from the date of commencement of work as stipulated in the
work order / Letter of Award (LOA).
b) “Payment” shall mean the amount payable as specified in relevant Clause of
NIT/Order/GCC.
c) “ Premises” shall mean the premises described in Schedule I.
d) “Notice” shall mean Notice complied with the terms of relevant Clause of NIT/Order/GCC.
Page 180 of 514

e) “Services” shall mean the detailed scope of work as described in Schedule II.
f) “Terms & Conditions” shall mean the terms and conditions which are in the NIT and its
subsequent amendments and the terms & conditions mentioned herein after and is binding
on the parties.
2) OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTY OF THE SECOND PART
a) The Party of the Second Part shall provide services as agreed upon and set out in Schedule
II for the term of the Agreement or until it is terminated in accordance with the clauses of this
Agreement.
b) The Party of the Second Part shall obtain at his own cost necessary permits or licenses etc
as required under the various laws whether Central, State or Local from time to time for
performing and rendering services and the Party of the First Part shall not take any liability
whatsoever in this regard.
i) The Party of the Second Part has to obtain licenses/permits etc as applicable as
mentioned above at the earliest of signing this Agreement.
ii) If the licenses/permits etc obtained by the Party of the Second Part are revoked and/or
suspended and/or cancelled by the authority concerned and/or become invalid, the
Agreement shall stand unilaterally terminated.
c) The Party of the Second Part shall at its own cost comply with the provisions of all laws,
rules, orders and regulations and notifications whether Central or State or Local as
applicable to him or to this Agreement from time to time. These Acts/Rules include, without
limitations the following:
i) The Minimum Wages Act, 1948 & Rules and Orders and Notifications issued there under
from time to time;
ii) The Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970 with Rules, Orders and
Notification made there under;
iii) The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 with Rules, Orders and Notifications issued
there under from time to time;
iv) The Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 with Rules, Orders and Notifications there
under issued from time to time;
v) The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 with Rules, Orders and Notifications issued
vi) The Payment of Wages Act, 1936 with Rules, Orders and Notifications issued
vii) The Employees’ Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 with Rules,
Orders and Notifications issued there under from time to time;
viii) The Factories Act, 1948 with Rules, Orders and Notifications issued there under from
time to time;
ix) The Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 with Rules, Orders and Notifications issued
there under from time to time.
x) All other Acts/Rules/Regulations, Bye-laws, Order, Notifications etc. already in vogue or
may be enacted in future by the legislation or present or future Applicable to the Party of
the Second Part from time to time for performing the aforesaid services.
The Party of the Second Part shall produce the requisite Compliance Report to the Party of
the First Part from time to time or as prescribed in the abovementioned laws.
Page 181 of 514

d) The Party of the Second Part shall undertake the services as per details given in Schedule II
attached to this Agreement. The Party of the Second Part shall also comply with other
instructions, if any, given in writing by the authorized representative of the Party of the First
Part to the Party of the Second Part or to his authorized representative for performing the
aforesaid services.
e) The performance of service by the Party of the Second Part shall be of highest
order/standing and competence and as described in Schedule II.
f) The Party of the First Part may terminate this Agreement if the performance of services by
the Party of the Second Part is not up to specified standard and if the Party of the Second
Part fails to comply with the laws mentioned hereinbefore. The decision of the Party of the
First part in this respect shall be absolute and final.
3) DEPLOYMENT OF EMPLOYEES BY THE PARTY OF THE SECOND PART
a) The Party of the Second Part as and when required shall deploy his own employees for
rendering satisfactory services.
b) b) There shall not subsist in any manner whatsoever any employer-employee relationship
between the Party of the First Part and the workmen/employees employed and as and
when deployed by the Party of the Second Part or the Party of the Second Part himself. The
Party of the Second Part shall be responsible for appointments, payment of wages,
compliances with all statutory formalities relating to the workmen/employees employed and
deployed by it.
c) The Party of the Second Part shall conduct the work in the manner prescribed by the Party
of the First Part and in the event of any deviation there from, the Party of the Second Part
shall be responsible to make good the same within (need based to be
incorporated) from being intimated by the Party of the First Part. The Party of the Second
Part shall supervise and control the manner and mode of working and also the working of
the workmen as and when deployed and there shall not be any supervision and control by
the Party of the First Part over the employees/workmen employed by the Party of the
Second Part.
d) The workmen/employees engaged and deployed by the Party of the Second Part shall
observe discipline at all times and maintain decency and decorum during the course of their
employment and the Party of the Second Part shall be fully responsible for the said
workmen/employees.
e) The payment of wages, ESI, PF, bonuses and other benefits to the employees of the Party
of the Second Part shall be the exclusive responsibility of the Party of the Second Part and
the employees shall have no claim whatsoever on the Party of the First Part.
f) The Party of the Second part as an when deploy workmen Party of the Second part shall
maintain a Register of persons employed under him and issue Employment Photo Identity
Cards to each worker within three days of employment and a copy of the same to be
submitted with the Party of the First Part within seven days there from.
g) The Party of the Second part as and when employed workman shall also maintain all
statutory register viz register of wages, muster roll register of deductions, register of
overtime register of fines, register of advances, wage slip and any other registers required
to be maintained under the statute and shall give inspection of the same to the Party of the
First Part on demand.
Page 182 of 514

h) The Party of the Second part as and when employed workman shall make the Payment of
wages and other conditions of employment in respect of workmen employed and
deployed by the Party of the Second Part in conformity with statutory requirements and
the Party of the First Part shall be fully protected in all respect in this regard.
i) The Party of the Second part as and when employed workman shall send half-yearly returns
to the Licensing Officer not later than thirty days from the closing of the Half Year.
j) The Party of the Second part as and when employed workman shall be solely and wholly
responsible for the safety & security of the employees employed by the Party of the Second
Part. The Party of the Second Part shall also make adequate provision of insurance for the
said employees at their own cost to cover them against the risk of accident and /or death in
harness. In the event of any accident and/or death in harness, the Party of the Second Part
shall pay proper compensation to the employees as per The Workmen’s Compensation Act,
1923. The Party of the First Part will have no responsibility whatsoever, and will be kept fully
indemnified and harmless.
k) The Party of the Second Part shall also be responsible for the property of the Party of the
First Part and in case of any damage whatsoever, shall immediately repair/replace the
damaged property at their own cost and arrangement failing which Party of the First Part
shall have right to recover the cost from the Party of the Second Part.
l) The Party of the Second part as and when employed workman in case of any act of
indiscipline on the part of workmen/employees engaged by the Party of the Second Part,
the Party of the Second Part shall take suitable action against the delinquent employees
with proper intimation to the appropriate authority of the Party of the First Part.
m) The workmen/employees of the Party of the Second Part as and when employed by the
Party of the Second Part including himself shall have no right and/or any right to access
whatsoever to claim as an employment with the company of the Party of the First Part.
n) In case the workmen/employees engaged by the Party of the Second Part have any
grievance they shall take it up with the Party of the Second Part without causing any
disturbance in the premises of the Party of the First Part in any manner. Under no
circumstances, shall the workmen engaged by the Party of the Second Part initiate or
take part in any agitation or demonstration against the Party of the First Part.
o) If the process forming part of this Agreement is abolished by any provision of law or under
Sec. 10 of the Contract Labour (R&A) Act, 1970 the workmen/employees of the Party of the
Second Part shall not become the employees of the Principal Employer i.e. Party of the
first Part.
p) During the terms of this Agreement the Party of the Second Part shall be an independent
employer and not in any manner has any employer - employee relationship with the Party of
the First Part and that of Principal to Principal.
4) OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTY OF THE FIRST PART
a) The Party of the First Part shall permit the duly authorized workmen of the Party of the
Second Part at all convenient times to enter into and upon the premises only on
presentation of the approved gate passes as mentioned below, for the purpose of carrying
out their work.
b) The Party of the First Part shall make to the Party of the Second Part all payments, as per
Clause 10, throughout the term of this Agreement or so long the Agreement subsists or the
Party of the Second Part performs its obligation under this Agreement.
Page 183 of 514

5) COMPLETION The Work shall be deemed to have been completed on expiry of period of
this Agreement and release of final payment to the Party of the Second Part by the Party
of the First Part.
6) PENALTY: In terms of the General Terms of the Contract clause (as applicable as per the
DVC’s Contract and GCC)
7) DELEGATION (As Applicable)
8) INDEMNITY Party of the Second Part covenants and agrees to fully protect and hold the
Party of the First Part, its employees and agents harmless against any claim, demand,
actions, suits, proceedings, judgment, liabilities, costs, expenses, damages or los
9) BILLS The Party of the First Part reserves the right to require the Party of the Second Part
to submit documentary evidence in support of the bills, including details of the work done,
duly supported by the Certificate from the representative of the Party of the First Part in the
first week of the following month. Party of the First Part also reserves the right to make at the
earliest opportunity any adjustment which may be pending from the previous months.
10) PAYMENT As per the relevant clauses of work order

11) DURATION OF THE AGREEMENT
a) This Agreement shall be effective from the date of commencement of the work as per the
Work Order
b) The Agreement shall be deemed to expire on completion of the work and on compliance of
all the statutory obligations by the Party of the Second Part as provided in for in the
agreement, unless extended by both the parties in writing.
12) CANCELLATION/TERMINATION
As Per the Clause 28 of the General Conditions of the Contract.
13) CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION
a) In the event of this Agreement being determined whether by efflux of time or notice or
breach or otherwise, the Party of the Second Part shall forthwith return to the Party of
the First Part all the papers, books or other articles belonging to the Party of the First
Part.
b) In the event of termination of this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties thereto
shall be settled by mutual discussion. The financial settlement shall take into consideration
not only the expenditure incurred but also the expenditure committed by the Party of the
First Part.
c) In the event of termination of this Agreement, the Party of the Second Part shall be liable to
refund the amount, if any, paid in advance to it by the Party of the First Part.
d) Either Party shall be entitled to exercise any one or more of the rights and remedies given to
it under the terms of this Agreement and the determination of this Agreement shall not affect
or prejudice such rights and remedies and each party shall remain liable to perform all
outstanding liabilities under this Agreement notwithstanding that the other may have
exercised any one or more of the rights and remedies available against each other.
14) FORCE MAJEURE As Per the relevant Clause of the General Conditions of the Contract.
15) CONFIDENTIALITY During the tenure of the Agreement and 7 years thereafter the Party of
the Second Part undertake on their behalf and on the behalf of their subcontractors /
employees / representatives / associates etc to maintain strict confidentiality and prevent
disclosure thereof, of all the information and data exchanged / generated pertaining to the
work under this Agreement for any purpose other than in accordance with the Agreement.
Page 184 of 514

16) NOTICE Any notice to be served by either party on the other shall be sent by Registered
Post and shall be deemed to have been received by the addressee within 07 days of posting.
17) SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES AND ARBITRATION
a) Any dispute(s) or difference(s) arising out, of or in connection with the contract shall, to the
extent possible, be settled amicably between the Party of the First Part & Party of the
Second Part.
b) In the event of any dispute or difference whatsoever arising under this Agreement or in
connection therewith including any question relating to existence, meaning and
interpretation of the terms of the Agreement or any alleged breach thereof, the same shall
be referred to the Chairman, the CEO of Damodar Valley Corporation, Kolkata-54 or to a
person nominated by him for arbitration. The Arbitration shall be conducted in accordance
with the provisions of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 or any other latest enactment
and the decision/judgment of Arbitrator/Arbitrators shall be final and binding on both the
parties. The venue of the arbitration shall be at Kolkata.
However, in case the Party of the Second Part is a Central Public Sector Enterprise/ Govt.
Department, the dispute arising between the Party of the First Part & Party of the Second
part shall be settled through Permanent Arbitration Machinery (PAM) of the Department of
Public Enterprise, Govt. of India as per prevailing rules.
c) All suits arising out of NIT, subsequent work order and agreement, if any, are subject to
jurisdiction of Court in the City of Kolkata only and no other Court, when resolution/
settlement through mutual discussion and arbitration fails.
18) AMENDMENTS OF THE AGREEMENT
No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is made in
writing by both parties or their authorized representative and specifically stating the same to be
an amendment of this Agreement. The modifications / changes shall be effective from the date
on which they are made/ executed, unless otherwise agreed to.
19) MISCELLANEOUS
a) The Party of the Second Part as and when required shall deploy as many in number -expert
personnel and/or skilled/semi-skilled/unskilled workmen with adequate qualification and
experience having appropriate level of acumen to carry out the job with entire satisfaction of
the Party of the First Part.
b) No child labour shall be engaged by the contractor as per statutory rules of the Govt. of
India.
c) The Party of the Second Part as and when employed their employees engaged in the job
shall follow all safety rules at the time of execution of work. It shall be the responsibility of
the contractor to supply all safety equipment necessary to their O&M personnel without any
extra cost to DVC. All statutory rules & regulations shall have to be followed by the
contractor during employment/retrenchment of his workers/employees.
d) As the plant site is a protected area, necessary gate passes with photograph of every
worker/employee of the Party of the Second Part shall be arranged by the Party of the
Second Part with proper intimation to the Party of the First Part. The expenditure of issuing
the gate passes to the workmen shall be borne by the Party of the Second Part. The gate
passes shall be duly signed by the Party of the Second Part with official seal in addition to
the signature of the holder (employee of the Party of the Second Part) and the authorised
officer of the Party of the First Part.
Page 185 of 514

e) In case of sub-letting the contract, the sub-contractor shall be engaged with prior approval of
the Party of the First Part and at full risk of the Party of the Second Part.
f) The Party of the Second Part shall not pay less than the prescribed minimum wages to the
workmen engaged by him under the Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and the Govt. Rules made
there under and subject to revision from time to time. The monthly payment is to be made
on the 7th day of the successive month. The Party of the Second Part shall intimate the
disbursement of payment to the authorized representative of Personnel Dept. of the Party of
the First Part on 7th -10th day of the successive month.
g) Legal suits arising out of the Agreement, if any, are subject to the jurisdiction in the Court of
the city of Kolkata and no other Court elsewhere.
h) The workers/employees engaged by the Party of the Second Part should not be under the
influence or addiction of drug/liquor while on duty. It should be obligatory on the part of
the Party of the Second Part to remove any such person from the job whose action or
conduct in the opinion of management of the Party of the First Part is detrimental to its
interest.
i) If the Party of the Second Part desires to execute a part of scope of maintenance contract
which are very specialized in nature by engaging a specialized competent group they will
have to obtain approval from the Party of the First Part, furnishing all credentials and
requirement of the manpower strength before their engagement. However, the Party of the
First Part reserves the right to discontinue the same at its discretion.
j) The Party of the Second Part shall fully cooperate with other contractors employed by the
Party of the First Part for associated plant and subsidiary as well as other similar activities
and shall carry out all reasonable directions of the designated Chief Engineer (O&M) of the
Party of the First Part or his authorized representative as the case may be.
k) For contracts above value....................., both the parties have to sign an Integrity Pact.
20) CHANGE OF ADDRESS
Each Party shall give notice to the other of any change or acquisition of any address or
telephone number or FAX or similar number at the earliest possible opportunity but in any
event within 48 hours of such change or acquisition.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto put their signatures on the date as written above.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
Party of the Second Part Party of the First Part

in the presence of:- in the presence of:
1. 1.
2. 2.
Page 186 of 514

1.4 Form NO. 4: SECURITY DEPOSIT-CUM-

PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE FORM
(On non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value to be purchased in the name of executing Bank)
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR
SECURITY DEPOSIT-CUM- PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
Ref…………………… Bank Guarantee No………….
Date………………….
In consideration of the Damodar Valley Corporation, a corporation constituted and established
under the Damodar Valley Corporation Act being Act No. XIV of 1948 and having its Headquarters
at DVC Towers, VIP Road, Kolktata-700054, (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Corporation’ which
expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its successors,
administrators and assigns) having awarded to M/s (Contractor’s name) with its
Registered/Head Office at
…...............(hereinafter referred to as the ‘Contractor’ which expression shall unless repugnant to the
context or meaning thereof, includes its successors, administrators, executors & assigns), a
Contract by issue of Corporation’s *Purchase Order/Notice of Acceptance/Letter of
Acceptance/Work Order No. ……………….. dated ……… and the same having been
unequivocally accepted by the ‘Contractor’ resulting into a ‘Contract’ valued at ……….…for……....
(Name and description of the work/material) (herein after referred to as the ‘Contract’) and the
‘Contractor’ having agreed
to provide a Contract Performance Guarantee for the faithful performance of the entire contract
equivalent to ……(BG value)……being..................% of the Contract price to the Corporation.
We, …………(Name & Address of Bank)……………………… having its Head Office

at.................................(hereinafter referred to as the ‘Bank’ which expression shall unless repugnant
to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors & assigns), do
hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the Corporation, on demand, any and all monies payable
by the Contractor to the extent of ……………(BG value)…… as aforesaid at any time up to (@
days/months/years)……..…… unconditionally, and without any demur, reservation, contest,
Page 187 of 514

recourse or protest and without any reference to the Contractor. Any such demand made by the
Page 188 of 514

Corporation on the Bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between
the Corporation and Contractor or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or
any other Authority. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency without
previous consent of the Corporation and further agrees that the guarantees herein contained shall
be enforceable till the Corporation discharges this Guarantee.
The Corporation shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank
under this guarantee, from time to time to extend the time for performance of the Contract by the
Contractor. The Corporation shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting this guarantee to
postpone from time to time the exercise of any powers vested in them or of any right which they
might have against the Contractor, and to exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either
to enforce or forbear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied in the contract between the
Corporation and the Contractor or any other course of remedy or security available to the
Corporation. The Bank shall not be released of its obligations under these presents by any
exercise by the Corporation of its liberty with reference to the matters foresaid or any of them or by
reason of any other act or forbearance or other acts of commission or omission on the part of the
Corporation or any other indulgence shown by the Corporation or by any other matter or thing
whatsoever which under law would, but for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank.
The Bank also agrees that the Corporation at its option shall be entitled to enforce this guarantee
against the bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the
Contractor and notwithstanding any security or other guarantee that the Corporation may have in
relation to the Contractor’s liabilities.
Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove our liability under this guarantee is restricted to
……….. (BG Value)………….and it shall remain in force up to and including.........................(@ days/
months /years) and shall be extended from time to time for such period as may be desired by ………
(Contractor’s Name) on whose behalf this guarantee has been given.
Dated this …………………………….day of ------- (YYYY) at ……(Place)………………
(SIGNATURE) ……….……………………………..
(NAME) ……………………………………………..
(DESIGNATION WITH BANK STAMP)
Attorney as per Power of Attorney no……...….…

DATED ………..…………………………………….
In presence of
WITNESS (with full name, designation, address and official seal, if any)
1) ………………………………….
Page 189 of 514

…………………………............
2) ………………………………….
…………………………............
*Mention the relevant along with reference number.
@This date shall be up to the end of the Defects Liability /Warranty Period as specified in the
Contract plus six (6) months claim period thereafter. In case Bank refuses to issue BG having
Claim Period separately, the validity period of the BG may be taken as the end of the Defects
Liability/Warranty Period plus six (6) months.
Each page of the B.G. to be signed by the executants with common Bank stamp and date.
1.5 FORM NO. 5: BANK GUARANTEE VERIFICATION

CHECKLIST& INSTRUCTION FOR FURNISHING BANK
GUARANTEE
(A) BANK GUARANTEE VERIFICATION CHECKLIST:
SL.
CHECKLIST YES NO
NO.
Does the bank guarantee compare verbatim with standard DVC
1.
Proforma for BG?
Has the executing Officer of BG indicated his name designation & power
2.(a)
o Attorney No./signing power number etc. on BG?
Is each page of BG duly signed/initialed by the executant, and last page
is signed will full particulars as required in the DVC 's standard
2.(b)
proforma of BG
and under the seal of the Bank?
2.(c) Is BG no. and date mentioned on all pages of the BG?
Does the last page of the BG carry the signatures of two witnesses
2.(d)
alongside the signature of the executing Bank Manager?
3.(a) Is the BG on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value?
Is the date of sale of non-judicial stamp paper is issued not more than
3.(b)
six months prior to the date of execution of BG?
Are the factual details such has Bid Specification No./NIT No./ LOA No.,
4.(a)
contract price, etc. correct.?
Whether overwriting/cutting if any on the BG authenticated under
4.(b)
signature & seal of executants?
5. Is the amount and validity of BG in line with contract provisions?
Page 190 of 514

Is the foreign bank guarantee, confirmed by a Nationalized/

6.
Scheduled bank in India (as applicable)?
Whether the BG has been issued by a Nationalized Bank/Non-
Nationalized Bank acceptable to DVC/Scheduled Bank in India (the
7. applicability of the bank should be in line with the provisions of biddin
documents?(On non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value to be
purchased in the name of the Bank).
(B) INSTRUCTION FOR FURNISHING BANK GUARANTEE:
1. Bank Guarantee (B.G.) for Advance Payment, B.G. for Security Deposit-cum-
Performance Guarantee, Earnest Money should be executed on the Non-Judicial
Stamp Paper of the applicable value and to be purchased in the name of the Bank.
2. The Executor (Bank authorities) may mention the Power of Attorney No. and date
of execution in his/her favour with authorization to sign the documents.
The Power of Attorney is to be witnessed by two persons mentioning their full name and
address.
3. The B.G. should be executed by a Nationalized Bank/Scheduled Commercial Bank.

B.G. from Co-operative Bank/Rural Banks are not acceptable.
4. A Confirmation Letter of the concerned Bank must be furnished as a proof

of genuineness of the Guarantee issued by them.
5. Any B.G. if executed on Non-Judicial Stamp paper after 6(six) months of the purchase of
such stamp paper shall be treated as Non-valid.
6. Each page of the B.G. must bear signature and seal of the Bank and B.G. Number.
7. The contents of the B.G. shall be strictly as Proforma prescribed by D.V.C. in line
with NIT/LOA etc. and must contain all factual details.
8. Any correction, deletion etc. in the B.G. should be authenticated by the Bank
Officials signing the B.G.
9. In case of extension of a Contract/Bid validity period, the validity of the B.G. must be
extended accordingly.
10. B.G. must be furnished within the stipulated period as mentioned in NIT/LOA etc.
11. Issuing Bank/The Contractor are requested to mention the NIT/LOA etc. reference
along with the B.G. No. for making any future queries to D.V.C.
12. Signing by witnesses in the Bank Guarantee/Performance Guarantee/Security is not

mandatory.
Page 191 of 514

1.6 FORM NO. 6: FORM OF EXTENSION OF BANK

GUARANTEE
Ref. No. : Date……….
To,
*Damodar Valley Corporation,
Sub : Extension of Bank Guarantee No. Dated for Rs.

………………………………………. Favouring yourselves, expiring on......................on account
of M/s ………….. in respect of NIT/LOA, etc…………Dated……………….
(Hereinafter called original Bank Guarantee)
Dear Sirs,
At the request of M/s.………………………… , We…………………… Bank Branch Office at
………………………and having its head office at ………………………do hereby extend the
validity of the above mentioned Bank Guarantee No……………………… dated...................by
another ……………….. months/years and will now expire on..............................with claim period
upto ………………….
Except as provided above, all other terms and conditions of the original Bank Guarantee
No……………Dated............................shall remain unaltered and binding.
Please treat this as an integral part of the original guarantee to which it would be attached.
Yours faithfully,
for……………………………………….
Manager/Agent/Accountant
Page 192 of 514

Dated……………….
SEAL OF BANK
Note: * Please mention the full address of project/office where the Bank Guarantee is to be
submitted.
1.7 Form No 7: PROFORMA FOR AFFIDAVIT TO BE

SUBMITTED
(For genuineness of the information furnished and authenticity of the documents produced
for verification in support of his eligibility)
Non Judicial Stamp Paper (minimum value of Rs.10).

PROFORMA FOR AFFIDAVIT TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE BIDDER
(for genuineness of the information furnished on-line and authenticity of the documents produced
before Tender Committee for verification in support of his eligibility)
[on Non Judicial Stamp Paper (minimum value of Rs.10)]
AFFIDAVIT
I/We, ----------------------------------------------------, authorized representative of M/s.

………………………..……………………………………..………………………………………………
….. solemnly declare that :
1. I/We am/are submitting tender for supply/works/services of -------------------------------------------

against NIT
No. dated , vide Bid ID
2. All information furnished by me/us on-line in respect of fulfilment of eligibility criteria and
qualification information of this Tender is complete, correct and true.
3. I/We and or Our affiliates is / are not banned/suspended by ‘ Any establishment of DVC’ / ‘Ministry
of Power- Govt. of India’ / ‘Department of Expenditure (DoE), Ministry of Finance (MoF) – as
displayed on Central Public Procurement Portal (CPPP)’
OR
Page 193 of 514

I/We and or Our affiliates have been banned / suspended by Any establishment of DVC’ /
‘Ministry of Power- Govt. of India’ / ‘Department of Expenditure (DoE), Ministry of Finance (MoF)
– as displayed on Central Public Procurement Portal (CPPP)’ for a period of.........year/s, effective
from............ to............
4. All scanned copy of documents, wherever applicable, uploaded by me / us in support of the

information furnished online by me / us towards eligibility are valid and authentic.
5. I/We are a Micro/ Small Enterprise covered under the provision of Micro Small and Medium
Enterprises Act’2006 and registered with the authority of the State Government.
OR
I/We are not covered under the provision of Micro Small and Medium Enterprise Act, 2006.
6. If any information furnished by me / us online and scanned copy of documents uploaded in

support of the information by me / us towards eligibility is found to be false / incorrect at any
time, DVC may cancel my Tender and penal action as deemed fit may be taken against me
/ us , including termination of the contract , forfeiture of Earnest Money and banning /
delisting of our firm and all partners of the firm for a minimum period of 01 (one) year.
Signature of the Tenderer

Dated:
Signature and Seal of
Notary
Page 194 of 514

1.8 FORM NO.8: POWER OF ATTORNEY
(To be uploaded by the Digital Signature Certificate Holder)

ON NON JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN
This is to certify that <Name of DSC Holder>of M/s <Name of participating Firm / Company> has
the authority to sign the bids using his digital signature and any document (s) in hardcopy
pertaining to DVC Tender No. …………….. dated. using his official usual signature and the bid
shall
be binding upon us during the full period of its validity.
Signature of <Name of DSC Holder> is duly attested hereunder.
Thanking you
Yours faithfully
………………………………………..
<Signature of the Attesting Authority of the Company>

Signature of<Name of DSC Holder>of M/s<Name of participating Firm / Company>
Attested by<Name of Attesting Authority>
…………………
…………………
Page 195 of 514

Stamp
Notarized by
…………………
…………………
Stamp
1.9 FORM NO.9: NO RELATION CERTIFICATE

(To be submitted on Bidder’s Letter Head)
Certified that I/ We have no relative posted in Accounts/ Finance Department in any capacity
between grades of Divisional Accountant and Manager (Finance) (both inclusive) or as an
Engineer in the capacity between the grades of Dy. Chief Engineer and Junior Engineer (both
inclusive) in DVC under whose audit/ technical control the work will be executed. I/ We shall
also intimate the name of persons who subsequently employed by me/ us who are nearly
relatives to any Engineer/ Divisional Accountant/Accounts/Finance Officials in DVC.
By the terms near relative is meant wife, husband, parents and grandparents, children and grand
children, brother and sisters, uncles, aunts and cousins and their in-laws.
Signature of the Contractor
Page 196 of 514

1.10 FORM NO. 10:INTEGRITY PACT

Between
Damodar Valley Corporation (DVC), hereinafter referred to as “The Principal”
AND
……………………………………………………………………………………………… hereinafter
referred to as “The Bidder/ Contractor”
Preamble:
The Principal intends to award, under laid down organizational procedures, contract(s)
for ………………………………………………………………………… The Principal values full
compliance with all relevant laws of the land, rules, regulations, economic use of resources and of
fairness / transparency in its relations with its bidder(s) and/or contractor(s).
In order to achieve these goals, the Principal will appoint Independent External Monitors (IEMs),
who will monitor the tender process and the execution of the contract for compliance with the
principles mentioned above.
SECTION-1: COMMITMENTS OF THE PRINCIPAL
1. The Principal commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption and
to observe the following principles:
a. No employee of the Principal, personally or through family members, will in connection with the
tender for, or the execution of the contract, demand, take a promise for or accept, for self or third
person, any material or immaterial benefit which the person is not legally entitled to.
Page 197 of 514

b. The Principal will, during the tender process treat all Bidder(s) with equity and reason. The
Principal will in particular, before and during the tender process, provide all Bidder(s) the same
information and will not provide to any Bidder(s) confidential/additional information through which
the Bidder(s) could obtain an advantage in the tender process or contract execution.
c. The Principal will exclude from the process all known prejudiced persons.
(2) If the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees which is a criminal
offence under the IPC/PC Act, or if there be a substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal will
inform the Chief Vigilance Officer and in addition can initiate disciplinary actions.
SECTION-2: COMMITMENTS OF THE BIDDER(s)/CONTRACTOR(s)
1. The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s) commit themselves to take all measures necessary to

prevent corruption. The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s) commit themselves to observe the following
principles during participation in the tender process and during the contract execution.
a. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not, directly or through any other person of firm, offer, promise
or give to any of Principal’s employees involved in the tender process or the execution of the
contract, or to any third person any material or other benefit, which he/she is not legally entitled to,
in order to obtain in exchange any advantage of any kind whatsoever during the tender process or
during the execution of the contract.
b. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not enter with other Bidders into any undisclosed agreement or,
understanding, whether formal or informal. This applies in particular to prices, specifications,
certifications, subsidiary contracts, submission or non-submission of bids or any other actions to
restrict competitiveness or to introduce cartelization in the bidding process.
c. The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s) will not commit any offence under the relevant IPC/PC Act; further
the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s) will not use improperly, for purposes of competition or personal gain,
or pass on to others, any information or document provided by the Principal as part of the business
relationship, regarding plans, technical proposals and business details, including information
contained or transmitted electronically.
d. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) of foreign origin shall disclose the name and address of the
Agents/Representatives in India, if any. Similarly, the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) of Indian Nationality
shall furnish the name and address of the foreign principals, if any. Further, details as mentioned in
the “Guidelines on the Indian Agents of Foreign Suppliers” shall be disclosed by the Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s). Further, as mentioned in the Guidelines all the payment made to the Indian
agent/representative shall be in Indian Rupees only. Copy of the “Guidelines on the Indian Agents
of Foreign Suppliers” is attached.
e. The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s) will, when presenting their bid, disclose any and all payments
made, is committed to or intends to make to agents, brokers or any other intermediaries in
connection with the award of the contract.
f. The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s) who have signed the Integrity Pact shall not approach the courts
while representing the matter to IEMs and shall wait for their decision in the matter.
(2) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s) will not instigate third persons to commit offences outlined above or
be an accessory to such offences.
Page 198 of 514

SECTION-3: DISQUALIFICATTION FROM TENDER PROCESS AND EXCLUSION FROM

FUTURE CONTRACTS
If the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s), before award or during execution has committed a transgression

through a violation of section-II above, or in any other form such as to put his reliability or credibility
in question, the Principal is entitled to disqualify such Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) from the tender
process or to terminate the contract, if already signed and to take action as per the procedure of
“Banning of business dealings" of the Principal.
SECTION-4: COMPENSATION FOR DAMAGES
(1) If the Principal has disqualified the Bidder(s) from the tender process prior to the award
according to Section 3, the Principal is entitled to demand and recover the damages equivalent to
Earnest Money Deposit/ Bid Security.
(2) If the Principal has terminated the contract according to Section 3, or if the Principal is entitled
to terminate the contract according to Section 3, the Principal shall be entitled to demand and
recover from the Contractor liquidated damages equivalent to Security deposit cum Performance
Bank Guarantee, and if the amount of damage exceeds the amount of Security Deposit cum
Performance Bank Guarantee, then the Principal shall be entitled to recover the balance amount of
damage from the Contractor either in cash or from the amount payable and due from such
Contractor in other contracts being executed by him with DVC.
SECTION-5: PREVIOUS TRANSGRESSION
(1) The Bidder declares that no previous transgressions occurred in the last three years with any
other Company in any country conforming to the anti-corruption approach or with any Public
Sector Enterprise in India that could justify his exclusion from the tender process.
(2) If the Bidder makes incorrect statement on this subject, he can be disqualified from the tender
process or action can be taken as per the procedure of “Banning of business dealings" of the
Principal.
SECTION 6: EQUAL TREATMENT OF ALL BIDDERS/CONTRACTORS/SUB-CONTRACTORS
1. In case of Subcontracting, the Principal Contractor shall take the responsibility of the adoption of
Integrity Pact by the subcontractor.
2. The Principal will enter into agreements with identical conditions as this one with all Bidders and
Contractors.
3. The Principal will disqualify from the tendering process all bidders who do not sign this Pact or
violate its provisions.
SECTION-7: CRIMINAL CHARGES AGAINST VIOLATING BIDDER(S) / CONTRACTOR(S) /

SUBCONTRACTOR(S)
If the Principal obtains knowledge of conduct of a Bidder/Contractor, or Subcontractor, or of an

employee or a representative or an associate of the Bidder, Contractor or Subcontractor, which
Page 199 of 514

constitutes corruption, or if the Principal has substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal will
inform the same to the Chief Vigilance Officer.
SECTION-8: INDEPENDENT EXTERNAL MONITOR
(1) The Principal appoints competent and credible Independent External Monitor for this Pact after
approval of Central vigilance Commission. The task of the Monitor is to review independently and
objectively, whether and to what extent the parties comply with the obligations under this
agreement.
(2) The Monitor is not subject to instructions by the representatives of the parties and performs
his/her functions neutrally and independently. The Monitor would have access to all Contract
documents, whenever required. It will be obligatory for him/her to treat the information and
documents of the Bidders/Contractors as confidential. He/she reports to the Chairman, DVC.
(3) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) accepts that the Monitor has the right to access without restriction
to all Project documentation of the Principal including that provided by the Contractor. The
Contractor will also grant the Monitor, upon his/her request and demonstration of a valid interest,
unrestricted and unconditional access to their project documentation. The same is applicable to
Sub-contractors.
(4) The Monitor is under contractual obligation to treat the information and documents of the
Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Sub-contractor(s) with confidentiality. The Monitor has also signed
declarations on 'Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information and of 'Absence of Conflict of Interest'.
In case of any conflict of interest arising at a later date, the IEM shall inform Chairman, DVC and
recuse himself / herself from that case.
(5) The Principal will provide to the Monitor sufficient information about all meetings among the
parties related to the Project provided such meetings could have an impact on the contractual
relations between the Principal and the Contractor. The parties offer to the Monitor the option to
participate in such meetings.
(6) As soon as the Monitor notices, or believes to notice, a violation of this agreement, he/she will
so inform the Management of the Principal and request the Management to discontinue or take
corrective action, or to take other relevant action. The monitor can in this regard submit non-
binding recommendations. Beyond this, the Monitor has no right to demand from the parties that
they act in a specific manner, refrain from action or tolerate action.
(7) The Monitor will submit a written report to the Chairman, DVC within 8 to 10 weeks from the
date of reference or intimation to him by the Principal and, should the occasion arise, submit
proposals for correcting problematic situations.
(8) If the Monitor has reported to the Chairman DVC, a substantiated suspicion of an offence under
relevant IPC/ PC Act, and the Chairman DVC has not, within the reasonable time taken visible
action to proceed against such offence or reported it to the Chief Vigilance Officer, the Monitor
may also transmit this information directly to the Central Vigilance Commissioner.
(9) The word 'Monitor' would include both singular and plural
(10) DETAILS OF INDEPENDENT EXTERNAL MONITOR (IEM) APPOINTED BY DVC.
Page 200 of 514

Sl. No. Name Address e-mail

1. Shri Bam Bahadur Singh, Flat No. 1802, Uniworld bbsinghbeml@gmail.com
Ex- CMD, MSTC City, Newtown,
Rajarhat, Kolkata, West
Bengal, Pin-700160
2. Dr. Atanu Purkayastha, D II/113, Kaka Nagar, dratanu2011@gmail.com
IAS (Retd.) Dr. Zakir Hussain Road,
New Delhi, Pin-110003
SECTION- 9: PACT DURATION
This Pact begins when both parties have legally signed it. It expires for the Contractor 12 months
after the last payment under the contract, and for all other Bidders 6 months after the contract has
been awarded. Any violation on the same would entail disqualification of the bidders and exclusion
from future business dealings.
If any claim is made / lodged during this time, the same shall be binding and continue to be valid
despite the lapse of this pact as specified above, unless it is discharged / determined by Chairman
of DVC.
SECTION-10: OTHER PROVISIONS
1. This agreement is subject to Indian law. Place of performance and jurisdiction is the Registered
Office of the Principal, i.e. Kolkata.
2. Changes and supplements as well as termination notices need to be made in writing. Side
agreements have not been made.
3. If the contractor is a partnership or consortium, this agreement must be signed by all partners or
consortium members.
4. Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid, the remainder of this
agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties will strive to come to an agreement to their
original intentions.
5. Issues like Warranty / Guarantee etc. shall be outside the purview of IEMs.
6. In the event of any contradiction between the Integrity Pact and its annexure, the clause in the
Integrity Pact will prevail.
(For & on behalf of DVC) (For & on behalf of Bidder/Contractor)
(Office Seal) (Office Seal)
Witness 1: ……………………………….
Page 201 of 514

(Name & Address) …………………………
Witness 2: ……………………………….
(Name & Address) ……………………….
GUIDELINES FOR INDIAN AGENTS OF FOREIGN SUPPLIERS

1.0 There shall be compulsory registration of agents for all Global (Open) Tender and Limited
Tender of DVC.
1.1 Registered agents will file an authenticated Photostat copy duly attested by a Notary Public /
original certificate of the principal confirming the agency agreement and giving the status being
enjoyed by the agent and the commission / remuneration / salary/ retainer ship being paid by the
principal to the agent before the placement of order by DVC.
1.2 Wherever the Indian representative have communicated on behalf of their principals and the
foreign parties have stated that they are not paying any commission to the Indian agents, and the
Indian representative is working on the basis of salary or as retainer, a written declaration to this
effect should be submitted by the party (i.e. Principal) before finalizing the order.
2.0 DISCLOSURE OF PARTICULARS OF AGENTS/ REPRESENTATIVES IN INDIA, IF ANY.
2.1 Tenderers of Foreign nationality shall furnish the following details in their offer.
2.1.1 The name and address of the agents/representatives of India, if any and the extent of
authorization and authority given to commit the Principals, in case the agent/ representative be a
foreign company, it shall be confirmed whether it is real substantial Company and details of the
same shall be furnished.
2.1.2 The amount of commission/ remuneration included in the quoted price(s) for such agents/
representatives in India.
2.1.3 Confirmation of the Tenderer that the commission/ remuneration if any, payable to his
agents/ representatives in India, may be paid by DVC in Indian Rupees only.
2.2 Tenderers of Indian Nationality shall furnish the following details in their offers:
2.2.1 The name and address of the foreign principals indicating their nationality as well as their
status, i.e, whether manufacturer or agents of manufacturer holding the Letter of Authority of the
Principal specifically authorizing the agent to make an offer in India in response to tender either
directly or through the agents/ representatives.
2.2.2 The amount of commission / remuneration included in the price (s) quoted by the Tenderer
for himself.
2.2.3 Confirmation of the foreign principals of the Tenderer that the commission/ remuneration, if
any,
reserved for the Tenderer in the quoted price (s), may be paid by DVC in India in equivalent Indian
Rupees on satisfactory completion of the Project or supplies of Stores and Spares in case of
operation items.
Page 202 of 514

2.3 In either case, in the event of contract materializing, the term of payment will provide for
payment of the commission / remuneration, if any payable to the agents/ representatives in India in
Indian Rupees on expiry of 90 days after the discharge of the obligation under the contract.
2.4 Failure to furnish correct and detailed information as called for in paragraph- 2.0 above will render
BANKER DETAILS of DAMODAR VALLEY CORPORATION
1 NAME OF THE BANK United Bank of India (as now Punjab

National Bank)
2 Name of the Branch New Manicktala Branch, VIP Road,
Kolkata-7000054, ph-033-2325-
2009
3 RTGS (IFSC) Code of PUNB0008220 ‘0’ Stands for
Branch
zero
4 DVC’s Account Title DAMODAR VALLEY CORPORATION
5 DVC’S Account No. 0082250010682
6 MICR no. 700027099
the concerned tender liable to rejection or in the event of a contract materializing, the same liable
to termination by DVC. Besides this there would be a penalty of banning business dealing with
DVC or damage or payment of a named sum.
1.11 FORM NO. 11: Banker Details
Page 203 of 514

1.12 FORM NO. 12: CERTIFICATE

(Bidder’s Letterhead)
1. We certify that we have read the orders of Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion,
MoC&I, GOI vide No. P-45021/2/2017-B.E.-II dated 15.06.2017 [Public Procurement
(Preference to Make in India) Order’2017] and its subsequent revisions/amendments
issued by MoF, GOI and by MoP, GOI time to time.
We further certify that we follow all requirements in this regard (wherever applicable) and
are eligible to be considered.
2. We certify that we have read the orders of Department of Expenditure, Public Procurement
Division, MoF, GOI vide F.No.6/18/2019-PPD dated 23/07/2020 (Public Procurement No.1
& Public Procurement No.2) and dated 24/07/2020 (Public Procurement No.3) and its
subsequent revisions/amendments issued by MoF, GOI time to time, regarding
requirement of registration with the Committee of DPIIT, MoC&I, GOI for “procurement from
a bidder (including its Collaborator/Associate/ ‘DJU Partner’ / ‘JV partner’ / ’Consortium
Member’
/Assignee, wherever applicable)”, “sub-contracting works to any contractors” and
“procurement of goods by the bidder directly/indirectly from the vendors” of a country which
shares a land border with India (except for the Countries to which the Government of India
has extended lines of credit or, in which the Government of India is engaged in
development projects). We further certify that we fulfill all requirements in this regard
(wherever applicable) and are eligible to be considered.
3. We certify that we have read the MoP, GOI’s orders vide no. 25-11/6/2018-PG dated
02.07.2020 & vide no. 11/05/2018-Coord dated 23.07.2020 and its subsequent
revisions/amendments issued by MoP, GOI time to time with regards to “testing of imported
items to protect the security, integrity and reliability of the strategically important and critical
Power Supply System & Network in the country, considering vulnerabilities in the Power
Page 204 of 514

Supply System & Network mainly arise out of the possibilities of cyber-attacks through
malware / Trojans etc. embedded in imported equipment”.
We further certify that we will follow all requirements in this regard (wherever applicable) and
are eligible to be considered.
Date:
Place: (Authorised Signatory)
(Printed Name)
(Designation) -----------------
(Name)
Address
(Company Seal)
1.13 FORM NO. 13: Entity Financials
Sl. Particulars FY 20XX – FY 20XX – FY 20XX – Enclosed

No. XX (Amount XX XX Documents
in INR) (Amount in (Amount in
INR) INR)
Net Worth
1 Paid up share capital
(A)
2 Free Reserves (B)
3 Net worth (A + B)
Annual Turn Over
4 Total Turnover
5 Average Turnover for
three years
1.14 FORM NO.14: Past Performance and Relevant Project

Experience
Sl. Criteria Details

No.
Client Information
1 Name of the Client
Page 205 of 514

2 Name of the person who can be referred to from the

Client’s side, with name, designation, postal address,
contact number, fax number, email id
3 Nature of Business / Operation of Client
Project Details
4 Brief Description of Project
5 Date of Contract Award
6 Project Go Live Date
7 Brief Scope of Project and Business Requirement
8 Project Location
9 Work Order Value
Signature with Official Stamp:
Name of the Authorized Signatory:
Designation:
1.15 Form No. 15: Non – Blacklisting Declaration
To,
<DVC Addressee>
Sub: Non-Blacklisting declaration in connection with NIT No: dated for Project
Solution in DVC”
Dear Sir,
This is to notify you that our Firm/ Company/ Organization <provide Name of the
Firm/Company/Organization> intends to submit a proposal in response to invitation for Bid cited
above. In accordance with the above we declare that:
a) We are not involved in any major litigation that may have an impact of affecting or
compromising the delivery of services as required under this assignment.
b) We are not blacklisted by any Central/ State Government/ agency of Central/ State
Government of India or any other country in the world/ Public Sector Undertaking/ any
Regulatory Authorities in India or any other country in the world for any kind of fraudulent
activities.
Authorized Person’s Signature.
Name and Designation:
Page 206 of 514

Date of Signature:
Note: The declaration is to be furnished on the letter head of the organization
1.16 Format for Manufacturer’s Authorization Form
To,
<DVC Addressee>
Ref: NIT No.:

Whereas who are the official producers of and having
production facilities at do hereby authorize located at
(herein after ‘the Bidder’) to submit the bid of following products produced by
us, for supply requirement associated with the above Notice Inviting Bids.
When resold by , these products are subject to our applicable standard end
user warranty terms till the end of contract period by the SI/Bidder.
We assure you that in the event of any failure/issue, not being able to fulfil its obligation as
our Service Provider in respect of the warranty we would continue to meet our warranty
through alternate arrangements.
We also confirm that is our authorized service provider/system integrator and
can hence provide maintenance and upgrade support for our products. We also confirm
that the products quoted are on our current product list and are not likely to be
discontinued within 5 years from the day of this letter. We assure availability of spares for
the products for the next five years.
We also confirm that the license will be delivered within scheduled delivery dated as per
the tender terms from the date of placement of confirmed order.
Page 207 of 514

The toll-free number, ticketing website and escalation matrix with the email ID and fixed
mobile number are as follows:
Name
In the capacity of
Signature
Duly authorized to sign the authorization for and on behalf of
Date:
Checklist of Documents for Envelope 2
1.17 List of Documents to be Submitted

Checklist for the mentioned documents to be included in the technical bid in the following
format:
Checklist of Documents for Envelope 1
Sl. Documents to be submitted by SI Submitted

No. (Y/N)
1. Cost of Tender Documents
2. Bid Security
3. Integrity Pact
Page 208 of 514

Checklist of Documents in Envelope 3
SL. Documents to be submitted by SI Submitted (Y/N)

No.
1. Price Bid
1.18 Employee Strength in India
To,
<DVC Addressee>
Documentary
Sl. Submitted
Documents to be submitted by SI Proof (Page
No. (Y/N)
No.)
Documents for Pre - Qualification
1. Audited Financial Statements
2. Certificate from Chartered Accountant for Annual
Turnover
3. Certificate from Chartered Accountant for Net Worth
4. Certificate from Chartered Accountant for Net Working
Capital
5. Certificate from Chartered Accountant for BIFR / DCT /
NCLT / CDR
6. Certificate of incorporation and copy of memorandum
and Articles of Associations
7. Certificate from OEM
8. Declaration for not being blacklisted
9. Copy of Work order / Contract
10. Certification on client letterhead/ Performance certificate
11. Copy of the CMM/CMMI Level 3 Certification
12. Certificate from HR Department mentioning relevant
manpower strength.
Documents for Evaluation
13. Completion Certificate of all the case studies furnished
14. Agreement of all the case studies furnished
15. Go – Live Certificate of all the case studies furnished
16. Work Order of all the case studies furnished
17. Certificate from HR Department mentioning relevant
manpower strength.
18. Copy of CMMI Certification
Sub: Declaration of manpower strength

Dear Sir,
Page 209 of 514

It is to certify that we have number of SAP certified professionals on our payroll having valid
certifications from SAP which are relevant to the platform, product and technology proposed for
offered solution and for which the resource has been proposed in the bid submitted by us. { M/s
(name of the bidder)}. (Please provide breakup/ details as per availability.)
Yours faithfully,
Signature and seal of the authorized signatory

Name and designation
Date: Place:
I/We (Name of the Bidder) hereby confirm

that above HR Personnel is duly authorized to sign the certificate for and on behalf of the HR
Department of Bidder.
Signature and Seal of the Authorized Signatory of the Bidder

Name and Designation
Date: Place:
1.19 FRS Compliance
To,
<DVC Addressee>
Sub: Compliance to FRS
Dear Sir,
I/We hereby declare that I/We have read all the FRS documents and agree to comply
with all the requirements specified in the document.
Page 210 of 514

(Seal and Signature of the Authorized Signatory of System Integrator)
Name:
Place:
Designation:
Date:
1.20 SLA Compliance
To,
<DVC Addressee>
Sub: Undertaking on Service Level Compliance

Dear Sir/Madam,
Page 211 of 514

I/We as Implementing Agency do hereby undertake that we shall monitor, maintain, and comply
with the service levels stated in the Tender to provide quality service to DVC.
However, if the proposed resources, are found to be insufficient in meeting the Tender and/or
the service level requirements given by DVC, then we will augment the same without any
additional cost to DVC.
Yours sincerely,
(Seal and Signature of the Authorized Signatory of System Integrator)
Name:
Place:
Designation:
Date:
1.21 Statement of No Deviation
To,
<DVC Addressee>
There are no functional or technical deviations from the requirement specifications as

mentioned in the Tender. The entire work shall be performed as per specifications and
documents.
Page 212 of 514

This is to certify that our proposed solution meets all the requirements of the Tender including
but not limited to Scope of Work, stated Project Outcomes (including SLAs), Business
Requirements and Functional Requirements/Specifications.
We further certify that our proposed solution is equivalent or better than the minimum
specifications as given in the Tender.
In case, any software is found non-compliant at any stage during project implementation, it
would be replaced with a fully compliant product/solution at no additional cost to DVC. In case of
non- adherence of this activity, DVC reserves the right to cancel the contract, in case the said
contract is awarded to us by DVC.
We further confirm that our commercial proposal is for the entire scope of work, comprising all
required components and our obligations, for meeting the scope of work.
Authorized person’s Signature:

Name:
Designation:
Date:
Seal of the Bidder:
1.22 Format for Bidder’s Particulars
To,
<DVC Addressee>
Page 213 of 514

Sl. Description Response

No.
A General Information
1. Name of the Firm
2. Type of Firm (Proprietary / Partnership /
Private / Public)
3. Year and Place of establishment
B Indian Operations
1. Head of Indian Operations
2. Indian Head / Registered Office Address
3. Name of the Contact Person
4. Contact Number
5. Fax Number (with ISD and STD Code)
6. E – mail Address
7. Number of Offices in India
8. Net Worth (for Indian Operations) at the end
of the last three financial years ending
March 2022 (Please attach document
certified by CA in practice)
9. Annual Revenue (from Indian Operations) in
the last three financial years ending March
2022
10. Please attach copies of GST and PAN
11. Number of Full-time employees
C Bank Information
1. Banker’s name
2. Branch
3. Branch Code
4. Bank Account Number
Contact Details of officials for future correspondence regarding the bid process:
Details Authorized Signatory Secondary Contact

Name
Title
Company Address
Mobile
Fax
Email ID
Yours sincerely,
Page 214 of 514

Signature of Authorized Signatory (with official seal)

Name :
Designation :
Address :
Telephone and Fax :
E-mail Address :
1.23 Schedule of Delivery
The Bidder is expected to furnish the details of the milestone dates as per below format in line
with DVC’s implementation plan as mentioned in Annexure II of this Tender.
Sl. Activity Title Schedule Date of Schedule Date of

No. Start of Activity Completion of Activity
Page 215 of 514

Signature:
Name of Authorized Signatory:
Designation:
1.24 Format for CV of proposed resources for the project
Sl. Description To be filled by the Bidder for each resource

No.
1. Name of the person
2. Role in the Project As per technical evaluation Criteria – Competency of
Key Personnel proposed
3. Educational Qualification Photocopies of Certificates to be provided
4. Total number of years of
experience
Page 216 of 514

5. Number of years with the <To be certified by HR Department with employee ID>
current company (the
Bidder)
6. Functional Area /
Expertise
7. Certification <Photocopies of Certificates to be provided>
8. Number of complete life
cycle SAP ERP
implementations carried
out (provide details)
9. The names of Customers
for which the person was
Project Manager /
Technical / Domain
Expert (Please Provide
the relevant names)
Name:
Signature:
Designation:
Address:
1.25 Subcontractor’s Agreement
To,
<DVC Addressee>
NIT No. – XXXX
Page 217 of 514

Whereas (Name of the Subcontractor), having head offices at

(Address of the Subcontractor), have been informed by (Name of the Bidder)
located at (Address of the Bidder) that it will submit a Tender in which
(Name of the subcontractor) will provide (Services provided
by the Subcontractor). We hereby commit to provide the above name services, in the instance
that the Bidder is awarded the Contract.
Name :
Signature:
Designation:
Address:
List of proposed Subcontractors
Sl. Services Proposed Subcontractor Place of Registration

No. & Qualifications
1.26 Resource Deployment
Format: Month-wise Resource Deployment Plan
Bidder should provide a breakup of hours per month and per project phase for each of the role
that will be deployed for SAP ERP Implementation.
Page 218 of 514

Sl. Role Project Phase Total

No. Month 1 Month 2 Month n
1. Program Manager <No. of <No. of ….. <No. of
Hours> Hours> Hours>
2 Functional Lead
3 Technical Lead
4 Data Migration
Specialist
5 IT Infrastructure
and Cloud
Specialist
6 Software Developer
7 Testing and
Integration
Engineer
8 Database
Administrator
Name:
Designation:
Signature:
1.27 Declaration for providing the same resources whose CVs are
mentioned in Technical Bid
To,
<DVC Addressee>
I/We as an Implementing Agency comply to the fact that if the bid is awarded to us then the
resources provided during implementation phase will be the same resources whose CVs have
been provided in the Technical Bid.
Page 219 of 514

Thank you.
Authorized Signatory:
Name:
Place:
1.28 Unpriced BoM
Sl. No. Line Item Quantity

Manpower for Legacy Application Support
Sub Items
1.
2.
3.
4.
Page 220 of 514

5.
Note:
1. Please add more rows for other line items and subitems as required. Please follow the same
format for all the line items as mentioned in the Clause 1.10 (Supply of ERP Licenses) in
Section III – Scope of Work of this Tender.
2. Do not mention any kind of rate in this format. Mentioning rate in this format will lead to
rejection of the Bid.
1.29 Format for Cloud Service Provider

To,
<DVC Addressee>
NIT No. – XXXX
Whereas (Name of the Cloud Service Provider), having head offices at

(Address of the Cloud Service Provider), have been informed
by (Name of the Bidder) located at (Address of the Bidder) that it
will provide Cloud Services. We hereby commit to provide the above name services, in the
instance that the Bidder is awarded the Contract.
Page 221 of 514

Name :
Signature:
Designation:
Address:
1.30 Format for Document Management System

To,
<DVC Addressee>
NIT No. – XXXX
Whereas (Name of the company for DMS), having head offices at

(Address of the company for DMS), have been informed
by (Name of the Bidder) located at (Address of the
Bidder) that it will provide Document Management System. We hereby commit to
provide the above name services, in the instance that the Bidder is awarded the
Contract.
Name :
Name of the Cloud Service Provider
Name of the Point of contact for Cloud
Service Provider
Company Address
Mobile
Fax
Email ID
Seismic Location & Geographical
Location of Data Centre
Seismic Location & Geographical
Location of Data Recovery Centre
Signature:
Designation:
Address:
Details for Document Management System

Name of the company
Address
Authorized Signatory
Mobile
E-Mail ID
Page 222 of 514

1.31 Format for any other add-on solutions / COTS Applications proposed by the
bidder
To,
<DVC Addressee>
NIT No. – XXXX
Whereas (Name of the company providing the solution/application),

having head offices at (Address of the company providing the
solution/application), have been informed by (Name of the Bidder)
located at (Address of the Bidder) that it will provide (name of
the solution). We hereby commit to provide the above name solution/ application, in the
instance that the Bidder is awarded the Contract.
Name :
Signature:
Designation:
Address:
Details of the solution/application provider

Name of the company
Address
Authorized Signatory
Mobile
E-Mail ID
Page 223 of 514

SECTION IX
ANNEXURES
Page 224 of 514

Annexure I
LIST OF COMMERCIAL BANKS AS PER RBI (SOURCE RBI WEBSITE DT. 08-06-2012)
1. Abu Dhabi Commercial Bank Ltd.
2. American Express Bank Ltd.
3. Arab Bangladesh Bank Limited
4. Allahabad Bank
5. Andhra Bank
6. Antwerp Diamond Bank N.V.
7. Axis Bank Ltd.
8. Bank Internasional Indonesia
9. Bank of America N.A.
10. Bank of Bahrain & Kuwait BSC
11. Barclays Bank Plc
12. BNP PARIBAS
13. Bank of Ceylon
14. Bharat Overseas Bank Ltd.
15. Bank of Baroda
16. Bank of India
17. Bank of Maharashtra
18. Canara Bank
19. Central Bank of India
20. Calyon Bank
21. Citibank N.A.
22. Cho Hung Bank
23. Chinatrust Commercial Bank Ltd.
24. Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited
25. City Union Bank Ltd.
Page 225 of 514

26. Coastal Local Area Bank Ltd.

27. Corporation Bank
28. Catholic Syrian Bank Ltd.
29. Deutsche Bank AG
30. Development Credit Bank Ltd.
31. Dena Bank
32. IndusInd Bank Limited
33. ICICI Bank
34. IDBI Bank Limited
35. Indian Bank
36. Indian Overseas Bank
37. Industrial Development Bank of India
38. ING Vysya Bank
39. J P Morgan Chase Bank, National Association
40. Krung Thai Bank Public Company Limited
41. Kotak Mahindra Bank Limited
42. Karnataka Bank
43. Karur Vysya Bank Limited.
44. Lord Krishna Bank Ltd.
45. Mashreqbankpsc
46. Mizuho Corporate Bank Ltd.
47. Oman International Bank S A O G
48. Oriental Bank of Commerce
49. Punjab & Sind Bank
50. Punjab National Bank
51. SocieteGenerale
52. Sonali Bank
53. Standard Chartered Bank
54. State Bank of Mauritius Ltd.
55. SBI Commercial and International Bank Ltd.
56. State Bank of Bikaner and Jaipur
57. State Bank of Hyderabad
58. State Bank of India
59. State Bank of Indore
60. State Bank of Mysore
61. State Bank of Patiala
62. State Bank of Saurashtra
63. State Bank of Travancore
64. Syndicate Bank
65. The Bank of Nova Scotia
66. The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.
67. The Development Bank of Singapore Ltd. (DBS Bank Ltd.)
68. The Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corporation Ltd.
69. Tamilnad Mercantile Bank Ltd.
70. The Bank of Rajasthan Limited
71. The Dhanalakshmi Bank Limited.
72. The Federal Bank Ltd.
73. The HDFC Bank Ltd.
74. The Jammu & Kashmir Bank Ltd.
75. The Nainital Bank Ltd.
Page 226 of 514

76. The Sangli Bank Ltd.

77. The South Indian Bank Ltd.
78. The Ratnakar Bank Ltd.
79. The Royal Bank of Scotland N.V.
80. The Lakshmi Vilas Bank Ltd
81. UCO Bank
82. Union Bank of India
83. United Bank Of India
84. Vijaya Bank
85. Yes Bank
Annexure II
PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION TIMELINE
SL
Activity End Date Phase
No.
Project Start Date + 2

Resource Planning & Deployment
1 weeks
Pre-
Project Planning Implementation
2 weeks
(Planning Phase)
BOM for infrastructure (for other Project Start Date + 4

3 applications) and licenses required weeks
Requirements Finalization for 1 Core

Modules Project Start Date + 6
weeks Phase – 1 ERP
4 1. Human Resource Management Implementation
(1st Stage)
Development and Configuration of 1 Project Start Date + 10
5 Core Module weeks
Page 227 of 514

SL
No.
User Acceptance Testing (UAT) of 1 Project Start Date + 12

6 Core Module weeks
Completion of Training and Change Project Start Date + 12

7 Management weeks

Modules
1. Finance Project Start Date + 12

8
weeks
2. Material Management
3. Quality Management
Phase – 1 ERP
Implementation
Development and Configuration of 3 Project Start Date + 20 (2nd Stage)
9 Core Modules weeks
User Acceptance Testing (UAT) of 3 Project Start Date + 24

10 Core Modules weeks

11 Management weeks
Requirements Finalization for 2 Core 2

Business Solution Module
1. Projects
12
2. Fuel Management weeks Phase – 1 ERP
Implementation
3. Plant Maintenance (3rd Stage)
4. Environment Health & Safety

13 Modules weeks
Page 228 of 514

SL
No.

User Acceptance Testing of 4 Modules
14 weeks

15 Management weeks

and 1 Business Solution Modules +
1 helpdesk tool
1. Energy Forecasting
16
2. Commercial Billing weeks
3. Customer Relationship
Management
Phase – 1 ERP
4. Help Desk Implementation
(4th Stage)

17 Modules + 1 helpdesk tool configuration weeks
User Acceptance Testing of 3 Modules Project Start Date + 40

18 + 1 helpdesk tool weeks

19 Management weeks

Pilot Testing of All Modules
20 weeks
Phase – 1 ERP
Data Mapping, Data Validation and Project Start Date + 46
Implementation
21 Data Migration weeks
(Final Stage)

22 Management weeks
Page 229 of 514

SL
No.
Stabilization and Final Process Project Start Date + 48

23 Walkthroughs weeks
Cut Off Period (3rd quarter of 2023- Project Start Date + 48

24 2024) weeks

GO-LIVE Event (Phase-1)
25 weeks

Post Go-Live Follow Up Training
26 weeks
Requirement Finalization for integration Project Start Date + 40

27 with 3rd party applications weeks

Development and Configuration
28 weeks
Project Start Date + 52 Phase – 2 ERP

User Acceptance Testing Implementation
29 weeks
(1st Stage)

30 Management weeks

Go Live and Stabilization
31 weeks
Requirements Finalization for 5

Business Solution Modules
1. Medical (Healthcare System)

Phase – 2 ERP
32 2. Secretariat (Document Implementation
weeks
Management System) (2nd Stage)
3. Vigilance
4. Mining
Page 230 of 514

SL
No.
5. Soil Conservation

33 Business Solution Modules weeks
Pilot Testing of Business Solution Project Start Date + 68

34 Modules weeks

35 Management weeks
Go Live (Phase-2) – Implementation of Project Start Date + 72

36 5 Business Solution Modules weeks
System Stabilization and handholding Project Start Date + 96

37 support phase weeks
Follow up training and end user Project Start Date + 96

38 assessment weeks Post
Implementation
(Stabilization
Project Start Date + 96 Period)
Project Evaluation Report
39 weeks

Project Closure
40 weeks
Page 231 of 514

Annexure III
INDICATIVE SAP ERP LICENSE DETAIL
RISE with SAP S/4HANA Private Cloud
SAP S/4 HANA Private Cloud
Cloud Platform Voucher
SAP S/4 HANA Cloud for Energy Utilities Private Edition
SAP Core HCM for ERP Cloud Private Edition
SAP Payroll Processing Private Cloud Edition
SAP S/4HANA Travel Management Component
SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Cash Management Private Edition
SAP S/4HANA Cloud for O&G HSPD Private Edition
SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Customer Engagement Private Edition
SAP Spatial Asset Management for S4HC Private Cloud Edition
SAP Work Clear Management for S4HC Private Cloud Edition
SAP Cloud Memory Extension for Production Tiers Private Edition
SAP Integration Suites
SAP BW4HANA Cloud base Package Private Edition
SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Incident Management Private Edition
Page 232 of 514

SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Environment Management Private Edition

SAP Service and Asset Manager
SAP Digital Access
SAP Linear Asset Management
SAP ERP Travel Management Component
Note:
 This is the indicative list only; Bidder is requested to do due-diligence and
suggest DVC for the actual requirement.
 For the overall success of the ERP-SAP implementation at DVC, Bidders shall
recommend any additional SAP requirement which will be analyzed by DVC for
consideration.
Annexure IV
FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT SPECIFICATION (FRS)
1 Core Modules
1.1 Finance and Accounts
Name of
the Global Compilation (HQs and Field level)
process
Functional Requirements
Ability to generate independent Trial Balance, P&L, Balance Sheet along with
schedules at field & HQs locations including all segments of business e.g.
1.
Power (Hd1), Irrigation (Hd2), Flood Control Activities (Hd3), Subsidiary
Activities (Hd4), Dams (Hd5), Overhead Activities (Hd6)
Provision in the system to effect real time compilation, consolidation of all trial
balances in Corporate Accounts Books with Trial Balance, P&L, Balance Sheet
2.
along with schedules, which would form the Accounts Books for Audit & other
stakeholder
Page 233 of 514

Provision for automatic allocation of allocable Income & Expenditure items on

monthly basis/quarterly basis/annual basis (as a whole or selective basis) and
3.
the allocation master log should be able to identify which allocation master is
yet to be run for a particular period
Ability to generate Trial Balances of locations without allocable

4.
revenue/expenditure even after running allocation
Ability to get trial balance items in Groups, Ledgers, Cost Center, vouchers
5.
level
Ability to nullify (either by deletion or reversal) the effect of allocation and bring
back to its original form in books to ensure provision for new entry (which may
6.
not be allocable item) and then again run allocation as a whole or selective
basis
Provision to alter the Allocation master criteria and basis granted to the
7.
suitable authority
8. Provision for automatic transfer entries of PF wherever required
Ability to validate whether all necessary postings from various other modules
9.
are posted to the ledger is complete before consolidation/allocation
10. Ability to maintain global, periodical, CWIP and P&L appropriation related
journal vouchers
Name of
the Integration with General Ledger
process
Ability to interface accounts receivables and generate customer wise
11.
receivables details
Ability to fully integrate account receivables to the general ledger and the cash
12.
book
Ability to restrict access to master record to unauthorized changes from being

13.
made.
Page 234 of 514

Name of
the Receivable Processing
process
14. Flexibility to record receivable data:
15. - From other systems
16. - Manually (direct record by the user)
Ability to automatically link receivables posting to the general ledger by on-
17.
line/batch processing
Ability to record receivables related to transaction charge by integrating with
18.
bank
Ability to record non-sales related receivables like borrowings, deposits, sale of

investment, sale of assets, scrap sales, outstanding receivables considering
19. payment terms, inter-bank transfers, and other miscellaneous collections like
rent from quarters, selling of tender forms, Application fee if any in case of
recruitment, advertisements, litigation damages, other services etc.
Name of
the Incoming Payments
process
20. Ability to record payments received through various modes
21. - Cash, cheque, bank draft, etc.
22. - Bank transfer, NEFT, RTGS
23. - Offset with other expense or GL account
24. - Adjustment with BG, LC etc.
Ability to record receipts from external agencies in forms such as but not limited
25.
to
26. - Excel Sheet
27. - CSV
28. - Text Files
29. - XML/HTML
Ability to display incoming payment details and produce incoming payment
30.
reports on demand from the system :-
31. - By customer category
32. - By method of payment
33. - By location
Page 235 of 514

34. - By collection date

35. Ability of the system to account for rebates for accounts receivable
36. Ability to reverse payment posting from the general ledger automatically
Name of
the Dishonored Cheque processing
process
Ability to manage: - Post adjustment into the customer account. e.g.: - reverse
37. the original payment transaction to reinstate the original debt - import
dishonored cheque details in an electronic media supplied by the bank
Ability to capture reasons for dishonor of a cheque and maintain customer's

38.
payment default history
39. Ability to reverse payment posting from the general ledger automatically
Name of
the Miscellaneous Collection
process
Ability to record misc. collections like Guest House rent, any service provided
40.
to 3rd party agency.
Name of
the Manage Vendor Master Data
process
Ability to create Vendor master data (through different module) Vendor account
number, vendor type (SME/ non SME etc.), vendor name, address/multiple
locations, fax, telephone, email, contact person, payment terms, payment
41. methods, payment charges to be recovered, vendor bank details, paying bank
details, PAN/ TAN number, GST No, payment location , vendor rating,
enlisted/non enlisted, category (OEM/Dealer/Distributor), vendor linked to item
master etc.
Flexibility to provide multiple/product wise bank account numbers : -

42. Automatically
Manually upon creation of a new vendor account
Page 236 of 514

Ability to control the creation and change of vendor master data according to
43.
user security status
Ability to allow for specified fields in the master data to be made mandatory or
44.
optional entry
Ability to perform a consistency/ outstanding amount check on the account

45. balance based on user defined specification before account is marked for
deletion
Ability to restrict access to master record to unauthorized changes from being

46.
made
Ability to set default values when posting items to the account. e.g.: - the term
47. of the payment specified in the vendor master data are defaulted in during
document entry
Ability to block from posting or trigger warning if update is made to a finalized

48.
account
Ability to print vendor master data and select by new account, vendor account,
49.
status
Ability to provide a list of the blacklisted vendors so that they are debarred for
50.
any future transactions
Provision for setting up of ‘infrequent vendor’ accounts for processing
51. transactions to rarely used vendors so as to cancel the need to set up individual
master file records for one time vendor
Provision for setting up of ‘infrequent vendor’ accounts for processing
transactions to rarely used vendors so as to cancel the need to set up individual
master file records for one time vendor
Name of
the Payable Processing
process
52. Provision for payable processing to be flexible :-
- Automatically record payable entry from other system such as procurement

53.
module
54. - Manually (direct record by the user)
55. Ability to provide audit trail for source of invoice
Ability to provide invoice register facility by which the invoices could be logged
56.
prior to entry into the ledgers
Page 237 of 514

57. Ability of the system to provide processing of following payables :

58. - Against purchase order/ contract only
59. - Against purchase order/ contract only with a goods receipt note
Ability to automatically generate debit/ credit memos based on PO, GRN,

60. Quality, Inspections and acceptance tests as per the DVC purchase regulation
norms
61. Ability in the system to process payable based on pre-defined check list.
Ability in the system to categorise of Vendor invoice ( i.e. Normal / Urgent.) At

62. the time of uploading a invoice into the system, facility in the system to select
category of the invoice.
After payment is made to the Vendor, facility in the system to update payment
63. data so that status can be tracked. System should prompt alert if any
transaction is lying ideal for more than 4 days .
Ability in the system to process vendor bill at different location( division/

64.
circle/HQ etc.) of the organisation.
Ability of the system to provide collation of purchase orders in the invoice

65. register by PO type like material PO, Service PO, Work Order etc. or collation
on PO value, location of raising PO .
66. Ability to capture the following information, but should not be limited to:-
- Vendor code, Internal transaction reference, vendor transaction reference,

transaction date, due date for payment calculated by the system from the
67. payment terms, posting period, transaction value, order value to which the
invoice relates, narrative for purchase ledger entry and multiple tax codes,
multiple tax values , GST details, State/Outside state purchase
- General ledger account code, ledger narrative, value, debit credit indicator and
68.
analysis code
Page 238 of 514

69. Ability to handle tax exemptions as per the Income Tax Rules
Ability to exempt IT TDS of vendors belonging to ST category fulfilling

70.
mentioned criteria under the clause 10(26) .
71. Ability to provide manual entry for non-material related expenses
Ability to provide facility for entering invoices for prepaid expenses and
72.
apportion the amount between prepaid accounts on periodic basis
73. Ability to provide facility for entering invoices pertaining to prior periods
Ability to trigger a warning if invoice amount exceeds balance of operating

74.
expenditure budget
Ability to block posting if invoice amount exceeds balance of capital expenditure

75.
budget
Ability to park document before posting in order to verify the correctness and
76.
completeness of data
77. Ability to create debit and credit memos into vendor account
78. Ability to reference multiple invoices in single debit/ credit memos
79. Ability to post retention request into vendor account

80. Ability to perform:-
- Refund retention to the vendor and automatically post the refund to the vendor
81.
account
- Automatically offset retention paid up against the balance outstanding of

82.
vendor account
83. Ability to refund to the vendor using various payment methods such as:-
84. -Cash
85. - Cheque
86. - Bank Transfer- NEFT , RTGS
87. Ability to provide functions to block for payment
Ability to manage direct payment to vendors by Third parties like lenders and
88.
posting related accounting entries
Ability to manage book adjustments, SD, LC, BG adjustments while vendor

89.
payment
Page 239 of 514

90. Ability to comply with all TDS/TCS related requirements.
Ability to trigger automatic alerts prior to due dates of statutory requirements

91.
like income tax payments/ return filings etc.
Ability to make advance payments to vendors, including against pro-forma

92.
invoice
93. Ability to monitor BG for vendors and generate relevant reports, alerts.
Ability of the system to have provisions for preparation/uploading of

94.
measurement book online
Ability of the system to have provisions for entering milestones for contract and
95.
displaying the same to the user
Ability of the system to reconcile payables for various kinds of bills e.g. supply,
96.
civil, service, Vendor Bill, Salary Bill, Employee Bill, miscellaneous bills etc.
Ability of the system to have provisions for raising of internal

requisition/requests especially for those items which are presently being done
97.
through note sheets e.g. petty cash, travel advance, payment to local bodies,
other cash payments etc.
Ability in the system to generate statement on Income Tax (TDC/TCS)/ GST

98.
etc. of Vendor and capture respective payment details.
99. Ability of the system to generate various certificates like GST, Labour Cess etc.
Name of
the Payment Processing
process
100. Ability to create a proposed payment list by determining:-
- Item to be paid - items to be paid are selected and grouped for payments
101.
based on user-defined rules
102. - Payment amount - based on user needs (e.g.:- due date of the items)
103. - To whom the payment is made - by specifying the payee
Page 240 of 514

- Payment Method - based on the payment method (e.g.: cash/cheque)

104.
according to the rules defined by the user
- Payment through - the Payment is made - based on the specified bank and a
105.
bank account for the Payment
106. Ability to make payment via methods such as :-

107. - Cash
108. - Cheque - manual and pre-printed / e-Cheque
109. - Bank transfers- NEFT,RTGS, SWIFT
110. - Foreign currency
Ability to specify a minimum and a maximum amount for a single payment in

111.
order to identify the payment method to be selected by the payment program
Ability to over -write minimum and maximum value range and specify another
112.
payment method during the payment run
113. Ability to generate recurring payment voucher
114. Ability to capture the recurring payment information:-

115. - Name of the vendor
116. - Invoice number
117. - Recurring number
118. - Accounting information
119. - Start and end payment date
- Frequency of payment indicator to identify the frequency of the recurring

120.
payment (e.g.:- weekly, monthly, quarterly, biannually, annually)
Ability to allow recurring payment to be deleted or edited within its period of

121.
payment
122. Ability to make payment in foreign currency:-
123. - Specify the bank account to which the payment is made from
124. - Specify which payment method to pay in foreign currency
125. - Specify particular currencies per payment
Page 241 of 514

System should provide facility to upload bank advice in case of any foreign
126.
exchange transaction
System should provide facility to capture the rupee equivalent amount paid to
127.
the foreign vendor
System should provide facility to capture the bank charges and other incidental
128.
charges paid towards any foreign exchange transaction
Ability to make payment with invoices automatically using user-definable rules

129.
such as :-
130. - By oldest invoice
131. - By specific invoice
132. - By due date of invoice
133. Ability to match single payment with multiple invoices
134. Ability to make partial payments
Ability to print the vendor name on cheque for payment of miscellaneous

135.
invoice, where vendor records have not been created
Ability to change payment methods or banks, payee, block items or cancel

136.
payment blocks
137. Ability to display changes made and by whom
Ability to allow invoices to be released for payment prior to due date as per user
138.
defined authorization
Ability to display or print exception listing. The exception listing should contain
139. blocked items and all outstanding items which the payment program did not
propose for payment (items that could not be settled despite being due)
Ability to divide the task of editing the payment proposal between various users
140.
and enable several users to edit large payment runs at the same time
Ability to perform payment approval functions to enable certain payments to

141.
have prior approval
Ability to request for authorization of transaction exceeding maximum or

142.
transaction limits by user-defined authorities
Page 242 of 514

143. Ability to :-
144. - Carry out payment using the proposal list that has been approved
-Create the payment documents and prepare data for printing the forms,
145.
payment advice notes, payment summaries or creating tape or disk
146. Ability to print cheque online and perform the following functions:-
- Define void reasons (used during test print, page overflow and other user-
147.
defined reasons such as printed incorrectly, unusable)
- Determine the next free cheque number and store the allocation of payment
148.
document number to cheque number
Ability to provide facility to print and reprint payment voucher together with
149.
cheque, NEFT advice
Ability to mark the reprint copy with the word 'DUPLICATE'. The payment
150. voucher should include vendor invoice number, cheque number, addresses and
other user defined information.
151. Ability to provide feature to cancel payments and cheques
Ability to provide access to payment cancellation information based on user

152.
defined selection criteria and print report on cancelled cheques
153. Ability to provide full audit trails for cancelled cheques and payment vouchers
Ability to split payment to more than one payee (e.g.:- payment involving
154.
withholding tax)
Ability to automatically clear items based on user criteria after payment has
155.
been made:-
156. - By account
157. - By document number
158. Ability to automatically post to general ledger:-
159. - Cash discounts received
160. - Gains or losses from underpayment or overpayment
161. - TDS/GST
Page 243 of 514

162. - Bank Charges

163. - Gains or losses from exchange rate differences
Ability to provide access to projected cash requirement information based on

164. selected items to notify head office of funds required to be transferred to the
paying account
Ability to print TDS certificates and print GST, Income Tax and TDS report
165. compliant with regulations, and generate report in file-formats which support e-
filing
Ability of the system to prompt/ provide alert for LD/deduction and providing
166.
suitable options for dealing with the same
Ability in the system to process misc. Bills payment like Donations, Labour Bills
167.
etc.
Name of
the Document Posting
process
168. Ability to post transactions such as debit and credit memos into vendor account
169. Ability to identify the transaction via document number series or document type
Ability to provide facility for:-
170. - Automatic numbering of documents
- Allow for multiple document series
Ability to update to the vendor accounts with the following transactions:-
171. - Transfer from one vendor account to another
- Miscellaneous debit/credit memo for adjustment
Ability to automatically update the corresponding account codes in the general
172. ledger after posting to the individual vendor account in the sub ledger
Ability to provide for automatic integration with cash book, general ledger, bank
173. ledger, penalties/ LD account, purchasing, Material management system, TDS
account, expense accounts
Ability of the system to support multi-location payments. Payments through
174. multiple offices and head office
Ability of the system to maintain cumulative register of cheques and to generate
175. the cheque register print immediately after printing the cheque
Name of
the Vendor Account Enquiry
process
176. Ability to view the account balances:-
Page 244 of 514

- In summary(opening balance, transaction per posting period and closing

177.
balances)
178. - By line items (drill down from summary)
- Drill down to document detail (e.g. purchase requisition, purchase order,

179.
delivery challan, invoice, expenditure)
Ability to perform various display functions within a vendor account such as

180. search, sort, display additional details(e.g. vendor master information), total,
view by currency, obtain total purchase per posting period etc.
Ability to display cheque payment information on-screen based on cheque

181.
number or payment document number. The information includes:-
182. - Details of cheque recipient

183. - Details of the cheque issuer
184. - Corresponding payment and invoice documents
Ability to provide online enquiry capability to vendor information via user defined
185.
selection and sorting criteria (e.g. all vendors that are on hold)
Name of
the Ledger Relationships
process
Ability of Finance Accounting & Controlling (incl. Asset Management) function

186.
to interface with all other modules/sub-modules under the scope
Ability to provide the facility to have multiple, independent general ledgers/

187.
schedules
Ability to allow information to be consolidated within and across general ledgers

188.
for (month end) reporting purposes
Ability for each General Ledger (GL) to be capable of supporting and be fully
189. integrated with sales, purchase, inventory and management accounting ledgers
and cashbook.
Page 245 of 514

Ability of each sub-ledger to relate to a separate control account in the general

190.
ledger.
191. Ability to open Memorandum Accounts for recording non-financial information
Ability of automatic posting (Postings to sub-ledgers should result in automatic

192. postings to the control accounts in the general ledger) and linking of tree with
ledger etc.
Name of
the Calendar
process
193. Define calendar based on organizations accounting and reporting requirements
Facility to open multiple accounting periods i.e. open the next accounting period
194.
before closing the current accounting period
195. Ability to close an accounting period to prevent any entries in that period
Ability to control users to access past period for adjustments (e.g. to reopen a
196.
period that has been closed).
Name of
the Chart of Accounts
process
Flexibility to accommodate current and any proposed chart of accounts
197.
structure and organization structure
Ability to provide facility to define and relate the following logical grouping
198.
structure and numbering convention to the chart of accounts:
199. - Entities - Head Quarter

200. - Core-business/ Non-core business
201. - Accounting unit/ Department
202. - Activity
203. - Cost Element
204. Ability to record the following information for each account code:-
205. - Head quarter
206. - Business Units
207. - Core-business/ Non-core business
208. -Accounting Units
209. - Expense/ Income
Page 246 of 514

210. - Department
211. - Type of Billing
212. - Any other related field
Ability to transfer account from one office to another in case of change of area,
213.
for e.g., if a subdivision is moved from one division to another
Option to have centralized or de-centralized account maintenance of chart of

214.
account value
Ability to have parent-child hierarchy in chart of account values. Addition

215.
/deletion of any account code should be restricted.
Ability to provide facility to amend and delete the entities (e.g.:- department,
216.
accounting units ) and its relationship
217. Capture short as well as long description of accounts
218. Ability to manage Multiple foreign currency transactions

Name of
the GL Account Enquiry
process
219. Ability to display GL account balance in multiple views as follows:
-Statutory Responsibility (e.g.- Cost center, accounting unit /departmental

220.
reporting)
221. - Geographical
222. - Regulatory
223. Ability to hold balances for multiple ledger types such as:
224. - Actual
225. - Budgeted
226. - Forecast
227. - Taxation
228. - Regulatory
229. Ability to allow enquiry by
230. - account codes and names
231. - wild search
232. - specific range of period, year and month
233. - batch entry number
234. Capability of the system to display:
Page 247 of 514

- online at least 10 years of history for account balances and posted

235.
transactions
- account activity including opening balance, movement for the period, closing
236.
balance and year to date balance
237. - breakdown of balances by drilling down to source document

238. - GL account master data
239. - ability to store balances for future years
Name of
the GL Master Data
process
Ability to maintain the following master data records to store control information
240.
on how postings done into the general ledger account: -
241. - Name of the account

242. - Description & Location
243. - Type of account (e.g. revenue/asset)
244. - Tax posting
245. - Reconciliation account in nature
246. - Level of transaction details to be maintained within the GL Account
- Alternative account number to store DVC existing GL account (easier for user
247.
to search new account code)
- Automatic posting to prevent manual posting to accounts (e.g.: - Accounts

248.
Receivable, Account Payable)
249. Ability to create/ modify GL master data in hierarchy

250. Ability to
251. - Copy accounts between entities.
252. - Automatically renumber account codes.
253. - Closed accounts - block/ mark for deletion.

254. - Add accounts.
255. - Delete newly added accounts who does not have account entry
256. - Change description of accounts.
257. Provide facility for mass creation of GL accounts that includes:
Page 248 of 514

258. - Copying entire chart using another chart of accounts as reference.

259. - Copying single account.
260. - Copying multiple accounts
- Performing data transfer using program for G/L account master data from
261.
legacy system
- Allowing deletion of inactive accounts or accounts with no outstanding

262.
balance.
263. Ability to:-
264. - Assign an activity status to accounts (e.g. - active/inactive)
265. - Retrieve an account master record via account alias
Ability to immediately put across the electronic notification to relevant users

266.
after creation or change of master data.
Ability to provide audit trail to log the creation, amendments and deletion of
267.
each GL account code.
Ability to control creations, amendments and deletion of GL Master data by user

268.
defined authorization.
Name of
the GL Transaction Posting
process
Ability to enter journal entries manually or interface journals from non-ERP

269. applications, either individually or in batch. The information contained in a
journal should include the following sub-levels:
- Header Level anticipated transactions are for voucher series, transaction

270.
reference and accounting period.
- Line level transactions will include account code, debit/credit amounts and
271.
analysis codes.
Ability to search account code, account name or responsible area during

272.
posting of documents
Ability to provide facility of Look up accounts number and descriptions during

273.
journal entry
Page 249 of 514

Ability to electronically route journal for approval to an authorized user before

274. posting to the general ledger. If rejected, the journal should be automatically
routed back to the originator for correction.
275. Alert for action for vouchers pending at different levels
276. Ability to assign unique number to journal entry
277. Ability of the system to support the following –
- Accrual journals, which automatically reverse themselves in the following

278.
accounting period.
- Skeleton journals where the bulk of information is pre-coded, only the date
279.
and amount to be to be entered.
- Recurring journals which are similar to skeleton journals but with the values
280.
entered, though capable of modification
Ability to post allocation journals with user-definable rules (e.g.: - apportionment

281.
of expenditure)
282. Ability to restrict access to certain accounts by user-defined groups.
283. Ability to control journal posting function by user-defined authorization
Ability to provide function to reverse documentation-individual or in mass, after

284.
posting by reference document number
285. Ability to post to a future and prior period by authorized users
Ability to suspend and resume, at a later time, entry of journal that are
286.
incomplete or imbalance
287. Ability to prevent posting to control accounts of subsidiary ledger
288. Ability to update on-line with real time update

289. Ability to provide facility to:-
- Allow storing (parking) incomplete/WIP documents without carrying out
290.
extensive entry checks.
- Specify templates to capture details of recurring transactions (e.g.: - fixed

291.
prepayments and accruals)
Page 250 of 514

292. - Allow amendment or deletion to recurring transactions prior to posting
293. - Perform the posting automatically according to user-defined specification
Ability to allow for multiple accounting entries (debits and/ or credits) for each
294.
transaction type
295. Ability to provide running total of debit/credit amount
296. Ability to provide running total of transactions in each batch
297. Ability to perform batch processing as follows:
298. - Update by batch mode while other users are still active in the system
299. - Provide exception report for batch update

300. - Post through overnight batch
301. - Provide information on batch status (e.g.:- posted, processing, error)
302. Automatically assign document or batch number after journals are posted
303. - Provide a journal edit listing on screen and printed.
304. The information should contain but should not be limited to the following:
* Batch Number, Journal Posting date, Journal Creation date, journal type,
305. source of journal, journal text, G/L account code, G/L account name and
description, debit/credit amount, batch total and number of transactions.
Ability to request for authorization of transaction exceeding maximum or

306.
transaction limits by user-defined authority
Ability to ensure that all necessary postings from various other modules are
307.
posted to the ledger before starting the closing run
Ability to automatically generate the provisions for administrative expenses,

308.
materials/services received but invoice not received
Ability to automatically carry forward balances at the end of the year to the
309.
balance sheet and reset all profit and loss account.
Page 251 of 514

Ability to prevent inactive accounts from appearing on reports and financial

310.
statement.
311. Ability of auto alert for odd-balances(debit/credit)

312. Ability to integrate with payroll
Name of
the Inter-Office Transactions
process
Ability to provide an electronic platform for units to record inter-unit transactions,

313.
with provision to view scanned documents
Automatic alerts/reminders in inter-unit accounting recipient unit that an entry

314.
pertaining to the unit has been made
Ability to provide for electronic acceptance or rejection of inter-unit accounting

315.
by the recipient unit with provision for comments
Ability to generate a report of pending, responded and non-responded Inter

316.
office transactions
Ability to automatically create relevant accounting entries at both units on

317.
acceptance of the inter-unit accounting by the recipient unit
Name of
the Accounting year end closing
process
318. Ability to perform unlimited closing cycles
319. Ability to perform month-end (soft closing) and year-end closing.

320. Ability to automatically, at period end:-
321. - Post accruals
322. - Reclassify credit and debit balances for reporting purposes
Ability to automatically update the closing balance of the previous period and
323. opening balance of the current period with prior period transaction postings for
all ledger balances. (e.g.: - actual, budget)
324. Ability to automatically initiate a new financial year
Page 252 of 514

325. Ability to automatically initiate a new financial year

Facilitate opening of new accounting year before closing of previous accounting
–
year
Ability to automatically net off the expense and revenue accounts closing
326. balances to retained earnings account and carry the same to the following
accounting year
327. Ability to process the following types of transactions:
328. - Current period transactions in the current period
- Prior year transactions for the previous accounting period posted in the current
329.
period
Name of
the Consolidation
process
Ability to allow for user-defined rules to facilitate consolidation for similar chart
330.
of accounts
Facility to make adjustment/provision entries to the consolidated Trial Balance

331.
without impacting individual unit's Trial Balance
Facility to re-run consolidation multiple times after making adjustments to the

332.
unit's accounts
333. Ability to :
334. - Consolidate at multi levels
- Consolidate actual and budget at balance sheet, profit/ loss account, cash flow
335.
statement, expenses and revenue account levels
336. - Automate generation of elimination transactions
337. - Automatic generation of inter Office/ Department balances
338. Facility to change consolidation logic from time to time

Name of
the Fixed Asset Master Data Maintenance
process
Page 253 of 514

Centralized definition of fixed assets categories, description, multiple

339.
depreciation rates, predefined residual values etc.
340. Centralized definition of content of Fixed Asset Register.
341. Ability to maintain parent child relationship across assets classes
Ability to maintain the following information in the fixed asset master, but should
not be limited to:
- Asset ID number
- Group asset number
-Location Description
- General information (e.g. description, make/model, quantity, acquisition date,
owner unit, and using unit)
- Posting information (e.g. capitalization date and amount, asset expiry date)
- General ledger account assignment

-Accumulated depreciation
-Depreciation
-Gain/ loss on disposal
342. - Revaluation/Impairment
- Information on the origin of the asset (vendor information e.g. serial number)
- Purchasing information (e.g. vendor number, purchase order number,

receiving number)
- Physical inventory data
- Budgeting data (e.g. budget number)
- Insurance data/ warranty
- Depreciation data
- asset useful lives, useful date, residual value, depreciation method
- Asset location
- Asset class/subclass
- Asset type
- Project/ job number
Examples of information required to be maintained within the Fixed Asset
system are as follows:
343. - Responsible unit
- Physical location of asset
- Usage
Page 254 of 514

- Quantity
- Unit of measurement
- Description/ additional information
- Source of funding (e.g. capital contribution, own funds)
- Acquisition method (e.g. purchasing, donation)

Ability to perform:
- Master record creation
-Manually -Automatic posting from Material Management System, Asset
Database and other relevant system .
- Master record changes
-Deactivate master record (this should be automatic upon retirement of asset)
344.
-Delete master record, provided that there is no posting was made to it
-Block asset (to block further cost posting into the asset)
-Change to location/ reporting unit
-Change in assignment of asset-to-asset class
-Change in asset useful lives
Ability to carry out mass changes automatically to a large extent for user-
definable asset record selection criteria:
- Mass change to depreciation methods

345. - Mass change in depreciation rates
- Mass change in useful lives
- Mass change in asset classification
- Mass change in locations/ reporting units
Provide audit trail for creation, amendments, transfer and deletion for all asset
346.
group and sub groups.
347. Ability to import legacy fixed assets register into the system
Name of
the Fixed Assets Register
process
348. Ability to maintain FA register locally at accounting units levels
Automatically consolidate FA Register at accounting units level into FA Register

349.
for the company
Page 255 of 514

Ability to prevent accounting unit offices from entering/updating data in any FA

350.
Register other than their own FA Register
Ability to record fixed assets as put-to-use/ready-to-use, capitalized or work-in-

351.
progress
352. Ability to define fixed assets at different levels such as:
353. - Group asset (main and components) e.g. Land & Building
- Asset class/subclass (Group asset belongs to an asset class as per user

354.
defined norms- Asset type (e.g. tangible and intangible)
- Balance sheet (asset class is assigned to GL account code. This forms the
355.
balance sheet item)
356. Ability to decide the asset categorization at the time of contract finalization.
357. Ability to maintain parent - child asset relationships
Ability to differentiate between new asset and value adjustment/up-gradation to

358.
existing capacity
359. Record fixed assets with date placed in service in the past
360. Record fixed assets with date placed in service in the future
361. Ability to merge multiple fixed assets into one fixed asset
Provision to rectify errors in recording fixed assets in the same period or in

362.
previous periods
363. Ability to record number of units against each fixed assets e.g. chairs - 10 units
364. Ability to record fixed assets taken on lease, assets on other's property etc.
Ability to generate Fixed Assets schedule in accordance with the Statutory

365.
requirements
Ability to generate Fixed Assets schedule in accordance with the Companies

366.
Act
Ability to generate Fixed Assets schedule in accordance with the Income Tax
367.
Act
Page 256 of 514

Ability to generate Fixed Assets schedule in accordance with the Regulatory

368.
requirements
Ability to update Fixed Asset Register upon capitalization/decapitalization of
369.
asset
Name of
the Assignment
process
Ability to assign an asset to a specific reporting unit or business area for

internal reporting purposes e.g. When an asset is assigned to a specific
370. reporting unit, the system should automatically post the transactions such as
depreciation and gain or loss on disposal, to the account related to this asset to
this reporting unit.
Name of
the Addition of Fixed Assets
process
There should be facility of checking the payment status of Final bill before
371.
capitalization of asset. Final bill shall be paid before capitalization.
Ability to automatically or manually allocate a unique asset number upon
372.
creation of the asset master record
Allow for asset additions and capital improvements including:
- acquisition and capital improvement costs and dates
373. - maintenance costs and dates
- original and extended useful life
- mass additions
Once Commissioning certificate is generated, the system should send
374. message/notification to Account team to covert CWIP to Asset.
System should also have the provision to capture ‘Date of Commercial Use’ of
375.
Asset
Ability to capture expenditure under "Capital Works In Progress (CWIP)" , till
376.
completion/commissioning of Asset
377. Ability to transfer from CWIP to respective Asset Account on completion of work
Ability to capitalize asset via: Integration with Accounts Payable
- Post the asset acquisition and the corresponding vendor liability in one
transaction Integration with Purchasing/ Inventory
378.
- Upon receipt of asset (with value), before invoice receipt
- Upon receipt of invoice, asset is received (unevaluated) earlier
- By moving the item from inventory
Ability to capitalise an addition or enhancement to an existing fixed asset in the
379. current fiscal year
Ability to process a credit memo, which reduces the acquisition and production
380.
costs of an asset
Page 257 of 514

Ability to maintain component-wise break-up of the capitalized value of the

381. asset like original cost, installation cost, allocated amount of indirect
expenditure, interest capitalized etc.
Ability to update the acquisition transactions automatically to the respective
382.
account codes in the General Ledger
Name of
the Transfer/Splitting of Fixed Assets
process
Ability to:
- Move an asset, resulting in the need to change asset master data that cannot
be otherwise changed (e.g. the asset class, main asset)
- Split up an asset or move part of an asset (transfer between asset groups, sub
383.
asset group)
- Transfer between departments, units, business responsibility units
- Transfer material from the inventory (current assets) to a fixed asset (for
example, for a replacement part)
Ability to capture information such as:
- Date of transfer
- Previous location, department, accounting unit, main or sub-asset group

384.
- Cost, accumulated depreciation and net book values transferred
-Transporter name, name of insurance agent etc.

Name of
the Fixed Asset Disposal/Retirement
process
Ability to identify "assets not in use/ awaiting disposal" based on user-defined

385.
criteria (e.g. asset class, location).
386. The listing should contain the following information, but should not be limited to:
387. - General master data

388. - location, description, make/ model, acquisition date
389. - Asset history
390. - Asset values (book value)
Page 258 of 514

Ability to electronically route proposed disposal listing to specific users for

391.
approval within the system
392. Ability to perform the following within the Fixed Asset system:
393. - Perform complete/ partial retirement
394. - Provide simple method of retiring low value assets
395. - Perform mass retirement
396. - Capture cost of retirement (e.g. removal cost)
Ability to make provisions against losses on retirement of assets in respect of

397.
Assets waiting for disposal
398. Ability to automatically calculate the gain or loss on disposal/retirement
399. Ability to capture disposal information such as:

400. - Date of retirement
401. - Cost, accumulated depreciation and net book values written off
402. - Sales proceeds
403. - Gain/ loss on disposal
404. - Reasons for retirement
405. - Mode of retirement e.g. sold, scrapped, donated etc.
Ability to post automatically or manually to the respective account codes in the

406.
General Ledger:
407. - Gain or loss on disposal;
408. - Sales proceeds;
409. - Capitalization cost; and
410. - Accumulated depreciation
411. - Depreciation
Ability to automatically determine the corresponding depreciation charge for

412.
the partial disposal, based on one of the following entries:
413. - Amount of the acquisition costs being retired

414. - Percentage rate
415. - Quantity
Ability to manually amend the partial disposal amount calculated by the system
416. and then recalculate the corresponding depreciation for posting to the General
Ledger
Page 259 of 514

Ability to post automatically or manually to issue invoice in the Account

417.
Receivable
418. Ability to reinstate fixed assets incorrectly retired

Name of
the Depreciation of Fixed Assets
process
419. Ability to support different methods of depreciating an asset, such as
420. - as per company act
421. - As per Regulatory Requirement
422. - User-defined rate tables
423. - Sum of digit
424. - Unit of use
425. - Useful life
426. Support change of useful life and effective rate of depreciation
Support change in method of deprecation and rates of depreciation for a

427.
specific fixed asset or group of fixed assets during the life of the asset(s)
Ability to maintain multiple depreciation rates vis-a-vis the periods to which they
428. apply and ability to calculate depreciation with retrospective effect wherever
required
Ability to facilitate adjustment of depreciation of fixed assets prior to and after

429.
updates to general ledger
Ability to automatically post to the corresponding accumulated depreciation

430.
and depreciation expense accounts in the General Ledger
431. Ability to provide at least daily and monthly basis of calculating depreciation
Ability to comply calculating depreciation with accounting standard and tax

432.
regulation and regulatory requirements
Ability to provide for recalculations of depreciation expense on assets revalued

433.
e.g. Depreciation = (revaluation amount remaining/ new estimated life)
Page 260 of 514

Name of
the Insurance of Fixed Assets
process
434. Record all insurance related details against fixed assets
435. Record multiple insurance policy details against individual fixed assets
System generated alerts/reminders to designated users about insurance

436.
premium payable, new policies to be taken, policies to be discontinued etc.
Ability to automatically update insurance record on passing of the insurance

437.
premium bill with the policy details
Ability to monitor sale/purchase of insurable assets and update insurance

438.
records automatically
439. Ability to update details of claim settled / partly settled / rejected

Name of
the Revaluation of Fixed Assets
process
440. Ability to capture the following information:
441. - Revaluation amount
442. - Revaluation date
443. - Revaluation method
444. - Valuers' reference
445. - Computation of revaluation surplus/ deficit and diminution
Ability to keep the original asset cost details separated from the revaluated
446.
amounts and a history of revaluation for each asset over time
Ability to automatically post revaluation transaction to update relevant accounts

447. in the General Ledger (allowance for revaluation (surplus/deficit), allowance for
diminution)
448. Ability to manage and account for impairment of asset

Name of
the Physical Inventory of Fixed Asset
process
Page 261 of 514

449. Ability to print asset listing for physical count based on user-definable criteria
450. The following information should be generated for each asset:

451. - By owner unit
452. - By using unit
453. - By location
454. - By asset class / asset category
455. - By Date
456. - By Retirement date
457. - With asset ID
458. - With asset Class
459. - With asset description
460. - With location
461. - With quantity
462. - With value
Ability to capture physical count manually or automatically via data upload (e.g.
463.
using bar code scanning device, spreadsheet)
464. Ability to process the results of the inventory manually or automatically by:
465. - Making comparison with information in the database
466. - Retiring the asset if asset is confirmed missing
467. - Change location if asset has changed location
468. - Enter the inventory date in the assets counted and assets identified as missing
469. Ability to capture the following information for all types of adjustments such as:-
470. - Date of adjustment

471. - Cost, accumulated depreciation and net book values adjusted
472. - Adjustment reference document (if any) and authorization
Ability to manually or automatically adjust the acquisition cost and

473. corresponding depreciation for the missing assets to the General Ledger upon
update of Fixed Asset system
Page 262 of 514

Ability to ensure that no duplication of the equipment/asset can occur. In other

474. words an item of equipment, once defined, cannot be duplicated within the
system.
Ability to define continuous assets/equipment applicable to DVC's transmission

475. assets. The system is to provide facility to allow an item of equipment to be
defined as a function of its length.
Ability to record any environmental issues or regulations required in the

476.
operation of the equipment / asset.
477. Ability to record the physical location of each fixed assets

Name of
the Integration with General Ledger
process
Provision to link equipment tree/master’s in physical level with GL code along

478. with automatic integration with General Ledger, Accounts Payable, Accounts
Receivable, Project Management and Budget, Tariff and other Module
Name of
the FA Enquiry and Reporting
process
Ability to display asset description at individual asset level, summarised levels
479. (e.g. asset class, asset group, by balance sheet) and by particular asset (e.g.
asset number)
Ability to provide drill-down from asset descriptive details to: -
- Balances
480.
- Depreciation
- GL account code
Ability to provide asset information via screen and print report, but should not be
limited to:
- By date, year (e.g. by year of capitalisation, year of disposal)
- By type of transaction (e.g. acquisitions, transferred, retirement, written-off,
etc.)
481.
- By asset location
- for small assets which are portable
- By owner unit or using unit (e.g. department, zones, divisions)
- By asset class (main asset group, sub group, asset number)
- By user-specified rules
Page 263 of 514

Ability to produce reports for various reporting, flexible report writing tools
and on-line enquiry facilities for (but should not limited) to the following:
- Financial reporting (e.g. audit and taxation)
- Management reporting
- Examples of standard reports are listed, but should not be limited to, as
follows:
- Assets at gross separately from accumulated depreciation
- for period and year-to-date
- Asset master at summary and detail level
- Asset additions
482.
- Asset retirements
- Asset valuation
- gross asset values, accumulated depreciation and NBV
- Assets by source of funds (e.g. capital contribution, own funds)
- Assets by acquisition method (e.g. purchasing, donation)
- Depreciation expense using flexible user selection criteria
- Depreciation forecast
- GL posting summary
- Assets not found at location
- Asset found at location other than that assigned in the asset record
Ability to provide ad hoc listings via screen and/or print listings based on user
defined specifications such as (but not limited to):
- Select and sort by asset category
- Select and sort by asset class
-Select and sort by asset location
- Select or exclude fully depreciated assets
483.
- Select or exclude retired assets
- Select by GL account codes
- Select by business units
- Select by asset status
- Select by asset location
- Select by asset life within asset book
Ability to provide reports that can analyse asset information:
- By owner unit or using unit (e.g.division, circle, Head Quarter etc.)
- By time period (e.g. year)
484.
- By company, asset type, department and location.
- By movement (such as addition, transfer or disposal) by account, current
month or year-to-date activity
Provide for complete asset history, for example:
- depreciation, depletion and amortization current period, year-to-date,
accumulated
- net book value and residual value for finance, tax and regulatory requirement
- remaining life
485.
- history transactions with line-item
- repair and maintenance tracking
- warranty claims and settlements tracking
- insurance claims and settlements tracking
- acquisition and retirement date
Ability to provide the following details or reports for taxation purposes: Additions
486. - Qualifying cost
Page 264 of 514

- Non-qualify cost
- Year of assessment of acquisition Disposal/ write off
- Qualifying cost
- Non-qualify cost
- Sales proceeds
- Year of assessment of expiry Adjustments/ transfers
- Qualifying cost
- Year of assessment of adjustment/ transfer Reconciliation of fixed asset
movements
- Opening balance
- Additions
- Disposals
- Transfer in/ out
- Adjustments
- Qualifying costs
- Non-qualifying costs
- Closing balance
Name of
the Cash and Bank Management (General Function)
process
Ability to monitor payment flows and safeguard liquidity and integration with
487.
bank for Accounts payable and receivables
Name of
the Cash Book
process
Ability of the cash book to receive automatic postings from the accounts
488. payable and accounts receivables together with manual postings of other
payments and receipts
489. Ability to maintain multiple cash books under each accounting unit
Ability to have integration with General Ledger. Posting will update specified
490.
general ledger accounts and general ledger cash book balances
491. Ability to generate daily incoming report and daily outgoing report
492. Ability to generate daily/ weekly/ monthly cash flow report
493. Ability to provide average, maximum utilization of cash credit at a point of time
494. Ability to provide average, maximum utilization of cash credit at a point of time
495. Ability to provide daily balances from the Cash Book
Page 265 of 514

Name of
the Inter-Unit Accounting
process
Ability of the system to maintain the funds released to the units by the expense
496.
heads and automatically post the ledger entries against inter unit account
Ability to generate the advise for the unit to pass the journal entry to reverse the
497.
inter unit account post receipt of funds
Name of
the Bank Reconciliation
process
Ability to integrate bank reconciliation system with the payment and collection
498.
recording modules to eliminate any duplicate data entry
499. Ability to enter bank statement details:-

500. - manually
- by electronic means to match bank transaction information with receipts and

501.
payments in the system to produce an electronic bank reconciliation
502. Ability to record bank statement transactions including:-

503. - bank and other charges
504. - interest received or paid
505. - electronic fund transfers
506. - periodic payments
507. - dishonored cheques (incoming/ outgoing)
508. Ability to print cheque deposit and bank transfer listing
509. Ability to post incoming cheques individually or in batch
510. Ability to provide function to view cheque deposit processing status online
511. Ability to:-

512. - record stop payment of cheques
513. - enable the matching of multiple receipts in the system with a single receipt
Page 266 of 514

514. transaction on the bank statement

Ability to allow for short term planning from sources affecting the cash position.
515.
This includes:-
516. - Bank balances
517. - Maturing deposits and loans
518. - Notified incoming payments posted to the bank accounts
519. - Incoming payments (e.g. cheques) with a value date
520. - Outgoing cheques posted to the bank clearing account

521. - Post dated cheques
522. Ability to:-
523. - Allow update of bank balance by bank accounts
524. - Group bank accounts in a logical hierarchy by the type of account
- Display bank accounts by group or in more details by bank accounts via drill
525.
down
The system should automatically reverse items outstanding for more than six
526.
months upon approval
527. Cheque register : The system will maintain records of all cheques:
528. -Deposited into the collection accounts on a daily basis

529. -Paid to all payees
530. Cash Register : The system will maintain details of all cash:
-Deposited into collection bank accounts on daily basis with voucher numbers
531.
of paying slip details etc.
532. -Transfer to inter unit account from Head Quarter on a daily basis
Name of
the Cash Management
process
Ability to transfer funds from head quarter bank account to field unit's bank
533.
account and vice-versa. Flexibility to:
- Select proposed bank transfer amount based on individual account, multiple

534.
accounts or group of accounts
Page 267 of 514

- Automatically generate a proposal of amounts, by bank accounts, that can be

535. transferred based on user defined rules (e.g. transfer any excess above the
minimum level to be maintained in the account)
536. - Edit proposed bank transfer amount by bank accounts

537. - Delete bank transfer proposal
- Provide information such as planned opening balance, transfer amount and
538.
closing balance by bank account
539. - Create bank correspondence
540. - Post payment advice to the sending and receiving bank account
541. - Post automatically to the General Ledger
542. Ability to provide function to allow update of bank balance by the bank accounts
543. Ability to compare actual bank balance against forecasted cash outflow
544. Ability to compute forecast excess or deficit in bank account
Ability to provide function to send electronic notification to the responsible party

545.
for follow-up action in event of excess or deficit
546. Ability to make the following forecast if available balance is negative:-
- Provide information such as planned opening balance, amount to be invested

547.
and closing balance by bank accounts
- Create, change and delete payment advice to main bank account for
548.
investment
549. - Create bank correspondence and/or print cheque
550. - Post payment advice to the main bank account
- Post automatically to the general ledger. Interest upon maturity of deposit

551.
should also be posted
552. Ability to prepare Fund Obligation Statement
Ability in the system to consolidate all the fund obligation statement received
553.
from units for a particular month.
Page 268 of 514

Ability in the system to validate availability of budget before processing any

554.
payment.
555. Ability in the system to generate Bank Intimation Book.

Name of
the Cash Management for Payment Accounts
process
556. Provision for integration with banks for all payment methods
557. Provision for integration with banks for all payment methods
558. Ability to forecast cash outflow based on:
- Liabilities from account payable and borrowings, payroll due within a user
559.
specified period.
560. - User defined level. For example, at Head Quarter (e.g. centralized)
Ability to provide function to create, change and delete payment advice from
561.
sending bank (e.g. main) account to the receiving (e.g. payment) bank accounts
Ability to provide function to create bank advice and/ or print cheque or e-

562.
cheque
563. Ability to post payment advice to the respective bank account
Ability to post automatically to the respective bank accounts in the general

564.
ledger
Ability to track the time between cheques deposited for collection and actual
565. date of realization and automatically generate accounting entries for interest
recoverable from cash management agencies for delayed collections
566. Ability to generate entries for collection charges payable to external agencies
Name of
the Forecast of Cash flow
process
567. Flexibility to provide for:
568. - Electronic bank reconciliation
569. - Drilldown reporting tool
Page 269 of 514

570. - Journal/ posting overview (e.g. bank transfers, deposit)
571. - Comparison between actual cash flows with forecasted cash flows
Ability to produce forecast cash flow statement for at least 12 months with the
572.
following minimum details:
573. - Opening balance
- Cash outflows for:- Loans , Capital projects, Revenue expenditure, Interest
574.
payment, Tax, Dividends
- Cash inflow from: - Customer collection (from DVC, open access customer),
575.
Interest received, Loan draw down, Net excess/surplus, Closing Balance
Ability to provide drill down capabilities to view details of outflows and inflows.
576. For example, payment from capital projects can be further analyzed by projects/
jobs.
Ability to allow for medium- and long-term planning from sources affecting the
577.
liquidity position. This includes:
578. - Receivables as expected incoming payments (e.g. collection from customers)
- Payables as expected outgoing payments (e.g. materials, project and capital

579.
expenditure)
580. - Planned payments of wages and salaries

581. - Investments and borrowings
582. - Planned dividend payment
583. - Planned tax payment
584. Ability to forecast these cash outflow and inflows based on:-
585. - Accounts Receivable
586. - Accounts Payable
587. - Fixed deposit and borrowing terms
- Consolidated forecast of capital projects expenditure from Project
588.
Management
589. Ability to:
590. - Enter forecast cash flow amount manually
591. - Calculate averages
Page 270 of 514

- Apportion forecast amounts based on historical data (e.g. collection and

592.
expenditure patterns) in preparation of cash flow statement.
Ability to perform ‘What if’ analysis on cash flow based on user-defined

593.
assumptions
594. Facility in the system to capture the fixed deposit information.
595. Facility in the system to capture the withdrawal of fixed deposit.

Name of
the Loan Management
process
Ability to maintain the following information in the loans and deposit master, but
596.
should not be limited to:
597. - Lender
598. - Agreement date (If any)
599. - Loan Term, Moratorium
600. - Installment amount
601. - Interest rate
602. - Loan type (Borrower’s note loans, Policy loan ,General loan, Donor Loan etc.)
603. - Loan Source (Government or Pvt.)

604. - Security Details
605. - Other Loan details and conditions
Ability to provide function for handling the complete loan process for loan given
and loan taken e.g. calculation of repayment schedule, Installments due,
606.
Interest calculation, payment of installment and interest, liability calculation and
posting into books and reversal and vice versa.
607. Ability to link loans with projects/sub-projects/CWIP
608. Ability to view the details source of loan report (local and foreign loan)
Facility in the system to generate repayment statement and capture the

609.
repayment details(if any)
Name of
the Inter-Unit Transfer Details
process
Page 271 of 514

610. Ability to maintain details of all inter unit transfers of:
611. -Drawing account transfers from Head Quarter account to unit accounts
612. -Details pertaining to transfers provided by bank.

Name of
the Cash Management /Treasury Reporting
process
613. Ability to record the following details:
614. Total Collections into Bank Vs Total Confirmations From Bank
Total Transfers to field unit from Head Quarter account by bank account
615.
number and transaction
616. Cheques deposited Vs Cheques credited into bank
617. Dishonored checks by bank account number and identifying issuer of cheque
618. Total cheques issued Vs Bank debits by bank account number

619. Un-reconciled statement
620. Total transfers into Bank Vs Total Confirmations From Bank
Total Transfers to field unit from Head Quarter account by bank account
621.
number and transaction
Name of
the Letter of Credit
process
Ability to initiate LC opening request for following items but not limited to:
1. Site LC
2. Standby LC
622.
3. Performance LC
4. Court LC
5. Foreign LC
623. Ability to process the LC opening request .
624. Ability to Generate letter to the Bank to Open LC
625. Ability to upload LC details in the system.

626. Ability to handle LC payment .
Page 272 of 514

Ability to upload information along with all the details received from Bank
627.
regarding the Bill raised by Vendor for payment.
628. Ability to verify the bill by technical wing.

Name of
the Bank Guarantee (General Functions)
process
Where DVC is the beneficiary: Ability to handle the following procedures with
629.
close integration between CMM & Finance module
Concerned user department issuing PO shall be responsible to obtain

630. confirmation from the concerned bank about the genuineness of BG issued by
suppliers/contractors
PO/SO issuing department/user department will accept the BG as per OM WI-

631.
C/46-VOL-VI/744 dated 26-05-2001 or as changes are made time to time
PO/SO issuing department/user department will send the original BG to

632.
treasury for safe custody and obtain acknowledgement from Treasury
PO/SO issuing department/user department will send instructions to Treasury

633.
for release of BG when fit for release
Treasury department being custodian of original BG is supposed to issue

634.
quarterly report/monthly report of the BGs held
635. Report on BG under custody under following heads but not limited to:
636. - type
637. - validity
638. - amount
639. - suppliers/contractors’ details
640. - po/wo number
641. - age wise analysis
Where Customer is the beneficiary: Ability to handle the following procedures

642.
with close integration between CMM & Finance module
Page 273 of 514

user department shall raise the request to prepare BG indicating approval of

643. authority, detailed format, amount, validity, claim period, bank details of
beneficiary etc.
644. request letter to bank for BG/LC preparation from the system
Integration with banks for accounting of BG charges and check deviation by

645.
bank
646. Monthly/Yearly/Date based reporting on BG/LC
Record bank guarantee details such as vendor name, PO number, BG type, BG

647.
validity, BG receipt date, BG confirmation date etc. and link to payments
Link PO / invoice approval to receipt / confirmation of bank guarantee and BG

648.
validity
System based monitoring of expiry date of open bank guarantee with automatic
649.
alerts reminding of expiry date
650. Link bank guarantee to specific purchase orders, contracts, or projects

651. Renewal of BG
652. Generate notice for confirmation/ extension/ encashment of the BG
653. Retirement of BG
654. Identify where the BG is lying (section), i.e. movement of BG
Alerts based on triggers for revalidating /amendment / release of Bank

655.
Guarantees and automatic e-mail to the concerned (bank /party)
Name of
the Bill Discounting
process
Ability to generate requisition from commercial department with bill

656.
details/power consumer request letter/DVC undertaking etc.
657. Ability to prepare request letter to DVC banker for discounting of bills
Ability to obtain terms and conditions along with pricing for discounting of bills
658.
from DVC banker
Page 274 of 514

Provision for acceptance of terms and conditions of banks by power consumers

659.
through commercial department
Ability to raise liability with power consumers regarding prices of the

660.
discounted bills
661. Provision for accounting of receipt of discounted bills
Ability to generate reports of discounted bills on monthly/yearly basis and also

662. generate alert for due date of payment for discounted bills to power consumers
and DVC banker
Name of
the EMD (General Functions)
process
Ability to record collection of Deposits from vendors / service providers /

663.
customers with linkages with NIT / Contract, integration with CMM
664. Provision for refund / adjustment of deposits with age wise analysis
665. Ability to generate alerts on deposits not returned / adjusted

Name of
the Cost Allocations (General Functions)
process
Ability to integrate with the following modules at on-line basis in order to monitor
666.
and analyze reporting, but should not limited to:
667. - General Ledger

668. - Accounts Payable
669. - Asset Accounting
670. - Material Management
671. - Inventory Management
672. - Budget Controlling
673. - Payroll Accounting
674. -HR Module
Cost Centre Accounting- System should be able to address organization

675. structure hierarchy creation and capturing costs top enable CCA. Org structure
to be decided at the time of Business Blueprint Phase (BBP)
Page 275 of 514

Ability to upload data from external system, for example, Excel spreadsheet,
676.
Access, etc. into application system
677. Ability to download information to spreadsheet (e.g. Excel) for user analysis
678. Ability to raise request for Administrative Approval.
679. Ability to view, modify, approve, reject the Administrative Approval Request.
680. Ability to generate/print Administrative Approval Order .
681. Ability to raise request for Financial Clearance.
682. Ability to view, modify, approve, reject the Financial Clearance Request.
683. Ability to generate/print Financial Clearance Order .
Ability in the system to intimate concerned person regarding approval/ rejection

684.
of request
Ability in the system to check fund position of the company and generate
685.
Financial Clearance Certificate .
Ability to generate Cost Account Records (as per Electricity Rules 1985 ,
686. Electricity Industry Rules 2011 & CAS(Cost Accounting Standard) Compliance)
in prescribed formats.
Ability to handle business segment-based accounting based on user defined

687.
inputs
Ability to generate statement on the Employee cost for a particular month/year/

688.
user specified period.
Statement showing Activity-wise Capital Cost of Machinery or Equipment

689.
related other common services or activities
Ability to generate statement on the Administrative Overhead for a particular

690.
month/year/ user specified period.
Ability to generate statement showing allocation of approved tariff under various

691. expenditure heads among production & service cost centre(Linked with
Approved Budget)
Page 276 of 514

Ability generate Statement of overhead allocation & absorption to Cost Centre

692.
(actual incurred.
693. Ability to generate statement on profit reconciliation.

694. Ability to generate Costing Voucher.
695. Ability to generate statement on total no of employees.
Ability to generate all the mentioned statement office wise as well as

696.
consolidated also.
Name of
the Costing Allocations
process
697. Ability to allocate cost in various levels, for example:
698. - Responsibility cost centre (Department/ Division/ Projects)

699. - Service category/group
700. - Customer group
701. - Activity
702. Ability to allocate actual or budget amount based on:
703. - Fixed percentage
704. - Variable percentage
705. - Level of activity (e.g. floor area, number of employees)
706. - Budgeted value/ quantity
Provide facility to process allocations with ability to amend details prior to
707.
allocations
708. Provide facility to reverse allocations
709. Ability to simulate allocation method to check the correctness before update run
710. Ability to run iterative/non-iterative cost allocation processing in system
711. Provide facility for mass allocations posted/ reversed
Ability to allocate cost and expense between department/division/ business

712.
unit/accounting units
Ability to support multiple cycles of allocating overheads and iterative allocation

713.
cycles for the same
Page 277 of 514

It should be possible to have multiple basis for allocation of the overhead and
714.
allow to skip some P&L items from allocations
Ability to provide the variance based on change in the method for allocation and
715.
allow user defined allocation mechanisms
Name of
the Costing Analysis
process
716. Ability to support cost centre accounting as per cost centre hierarchy
717. Ability to define organization structure in hierarchy at various level
718. Ability to define main and alternative organization structure
Ability to support comprehensive and flexible information system to analyze

719. costs and expenses within organization and must have provisions for grouping
at various levels
Ability to analyze costs and expenses on-line, and trace them right back to the
720.
original document
Ability to analyze costs and expense separately by responsibility area in

721.
account code level, account group level and Functional entity level
722. Ability to display and call up details of allocation method via system
723. Ability to support multiple sets of information (Budget/Plan/ Revised Plan etc. )
Ability to provide comparisons across periods and automatically analyze

724.
variance
Name of
the Costing Enquiry/Reporting
process
Ability to provide "what-if" scenarios through system to validate the benefits of
725.
the model
Ability to provide reports for analyzing cause-effect relationships between

726.
activity driver and receiver objects
Page 278 of 514

Ability to serve user to follow all costs to their origin, even down to the
727.
document level
728. Ability to monitor, analyze and evaluate reports on real time access
729. Ability to download information to spreadsheet (e.g. Excel) for user analysis.
730. Ability to transfer data to MIS
Ability to comply with Cost Audit Report Rules, 2001 and other related statutes
731.
like Cost Accounting Record Rules etc.
Name of
the Order and Project Management- General Functions
process
732. Ability to define the details of the project on-line, but should not limited to:
733. - Project type

734. - Project ID, Project name
735. - Sub project ID, Sub project name
736. - Project responsible person
737. - Budget
738. - Start date, finish date
739. - Resource required for the work that is carried out internally in a project
740. Ability of the F&A module to integrate with the Project Management module
Ability to integrate with the other ERP modules & sub-modules at on-line basis
741.
in order to monitor and analyze reporting
Ability to upload data from external system, for example, Excel, Access into
742.
application system
743. Ability to download information to spreadsheet (e.g. Excel) for user analysis.
744. Ability to trace cost/ expense by sub-project.
Ability to automatically link wages/ Over Time/ other benefit from human
745.
resource module to operation and maintenance module e.g. man-hour rate
Page 279 of 514

746. Ability to calculate and post interest from loan to project/ sub-project
After project finished, ability to settle costs and expenses occurred in project to
747.
fixed asset, WIP or expenses by percentage, pro-rate or actual amount
Ability to automatically link to record fixed asset in asset accounting module,

748.
after settled
After closing project, ability to prohibit to post transactions from other module to
749.
this project
750. Ability to post revenue to sub-project
751. Ability to monitor profit/loss in sub-project
Ability to commit budget, when posted purchase requisition from purchasing

752.
module
Name of
the Order and Project Management- Reporting/Enquiry
process
Ability to provide flexible and comprehensive information system that assist to

753.
monitor and control project easier
754. Ability to monitor, analyze and evaluate various information, such as
- Commercial project reports in hierarchy (single projects, partial projects or

755.
across several projects)
756. - One or more projects in details by cost element
Ability to monitor budget/commitment/actual reports by monthly, quarterly and

757.
yearly on real time basis
758. Ability to monitor cumulative budget/ commitment/ actual reports
759. Ability to monitor project progress by viewing % of completion
760. Ability to check the history data from system, but should not limited to:
761. - Start and Finish date
762. - Resources usage
763. - User who change budget
764. - Project Status
765. - User who close project
Page 280 of 514

Ability to view all information in the project immediately after entering data via
766.
other integrated modules and can run the reports in the background
Name of
the Profitability Analysis – General Functions
process
Ability to evaluate market segments which can be classified according to
services, customers, strategy business units such as core business/ non-core
767.
business or any combinations, with respect to DVC's profit or contribution
margin
Profit Centre Accounting- System should be able to address organization
768. requirement of getting profit centre based accounting information and reports in
future, requirements to be collected at the time of Business Blueprinting Phase
Ability to breakdown service and market-oriented activities to fundamental cost
769. accounting information, such as identifying which services or markets have the
highest contribution margin
770. Ability to support and store multiple currencies
Ability to provide time-base distribution such as company-specific, time-based
771. distribution, seasonal cycles, sales-quantity-dependent time series, and service-
dependent time series
Ability to transfer data from other systems on line, such as
- Transfer cost centre costs
772.
- Transfer activity-based costs
- Transfer billing document
Ability to summarize multiple items of sender document into one line item during
773.
transfer data
Name of
the Profitability Analysis - Planning
process
Ability to support automatic planning such as calculated according to previous
774. year or from other systems
Ability to provide bottom-up planning e.g. based on transmission planned on a
775. lower level, which the system automatically aggregates through the individual
planning levels
776. Ability to provide budgeting on user defined periodic basis
Ability to provide top-down planning e.g. distributes comprehensively planned
777. objects, such as service ranges, to the individual service or customer by mean
of system algorithms
Ability to upload planning details from external systems electronically (e.g. by
778.
way of EXCEL spreadsheets) to system
779. Ability to support fully integrated planning with other applications
780. Ability to settle plan data from Project Management to profitability analysis
Name of
the Profitability Analysis – Enquiry/ Reporting
process
Page 281 of 514

Ability to monitor and analyse data by dimensions/ segments or management
781.
desired view
782. Ability to provide profit/loss reports by service-customer dimension
783. Ability to provide drilldown reporting
784. Ability to provide line item reporting
785. Ability to freeze the selected report data and call up again later
786. Ability to define report layout upon specific requirements
787. Ability to represent reports by hierarchy or graphical
Ability to set security restrictions at various levels for user access to view the
788.
reports
Name of
the Profit Centre Accounting - General Functions
process
Ability to show operating results that have been determined through cost of
789.
sales and/or period accounting
790. Ability to support a DVC's organization based on:
791. - Services (profit centres, service group)

792. - Regional markets (location)
793. - Function (service, sales)
Ability to transfer actual data from the following module, but should not limited
794.
to:
795. - Financial Accounting
796. - Material Management
797. - Inventory management
798. - Asset Management
799. -Energy Chain Management
800. - Tariff Petition
801. - Cost Management
802. - Cash Management

803. -Project Management
804. Ability to reconcile data with General Ledger Accounting
Ability to support allocation by transfer prices between responsibility areas or

805.
independent operation units of corporate group
Page 282 of 514

806. Ability to carry balances forward by profit centre

Name of
the Profit Centre Accounting - Planning
process
Ability to transfer plan data on line from other application such as order and
807.
project system accounting, profitability analysis
Ability to upload planning details from external systems electronically (e.g. by

808.
way of EXCEL spreadsheets) to system
809. Ability to support formula (user-defined) planning
810. Ability to serve user to copy existing data to create a new plan
811. Ability to revalue plan (addition/ deduction) by percentage
812. Ability to provide function to support multiple currencies plan

Name of
the Profit Centre Accounting - Enquiry/Reporting
process
813. Ability to monitor cash flow (internal controlling purpose) by profit centre
Ability to monitor income statement (internal controlling purpose) by profit

814.
centre
815. Ability to download reports to Excel spreadsheet for user analysis

Name of
the Budget Preparation
process
816. Ability to create the following budgets but not limited to:
817. - Revenue budget
818. - Operating Expenditure budget
819. - Capital Expenditure budget
820. - Forecast Revenue budget for next 10 years
821. - Forecast Operating Expenditure budget for next 10 years
822. - Forecast Capital Expenditure budget for next 10 years
Page 283 of 514

823. - Forecast Balance Sheet for next 10 years
824. - Forecast Profit and Loss for next 10 years

825. - Forecast Cash Flow for next 10 years
826. - Forecast Financial Ratios
827. - Forecast Retained Income
828. Ability to prepare budget with Top-Down and Bottom-up method
829. Ability to consolidate the budget received from the different offices
Ability to import/export budget details from / to external systems electronically

830.
(e.g. Spreadsheet -Excel)
831. Ability to provide import data from spreadsheets for budget preparation
Ability to check and balance the detailed-level budget and the summary -level
832.
budget.
Ability to navigate within the budget hierarchy (e.g. expands/ collapse

833.
structure, drill down for details)
834. Ability to provide a graphical representation of the budget hierarchy.
835. Ability to calculate and compare budget vs. actual in:

836. - Amount variance
837. - Percentage variance
Ability to provide text facility to document any changes made and reasons of
838.
amendments within each version of budget.
Ability to retain user-specified versions of the budgets upon subsequent

839.
reviews.
840. Flexibility to:
841. - Maintain the original budget version and the revised budget version
842. - Update the original budget by
843. - Increasing the budget amounts
844. - Reducing the budget amounts
- Transferring budget amounts e.g. transfer budget from one department to
845.
other within same location.
Ability to allow changes to be made to the five-year forecast revenue and

846.
expenditure items either by manual entry or electronic upload.
Page 284 of 514

Ability to control the following activities by account, date of change and user
847.
IDs:-
- lock subsidiary budgets and master budget so as no changes can be made

848.
once approved
849. - unlock such budgets to reflect budget changes
Ability of the system to have provisions to feed in key WBERC norms into the
850.
system and generate periodical variance report
Name of
the Revenue/operating expenditure budget
process
Ability to define revenue/ operating expenditure budget hierarchy for

851.
responsibility areas within the organization to facilitate control and monitoring.
Ability to classify revenue and expenditure items by means of a hierarchy. For

852.
example, personnel costs may consist of salary, wages, overtime, bonus etc.
Ability to provide edit functions to create, insert, copy, and delete a responsible
853.
area or revenue / expenditure item within the hierarchy.
Ability to identify revenue and expenditure as controllable and uncontrollable for

854.
budget control purposes.
855. Ability to:

856. - Disallow posting into a GL account prior to budget approval
857. - Allow posting into a GL account only after approval of budget
Ability to control authorization to create, change, delete, budget, transfer and

858.
post by:-
859. - Budget version
860. - Responsible area/ unit
861. - Type of revenue/ expense
Ability to provide level of access to create and maintain relevant assigned
862.
budgets:
863. - Units can only amend/ input their own budget;
Page 285 of 514

- Budgeting Cell can amend/ input all budgets for accounting units/ Head
864.
Office/departments; and
865. -Budget can only be approved by authorized person as defined in the system
866. Ability to copy budget values into a new budget version:
867. - from a reference budget version (e.g. previous year budget or forecast budget)
868. - by selecting specific revenue/ expenditure accounts
869. Ability to revalue budget by percentage and by fixed amount
Ability to provide formula (user-defined) for planning/ budgeting at the lowest

870.
level
871. Ability to update budgets on-line, either individually or in mass.
Ability to extract either automatically or manually financial and statistical

872.
information for budgeting of revenue and expenditure items from:
873. - Within the system

874. - Other external systems
875. Information required includes:-
876. - transmission revenue
- Expected increase in consumption for existing customers (e.g. based on
877.
trend or customer forecast)
878. - New customers (supported by agreements)

879. - Loan information
880. - Salaries and wages
- Historical and projected payroll cost and number of staff for user-defined
881.
period
882. - Repairs and maintenance
883. - Preventative maintenance schedule
884. - Overhauling
- Depreciation (provision for computation of depreciation as per (i) Companies

885.
Act (ii) AERC Regulations (iii) IT Act)
886. - Existing assets
Page 286 of 514

Ability to generate monthly/ quarterly/ half yearly revenue/ operating

887.
expenditure budget
Ability to provide a text editor function up to the lowest budget level (i.e.
888. revenue/expenditure accounts) to capture supporting workings that derive the
budget amount
Ability to record budgets at all levels of the chart of accounts (all views of
889. account number up to lowest level of the accounts and all levels of
organization).
Ability to allow input budget data at detail level with automatic roll-up to
890. summary level by using aggregation of account (i.e. revenue and expenditure
items) at multiple levels of consolidation
Ability to allow input budget data at higher level within the budget hierarchy and
891.
perform the following:-
892. - manually allocate amounts to detail level based on user-specified methods
893. - allocate via automatic pro-rate apportionment to user-specified detail accounts
Allow for manual override of apportioned amounts automatically pro-rated by

894.
the system.
Allocate budgeted overheads at the same level that actual expenses was
allocated or based on information from other accounts. For example, -
895.
Budgeted general expenses may be apportioned based on previous year
actual.
Ability to provide the option to reflect changes to amounts in a new budget

896. version or without indicating budget as a new version (i.e. overwrite original
budget).
Ability to check and highlight missing, incomplete budget items prior to

897. consolidation (for example, a department missing from a set of departments
defined for consolidation)
Name of
the Capital Expenditure Budget
process
Page 287 of 514

898. Ability to support both project/ non-project Capital expenditure budget
Ability to define a budget hierarchy for Project/ Sub-project to facilitate control

899.
and monitoring.
900. Ability to use multiple currency for capital expenditure budget
Ability to: - Disallow posting into a GL account prior to approval of budget -

901.
Allow posting into a GL account only after approval of budget
902. Ability to provide text editor function for budget exceed
Ability to determine the budgeting start year and the number of years in the
903.
future for which budgeting is allowed.
Ability to: - Provide for flexible user-defined budgeting period, e.g. 1 year, 3
years or 5 years - Provide for sub-period budgets, e.g. monthly, quarterly, semi-
904.
annually, or annually - Provide ability to create and maintain 12 months rolling
budget
Ability to carry forward budget outstanding from projects to the following fiscal
905.
year
Ability to carry forward commitment amount from projects to the following fiscal
906.
year
Ability to support multiple budgets by revenue accounts and expense accounts.

907. For example, to provide for at least two sets of budgets such as Annual
(Original) and Revised Budgets for each accounting entity.
908. Ability to update budgets on-line, either individually or in batches
Ability to provide the option to reflect changes to amounts in a new budget

909. version or without indicating budget as a new version (i.e. overwrite original
budget).
910. Ability to provide budgeting on user defined periodic basis
Ability of Corporate Budgeting process to be integrated with the budgeting and

911.
planning of the individual units and support functions
Page 288 of 514

Ability of the system to auto convert the individual budgets into a common
912.
budget for a budgeting period
Ability to provide budgeting at a level which may be at the profit centre or any
913.
consolidation level of the profit centre/accounting unit
Deprecation budget should be based on existing assets and budgeted capital

914.
expenditure
Ability to provide comparative report between actual and any version of the
915.
budget
916. Ability to provide “what if” with multiple options and must track various scenarios
Ability to create provision to allocate overhead and capital expenditure budget

917.
to the profit centre budgets
Name of
the Budget Control
process
Ability to commit budget, after posting purchase requisition in purchasing
918.
system
Ability to transfer budget between cost centre/ projects, according to the

919.
authorization level defined by users
920. Ability to provide annual approval budget report
Ability to integrate with the following modules at on-line basis, but should not
921.
limited to;
- Payroll Accounting: usage budget when post salary, bonus and wages etc.
922.
Transactions
923. - Account Payable: usage budget when post expenses transactions via AP
- General Ledger: usage budget when post expenses transactions via GL -

924.
Inventory Management: usage budget when issue to cost centre/ project
925. Ability to generate document number separately when create/ change budget
Ability to perform automatic budget availability checks during transaction

926.
posting.
Page 289 of 514

Ability to define tolerance limits either as a percentage or absolute value,

927.
depending on the amount exceed, automatically perform the following:-
928. - Trigger warning to user

929. - Trigger warning to user and mail to budget owner
930. - Disallow posting
Ability to classify budget control type, such as -
931.
Cost/ Expenditure budget
932. Ability to define trigger warning to user when budget exceed

933. Capital Expenditure budget (Project)
Ability to define trigger warning to user when commitment transaction exceed

934.
budget, but disallow posting when actual transactions exceed budget
935. Capital Expenditure budget (non-project)
Ability to define disallow posting when commitment and actual transaction

936.
exceed budget
Name of
the Temporary Advance
process
Provision to apply for Temporary Advance as per Delegation of Financial Power

937.
(DFP) and keep track of the cumulative power exercised for internal control
938. Provision to verify and approve as per DFP
Ability to provide validation whether the advance has been used for the purpose
939.
for which it was drawn and initiate adjustment
940. Ability to generate the outstanding advance report
941. Ability to integrate all activities in employee specific manner
942. Ability to integrate with General Ledger for seamless accounting

Name of
the Imprest Account
process
Page 290 of 514

943. Ability to apply for Imprest Account.

944. Ability to verify and approve the request
945. Ability to recoup or close the Impest Account
946. Ability to generate the closure certificate.

Name of
the Monthly Contribution to Pension Trust
process
947. Ability to generate the Statement of Monthly Contribution to DVC Pension Trust
Ability in the system to generated bank advise to deposit money in DVC

948.
Pension TRUST
Name of
the Pension Management - General Functions
process
Ability to process amount receivable from DVC to pension trust such as pension
949.
and gratuity contribution, etc. (manual entry also required)
Ability to receive contribution received from govt such as grant etc. and
950.
respective accounting entry (manual)
Ability to receive information related to interest received from different

951.
investment. (Bank statement)
Ability to post accounting entries related to above transactions including

952.
individual pensioner ledger. (If required)
953. Facility to capture the bank correspondences
954. Ability to record payments received through various modes

955. - Cash, cheque, bank draft, etc.
956. - Bank transfer, NEFT, RTGS
957. Facility to record investment made in different securities/ mutual funds etc.
958. Ability to track maturity, interest etc. related to each investment
Facility to capture closure, retention, pre-mature withdrawal related to each

959.
investment as applicable
Page 291 of 514

960. Facility of separate data base of pensioner in isolation
961. Ability to maintain separate books of accounts related to Pension Trust
Facility to generate complete ledger of all transaction for pension trust in

962.
isolation (this is same as above)
System should generate earning and expenditure report of the trust in their
963.
prescribed format
Name of
the Pension Management (Super Annuation)
process
Ability in the system to add new pensioner , record the pensioner details and
964.
generate Pensioner No.
965. LPC/No demand should flow to pension section for department
– LPC/No demand should flow to pension section for department
Ability to maintain nominee details to facilitate pension processing (for pension

966.
section)
Facility to calculate monthly Pension/Family Pension and enhanced family

967.
Pension of the pensioner .
Ability to support pension disbursement and support multiple payment modes

968.
for pension (all disbursement)
969. Provision in the system to procure forms and documents related to pension
– Provision in the system to procure forms and documents related to pension
970. Ability to support workflow approval.
Ability to perform Income tax calculation and deduction for pension payment as
971.
per Government of India guidelines
972. Provision of SMS Alert to the pensioner in tax bracket
Page 292 of 514

In case of death, ability to update Pensioner details and stop monthly pension
973.
disbursement.
Ability to export reports to standard PC applications in prescribed format (e.g.

974.
Excel spreadsheet, .txt/.csv format)
Ability to calculate and Prepare Arrear Pension Payment statement after

975.
statutory deduction, if any.
Ability to support arear pension disbursement and support multiple payment

976.
modes for pension (all disbursement)
Ability to import/export pensioner details from / to external systems

977.
electronically (e.g. Spreadsheet -Excel etc.)
Ability to support all related accounting procedures including generation of

978.
vouchers and related reports
979. Ability to calculate family pension and enhanced Family Pension.
Ability to support family pension and enhanced Family Pension disbursement

980.
and support multiple payment modes for pension
Ability to process Maintenance Allowance cases. An amount of the Pensioner

981.
pension will be paid to the person as maintenance allowance.
Ability to generate pension fixation sheet, and annual pension income

982.
statement
Name of
the Pension Management (Family Pension)
process
Ability to acquire Family Pension Application Set (Pension form 18) with the
983. provision to fill up, sign, and submit to Accounts Office of the Project where
he/she last served.
Ability to verify all Pension related forms and documents w.r.t identity for grant
984.
of Family Pension.
985. Ability to prepare Family Pension Calculation sheet.
Page 293 of 514

Ability to forward the application to Pension Section, Kolkata for final verification
986.
of calculation and issuance of Pension Payment Order.
Ability to verify some major check points like Claimant's identity from Family
987. declaration to check the entitlement for Grant of Family Pension, verification of
Death Registration Certificate of Superannuation Pensioner, last pay etc.
Ability to check the calculation of Family Pension w.r.t Last Pay Certificate
988. including arrear for the period from the D.O.D of Superannuation Pensioner to
the current pension date
After checking the Pension refund status, ability to prepare Pension Payment
989.
Order & PPO Book and forward the file to payment wing.
Name of
the Commuted Value Pension Management (CVPM)
process
990. Facility to calculate Commuted Value Pension (CVP) of the pensioner .
Ability to support Commuted Value Pension (CVP) disbursement and support

991.
multiple payment modes for pension

Ability to maintain nominee details and payment to nominee in case of death of
993.
an employee
In case of death, ability to update Pensioner details and on hold the Commuted
994. Value Pension (CVP) with immediate effect. Ability in the system to allow
his/her nominee to apply again with the relevant documents.
Name of
the Gratuity Management
process
995. Ability to perform gratuity calculation
Ability to support gratuity disbursement and support multiple payment modes for
996.
pension
Page 294 of 514

998. Ability to generate all types of reports/registers related to Gratuity management
999. Ability in the system to capture loan information of the pensioner
1000. Ability in the system to capture Liquidity Certificate issued by Bank
1001. Facility to capture the bank correspondences
Ability to process the payment of Loan of the pensioner by Pension Trust

1002.
before payment of Gratuity (If any Loan)
In case of some urgency, system should have the provision to pay Gratuity to
1003.
selective pensioner.(also required in CVP files)

1004.
an employee
In case of death, ability to update Pensioner details and on hold the Gratuity
1005. with immediate effect. Ability in the system to allow his/her nominee to apply
again with the relevant documents.
Name of
the Life Certificate Updation
process
Ability in the system to upload life certificate of normal pensioner and family
1006.
pension holder.
Ability to generate SMS alert from the system to pensioner one month prior to
1007.
due date
Ability in the system to stop the payment of pension in case Life Certificate is
1008.
not submitted on time
Ability in the system to re-start the payment of pension after submission of life
1009.
certificate.(along with arrears)
Facility in the system to send SMS alert to pensioner in case of any discrepancy
1010.
in Life Certificate.
Name of
the Income Tax of Pensioner
process
Page 295 of 514

1011. Ability to submit / update declarations for Income Tax calculation
Ability to automatically compute Income Tax calculation as per Income Tax act
1012.
of each pensioner and the trust.
Ability to view and print Income tax computations statement of each pensioner
1013.
and trust.
Provision to download the Form 16 from the portal based on pensioner number
1014.
and OTP.
1015. Ability to handle tax deductions/exemptions as per the Income Tax Rules
Name of
the Medical Reimbursement Payment to Pensioners
process
1016.
Provision to handle the interface with medical department for seamless flowing
of data for passing of reimbursement claims of pensioners/nominee
Name of
the PF & Terminal Benefit Management
process
1017. Ability to generate settlement sheets and relevant vouchers for accounting
1018. Provision to calculate periodic interest and credit the amount to accounts
Ability to perform PF application processing, loan sanctioning, loan

disbursement, modification of loan installments, loan short closure, recovery
1019.
through payroll, final settlement during closing/transfer for different type of PF
loans
Ability to generate all types of MIS reports as per request of Bank (like PF
1020.
Ledger, PF loan ledger, Pension rule, PF rule, Gratuity rule (online) etc.)

1021.
an employee.
1022. Ability to provide PF Returns and other statutory forms.
Page 296 of 514

1023. Ability to generate all types of reports/registers related to PF management
1024. Ability to write multiple user-defined messages to be printed on Cheques.
Ability to prepare statutory dues statement details & bank clearance month wise
1025.
as per statutory scheme and remittance activity to the designated bank account
Ability to prepare statutory returns as to be limited with payroll and trust

1026. management functions monthly, yearly and regular employee wise including
other class of employees.
Ability to generate various information as to be required time to time by the

statutory authority relating to PF settlement, PF loan, trustee activity
1027.
information, statutory pension information and information as pertaining to
contractual employees, etc.
Provision to process the statutory pension cases at the time of

1028.
retirement/death/resignation/transfer
Ability to generate various information as required by the statutory authority

from time to time regarding awarding contract to the contractors with job
1029.
details, payroll information, compliance to statutory authority in respect of
contractors' employees, etc.
Name of
the Payroll Management
process
1030. Ability to integrate with Financial Accounting systems, pay code & GL code
1031. Ability to generate Pay Authorization from system
1032. Ability to centralize the entire payroll process
1033. Ability to generate audit trails for all system activities.
1034. Ability to generate alert about scheduled dates like receipt of payments.
Page 297 of 514

1035. Ability to support transactions in multiple currencies and cross currencies
Ability to provide customizable „workflow‟ for all internal processes & approvals
1036.
associated with the payroll system
Provision for TDS calculations (including telephone, medical, miscellaneous pay

1037.
etc.) & tracking of TDS payable to the Government
Provision for single employee master and it should be integrated with all the
1038.
company codes
Ability to configure approval limits for expense reimbursement based upon the
1039.
hierarchy limits.
Provision for a field in the master to reflect the company code/ cost center to
1040. which an employee is associated & may have the facility of updation and
compulsorily quoted in the transfer order
1041. Provision to allocate cost of employee based on his/her associated cost centers
1042. Provision for TDS, PF or any other such returns to be available online
1043. Ability to maintain information of the salary bank account.
Ability to create user defined components of Pay like Recurring and Ad hoc
1044. Allowances, Recurring and Ad hoc Deductions, User Defined Allowances
& Deductions
Ability to define various insurance schemes with premium and group insurance
1045.
data generation.
Provision to allow the computation of the following elements: Fixed Pay

1046. elements applicable to all employees Like Basic, PF, Special Allowance,
Conveyance Allowance etc.,
Provision to allow the setup of multiple payrolls with different payroll

1047. administrators & combining payroll (with clear segregation between semi
variable, static and variable payments)
Page 298 of 514

Provision to develop a separate payroll system for employees under IDA

1048.
pattern including Board Members
Provision to allow restriction of administrative functions to a few select payroll

1049.
users
1050. Ability to upload historical payroll data
Provision to allow the maintenance of slab wise details for statutory elements
1051.
like Income Tax as well as user defined elements
1052. Provision to calculate reduction in salary based on attendance policy
1053. Ability to calculate recoveries for HPL/EOL/LWP apart from biometric rules.
Provision to calculate onetime payment of allowance and / or deduction:

1054. Incentive, arrear, ex-gratia, uniform, lease / conveyance maintenance,
Foundation Day, etc.,
1055. By Amount:
Provision to enter amount to be deducted or payable, by Days: Enter number of

1056. Days for system to compute the amount based on Basic Pay or gross Pay
and/or any other component of Pay,
1057. By Percentage:
Provision to enter percentage for system to compute the amount based on

1058.
basic pay or gross pay and/or any other component of pay
Ability to capture date-wise details for each employee for certain allowances
1059.
such as NSA, Hazard allowances which are attendance based
Provision for input of start and end date for recurring payment / deduction (both
1060.
specific, and general)
1061. Provision for system to embed such dates in itself
Ability to automatically update Payroll database for changes in employee record

1062. without interfering with payroll processing (e.g. Promotions in the middle of
month)
1063. Provision for back dated calculations
Page 299 of 514

1064. Provision for a full and Final settlement process in place
1065. Ability to generate final settlement report for each terminated employee
Provision to suspend Payroll runs or control final settlement processing on a

1066.
case-to-case basis as well as group basis
1067. Provision to run separate bonus/ incentive runs
1068. Ability to handle unlimited pay account codes and drawing banks
1069. Provision to process Arrear and backdated Payment calculations
Provision to recover advances in subsequent pay periods with a single

1070.
transaction
Ability to maintain earnings history information (i.e., a record of all pays of all
1071.
activity) for each employee for a user-specified period of time.
1072. Provision to support multiple/single banks or savings institutions per employee
Provision for linkage with Punishments, i.e., suspension should result in

1073.
subsistence allowance
1074. Ability to calculate HRA Rebate
1075. Ability to handle tax exemptions as per the Income Tax Rules
1076. Ability to handle Gratuity Calculations
Ability to handle Provident fund rules like calculate and deduct contributions
according to the respective NPS/CMPF/Statutory Acts/ Company policy etc.,
1077.
Maintain individual GPF accounts and generate individual account slip for every
financial year
1078. Provision to conduct full and final settlement of employee during Exit.
Ability to notify (flag) individuals of any outstanding balances when employee is

1079.
terminated
Ability to record an employee's selection of benefit, retirement and deduction

1080.
options.
1081. Ability to automatically recover salary advances.
Page 300 of 514

1082. Ability to define multiple payment methods (Bank Transfer/Cheque Payment)
1083. Provision for approval before a specific payment is made to an employee.
1084. Ability to maintain a salary range for each job family or job class/career band.
Provision to automatically adjust calculations for mid-pay period salary,

1085.
advanced salary, and employment actions.
1086. Ability to convert the payroll to an excel or other software formats
Ability to assign work calendar (scheduled workdays, scheduled holidays, etc.)

1087.
to one or more employee groups.
Ability to maintain default standard holiday data, as well as user-defined holiday

1088.
data.
1089. Ability to create and maintain work calendars over user-defined years.
Ability to provide input to Finance & Accounts Module for salary payment based
1090.
on attendance with statutory and voluntary deductions
1091. Ability to calculate arrears in case promotion is made with retrospective effect.
Provision to support salary fitment on promotion. The fitment made should

1092.
automatically reflect in payroll.
1093. Ability to update salary details on promotion, Succession Planning

Name of
the Allowances, Reimbursements, Loans etc.
process
Ability to integrate with GL for all payments and integration with HR module for
1094. processing of all allowance that will flow in from HR Module, ESS, Medical
Module etc.
Ability to support encashment of Leave, tours, and travel and also on retirement
1095.
with consequent tax adjustments
Page 301 of 514

Provision to release festival advance and other advances (user defined) against
1096.
salary.
Ability to maintain employee--wise recovery position, recovery list and

1097.
outstanding balances list – month wise or as user defined
Ability to make payment of medical reimbursement, allowances, recovery, and

1098.
taxation (if any)
1099. Support Recovery of club/ union contributions
Provision of Housing loan or any other loan component to be adjusted against

1100.
the employee salary
Ability to support payment of children educational allowance, transfer

1101.
allowances and any other user defined allowances.
Ability to support recovery of all other types of loans with reports like recoveries
1102.
made, overdue list etc.
1103. Ability to calculate incremental arrears with consequent tax adjustments
Ability to make payment of salary arrears as per the industry level settlements
1104. with tax adjustments and also support payment of arrears calculated in user
defined instalments or in lump sum
Ability to define loans and its various characteristics such as periodicity, interest
1105.
rate, ceilings details etc.
1106. Ability to attach loan sanctioning rules to every loan type.
Provision for payroll to deduct the amount due from an employee (in case of
1107.
loans/advances etc.)
Name of
the Pay-Slip Run
process
1108. Ability to calculate employees pay slip amount
Ability to perform on-line calculation of pay and benefits for terminated

1109.
employee based upon termination date
Page 302 of 514

1110. Provision to evaluate different scenarios for change in pay-roll structure
Presently two structures viz, GOI pattern for regular and NCWA pattern for
1111. Bermo mines employees. Also people on deputation from IDA pattern are
included.
Provision for an impact analysis tool for analysis of impact of revision of any /all
1112.
components like pay, allowances, deductions etc.
1113. Ability to display the status of the payroll calculations
Ability to run Payroll multiple times before finalization to ensure accurate pay
1114.
computation
Provision to post the amount of salary paid for each element of pay for an
employee, based on the relevant GL account code and employee cost centre
1115.
information to General Ledger. Financial postings include Element, Amount, GL
Account, Cost Centre
Ability to post salary payment advice including multiple payment methods such
1116.
as bank, cash and cheque to General Ledger
Ability to generate pay slip with following detail: - Taxable and non - taxable
components in separate columns, Tax till date, Calculated, Recovered,
1117.
Projected, Loan balances and no. of installments deducted / left, Provident fund
opening balance, interest till date, closing balance etc.
Name of
the Pay & allowances of Casual employees
process
1118. Ability to maintain attendance of casual employees & the manage attendance
1119. Ability to process pay & allowances of casual employees based on attendance
Ability to integrate with GL for all payments and integrate with HR module for
1120.
processing of all allowance of casual employees
Page 303 of 514

Name of
the Financial Concurrence and Vetting
process
1121. Ability to make estimate vetting related to
1122. - projects & works
1123. - establishment & stores
1124. Ability to integrate financial concurrence process relating to
1125. - establishment
1126. - legal
1127. - policy matter
1128. - pay & audit
1129. - others
1130. System should be able integrate the process of vetting of DAN
Name of
the Corporate Taxation
process
1131. Ability to compute income as per provisions of Income Tax Act
1132. Ability to calculate depreciation as per Income Tax Act
Ability to capture TDS and TCS receivables for the respective financial year
1133.
along with the taxable amount
Ability to capture party wise provision for doubtful debt along with debt written
1134.
off containing details (e.g. PAN) of the consumers
1135. Ability to capture TAN wise return details containing but not limited to
1136. - Date of filing of TDS Return
1137. - Type of return (e.g. 24Q, 26Q, 27EQ etc.)
1138. - Amount of TDS deducted & deposited
Ability to generate TAN wise consolidated report of the return filed from all TAN
1139.
holders in DVC
1140. Ability to generate AIS
Name of
the Internal Audit
process
1141. Ability to prepare Annual Internal Audit Plan for the Financial year
Page 304 of 514

1142. Ability to plan and schedule Audit program on real time basis
Provision for scoping, risk assessment, and project management of internal
1143.
audits
Ability to prepare audit report, documentation and accessible facilities to
1144.
capture and document text, video, and even audio files on most mobile devices
Facilitate collaborative platform for Auditees (HQ. /Plant/Field Formations etc.)
1145.
to perform audits
Ability to generate reminder in the form of SMS/Email notifications to the
1146.
Auditee
Provision of dashboard of audit findings – including view access to replies on
1147.
audit, status, etc
1148. Ability to track MoU internally
1149. Ability to approve/track audit para response at various levels
1150. Provision for tracking audits queries from CAG and its response through system
Reporting Requirements
Compilation reports / Month – end and Year – end reports
Provide flexible Report Writer with the following minimum features:
- Specify the format and layout of reports
- Summarize and total the information to be reported
- Select records to be included in the report
- Select details from each record to be included

1151.
- Perform arithmetic calculation on the information selected or totals
- Ability to add narrative comments to reports
- Ability to show financial data in thousands, millions etc. without creating

rounding problem
- Store the report format for later use
- Produce reports in graphical form for presentation purposes.
Ability to produce TDS, GST, Income Tax, local taxes etc. and other statutory
1152.
reports as per DVC formats
Ability to compare actual data to budgeted data and/ or budgeted data to actual
data and produce variance reports periodically:
1153.
- Annually, Half yearly , Quarterly and Monthly
Ability to export reports to standard PC applications in prescribed format (e.g.

1154.
Excel spreadsheet, .txt/.csv format)
Page 305 of 514

Ability to produce the following financial reports in multiple levels (e.g. whole
organization, reporting units such as division, circle etc.) and for a user-defined
period (for the month, year to date), but should not limited to:
- Profit and loss account

- Analysis of Profit and Loss account
- Analysis of operating expenses
1155.
- Balance sheet
- Analysis of Balance Sheet
- Trial Balance
- Cash flow and Funds flow statement
- User defined Inter Organization report
- Notes to the financial accounts (account breakdowns)
-Annual books of accounts
Ability to create multiple versions of financial statement report and ability to
1156.
customize reports as per DVC formats
Ability to generate various reports as per DVC requirements like those related
1157. to fixed assets, inventories, debtors, creditors, advance, R&M cost, energy
accounting etc.
1158. Should provide for generating statutory reports as per prevailing laws
Ability to generate all reports/ template / supporting documents related to GST

1159.
Act.
Accounts receivable reports
Ability to generate daily consolidated billing reports based on different

1160.
parameters and consolidated report on total receivables at any point of time
1161. Ability of the system to generate reports on for Accounts receivables

Incoming Payment reports
Ability to generate reports on customer wise receivables, collections,
1162.
outstanding, ageing, etc.
Accounts Payable Reporting
Ability to produce payable reports on demand within the system (but should not
be limited to):-
1163.
- By invoice date
- By vendor type
Page 306 of 514

- By location/office
Ability to:
-select reports
-edit reports (create/change/display)
- export reports to a different system
- download data to spreadsheets (e.g. Excel)
- generate reports one at a time, multiple reports at a time, ad hoc and regular
reports together
- generate reports at on-line basis
1164. - generate reports in background
- generate reports via batch
- allow creation of user-defined reports without need for technical skills
- perform calculations (e.g. totaling, percentage)
- schedule for specific dates, the generation of these evaluations on a regular

basis
- restrict report selection based on security of database, organization structure
Ability to produce the following payable reports, but should not be restricted to:
- Invoices selected for payment by period, bank, payment method

- List of approved invoices
- List of cheques printed by cheque number and date
- List of vendors with vendor master details

- Invoices under retention
1165. - List of inactive vendors
- Outstanding Cheques which are overdue
- List of cancelled and void cheques
- Details of unpaid invoices (payment proposal exception listing)
- List of realized and unrealized gains/ losses
- Number of invoices and vendors processed within a payment run

- Vendor ageing report
Page 307 of 514

Ability to provide GST, Income Tax, TDS and other statutory reports as per
1166.
DVC formats
Ability to produce vendor payment history including:

- Payment by vendor
- Payment by period for the current and prior year
1167. - Total paid by year
- Total cumulative payments;
- Date, amount and cheque number last paid.
- Payment by Work Order No.
1168. Ability to electronically route the reports to allow users to review reports
1169. Ability to provide facility to present report in graphs within the system
1170. Ability to preview report before printing
Budgeting Reporting
Ability of the system to generate weekly, monthly, quarterly, half-yearly and

1171.
annual variance reports
Ability to provide the following information in the form of reports/ for on-line
viewing at multiple levels within the budget hierarchy (should not be restricted
to):-
- Comparison of actual against budget figures (in terms of quantity and value)
1172. - Budgeted Balance Sheet for next 5 years
- Budgeted Profit/ Loss account for next 5 years

- Budgeted Cash flow for next 5 years
- Budgeted Financial ratio for next 5 years
- Forecast Retained Income
- Other forecast information
Ability to spread budget over the financial periods based on:-
- Even spread
- Seasonal spread
1173.
- Fixed spread
- Variable spread
- Manual allocation (i.e. to enter budget figure to specific month)
Page 308 of 514

Ability to provide the flexibility to inquire budget information on responsibility

area by user- defined parameters (e.g., time period, level of detail, activity, etc.).
1174. For example, variance calculations on month to month, year to year, year-to-
date actual of specified balance sheet or profit/ loss items (for a particular year)
against relevant budgeted values
Ability to generate variance analysis (Actual/ Budget) reports by user- defined

1175. parameters (e.g., time period, level of detail, activity, etc.). Ability to print the
report and electronically route the reports to allow users to review reports.
Ability to provide exception reports for responsible areas (e.g. accounting units )
that exceeded budget with details such as:-
1176. - Revenue/ expenditure (according to chart of accounts)

- Actual to date
- Budget
- Variance (i.e. amount in excess of budget)
Ability to automatically check and highlight abnormal data i.e. actual exceed
1177.
budget more than 10% or less than 10%
1178. Ability to provide over/under budget reports
1179. Ability to check fund availability real-time basis (for capital budget)
Ability to view source of fund for each project in capital expenditure budget
1180.
report
1181. Ability to generate budgeted financial statements for the accounting units
Costing Allocation Reporting
1182. Ability to monitor and print allocation report before closing account
Costing Enquiry Reporting
Ability to provide reports for analyzing cause-effect relationships between
1183.
activity driver and receiver objects
Page 309 of 514

1184. Ability to view on-line reports in graphic chart
Ability to download reports to spreadsheet, .txt, .csv, .pdf formats etc. for user
1185.
analysis
1186. Ability to provide drilldown reporting
1187. Ability to provide line-item reporting
1188. Ability to provide flexible on-line analysis report
1189. Ability to easy define user own reports to meet specific requirements
1190. Ability to represent reports by hierarchy or graphical
FA Reporting and Enquiry
Ability to produce reports for various reporting, flexible report writing tools and
on-line enquiry facilities for (but should not limited) to the following:
- Financial reporting (e.g. audit and taxation)

- Management reporting
- Examples of standard reports are listed, but should not be limited to, as
follows:
- Assets at gross separately from accumulated depreciation

- for period and year-to-date
- Asset master at summary and detail level
- Asset additions
1191.
- Asset retirements
- Asset valuation
- gross asset values, accumulated depreciation and NBV
- Assets by source of funds (e.g. capital contribution, own funds)
- Assets by acquisition method (e.g. purchasing, donation)
- Depreciation expense using flexible user selection criteria

- Depreciation forecast
- GL posting summary
- Assets not found at location
- Asset found at location other than that assigned in the asset record
Page 310 of 514

Ability to provide ad hoc listings via screen and/or print listings based on user
defined specifications such as (but not limited to):
- Select and sort by asset category

- Select and sort by asset class
-Select and sort by asset location
1192. - Select or exclude fully depreciated assets
- Select or exclude retired assets
- Select by GL account codes
- Select by business units
- Select by asset status
- Select by asset location
- Select by asset life within asset book
Ability to provide reports that can analyze asset information:
- By owner unit or using unit (e.g. Division, circle, Head Quarter etc.)
- By time period (e.g. year)
1193.
- By company, asset type, department and location.
- By movement (such as addition, transfer or disposal) by account, current

month or year-to-date activity
Provide for complete asset history, for example:
- depreciation, depletion and amortization current period, year-to-date,

accumulated
- net book value and residual value for finance, tax and regulatory requirement
1194. - remaining life

- history transactions with line-item
- repair and maintenance tracking
- warranty claims and settlements tracking
- insurance claims and settlements tracking

- acquisition and retirement date
Ability to provide the following details or reports for taxation purposes: Additions
1195.
- Qualifying cost
- Non-qualify cost
Page 311 of 514

- Year of assessment of acquisition Disposal/ write off

- Qualifying cost
- Non-qualify cost
- Sales proceeds
- Year of assessment of expiry Adjustments/ transfers
- Qualifying cost
- Year of assessment of adjustment/ transfer Reconciliation of fixed asset
movements
- Opening balance
- Additions
- Disposals
- Transfer in/ out
- Adjustments
- Qualifying costs
- Non-qualifying costs
- Closing balance
Ability to generate reports related to Capital WIP capturing (but should not be
limited to) the following :
- Description of Work
- Account Code - Letter of Award
- Scheduled date of Completion
- Total Estimated Cost and break-up in terms of material, labour, interest

during construction, indirect expenses, etc.
1196.
- Payment
- Total Actual Cost and break-up in terms of material, labour, interest during
construction, indirect expenses, etc.
- Date of Commissioning
- Source of Funding (Lender's name, loan amount, loan identification, Equity
Contribution, etc. )
1197. Generate reports on fixed assets at specific location
Pension / Gratuity Reporting
1198. Ability to generate all types of reports/registers related to Pension management
Page 312 of 514

Ability to generate all types of reports/registers related to Commuted Value

1199.
Pension (CVP) management
1200. Ability to generate all types of reports/registers related to Gratuity management
Life Certificate Updation Reporting
Pension Drawn Statement for each employee on monthly, quarterly and yearly
1201.
basis
1202. Bank wise Pensioner List
1203. Pensioner Statement of pensioners in the tax Bracket
Life Certificate – List of Rejected Pensioner/ List of Pensioner yet to submit Life
1204.
Certificate
Statement on Amount Receivable
-Monthly Contribution received from 3 Companies
-Govt. Fund Received Statement
-Statement on Interest Received from Investment
1205.
-Bulk Supply Tariff received from DVC on monthly basis
-Electricity Duty Received on monthly Basis

-Fund received from Any other Source
1206. Ability to generate various MIS reports w.r.t. pension/family pension
1207. Ability to generate reports on Loan pending/ Loan already paid.
1208. Ability to provide report on pension statement & income tax statements
Ability to generate Monthly consolidated/ Pensioner wise Income Tax

1209.
statement etc.
Ability to generate bank advise for respective payment. If payment is made to

1210.
Non SBI Account
1211. Ability to update income tax challan information
Ability to prepare Utilization Certificate in the prescribed format along with

1212.
supporting
Additional Reports
1213. Ability to generate daily CAPEX report
Page 313 of 514

1214. Ability to generate Hydel profitability report
1215. Ability to generate MSME partywise report
1216. Ability to generate non MSME partywise report
1217. Ability to generate report on pension settlement
1218. Ability to generate yearly pension report
1219. Ability to generate pension payment details
Ability to generate attendance report, employee gratuity, employee advance,

1220.
medical reimbursement, income tax, p-tax, Provident fund, travelling allowance
1221. Ability to generate annual statement of accounts
1222. Ability to generate report of final settlement of Provident fund
1223. Ability to generate report on Fixed Asset Register
1224. Ability to generate Outward RCM GST report
1225. Ability to generate payment details and invoice register
1226. Ability to generate income tax TDS report
Ability to generate report on reconciliation of advance payment for coal

1227.
consumption
1228. Ability to generate G/L report
1229. Ability to generate report on capital and revenue
1230. Ability to generate Bank receipt register
1231. Ability to generate trial balance
1232. Ability to generate profit and loss report
1233. Ability to generate daily collection report
1234. Ability to generate location wise consumer report

1235. Ability to generate Cash/Bank report
1236. Ability to generate coal cost analysis report
1237. Ability to generate cash flow report
Page 314 of 514

1238. Ability to generate collection efficiency report
1.2 Human Resource and Training

Name of
the Employee Self Service
process
Facilitate employee to apply for changes in permanent & correspondence

addresses, details of family members, emergency contact details, contact
1. details, office location, nomination for various schemes like PF /Gratuity, etc.
(Request for change) ( Authorization given to a particular level - to be
maintained as paper document also)
Ability to add /update bank information for expense reimbursement, PAN no,
2.
passport details, driving license no. etc.
Ability to allow employee to update online through ESS the non-critical personal
3.
data (such as weight, height, etc.)
4. Ability to provide address proof letter to employer for various purposes

5. Integrate ESS with Employee Master
Ability to remind the employee through self-service/e-mail/sms regarding

6.
modification or requirement of additional data
7. Ability to send the employee confirmations after changes are made online
8. Ability to file Annual Property Return

9. Ability to analyse APR (Annual Property Return)
10. Provision to update HR policies, circulars
11. Ability to gain authorization from concerned department
12. Ability to request for Experience Certificate by employees with reason
Page 315 of 514

13. Ability to update/prepare Roster online and integrate with leave/pay module
14. Ability to update Experience Certificate by HRD
15. Ability to write an application for booking of guest house/IB
Provision for access of ESS till one month after separation, with limited access
16.
as decided by Authority
Name of
the Attendance Management
process
Ability to mark attendance and fill time sheets to be integrated with biometric
17.
system and on manual, where biometric system is not available
Ability to view list of weekly offs, holidays, duty roster, working hours etc in an
18.
year
19. Ability to properly define the regularized Exceptional cases
Ability to regularize Day to Day Biometric by Reporting Officer for exceptional

20.
cases
21. Ability to suspend biometric attendance system through ERP by HRD
Name of
the Leave Management
process
22. Ability to generate leave Application with reason
Ability to apply leaves by concerned authority incase an employee is unable to

23.
book leave for themselves
24. Ability to categorize leaves to be selected
25. Ability to check the status of leave request
26. Provision for the employee to Cancel/Modify leaves
27. Ability to approve/reject leaves by concerned authority through ESS Portal
Page 316 of 514

28. Ability to fetch details of last 5 leaves applied by the employee during approval
29. Ability to provide notification of leaves to the HR department
Provision for approving authority to be able to view the other team members
30.
who have applied for leaves or approved leaves on the same date
31. Ability to notify the HOD if an employee is absent
32. Ability to properly define leaves, types of leaves, rules of leaves
33. Ability to maintain and view Leave status of employee
Ability to provide access to HR to add/ delete/ modify the leave details of

34.
employee
35. Provision to provide half day leave
36. Ability to credit leave balances as per organizational criteria
37. Ability to maintain historical data
38. Ability to regularize leaves as per HR policies
39. Ability to integrate Leave Management with Operations and Payroll processes
40. Ability to generate Special Disability Leave Application
41. Ability to approve/reject leaves by HOD/HOP based on eligibility

Name of
the Performance Management System
process
42. Ability to capture KPA
43. Ability to generate marks on attendance
44. Ability to capture APAR ratings and customize process to update/edit
45. Ability to define the structure of appraisal process (each stage of PMS)
46. Ability to define the various stakeholders in PMS
Ability to capture in case employee is posted at more than one station during
47.
the assessment year
48. Ability to define Performance Rating Scale
Page 317 of 514

Ability to help employees select Reporting Authority/ Reviewing Authority/

49.
Senior Reviewing Authority/ Accepting Authority for PMS
50. Ability to define the performance appraisal form
Ability to notify/send reminders to various stakeholders on PMS process

51.
deadlines with reminder to employees
52. Ability to initiate target setting by employees and his supervisor
53. Ability to approve target setting by employee's supervisor
Ability to initiate midyear appraisal by employees and record any changes in

54.
Targets
Ability to review mid-year performance of employees by employee's senior and

55.
record his feedback and performance ratings
Ability to review year-end performance of employees by employee's senior and

56.
record his feedback and performance ratings
Ability to compute annual performance ratings of employees automatically

57.
based on mid-year and year-end performance ratings
Ability to review completion of target setting, mid-year review and year-end

58.
review by PMS Coordinating Officer
59. Ability to define self-assessment form
60. Ability to fill Training Needs in the appraisal form by employees
61. Ability to approve Training Needs of employees
Ability to provide input to other Personnel Decisions such as Promotion Module,

62. Succession Planning Module, T&D Module, Performance Linked Incentive, Job
Rotations
63. Ability to capture PMS guidelines

Design PMS database to capture annual performance ratings of employees of
64.
all classes
65. Ability to record annual performance ratings of employees in PMS Database
Ability to maintain appraisal records and ratings of employees for all appraisal
66.
years
Page 318 of 514

Ability to route the Appraisal form / Evaluation sheet through the respective
67.
levels for each of the employees.
Ability to group employees based on categories of performance appraisal

68.
ratings
Ability to generate memo letters / mails / workflows for the employee in case of
69.
unsatisfactory performance
70. Ability to review and expunge the adverse ratings of employees
71. Ability to scan appraisal documents manually filled by employees (on field etc.)
Ability to automatically generate if declaration of assets are not received by the

72.
appropriate department
Name of
the Claim
process
73. Ability to fill Online Medical claim Form
74. Provision to verify and authenticate by Medical Officer

Ability in the system to move the Claim bill to Finance department for
75.
processing
76. Provision for the Employee to update dependents through ESS Portal
77. Ability to define all medical policies and reimbursement policies on ESS Portal
78. Ability to maintain medical history of the employee in the system
79. Ability to generate online Leave Application for LTA with all details
80. Ability to approve LTA request
Ability to submit Bill Claim form with all necessary details at establishment
81.
directed to Finance
82. Ability to provide approval by Authority
83. Ability to submit online Bill at Finance department for processing
84. Provision for the Finance department to check and process the Claim
85. Ability to auto calculate Leave Encashment Bill
Page 319 of 514

86. Provision to approve by Authority

87. Ability to send Bill to Finance department post approval
88. Provision for the Finance Department to process the bill
Ability to generate and fill online application for purchase of Mobile/Laptop

89.
device
90. Provision for the Authority to provide approval

91. Ability to issue Sanction order online
92. Ability to purchase/claim for reimbursement as per sanction order
93. Ability to raise request for Buyback
94. Ability to upload Bill through ESS Portal
95. Ability to send bill to Finance department post approval
96. Provision to process bill by Finance department
97. Ability to generate and fill online application for TA/DA Reimbursement
98. Provision for online approval of tour note
99. Ability to claim for TA/DA, Higher Studies online

100. Provision to approve by authority
101. Ability to submit bill at Finance department for processing
102. Provision to process bill by Finance department
103. Ability to Claim for Children education Allowance including hostel subsidy online
104. Provision to approve by Authority

105.
processing
106. Ability to process bill by Finance department
107. Ability to issue Order of Transfer or Release from Old Station online
108. Ability to generate online document for joining at new station
109. Ability to claim Transfer Allowance online

110. Provision to approve by authority
111.
processing
Page 320 of 514

113. Ability to claim retirement TA at last establishment

114. Ability to approve by Authority
115.
processing
117. Ability to generate online Application for Monetary award

119. Ability to issue Sanction order online
120. Ability to Claim as per Sanction order online
122. Ability to Claim for Monetary award for acquiring higher study online
124.
processing
126. Provision to submit to the Competent Authority for Time Barred Claims
127. Ability to approve/ reject and communicate to the employee/ HOO/ Finance
128. Ability to submit to the DHS for Higher Value Bills (For Medical Claims only)
129. Ability to approve/ reject and communicate to the employee/ HOO/ Finance
Name of
the Benefit Management
process
130. Provision to centralize the entire Payroll Process (excluding Mining Employees)
Facilitate Workflow for all internal processes and approvals associated with the
131.
Payroll Processes
Provision of alert generation for any outstanding payment against each

132.
employee from various departments
133. Audit Trail of all system activities
Page 321 of 514

134. Provision of Alert generation Feature for receipt of Payments
Ability to compute Inputs for Arrear, deduction, advance, tax etc. by system as
135.
per policy
136. Ability to restrict administrative functions with selected Payroll Users only
137. Provision for uploading historical payroll data
Provision for updating payroll database without affecting payroll processing in

138.
the middle of the month
139. Ability to suspend payroll on case-to-case basis or group basis
140. Ability to process Payroll for contractual employees
Ability to run the Payroll process multiple times before finalization to check
141.
computations
Ability to set up multiple payrolls for other verticals where different payrolls
142.
policies are maintained
143. Ability to calculate TDS and tracking of TDS calculation
144. Ability to compute PF deductions, Advances, and adjustment by system

145. Ability to store Historical data
Ability to calculate Income tax (including Annexure-II for fourth Qtr.) and
146.
generation of Form 16 data as per TAX Act
147. Provision for tax exemptions as per Income Tax rule
148. Provision to maintain income tax Slab-wise

149. Ability to view Tax calculations
Ability to calculate compensation and benefit details of each employee (Salary
150.
Slip)
151. Ability to view, print and download pay slip for each month
152. Provision for digitally signed pay slip
Provision to submit declaration copy by concerned employees through ESS
153.
Portal for Income Tax calculations
154. Provision to view Online PF Statement and PF accumulation
Page 322 of 514

155. Provision to make TDS, NPS, PF or other returns online
Ability to process all employee related bills through ESS Portal after approval
156.
from competent authority
157. Ability to make payment by Finance department after verification
158. Ability to define multiple payment modes (Bank Transfer/Cheque etc.)
159. Ability to maintain information of the Salary Bank Account

Name of
the Full & Final Settlement
process
160. Provision to define guidelines for VRS, Resignation, Superannuation
161. Ability to request for VRS, Resignation
162. Provision for approval by Concerned Authority
163. Ability to issue letter of acceptance/ refusal

164. Ability to issue release order
165. Provision for recording exit interview
166. Ability to get clearance certificate from various departments
167. Ability to provide data in the format for the selected period (from date - to date)
Ability to send an alert by the system 6 months prior to superannuation for

168.
initiating process for Pension and PF and for Manpower Planning
169. Ability to send an alert for any outstanding balances lying with any departments
170. Ability to fill up Pension related forms online
171. Ability to generate pension sheet and leave encashment
172. Provision for the system to process FnF
173. Ability to integrate with Pension, NPS and Finance Module

Name of
the Promotion
process
Page 323 of 514

174. Ability to determine Vacancy
Provision for the rules of Promotion to be properly defined based on which the
175.
system generates a list of eligible candidates
Ability to define eligibility criteria by DVC promotion policies such as (medical

176. history, performance, achievements, disciplinary action, seniority, tenure,
residual service etc.)
177. Ability to moderate APAR online

178. Ability to generate Receipt of Panel from CPC
Ability to record recommendation of Corporation/Departmental Promotion

179.
Committee
Ability to record the results of selection process through screening/skill test or

180.
promotional Interview
181. Ability to receive approval of the Competent Authority
182. Provision for Preparing, approving and publishing seniority list
Provision for Objection by employees after publishing of seniority list valid for a
183.
specific time period
184. Provision to upload Promotion list and generate Promotion Order

185. Ability to issue Promotion Order
186. Provision to hold or cancel Promotion Order
Ability to send note from Posting Section to Vigilance Department and

187.
Disciplinary Section for verification of credentials
Ability to check pending vigilance/ disciplinary cases in respect of employees by

188.
concerned authorities
189. Ability to communicate the status to the posting section
190. Ability to maintain details of Promotion in Employee Master for last all years
Ability to integrate with Transfer, Employee Master, Operations, Manpower

191.
Planning and Payroll
Page 324 of 514

Name of
the PIS
process
192. Ability to generate vacancy notification through system
193. Ability to view Department wise Manpower Strength
194. Provision for Manpower Planning & Restructuring
Provision for retirement forecast and it should be available in the prescribed

195.
format for the selected period (from date - to date)
Ability to generate proposal based on retirement forecast (Segregation of

196.
important posts falling vacant)
Ability to generate alert before position falling vacant because of Retirement or
197.
expiry of term
198. Capability to identify critical posts
199. Capability to identify sensitive posts
200. Ability to issue all types of transfer orders
201. Provision for employee satisfaction survey
Ability to automate manpower requirement/planning based on competencies,

202.
skills, experience, qualification and other criteria
Provisions for direct employment/ promotion/ recruitment to specialist

203.
categories/part time or contractual employees
Capability to project cadre wise/grade-wise manpower requirements for a

204. specified period based on data relating to upcoming
units/resignations/dismissals/future retirement etc.
Capability to analyze the unit-wise, cadre wise, grade wise resources available
205.
and required and do a gap analysis with specific time frame.
206. Ability to create new posts or modify existing posts through proper approval
207. Ability to provide Job description of employees
Page 325 of 514

208. Ability to update Employee Details by HRD

Name of
the Recruitment
process
209. Ability to approve vacancy by Competent Authority
210. Provision to advertise Recruitment with eligibility criteria
211. Provision in the system to capture the entire recruitment process
212. Provision for hiring an external recruitment agency
213. Ability to define actual Recruitment Panel

Ability to submit online application and integration with payment gateway for
214.
submission of application fees wherever applicable
Ability to record the reviews after Scrutiny of Application and also generate
215.
scrutiny sheet as per defined criteria
Ability to record results of Selection Test and also generate rating chart, merit
216.
list etc.
217. Ability to finalize the Candidate after approval of the Competent Authority
218. Provision to upload the Final Merit List
219. Provision to Capture the Document verification details

220. Ability to incorporate Gradation list
221. Provision to record the comments of interviewers
222. Provision to generate Offer Letters through system
223. Provision to issue orders for extension of retired personnel

224. Ability to verify checklist for joining
225. Ability to generate Employee Code
226. Ability to issue Posting Order
227. Ability to update Employee status from Probation to Confirmed/Non-Confirmed
228. Ability to gain approval of Employee status by Competent Authority
Provision to upload necessary certificates post joining and provision for

229.
authentication through HR
230. Provision to generate reminder for pending document uploads
Page 326 of 514

231. Ability to record the results of Probational interview for confirmation
Provision to generate confirmation letter (who qualify in the interview otherwise

232.
probation to be extended by 6 months)
Ability to properly define the policy for recruitment of Contractual Employee,

233.
Direct recruitment, Part time consultant, deputation etc.
Name of
the Employee Benefits Formulation
process
Provision to generate Proposal formulation and calculation of financial

234.
implication based on the various eligibility criteria
235. Provision to approve and issue Order based on various eligibility criteria
Name of
the Union Election
process
236. Ability to verify membership through ballot as per order from Labour dept.
237. Ability to generate Notice
238. Ability to generate Office Order
Name of
Wages and other statutory payment to Casual Workers/ Forestry Workers/
the
Canteen Workers etc.
process
239. Ability to finalize Muster Roll/ Attendance Sheet
240. Ability to provide approval of the Competent Authority
241. Ability to submit to Finance for Payment

Name of
the GSLI/GPAIS Benefits Administration
process
242. Ability to process sanction received from the Insurer
243. Ability to approve and issue Order
Name of
the Grievance Redressal
process
Page 327 of 514

244. Ability to store and update Grievance Policies and procedures

245. Provision to edit Grievance Policies
246. Provision to define the Grievance Redressal Committee
247. Ability to design GR Forms, GR Survey

248. Ability to submit Employee Grievance
249. Ability to record input from employee/Public grievance portal
250. Provision to schedule GR meeting
Ability to record the comments after scrutiny of Grievance/Internal Action for
251.
Resolution
252. Ability to draft reply in terms of DVC or GOI orders

253. Ability to approve the reply
254. Ability to communicate the reply
255. Ability to track the status of a pending case
Name of
the Law
process
256. Ability to determine budget for Legal affairs
257. Ability to capture details of budget utilized vs budget allotted
258. Provision to capture registration details of all cases registered in courts
259. Facility to capture details pf petitioner

260. Ability to upload and trace documents related to Cases
261. Facility to capture the status of action taken as per judgement passed
262. Ability to provide limited access of these documents to authorized users only
263. Ability to maintain database of empaneled lawyers/arbitrators and their fees
Ability to record the details of engagement of Advocate/ Legal Consultant/

264.
Arbitrator
265. Ability to prepare parawise comment & reply of all hearings and outcomes
Page 328 of 514

266. Facility to record lawyers’ communication
Provision to maintain all details of appeals by or against DVC against various

267.
orders
268. Ability to monitor status of all pending cases
269. Ability to maintain database of arbitration, settlement of cases out of court
270. Provision to record bills of advocate/arbitrator

271. Ability to make payment of the bills
Name of
Issuance of NOC for passport/outside employment/abroad tour/ higher
the
study/interview/deputation
process
272. Ability to request for NOC by Employees with reason
273. Provision for the competent authority to approve/reject request
274. Provision to apply for outside employment
275. Ability to record all the NOC request to Employee Service Book
276. Ability to record disciplinary & Vigilance Clearance

277. Ability to issue NOC or refuse by HRD
Name of
the Retirement Notice
process
278. Ability to issue Retirement Notice
279. Facility to process Pension at the time of Retirement
280. Provision to apply for final withdrawal of GPF

Name of
the NPS
process
281. Ability to generate monthly NPS Statement
282. Ability to generate bank advice and payment information

283. Provision to update Claim status
Page 329 of 514

Name of
the Pension and Gratuity
process
284. Provision to capture pensioner information of employee
285. Ability to calculate pension value and prepare pension sheet
Ability to generate alert to employees to fill Pension and Gratuity forms 6

286.
months prior to retirement
287. Ability to generate Family Pension application
288. Ability to calculate the Family pension sheet

289. Ability to generate Pension Order
290. Ability to issue Pensioner Certificate, NOC, Pensioner ID Card
291. Ability to calculate Gratuity
Name of
the Provident Fund
process
292. Ability to generate PF Settlement process
293. Ability to generate application for PF
294. Ability to integrate with Employee Master
295. Ability to generate record on withdrawal of PF
296. Ability to calculate PF balance and application for withdrawal

Name of
the FR - 56 (J)
process
297. Ability to prepare Quarterly Report
298. Ability to propose & approve
Name of
the Transfer Order - Own Interest
process
299. Ability to submit transfer request by employee
300. Ability to recall Transfer Request by employee
301. Ability to provide Requirement analysis
Page 330 of 514

302. Ability to approve/reject Request

303. Ability to create posting profile of suitable candidate
304. Ability to make proposal
305. Ability to issue order
306. Ability to record the dates of Transfer & Joining
Name of
the Transfer Order - Corporation Interest
process
307. Ability to define Transfer Policy
308. Ability to prepare Transfer list as per criteria
309. Ability to record proposal from Concerned Authorities, as per requirement
310. Ability to create posting profile of suitable candidate

312. Ability to issue order
313. Ability to issue No Dues certificate/No Liability certificate
314. Ability to record the dates of Transfer & Joining
315. Ability to hold of Transfer Order with proper reasons
316. Ability to maintain record of Transfers since recruitment

Name of
the Deputation
process
317. Provision for the employee to make a request
319. Ability to issue letter of acceptance/ refusal
320. Ability to issue release order
321. Ability to capture details of employees on deputation
Name of
the Complaint Handling
process
Ability to record the complaint received and also maintain and check status of
322.
complaints and generate report
Page 331 of 514

323. Ability to generate Complaint Receipt and Examination/ Verification
Provision to forward the information to the accused employee and controlling

324.
officer
325. Ability to issue Show Cause notice
326. Ability to record reply to the show cause notice
Name of
the Private/ DGR security/Home Guard
process
327. Ability to create tender for engagement of security agency
328. Ability to generate receipt of Monthly RA bill
329. Ability to record EPF & ESI Clearance by EPF Cell

330. Ability to Pass Order by the authority
331. Ability to process bills by Finance department after necessary deduction
332. Ability to release SD/BG amount
Name of
the Sports
process
Ability to schedule arrangement of intra/inter valley sports as per All Valley

333.
Sports Calendar-allotment of games to respective projects
334. Ability to finalize the Dates

Ability to communicate the dates to other projects by sending the list of
335.
participants
336. Ability to record the list of necessary purchases
337. Ability to maintain a list of hired umpires/referees
338. Ability to conduct the program as per schedule

339. Ability to analyze the Requirement
340. Ability to make proposal for Procurement
341. Ability to approve procurement as per policy
342. Ability to record procurement of sports materials
Page 332 of 514

Name of
the National Events
process
343. Ability to generate notice of Celebration of Independent /Republic Day
344. Ability to schedule meeting with stakeholders

345. Ability to allocate work assignments
346. Ability to record Execution of tasks
347. Ability to provide approval of expenditure
Ability to generate general Notice for Other National Events as per instructions
348.
of GOI.
349. Ability to approve expenditure
350. Ability to circulate the Program schedule
Name of
the Disciplinary Proceeding
process
351. Ability to capture data related to nomination of Committee Member
352. Ability to maintain record and details of Disciplinary Proceedings.
353. Ability to link service record with ongoing disciplinary proceeding.
354. Ability to approve by Committee
355. Ability to generate Office order
356. Ability to appoint IO/ PO
357. Ability to generate receipt and examination of IO Report
358. Ability to send IO report to Charged officer
359. Ability to display written reply of Charged officer
360. Ability to determine Penalty and issue Penalty Order
361. Ability to create an appeal by Charged officer
362. Ability to dispose the appeal
363. Ability to generate report of disciplinary cases.

Name of
the HR Audit
process
Page 333 of 514

364. Provision to appoint internal HR Auditor along with scope of work

365. Ability to audit HR tasks
366. Ability to submit report by the committee
367. Ability to declare best HR practice by project team
368. Provision for Non-compliance to audit/query para against the individual authority
369. Ability to analyze the query

370. Ability to draft reply as per internal documents
371. Ability to approve audit reply
372. Ability to submit Audit reply
Name of
the Compassionate/ Displaced/ Casual panel
process
373. Ability to maintain records of the empaneled candidates
Name of
the Lumpsum Ex-gratia payment to Compassionate/ Displaced candidates
process
374. Ability to record Committee Formation details
Ability to record the comments after Scrutiny of application/ Interview of the

375.
applicant
376. Ability to recommend and approve the payment
377. Ability to submit to Finance for Payment

Name of
Personal Details of Casual/ Supply/ Forestry/ Canteen and other non-
the
regular workers
process
Ability to record engagement details of Casual/ Supply/ Forestry/ Canteen and
378.
other non-regular workers
Name of
the Miscellaneous
process
379. Ability to circulate Message inter department.
Page 334 of 514

380. Ability to book Payment to police stations

Name of
the Education
process
381. Ability to generate receipt of Salary & other payment to affiliated school bills
382. Ability to verify the bills
383. Provision for the HR section to Pass Order
384. Provision for the Accounts section to verify the bills

385. Ability to make Payment of bills
Name of
the Club
process
386. Ability to approve payment of grant to clubs
Name of
the Welfare Centre/Community Centre
process
387. Ability to record Allotment details
388. Ability to record details of membership
389. Ability to generate application and approval for membership
390. Ability to generate application for budget
391. Ability to record Expenditure management

Name of
the Factory Canteen
process
392. Ability to capture Canteen Managing Committee minutes of meetings
Name of
the Reward and Recognition Scheme
process
393. Ability to nominate best employee
394. Provision for the competent authority to provide approval
395. Ability to generate Office Order
Page 335 of 514

Name of
the RTI
process
396. Ability to generate Receipt of application
397. Ability to collect information
398. Ability to dispose the application
Name of
the Housing
process
399. Ability to record note of discussion of Housing committee
400. Ability to advertise Vacancy
401. Ability to apply for Quarter and surrender quarter
402. Ability to record review comments after Scrutiny of applications

403. Ability to calculate Quarter Rent
404. Ability to draft Allotment order
405. Ability to Finalize Allotment order
406. Ability to create temporary allotment orders of quarters/Dormitory
407. Ability to create allotment orders of accommodation to agencies

408. Provision for HRA to issue Order
409. Ability to issue No Accommodation Certificate
410. Ability to issue order for cancellation of Quarter
411. Ability to integrate with Payroll and Finance Module
412. Ability to issue allotment orders of IB/DB/Guest House
413. Ability to record budgeting and accounting of IB/DB/Guest House
414. Ability to maintain database of all type of quarters

Name of
the Organizational Chart
process
415. Ability to define Organization Structure
416. Ability to create a Tree Structure of all unique roles
Page 336 of 514

417. Ability to define categories of employee

418. Ability to define hierarchy of positions
419. Ability to define gradation of employees
420. Ability to define functions and positions as per manning norms
421. Provision to change designations and positions due to transfer or promotion
Ability to assign Corporation code and then segregate them into cost center or
422.
profit center
423. Ability to define multiple positions and multiple reporting structures
424. Ability to create departments, sections and post
Provision for making change in organization structure to be limited to

425.
authorized users
426. Ability to provide approval for change in any organization structure
427. Provision to rollback or restore to previous changes
Ability to provide position wise administrative powers, definition to workflows

428.
and approvals
429. Ability to issue orders to change in administrative powers
430. Ability to Import/Export document on excel

Name of
the HR Policies
process
431. Ability to define Service regulations related to DVC Employees
432. Ability to define Pay Revision, TA Regulation, Labour Laws clauses
433. Ability to define medical advance and medical reimbursement to employees
434. Ability to define Employee welfare schemes
Ability to define all prevailing schemes under corporate social responsibility and
435.
monitoring status of implementations
436. Ability to maintain a list of Employee Unions and associations
Page 337 of 514

Ability to provide HR Policies Handbook including list of infrastructure facilities

437. for particular level of employees, approving authority for various approval
(DAP), special or additional powers for authorization
Ability to provide links to the important items hosted in various in-house

438.
websites/ intranet e.g. important circulars/ instructions/ policy documents etc.
439. Ability to record details of formation of various committees and the reconstitution
Name of
the Employee Service Book
process
440. Ability to store and maintain personal data of employees
441. Ability to store previous employment details, family information
442. Ability to upload photographs of employees and dependents
443. Ability to upload medical details of employees’ post joining
Provision for restriction of medical details of employees to employee and

444.
medical officers only
445. Ability to upload linguistic proficiency of employees
Ability to integrate organization structure with Employee master, Training and

446.
development
447. Ability to define designation, Salary structure, reporting hierarchy
448. Ability to maintain record of history of trainings attended
449. Ability to maintain records of Awards received, Promotions
Ability to maintain records of joining date, probation period, Transfer history,

450.
Posting details
451. Ability to maintain history of disciplinary actions taken, suspension
452. Ability to record date and time stamp for all changes made in service book
Page 338 of 514

453. Ability to implement Maker-Checker concept for change in service book
Ability to maintain records of responsibility and additional responsibility of a

454.
person
455. Ability to maintain record of employees linked with various committees
456. Ability to maintain Data regarding Claims/ Reimbursement/Advance/PF/Gratuity
457. Ability to record appraisal and performance details since joining
Provision for uploading scanned documents for supporting the personal

458.
information
459. Ability to provide details of applying for jobs outside DVC, higher studies
Ability to change employee job status (Active-Trainee, Probation, re-appointed,

460. Extended probation, Regular, Contractual, deputation, Suspended, long
absence, absconding & Resigned, VRS, Terminated)
461. Ability to declare assets related to employees issued by DVC

Name of
the HR Budget
process
462. Ability to gain requisition from Finance
Ability to send copy to all stakeholders to submit their respective sectional

463.
budget
Ability to prepare budget by respective sections based on previous expenditure

464. details, details of employee/ dependents in case of Salary, TA/DA, LTA, Medical
and proposed/ planned activities/ works/ procurement
Ability to provide HR outlay on retirement, recruitment, promotions, increment

465.
and training
466. Facilitate the compilation of budget
Page 339 of 514

Ability to record the comments after discussion and finalization with Finance
467.
executives
468. Provision for finalization and submission to Finance
469. Ability to approve the budget by Board members
470. Ability to estimate the annual training outlay

Name of
the Knowledge Management
process
471. Ability to integrate with Knowledge Management Portal
Name of
the Succession Planning
process
472. Ability to automate the process of Succession Planning
Ability to capture SP Policy and customize process to update/edit the policy with
473.
provision of manual entry of attributes, till SP Policy is in place
Ability to record and maintain various career options/paths available to

474.
employees in the organization
475. Ability to define vacancy and talent database
Ability to define the Talent Assessment Database Form for each

476. position/vacancy to capture the details of vacancy, eligibility criteria & evaluation
criteria
Ability to identify key positions (employees who are retiring in a span of 3 years)
477.
to formulate the vacancy list
Ability to define the eligibility criteria (Age, PMS Rating, Attendance Record,
478.
Vigilance) for employees to be included in Talent Database
Ability to define the list of employees eligible for the Talent Assessment Process
479. and capture their professional experience details, age, department, location,
past PMS rating of all previous years
Page 340 of 514

Ability to take clearance from Vigilance Cell (HoD) for each employee in the
480.
Talent Database to be shortlisted for Talent Evaluation Process
481. Ability to maintain a list of employees shortlisted for Talent Evaluation Process
482. Ability to update Interview Assessment Sheet Format including the rating scale
483. Ability to update list of Interviewing Authority for each function
Ability to inform shortlisted employees and Interviewing authority for date, time
484.
and venue for conducting interviews of shortlisted employees
485. Ability to update list of suggestive questions for interview
Ability to update interview ratings of employees in Talent Assessment Database

486.
under Evaluation Criteria
Ability to update list of top 3 successors for each positions in Vacancy and
487.
Talent Database
Ability to define Individual Development Plan (IDP) Database and form for IDP
488.
of successors
489. Ability to send the IDP to HoD for finalize IDP of successors
490. Ability to update the status of IDP completion in IDP Database
491. Ability to update list of Successors of last years
492. Ability to notify administrator to update successor details
493. Ability to record history of succession planning process of all years
Ability to provide reports on list of employees due for retirement in a span of 3

494.
yrs.
495. Ability to provide reports on number and details of Vacancies
Ability to provide reports of employees eligible/rejected for Talent Assessment

496.
Process
Page 341 of 514

Ability to provide reports of employees shortlisted/rejected for Talent Evaluation

497.
Process
498. Ability to provide reports of top 3 successors for each position
499. Ability to provide reports on employees undergoing/completed IDP
500. Ability to provide reports on assessment rating of interviewed employees
Ability to provide reports on employees participated/selected/rejected in

501.
succession planning process
Name of
the Training and Development
process
502. Ability to generate identification for Training
503. Provision to capture ad-hoc courses offered by various entities.
504. Ability to design selection criteria for various in-house/ external trainings
Ability to provide post training feedback by the employee and it should be linked
505.
to TA bill Approval.
Ability to capture training policy/plan and customize process to update/edit the

506.
policy
Ability to grant permission for acting as examiner/faculty member/guest lecturer

507.
in different technical/management institutes
508. Ability to capture Training Needs of various classes of employees through Form
Ability to capture Training needs of employees met/not met during the

509.
quarter/year
Ability to formulate and update annual Training Calendar with list of Training
510.
Programs, Batch size, target group etc.
511. Ability to view the training calendar and nominate oneself and subordinate.
Page 342 of 514

512. Ability to approve/Reject/ withdraw the Training requests for specific programs
Provision to provide input to Finance & Accounts Module for payment to

513.
Trainers/Institutes.
514. Ability to update list of Trainers/Institutes for various training programs.
515. Ability to record participant's attendance in various training programs.
Ability to record list of employees nominated who did not attend a training
516.
program
Ability to notify (via email/SMS) HoD/employees about the nomination for

517.
training program
518. Ability to define and print training nomination letters to be sent to employees.
519. Ability to generate Release Order to attend the training.
520. Ability to define/customize training feedback form, training nomination letters
521. Ability to maintain history of past trainings attended/ conducted etc.
522. Provision to fill up the online feedback form.
Ability to scan and upload training feedback provided by participants in the ERP
523.
portal.
524. Ability to analyze training feedback
Ability to seek nomination from employees/HoD for training programs not
525.
included in Training Calendar
526. Ability to capture training facilities available within the organization
Ability to capture course content of all training programs along with list of Target
527.
group, batch size
Ability to support the process of Induction Training for new recruitments by

528.
integrating with the recruitment module
Page 343 of 514

Ability to maintain topic/subject wise database of internal & external faculty,

529.
phone number and details of courses conducted by them
530. Ability to capture details of external employees (deputed) of other organizations
Ability to maintain a training budget (for each category of training) - cost of

531.
training – actual expenses.
Ability to maintain data for internal training exam and certification obtained by
532.
Employee
Ability to define the process of online registration, cancellation, reminder,

533.
postponed and confirmation of training.
Ability to upload various external brochures or training program received from

534.
external institutes
Ability to approve self-nominated external training programs which are not listed
535.
in the training calendar and select cost center for the same.
Ability to raise Requisition / Purchase Orders (PO) for clearing professional fees
536. of Trainers/Institutes/Stationery/Photocopy of training course content/material
etc.
Ability to monitor planned training against actual training conducted based on

537.
user defined parameters such as number of trainings, budget, participants etc.
538. Ability to maintain database with full training history of all employees
Ability to provide details of vocational training, Student Internship Training,

539. Apprenticeship (GoI) - Information to be captured such as name of the trainee,
period of training, College and age etc.
Ability to define the competency (skill set) inventory for unique roles in the
540.
organization across all Employees.
Ability to prepare database in system on Skill sets of the employees/officers so

541.
that in future it can be extracted as and when required.
Page 344 of 514

Ability to issue Award letter by BOPT (Board of practical training) through NATS
542.
(National apprentice) portal
Provision to provide intimation to candidate regarding place of posting after

543.
award of certificate
544. Provision for making payment of stipend for apprenticeship
Provision for updation of Quarterly progress report in the NATS portal for every
545.
apprentice.
546. Provision for issuance of certificate
Provision for requisition to BOPT for releasing the amount, as mandated under
547.
Apprenticeship Act, to DVC.
Ability to record training data like identification, attendance, institute where the
training was done and whether it was internal or external, the bill amount of the
548.
institute and whether it has been passed or not, the details of the bill for future
reference and category of employee.
Name of
the Vocational Training
process
549. Ability to record identification of Employee
550. Ability to make Faculty Request
551. Ability to gain approval of Competent Authority as per DAP/DFP
552. Ability to provide Honorarium to Faculties
553. Ability to record Financial, Conduction Credentials from Outside Faculty
554. Ability to make payment to Outside Faculties
555. Ability to send Training Reports to HR HQ, DVC
556. Ability to receive receipt of training request from college
557. Ability to generate vocational training order
558. Ability to generate Vocational Training Certificate
Page 345 of 514

Name of
the Apprenticeship Training
process
559. Ability to provide approval of ED(HR)/ Director, DTI
560. Ability to send confirmation to college
561. Ability to generate receipt of Training Request from Corporation, DVC HQ
562. Ability to issue Training Certificate after Training

Name of
the Inventory Management
process
563. Ability to prepare, process and approve the proposal
564. Ability to place order of inventories to Vendors

565. Ability to receiv ordered items
566. Ability to process Bills
567. Ability to record issuance of items
568. Ability to record Credit & Debit of Items
569. Ability to maintain ROM, Write-Off of Items

Name of
the Contract for Canteen Services of Training Hostel & HO Vehicle
process
570. Ability to prepare, process and approve proposal
571. Ability to process Bills

572. Ability to issue Completion Certificate
573. Ability to generate Grievance, Notice etc. regarding W.O.
Name of
the Revenue and Capital Budget
process
574. Ability to maintain record of actual expenditure of adopted budget
575. Ability to prepare proposed budget

576. Ability to enter proposed budget
Page 346 of 514

577. Provision for vetting of proposed budget
578. Ability to record utilization of adopted budget
Name of Conduction of different Simulator training modules at Simulator Training

the Centre, MTPS as per HQ office order and in-house simulator training office
process order
579. Ability to record reporting status of simulator trainees.
Ability to generate pre-evaluation report of the trainees through TPM (Trainee

580. Performance Monitoring) from simulator software and is saved in a dedicated
file.
Ability to generate post-evaluation report of the trainees through TPM (Trainee

581.
Performance Monitoring) and saved.
Ability to generate certificate based on performance of the trainee with release

582.
order after completion of training
583. Ability to issue office order i.r.o faculty for arrangement of classes
Ability to submit the balance sheet to Finance consisting of general office

584.
expenses related to training that are incurred from the imprest
Name of
the AMC
process
Provision to approve annual maintenance contract of Simulator system, UPS,

585.
Battery Bank, Water Purifier
586. Ability to generate service receipt as per Work Order
587. Facilitate payment process after the schedule work.

Name of
the E-Library
process
Page 347 of 514

Ability to maintain a list of different manuals related to different DVC power

588.
stations that are available in the e-library.
Name of
the Hard Copy Based Library
process
Ability to maintain a record of purchased books or issued from different
589.
sections.
590. Ability to maintain a record of books issued to trainees for their self-study
Ability to provide reports of total organization hierarchy, organization structure of

591. Head Quarter, Zones , Circle, Divisions , Sub-stations , State Load Dispatch
Centre and other offices.
Ability to provide reports on list of vacant positions(Integrate with Manpower

592.
Planning)
Ability to provide reports on reporting relationships (Functional, administrative)

593.
in a department.
Facility to calculate the cost implications of adding a new

594.
Department/Section/Position
Ability to generate reports on categories of employees across class I,II,III & IV

( list of existing employees cadre wise, wing wise or unit wise on any date or
595.
cross section of time along with a list of officers and staff who will retire within a
specified period )
Ability to generate report on number of employees on leave, on deputation, on

596.
training, on field visit, attending meeting etc.
Ability to generate report on details of training such as number of person

597.
attending/not attending training, feedback etc.
598. Facility to generate report on Contractor wise labour engaged for a particular job
Page 348 of 514

Facility to generate report of contractual/fixed pay employee/engagement under

599.
Labour Contractor
Facility to generate reports on renewal of contractual/fixed pay

600.
employee/engagement under Labour Contractor.
601. Facility to generate report on Contractors engaged for a particular type of job.
602. Facility to generate report on labour rates for enlisted labourers as on date/time
Facility to generate list of statutory compliances requirements for labour

603.
contractors from time to time.
Facility to generate report on amount of arrear payments made labourer wise,

604.
contractor wise in a specified period
Ability to provide reports of employees based on blood group, length of Service,

605.
Age, Qualification, experience, department, salary bands etc.
Ability to provide reports to HR on employees personal, educational &

606.
professional details not updated in the system.
Ability to provide reports on all employee details as per department, class/cadre

607.
wise, location in specified period.
Ability to provide reports on employee counts retired, resigned, suspended,

608. dismissed or left, per department, class/cadre-wise, superannuating in a
specified period
Ability to provide reports on status of details of disciplinary proceedings, time,

609.
progress, status
Ability to provide reports on personnel released from one place and not joined
610.
other office
611. Utilization report : Actual Vs Budgeted
612. Ability to generate report on expenditure on training.
Page 349 of 514

613. Ability to provide reports in ESS on attendance & leave details.
Ability to provide reports to HR and HoD on employees at present on leave in

614.
the department.
Ability to provide the Manager consolidated status of present/absent employees

615.
working under him/her.
616. Ability to provide report on attendance details & leave quota/balances
Ability to provide reports on number of employees for whom leave has not been
617.
approved/declined/modified
Ability to provide reports on total number of admissible leave and actual leaves
618.
taken in a period by an employee
Ability to produce report to reflect the half day leave, unauthorized absence,
619. repeated late arrival by employee to job location or employee working less than
their normal working hours for Time keeping and disciplinary action
Ability in the system to generate report on overtime allowances , compensatory

620.
allowances, Shift allowance , compensatory leave etc..
621. Ability to provide reports on training calendar of present/past years
Ability to provide reports on training programs attended (employee wise ,

622.
department wise etc.)
Ability to provide reports on training programs nominated for but not attended
623.
during employment.(reasons for not attending)
Ability to provide report of the participant list and total training hours for each
624.
employee during the year
Ability to provide reports on Training Needs of employee specified by

625.
employees in ACR Form
Ability to support the Cost benefit analysis for External training institutes or
626.
individual trainer
627. Ability to calculate total Training Cost in a year against the T&D Budget
Page 350 of 514

Ability to provide reports on vocational training, Student Internship Training,

628.
Apprenticeship( GoI)
Ability to provide reports to HR&A on status of completion of appraisal process

629.
during each stage of PMS
Ability to provide reports to PMS approving authority & PMS coordinating officer
630. on count of performance appraisal documents received during each stage of
appraisal by the PMS approving authority & PMS coordinating officer
Ability to provide reports of employees based on performance appraisal

631.
initiated and completed, appraisal ratings
Ability to generate performance report on employee ratings in the last three

632.
years
Ability to provide reports on count/list of employees based on categories of

633.
performance appraisal ratings
Ability to generate reports for vigilance clearance and detailed status of

634.
vigilance proceedings as well as submission of declaration of assets
635. Ability of generate performance reports and detailed status
Ability to provide reports of special Annual Confidential Reports and detailed

636.
status for the probation period
Ability to view clearance request approved/rejected by department and the

637.
reason for the same.
Ability to generate reports on the total number of employees applied for

638.
resignations/VRS, number approved/rejected/pending
639. Ability to view the complete report on the e-exit formalities.
Ability to generate reports on the total number of employees applied for VRS,
640.
number processed/rejected/pending per year
641. Ability to print Full and Final settlement letter
Page 351 of 514

642. Ability to generate report on the medical history of employee
643. Ability to generate/download NOC from the system
Ability to generate reports on total no of employees transferred in a specified

644.
period.
Ability to generate reports on total pending, approved/rejected cases of transfer

645.
with details
Ability to generate report for employees in difficult area/terrain beyond a

646.
specified time
Ability to generate reports on status of officers/staff based on different

647. parameter like released/not released / joined in the new location /not joined
( along with dates) as per transfers/promotion orders as on particular date/prior
.
Ability to generate a list of eligible candidates for promotion of different grades

648. and streams in consideration of period spent under suspension , extra ordinary
leave without pay etc.
Ability to generate list of pending cases for promotion with requirement of user
649.
defined parameters.
Ability to provide reports on total employees promoted during specific period,

650.
category wise, designation wise (all details)
Ability to generate reports on status of officers/staff whether released or not

651. released or whether joined/not joined ( along with dates) as per
transfers/promotion orders as on particular date/ period
Ability to generate seniority list of all officers and staff ( with particulars like dob,
652.
doj, qualifications) on any date/time
Ability to provide reports on employees not selected for promotion or cases

653.
deferred or pending or dropped with reasons
Ability to provide reports on list of employees due for retirement in a span of 3

654.
yrs.
Page 352 of 514

655. Ability to provide reports of top 3 successors for each position
656. Facility to generate reports on cost incurred per recruitment .
Facility to generate manpower/establishment report of DVC for a specified

657.
period.
Facility to generate report on Education and Age profile, work experience etc. of
658.
employees
Facility to generate reports on the details of contractual/fixed pay employees in

659.
DVC
Facility to generate reports on the Recruitment & appointment details for a

660.
specified period.
Facility to generate report on the number of employees confirmed for a specified

661.
period.
662. Facility to identify critical posts which were difficult to fill in for a specified period.
663. Facility in the system to generate report of back-log vacancies.
664. Number of new cases registered in month/year/given period
Facility to generate reports on the total amount of payout on litigation cases per
665.
year
Facility to generate reports on the total number of legal cases filed against the
666. company by employees (per year) against disciplinary actions /non settlement
of terminal dues/other issues
667. Facility to generate reports on the status of all cases ongoing
Facility to generate reports on the total number of legal cases filed against/ by
668.
the company (per year)
Facility to generate reports of pending cases allotted to particular advocates by

669.
any office
Facility to generate reports of pending cases according to involvement of

670.
outstanding dues
Facility to generate reports of pending cases according to date/month of filing

671.
the cases
Page 353 of 514

672. Facility to generate reports -advocate wise and office wise legal expenditure
673. Ability to generate reports in PDF ,Word and Excel format
Ability to generate reports on No. of cases pending, dismissed, decreed,

674.
disposed or settled out of court
675. Cases where feedback/ action not taken within stipulated time
Facility to generate reports on the total number of complaints received for a

676.
specified period.
Facility to generate reports on the total number of grievances resolved for a

677.
specified period.
Ability to generate report on RTI application status/ total no of RTI application

678.
received/ resolved etc.
679. Facility to generate reports on the average time taken to resolve a grievance.
680. Ability to generate reports on list of employees based on pay scales
681. Ability in the system to generate Pay-slip, PF- Statement etc.
Ability to have provision for generating ad-hoc payroll reports & provision for
682.
generating user defined reports
Ability to generate reports on list of employees for whom system notified error
683.
in payroll run.
Ability to generate reports about percentage of salary increments by employee,

684.
by division, by certain jobs family within all divisions.
Ability to produce reports on employee cost by employee/Organization unit/Job

685.
family, etc.
There should be a report generated before posting of salaries at month end.

686.
This would ensure that the system allows checking of data prior to posting
687. Ability in the system to generate Form 16.
Page 354 of 514

688. Ability to generate report on the details of claim of Accumulated Pension(NPS)
689. Ability in the system to generate statement on GPF recovery of employees
690. Ability in the system to generate Annual GPF State of each employee
Ability to Generate all types of MIS reports (like GPF ledger, GPF Advance
691.
ledger, Pension rule, PF rule, Gratuity rule (online) etc.)
1.3 Contracts and Material Management

Name
of the Material Master Management
process
Ability to record and maintain item master list with availability of material
1. number/code/part code/Bin code as primary identifier for various material
types including parts, spares and consumables
2. Ability to create Bin Master and Warehouse Master
3. Ability to create item group master as per item category
4. Ability to create Unit of Measurement master
5. Ability to maintain multiple UOM for a material
6. Ability to upload documents related to a material (catalog, specs etc.)
7. Ability to upload Quality Testing Data in Material master
8. Provision for duplicate code identifying and merging process
9. Ability to tag item with equipment
10. Provision of tagging process of old code with new item code
11. Provision for deactivation of Material code with reason and approval
12. Ability to modify material value and quantity with approval flow
13. Ability to generate workflow for approval for each and every process
14. Ability to create Alert through trigger point
Ability to generate material code automatically for item entry to item master
15.
as well as support manual entry
16. Ability to support alphanumeric material codes
Page 355 of 514

Ability to capture detailed material information including the categories of

data to support core material management transactions like goods arrival,
goods inspection, goods receipt, goods reject, goods issue , goods transfer,
goods return etc.
17. (1)Basic data like item code, Item Description, UoM, status, origin, type,
conversion factors etc.
(2)Inventory management data i.e. material history, MRP data,
classification, inventory location/Bin location, safety stock,
etc. (3)Purchasing data i.e. purchase rule, tax/duties rule, ordering batch
size etc.
(4)Costing data i.e. standard price, moving average price, last purchase
price etc.
Ability to support item groups or categorization of material into material
18.
groups/sub-groups, type and location etc.
Ability to support approval workflow and automatically trigger material data
19.
authorization upon material data entry
20. Ability to modify material details and resubmit for approval
21. Ability to track material authorization status pre and post approval
Ability to track changes made to material record with details of changes
22.
made, changing entity and approver of changes
Ability to reject material record and update material record status with
23.
reasons
24.
Ability to record whether material is moving or non-moving or obsolete.
25. Ability to link material to vendor / supplier/manufacturer details
26. Availability of search functionality based on material numbers partial item

description, shelf life, warranty period, specifications, etc.
Ability to display partial or full material master information to users across
27. functional areas and restrict display of all information based on user
roles/display authorization levels
28. Ability to support multiple Units of Measure(UoM) for an item
Ability to create catalogues for different material types, parts, spares and
29.
miscellaneous items
30. Ability to capture details regarding insurance of the materials
Ability to record price of material in multiple currency and convert it into base
31.
currency
Ability to support quality/inspection parameters for material group/sub-
32.
group, type etc.
33. Ability to record inspection results for a material
Ability to provide alternate material option to user based on the pre define
34.
logic/alternate material option
Ability to integrate with finance module/sub-module from material
35.
management module/sub module
Ability to support workflow system for treating the inventory for theft,
36.
damage etc.
Page 356 of 514

Ability to record information on preservation, storage and maintenance details

37.
against a material/ material group
Ability to support and record insurance claim/adjustment and spares of
38.
projects as per the DVC accounting practices
Name
of the Inventory Management
process
Ability to generate workflow for approval for each and every process
39.
Ability to create alert through trigger point
40.
Ability to record multiple physical store locations, capturing individual store
41.
physical description details
Ability to map one store location with multiple godown with multiple accounts
42.
location
Ability to record and track inventory status for Turnkey (Includes supply and
43.
service) Contracts (these stocks shall not be held in the DVC stores, but
materials are recognized by issuing GRS to Contractor)
Ability to support multiple inventory status for individual items and also add
new attributes including the following:
- Available for Issue vis-à-vis Order Position
- New
- Scrapped
- Obsolete
- In Transfer
- Blocked
44.
- Restricted Use
- Under Repair
- Repaired item
- Capital spares
- Special Project Stock
- Reserved Stock
- Asset
- Other Asset
Ability to track material movement for each store and also add new
attributes including:
- Receipts
- Issues
- Inter Store Stock Transfers
45. - Transfer to Scrapped Stock
- Transfer to Obsolete Stock
- Consignment movements
- Quarantines Stock
- Returns
- Under Repair
Ability to track and monitor stock at various store locations under Central
46.
Stores.
Page 357 of 514

Ability to issue material on FIFO basis

47.
Ability to plan for inventory based on consumption pattern, present stock,
48.
procurement lead time, forecasted requirements etc.
Ability to perform various kinds of inventory analysis like ABC analysis, XYZ
49. analysis, Fast/Slow/Non-moving analysis, Min-Max analysis, etc. and
combination of these (cross type)
Ability to analyze inventory in terms of 'items reached re-order/ safety level'
50. and 'critical' items and generate appropriate alerts when inventory reaches
predefined re-order points
Ability to store shelf-life details for items and display alerts when items
51. reach end of life (user defined, manufacturers recommended) and
remains un-
used.
Ability to store material movement history for each item e.g. fast, slow
52.
moving and non-moving.
53. Ability to classify inventory based on various inventory analysis like ABC
Classification, etc. for various actions e.g. Stock taking, Criticality etc.
Ability to classify inventory under bulk material, finished goods, capital
54.
items, job work , disposables etc.
55.
Ability to classify inventory under electrical, mechanical, chemical etc.
Ability to assign a service level to an inventory item e.g. 100% for critical
56.
items and this will be linked to re-order levels
Ability to schedule stocktaking/physical verification as per predefined
57. business rules e.g. A Level Items will be counted once every month and
freeze inventory for stocktaking
Ability to support in stock replenishment for all stock items based on

58. parameters like re-order point, safety stock level, consumptions patterns
etc. The system should be able to estimate ordering quantity and
delivering
schedule which can be converted automatically into purchase requisitions
59. Ability to trigger stock replenishment for all stock items on the basis of various
parameters like reorder level, safety stock level, material consumption
Ability to estimate suggested ordering quantity and delivering schedule for
60.
individual items for stock replenishment
Ability to generate purchase requisitions based on re-orders automatically for
61.
items based on predefined system configurations
Ability to support inventory valuation methods like FIFO/LIFO/Weighted
62.
Average, Standard Cost, PO value etc.
Ability to estimate total inventory carrying cost based on inventory valuation
63.
method
Ability to revalue inventory, with tracking to revert back / to get original
64.
value, if required.
Ability to create inventory maintenance schedule based on group, sub-
65.
group, type etc.
66. Provision of regularization of items of other custodian.
Page 358 of 514

67. Provision of changing BIN within Godown.

68. Provision for migration of mandatory spares
69. Provision for regularization of left over materials of Turnkey Projects.
Name
of the Material Requirement Planning
process
70. Ability to generate workflow for approval for each and every process
71. Ability to create alert through trigger point

Availability of Material Requirement Planning (MRP) functionality and
72. execute MRP runs online and in batch both for groups of items, locations or
individual items
Ability to support forecast based planning by generating forecast
73.
requirements and determine projected demand for materials
74.
Ability to execute MRP and display the results of the last planning run
75. Ability to system determine most suitable forecasting technique for an item
based automated selection of technique having greatest forecast accuracy
Availability of different forecasting models and set parameters for constants,
76.
trend, seasonality etc.
77. Ability to link MRP with approved/planned budget
78. Ability to allow hierarchy-based approval of MRP
79. Ability to store forecast settings for selected forecast techniques
80.
Availability of forecasting algorithms and estimation of forecast accuracy
Ability to select different forecasting technique for an item and perform
81.
forecast simulations
82. Ability to generate forecasts either automatically or manually
83. Ability to delete forecasts if required
84.
Ability to use the forecasts as input for material requirements for the MRP run
Availability of backward scheduling with MRP to determine material
85.
requirements as per calendar dates
Ability to select material which will be part of the MRP run i.e. assign MRP
86.
conditions to a material
87. Ability to execute MRP run at an aggregate level
Ability to specify storage locations within MRP to execute and estimate
88.
requirements for storage locations
89. Ability to simulate MRP runs online
90. Ability to create individual MRP settings for each item of inventory
91. Ability to modify/ maintain MRP settings for each item of inventory
92. Ability to define safety stock for each individual inventory items
Page 359 of 514

93.
Ability to determine optimal stock holdings for a given storage location
Ability to recommend optimized order quantity based on lot sizing, safety
94.
stock and demand requirements
95.
Ability to view MRP list prior to taking action on the proposed transactions
96. Ability to modify and delete MRP list manually
97. Ability to action the MRP results listings automatically if required
98. Ability to allocate an item to a specific MRP controller
Ability to generate alerts when planned order dates has passed but no
99.
action has been taken
Ability to forecast material based on the availability of materials in stores
100.
(individually and consolidated)
Name
of the Material Receipt Process
process
101. Ability to generate work flow for approval for each and every process.
102. Ability to create Alert through Trigger point.
103. Ability for Tracking of due delivery from Vendors (Alert mechanism) .
104. Ability to generate trigger for materials due for delivery by vendors
105. Ability to record gate entry status of material/lot
Ability to records receipt of material received from vendors/suppliers
106.
including details of transport, Challan etc.
Ability to record “ready for inspection status” and generate automatic trigger
notification to inspecting officer/Creator of the PO / Committee members (as
107. mentioned in the P.O / appointed by GM/CGM. Provision in the system to
define timeline for completing the Inspection process and trigger alert
accordingly.
Ability to consolidate Inspection Details/ Results and generate Material
108.
Inspection Report ( MIR)
Ability to generate approval, rejection, short supply and excess supply note
109.
with unique number for received items.
Ability to record receipt of inventory items received from vendors/suppliers

110.
and generate Goods Receipt Note (GRN) including record of place/location
of receipt and goods details (unit, weight, specifications etc.)
Ability to record receipt of commercial documents received with goods like

111.
vendor invoice, excise invoice duplicate, transport lorry receipt copy along
with goods, waybill, GST receipt etc. based on pre-defined check list
Ability to record receipt of commercial documents received with imported
112. goods like vendor invoice, Bill of Landing, certificate of origin, packing list etc.
along with goods on pre-defined check list
Page 360 of 514

113. Ability to record receipt of technical documents like quality certification

report/Test Certificate, warranty certificate etc. received along with goods.
Availability of control functionality for goods receipt i.e. receiving in
114. excess/shortfall of Purchase Order (PO) quantity, quantity tolerance
functionality or PO(Purchase Order) revision functionality
Ability to support quality inspection after goods receipt and before delivery of
115. goods to inventory and generate quality inspection report and record/upload
the inspection results for the goods
Availability of workflow-based inspection notification to quality control on
116. receipt on parts at store and return notification to store on completion of
inspection for posting the item to inventory.
Ability to support three-way matching of GRN with Purchase Order (PO),
117.
Material Inspection Not and Dispatch Instruction Report
118.
Ability to club multiple lorry receipts (LRs) / consignments into single GRS
Ability to record partial delivery of items and track different lots of supply from
119.
suppliers for the same PO
Ability to automatically trigger evaluation of goods receipt and payment
120.
process
Ability to raise bill for payment with workflow-based approval hierarchy for
121.
evaluation of payment
122. Ability to record receipt of goods and track inter store transfers
Ability to receive goods without P.O. and subsequent
123.
adjustment/regularization
Ability to display updated inventory status after goods receipt for individual
124.
items, item groups and across stores
125.
Ability to receive advance shipment notice and attach scanned documents
Ability to record receipt of inventory items purchased at different levels of
126. hierarchy like Purchase at Division/Circle/Zone, Head Office, departmental
purchase etc
Ability to generate intimation notice to purchasing authority in case of
127.
rejection of goods
Ability to trigger notice for identified item insurance claim along with facility to
128.
attached scanned items
129. Ability to update bin location/store yard details for stored items
Ability to record transaction for return of material rejected during inspection
130.
at stores and generate gate pass.
131. Ability to update Price Store Ledger automatically.
132. Ability to record PDI before receipt of materials
133. Ability for adjustment process of Inventory with approval flow
134. Ability to issue MDCC
135. Ability to prepare MRC
Page 361 of 514

Name
of the Material Issue Process
process
Ability to generate work flow for approval for each and every process.
136.
Ability to create Goods requisition for material including spares and

miscellaneous items. The requisition record should have a reservation
138.
number, date of reservation, requestor name, stock location, material part
number, quantity required, department, PO(Purchase Order) number,
delivery address, accounting and costing information etc.
139. Provision for modification in requisition before approval
Ability to provide options to user for selection of items from following stocks
and also add new attributes like : -
- new
- asset
- other asset
140. - Restricted Use
- Under Repair
- Repaired item
- Capital spares
- Special Project Stock
- Reserved Stock
Ability to provide alternate material selection option to the user based on the
141.
pre define logic/alternate material options
Ability to generate Goods requisition manually and also automatically based
142. on maintenance work orders, capital works project requirements estimated
in system
Availability of control functionality for goods issue i.e. issuing in
143. excess/shortfall of Goods requisition quantity, quantity tolerance
functionality
or Goods requisition revision functionality
144. Ability to modify Goods requisition based on approver update
Ability to track changes made to Goods requisitions and display reservation
145.
history
146. Ability to delete Goods requisitions automatically based on cancellations in

work orders, capital works project etc. and record reasons for cancellation
147.
Availability of configurable approval workflow for Goods requisition approval
148. Ability to display Goods requisition requests awaiting approval
149. Availability of material control functionality to check against Goods requisition

, available inventory and approval status for issue of goods
Ability to display availability of issuing material in each store before goods
150.
issue
Page 362 of 514

151. Ability to issue goods and generate Good Issue Note

Ability to support and create pick lists for those items awaiting issue to a
152. capital works project, maintenance job, transfer request or over the counter
issue etc.
Ability to display updated store inventory status based on goods issued and
153.
available inventory at the store
Ability to consolidate pick lists for items to be supplied to the same
154.
destination, user or job
155. Ability to track that the pick list has been picked packed and issued and
display the status of the pick list e.g. being picked, being packed, issued etc.
Ability to capture delivery information e.g. transportation type, carrier details,
156.
dimensions, weight etc.
Ability to generate Gate Pass for material movement based on Good Issue
157.
Note
Ability to modify goods issue information details e.g. quantity, material
158.
number if required and track modification history
159. Availability of multiple unit of measure i.e. UoM for storage e.g. units and
UoM for issue e.g. kg and a defined relation between them.
Ability to record issue of goods without reference document or goods
160.
requisition e.g.-goods issue for scrap, emergency issue etc.
161. Ability to generate record on goods issued against approved Goods

requisitions on an item wise and generate exceptions on a periodic basis
In case of Emergency/break down, system should have the facility of post

162. facto approval of material issue In such case, Store-in-charge will issue the
material based on the verbal approval and concerned approving authority
will
normalize the process through post facto approval
Ability to record the transaction for issuance and receipt of goods to/from
164. the third party (like repairer, contractor, manufacturer) from the various
stores of DVC.
Ability to perform necessary adjustment on accounts based on above
165.
transaction
166. Provision to issue Certificate for utilization of materials
167. Provision for Material Dispatch and release process
168. Provision for release of quantity less than requisitioned quantity
Name
of the Inter Store Transfer
process
Page 363 of 514

169. Ability to generate work flow for approval for each and every process
Ability to create Alert through Trigger point.
170.
Ability to support physical movement of stock between stores i.e. inter-store
171.
stock transfers
Ability to record order for inter-store stock transfers by pre-configured
172.
authorized entity in the system
Ability to generate material issue request/store indent form/ / Inter Store Stock
173.
Transfer Request (ISTR) based on order for inter-store transfer from the
material requesting store to the material issuing store
Availability of configurable approval workflow for ISTR approval for inter-

174.
store transfer. Depending upon the location of the two stores, approval from
respective Stakeholder is required
175. Ability to modify ISTR based on approver update
176.
Ability to issue goods and generate Good Issue Note for inter-store transfer
177.
Ability to post material transfer and update inventory status of issuing store
Ability to generate Delivery Challan and Gate Pass based on Good Issue
178.
Note for inter-store transfer
Ability to record receipt of goods at receiving store and generate Goods
179.
Receipt Sheet
Ability to display updated inventory status after goods receipt in receiving
180.
store
181. Availability of material control functionality to check goods issued from

issuing store with goods received in receiving store and post transfer of
goods
Availability of capture the Rate Contracts for Inter Store Transfer and
182.
rationalize the transportation linkage to Finance Module
Ability to generate auto trigger to the original user department after
183.
issuance of material from the store
184. Ability to handle accounting adjustments for inter-store transfer.
Ability to auto-create purchase requisition for the same item after issuance of
185.
material for inter-store/division/circle/zone transfer.
187. Ability to upload Transporter information in the system.
188. Ability to upload Insurance information in the system.
Name
of the Material / Stock Return
process
Page 364 of 514

189. Ability to generate work flow for approval for each and every process
191. Provision for returning excess or unused material from project site to store
192. Provision to return O & M items and return EPC project items
193. Ability to generate Material Return Note for goods returned to store
194. Ability to generate Receipt of goods at Store
195. Ability to update of inventory status after goods receipt
196. Ability to update Location/Bin while updating stock
Name
of the Material Disposal Process
process
197.
Provision for Disposal of obsolete/un-serviceable items and inventory
199.
update after the disposal.
Ability to record and support workflow for material disposal of scrap/obsolete
200. items (as declared by appropriate authority) returned to the store from the
field operations in DVC
Ability for declaration of disposable items (Waste, damage assets, scrap,
201.
assets, coal mill reject, fly ash).
Ability for approval of survey report by competent authority for disposing
202.
material
Provision for two-way communication between DVC and auction platform
203.
Provision to include entry of payment for accounting process through auction
204. platform lot wise and payment confirmation from accounts
Ability for lot creation and grouping of disposable material for e-auction.
205.
Provision for proposal preparation for E auction with addition of new lots with
206.
unsold lots of old e-Auction.
Report generation for proposal to be sent E auction platform or E auction
207.
process
208. Provision for Reserve price preparation process (Scrap Valuation)
209. Provision for Delivery order preparation process
210. Provision for Disposal issue note preparation process
211. Provision for Delivery order closing & settle process
Page 365 of 514

212. Provision for Disposal EMD process
213. Provision for Disposal refund and receiving process
214. Provision for Disposal payment receipt process
215. Provision for Committee creation process for disposal declaration

Provision for Committee creation for declaration of material as
216.
unserviceable/scrap/surplus/unrepairable/obsolete
217. Provision for Committee creation for lifting of material on disposal sale.
218. Provision for Committee creation process for fixing up reserve guide price
219.
Ability to compile periodic report of scrap goods returned to the stores
Availability of configurable approval workflow for scrap approval and capture
220.
the recommendation of the scrap disposal committee
221. Ability to display scrap requests awaiting approval
Ability to generate alert to initiate material disposal workflow with the scrap
222.
goods report completion as the trigger
223. Ability to record the store location against the scrap item
Ability to generate material list for auction/sale based on material disposal
224.
report
225.
Ability to record valuation of scrap based on the inputs of scrap valuer.
226. Ability to record auction/ sale result / Scarp Evaluation Report for scrap
disposal including buyer information and material disposal details
Availability of workflow to support configurable payment norms for scrap
227. disposal and generate goods issue based on buyer compliance to payment
norms
228. Ability to generate Scrap Disposal Order from the system.
Ability to generate Material Lifting Order (MLO) after checking against
229.
payment information
Ability to store the scanned copy of documents against the MLO like
230.
minutes of meeting etc.
231.
Ability to issue gate pass for entry of purchaser’s vehicle for lifting of scrap
Ability to generate accounting adjustments on a consolidated basis at the
232.
DVC Zone level for all the disposals generated for that period
Name
of the Physical Stock Verification
process
233.
Page 366 of 514


234.
Ability to support periodic physical stock verification process and update
235.
inventory status in system based on stock verification
236. Ability to schedule physical stock verification in the system.
237.
Ability to freeze inventory in the system for physical stock verification
238. Ability to generate item master list for physical stock verification
Ability to generate stock count sheets having detail information like Item No,
239. Item description, Stock Location, Bin Location, Units of Measurement, etc.
to capture results of stock verification
Ability to record the results of stock count in the system and record stock
240.
verification details
Ability to analyze of stock count i.e. compare system stored inventory with
241.
physical count and generate exception report
Ability to record recount of the stock items which are at variance in the
242.
system prior to correcting system values
Ability to record possible reason for variance in the system and record root-
243.
cause analysis
Ability to support approval workflow for stock count results and variance, and
244. support authorization hierarchy based on value of discrepancy, type of
items etc. for approval of variances
Ability to update and modify inventory status, material master information
245.
based on physical stock verification
Name
of the Others
process
246. Provision to raise Insurance Claim for Vendors
247. Provision of making Advance payment to Vendors against Materials Receipt
Name
of the Vendor Management
process
248.
249.
Availability of centralized vendor master records facilitating single vendor
250.
description and code across the organization
Ability to record vendor records including alternate / short name for vendor,
251. Contact person for each vendor address, vendors bank account information,
contact numbers etc.
Page 367 of 514

Ability to record TDS details, PAN number and Tax details required for
252. ensuring compliance with Indian Tax laws considering both direct & Indirect
taxes, Default currency for invoice/payment
Ability to record vendor specific information relating to an item/ vendor

relationship. The details should include vendor name, address, payment
253.
terms, price & quantity, free form comments, delivery information, item no. &
description, discounts, vendor performance, after sales service performance
and other text information etc.
254. Ability to support multiple addresses against each vendor
255. Ability to support automatic vendor numbering
Ability to define different vendor types e.g. domestic vendors, international
256.
vendors
Ability to maintain vendor lists for OEM vendors, trade vendors, proprietors
257.
etc.
Ability to modify vendor records e.g. bank account information and support
258.
authorization of changes made
Ability to support vendor classification e.g. stationary suppliers, electrical
259.
suppliers, chemical supplier, service suppliers etc.
Ability to classify vendors with regards to: supplier, Contractor, sub-
260. Contractor, transporter, approved/ registered, blacklisted/active/not active,
dormant, under trial, etc.
261. Ability to display vendors based on vendor grouping/ classification
Ability to block vendors from being used due to a specific reason e.g. vendor
262. bankruptcy, vendor reliability with effective date and with facilities to re-
activate
Ability to record vendor transactions history including purchasing history,
263.
payment history etc.
Ability to record evaluation of vendor credentials to qualify vendors as
264.
preferred vendors for specific items
Ability to maintain a preferred vendor listing for specific item e.g. item A has
265.
3 preferred vendors A1, A2 and A3
Ability to generate vendor registration certificate indicating eligible item
266.
groups online, validity etc.
Ability to verify existence of vendor rate contracts and display alerts for
267.
sourcing
Ability to evaluate vendors based on multiple parameters like quality of
material, quantity of material and adherence to delivery schedule, prices
268.
quoted by the vendor, vendor response time and other user defined
parameters
269.
Ability to restrict access to vendor master record to specific users/ groups
Ability to merge / correlate vendor details (e.g. one vendor taking over
270.
another vendor). Enabling tracking change of status from a date
Ability to pay each invoice individually or multiple invoices together for same
271. vendor and manage outstanding balances accordingly by linking payment to
invoices.
Page 368 of 514

In case of Emergency Purchase and are regularly purchased Items , ability

272. in the system to generate purchase requisition referring Rate Contract
Prices or previous purchase order price.
273.
Ability to generate alert for predefined vendors/POs/WOs before payment
Ability to link every payment to invoice(s) and manage outstanding balances
274.
for individual vendors
Ability to prioritize payments based on pre-defined criteria e.g. due date,
275.
vendor category etc.
276. Ability to print cheques as per payment instruction
277. Ability to support payment through Letter of credits
Ability to support predefined approval hierarchy and authorization workflow
278.
for payment to vendors based on amount, vendor category
Ability to appropriate / adjust advance payments against multiple
279.
contracts/invoices
280.
Ability to initiate new vendor registration through workflow based approval.
Ability to attach scanned documents like tax registration, address proof,
281. vendor registration form etc in the new vendor registration along with
registration form.
Ability to display period-to-date, quarter-to-date, year-to-date vendor
282.
balances
283. Ability to block payments to vendors
Ability to integrate with finance functions e.g. accounts payable, general
284.
ledger
285. Ability for Permanent or Temporary Blocking of Vendors.
286. Ability to Blacklist Vendors.
287. Ability to store multiple GST no. of a vendor.
288. Provision for Integration with GEM Portal, CPPP and e-Office.
289. Provision to create a supplier portal
290. Ability to track and manage EMD and Indemnity bond.
291. Provision for Commercial term master data management
292. Provision for Pay term master data management.

Provision for online Bill Submission and tracking system with email and SMS
293.
alerts to vendors at each step of processing.
Ability to block vendor while preparing Indents based on predefined logic in
294.
case of Blacklisted, Banned etc. vendors.
Page 369 of 514

Name
of the Procurement Planning
process
297. Ability to support annual procurement planning and budgeting
Ability to support annual material plan for individual offices/ projects/user
298.
departments
299. Ability to optimize individual requirements coming from Individual offices

/projects/User department before generating procurement plan
Ability to specify products or services after analyzing the optimized
300.
requirements
Ability to select vendors and plan procurement for individual vendors on a
301.
periodic basis
Name
of the Purchase Requisition
process
302.
Ability in the system for taking Administrative Approval & Financial Clearance
304. from HQ
305.
Ability to display budget available before initiating purchase requisition
Ability to display lead time for purchasing material by material number/
306.
material group before creating purchase requisition
Ability to create purchase requisition / indent for various types of purchases
e.g. stock materials, non-stock materials, services, assets, contract labour ,
307.
civil work, chemicals etc. with budget selection also including DFP, Tender
type etc.
Ability to create both Goods and service/work purchase requisition.
308.
Ability to create purchase requisition for multiple locations from a single
309.
location.
Ability to create purchase requisition for multiple sections of a location from a
310.
single section of that location.
Ability to create purchase requisition of a single item for multiple section of a
311.
location or for multiple locations.
312. Provision to obtain budget clearance from respective sections
313. Ability in the system to club two or more Goods requisition/indent.
Ability to support approval hierarchy for authorization and release of purchase
314.
requisitions electronically
Page 370 of 514

Ability to support modification of purchase requisitions by authorized /higher

315.
officials with audit trail
Ability to set approvals levels based on norms recommended by the DVC like
316.
items classifications, procurement value etc.
Ability to set approvals levels based on norms recommended by the DVC
317. regarding procurement at different location i.e. Sub-station, division, circle ,
zone, HQ etc.
Ability to provide purchasing rights of routine items to end users of the items
318.
along with hierarchy-based spending limit
Ability to record user defined instructions/ requisition details as part of the
319.
purchase requisition
320. Ability to assign unique purchase requisition number and restrict creation of
duplicate purchase requisitions through in-built checks etc.
Ability to track the authorization status and generate alerts based on
321.
purchase requisitions awaiting approval
Ability to configure requisitions based on predefined criteria e.g. value,
322.
department, type of purchase etc.
323. Ability to modify purchase requisitions and resubmit for approval
324.
Ability to cancel purchase requisition and automatically return commit budget
Ability to track and record the status of a requisition e.g. not approved,
325.
approved
326. Availability of search functionality of previous purchase requisitions
327.
Ability to link the purchase requisition to a valid project or cost centre
Ability to configure the release procedure for purchase requisitions based on
328. type of line item e.g. as part of standard item list requiring specialized
documents and approvals etc.
Ability to track changes of purchase requisitions and generate audit trail
329.
history
Ability to display last purchase price , date, vendor for selected items in
330.
Ability to display stock position across all the stores for selected items in
331.
332. Ability to provide user inputs in the form of free text, attachment, compulsory
fields, preferred vendor, estimated price etc. in the purchase requisition.
Ability to generate notification to the Purchase Requisition originator about
333.
the status like rejected, approved etc.
Ability to create a rule to auto-send approved purchase requisition to a
334.
identified purchase group.
335. Ability to support checklist while preparing Purchase Requisition
Ability to obtain different certification (like GeM availability) in Purchase
336.
Requisition
337. Ability to select capital, revenue item through Purchase Requisition.
Page 371 of 514

338. Ability to capture cost centre in Purchase Requisition.
339. Ability to capture Tax and Freight in Purchase Requisition.
340. Ability to prepare estimate through Purchase Requisition.
Name
of the Tender and Post Tender processes
process
341.
342. Ability to create Alert through Trigger point
Ability to create Bid/Tender document manually or automatically through
343.
authorized requisitions
344. Ability to create Bid/Tender document including terms and conditions, item,
with quantity and delivery schedules etc. (commercial specifications)
Ability to track and maintain repository of tender related transactions details
345. such as initial price offered by vendors, number of tenders received,
negotiated price (multiple) and final price etc.
Ability to support automated Bid/Tender document creation through pre-
configured standard Bid/Tender document templates with pre-configured
346.
mandatory fields for individual type of procurement like supply, service,
works etc.
347. Ability to select vendors either manually or automatically based on vendor

criteria for limited or single source (for proprietary items) tenders
Ability to provide workflow-based purchase proposal approval mechanism to

348.
take and record inputs from various departments on bids received
(technical,
financial etc.) and tender evaluation committee
Ability to support approval hierarchy for Bid/Tender document for
349.
authorization and release
Ability to hold a Bid/Tender document awaiting authorization and generate
350.
alert of Bid/Tender document awaiting approval
351.
Ability to electronically authorize the Bid/Tender document for release
352. Ability to modify Bid/Tender document and resubmit for approval
Ability to track and record all changes / amendments made to a Bid/Tender
353.
document and maintain change history
Ability to track and record the status of a Bid/Tender document e.g. not
354.
approved, approved
355.
Ability to record item wise specifications which will be part of tenders
Ability to modify item wise specifications and support authorization levels for
356.
approval of modifications
Page 372 of 514

Ability to capture the vendor response and bids against the tenders and
357.
generate comparative statements for analysis
Ability to include user defined weighing factors in Bid/Tender document
358.
evaluations
359. Ability to attached scanned documents for vendors responses
360. Ability in the system to take Financial Approval .
Ability to support configurable workflow for Bid/Tender document response
361.
evaluation, selection and approval
362.
Ability to perform best fit Bidder analysis based on user defined parameters
363. Ability to record earnest money deposit (EMD) against tenders
Ability to generate alert for returning EMD for successful/un-Successful
364.
Bidders
365.
Ability to generate purchase orders automatically from the approved bids
Availability of search functionality of previous Bid/Tender documents
366.
generated through the system
367. Ability to analyze historical data of tenders
368.
Ability to initiate, process & finalize & record service contracts with vendors
369. Ability to convert approved bid to a contract
370. Ability to issue repeat tenders/ repeat order
Ability to integrate all the provisions of the adopted Procurement Policy and
371.
Procedures of the DVC
Ability to capture the details of special provisions, terms and conditions, etc.
372.
in the Proposal
373. Ability to capture recommendation by the tender evaluation committee
Ability to generate standard forms for tendering like Notice Inviting Tenders,
374.
Request for Quotation, Request for Proposal etc.
375.
Ability to create tender documents by taking inputs from Purchase Requisition
376. Provision of Committee creation
377. Provision for EOI and Shortlisting
378. Facilitate Limited Selection Method

Provision for evaluation through item wise L1, summary wise L1, item wise
379.
H1, summary wise H1 and QCBS method
Provision for single stage and two stage tendering with one or two parts with
380.
single, two, three or four envelopes
381. Ability to prepare QR and obtain approval
382. Ability to prepare Bid/Tender/NIT
383. Facilitate Bid/Tender sale issue process for purchase
Page 373 of 514

384. Facilitate Bid/Tender sale issue process for accounts
385. Ability to record notes of Pre bid meeting
386. Facilitate Bid registration through requisition
387. Facilitate tender opening process of techno commercial part
388. Facilitate tender opening process of financial part
389. Facilitate Quotation registration process
390. Facilitate technical evaluation process of bidders
391. Ability to prepare Comparative statement
392. Facilitate purchase recommendation process
393. Facilitate Contract preparation process
394. Facilitate Vendor acceptance process
395. Facilitate Contract agreement process
396. Ability to extend date of Bid submission
397. Ability to cancel Tender cancellation
398. Facilitate Tender amendment process
399. Facilitate Contract extension process
400. Facilitate Contract amendment process
401. Facilitate Contract cancellation process
402. Facilitate Repeat order process
403. Ability to prepare Supply order against rate contracts
404. Facilitate Risk Purchase Process
405. Facilitate Cash purchase process
406. Facilitate Spot purchase process
407. Facilitate Temporary advance settlement process
Page 374 of 514

408. Facilitate Direct payment process
409. Facilitate Security deposit process
410. Facilitate Security deposit release process
411. Facilitate EMD release process
412. Facilitate Source standardization process
413. Ability to prepare billing break up for projects
414. Facilitate Revision process of billing break up for project
415. Facilitate procurement process for Urgency cases/ Single tender basis
416. Provision for flagging of arbitration, court cases, dispute management
417. Facilitate contract closing process
Name
of the Purchase Order
process
418.
419. Ability to create Alert through Trigger point

Ability to create purchase order (PO) directly or with reference to a
420. Bid/Tender document, a contract, purchase requisition, or another purchase
order.
421. Ability to create PO(Purchase Order) for different types of purchases e.g.
stock materials, non-stock materials, services, assets, contract labour etc.
Ability to create PO(Purchase Order) automatically based on preconfigured
422.
conditions in the ERP application
Ability to create PO(Purchase Order) with multiple delivery addresses and

423.
staggered delivery. System should be able to block PO for blacklisted vendor
Ability to have the following as part of the PO:

- Assign purchase order number both automatically and manually.
424. - Terms and condition of the PO
- Item details with document attachment options to enable viewing item
details - text fields for user defined special instructions
Ability to provide for ship-to address, bill-to address, invoice-sent-to address
425.
in the Purchase order
Page 375 of 514

Ability to specify on order, shipment-from, bill-by/payment to be released,

426.
report-to (agents), etc. vendor address in PO
427. Ability to capture payment terms in distinct parametric form e.g.

full/part/advance, mode of payment, etc./address to release the payment
428.
Ability to capture inspection requirements, acceptance criteria, etc. in PO
Ability to specify packing, shipping, scheduling instruction against item for
429.
PO(Purchase Order)
Ability to record standard documents of latest version like Standard Terms
430. and Conditions of Indigenous/Import procurement, PBG , Bankers List,
EMD
, BG for Adv, etc.
431.
Availability of multiple UOM for items for inventory and for placing order
432. Ability to support approval hierarchy for PO(Purchase Order) authorization

based upon preconfigured criteria (also for repeat orders)
Ability to track the authorization status and generate alerts based on
433.
PO(Purchase Order) awaiting approval
434. Ability to modify the PO(Purchase Order) and resubmit for approval
Ability to consolidate multiple purchase requisitions into single PO(Purchase
435.
Order) for the same vendor
Ability to create multiple PO(Purchase Order) s from single requisitions for
436.
different vendors
Ability to split PO(Purchase Order) between vendors based on user defined
437.
parameters
Ability to distribute the costs for individual items in a PO(Purchase Order) to
438. multiple accounts based on user defined distribution proportion to be
charged to 'valid' accounts or project codes
Ability to display budget available for the purchase and generate alert if no
439. budget is available or PO(Purchase Order) value exceeds budget during
PO(Purchase Order) creation
Ability to refer to previously existing contracts and its performance with the
440.
selected vendors while creating PO
Ability to generate notification on request for vendor acknowledgement for a
441.
PO
Ability to capture PO(Purchase Order) receipt/ Acceptance and Planned
442.
delivery date given by the vendor in the system.
Ability to follow up on the vendor for delivery by sending reminders/ risk &
443.
cost notice
444. Ability to amend PO(Purchase Order) with approval/ financial concurrence

of Competent Authority and to keep track of all past amendments.
445. Ability to attach documents and specifications to PO
446. Ability to record delivery and shipping information relating to a PO
Ability to record vendor performance data for deliveries against a
447.
PO(Purchase Order) upon inspection
Page 376 of 514

Ability to enable three/ four way matching of PO, Goods Receipt, Quality
448.
Inspection Report and Invoice generated in the system
Ability to generate notifications/ letter to vendors based on overdue
449.
PO(Purchase Order)
450.
Ability to release schedules against a Purchase order for staggered delivery
Ability to provide and capture taxes and duties for various/individual items in
451.
the Purchase order
Ability to record specific terms of trade or payment in a PO(Purchase Order)
452.
e.g. Payment Terms and Due Dates etc.
Ability to search and display previously created PO(Purchase Order) by
453. vendor, item code, PO(Purchase Order) number, MRP No, purchase
requisition number
Ability to generate alerts for PO(Purchase Order) about to become due to
454.
the originators/ user defined staff
Ability to track PO(Purchase Order) due dates and produce generate report
455.
to originators/ user defined staff on overdue POs
Ability to PO(Purchase Order) creation based on standard templates for
456.
regular purchase items
457. Ability to follow-up on the vendor for order delivery
458. Ability to display transactions history against the PO
459.
Ability to automatically calculate LD based on PO(Purchase Order) terms
Ability to handle and compute price variation based on standard formula and
460.
indices
Ability to provide and capture entire cost of purchase like transportation,
461.
insurance, taxes etc.
Ability to define order execution authority, certification authority, payment
462.
authority, way bill issuance authority etc. in the PO
Ability to create a rate contract with or without quantity commitment and
463.
with or without schedule
464. Ability to generate Repeat Order (in case of emergency purchase).
465. Provision to make Payment of variable price.
466. Ability to link bills, DRRs, SRINs etc. with original PO to amended PO.
Name
of the Turnkey Procurement
process
Ability to generate work flow for approval for each and every process
467.
469. Ability to create Letter of Award (LoA) directly or with reference to a

Bid/Tender document, a contract, purchase requisition, or another LoA
Page 377 of 514

Ability to have the following as part of the LoA:-

- Assign LoA number both automatically and manually
470.
- Terms & Condition
- Item details with document attachment options to enable viewing item
details - text fields for user defined special instructions
471. Ability to capture payment terms in distinct parametric form e.g.

full/part/advance, mode of payment, etc./address to release the payment
472.
Ability to capture inspection requirements, acceptance criteria, etc. in LoA
Ability to record standard documents of latest version like Standard Terms
473. and Conditions of Indigenous/Import procurement, PBG , Bankers List,
EMD
, BG for Adv, etc.
Ability to support approval hierarchy for LoA authorization based upon
474.
preconfigured criteria
Ability to track the authorization status and generate alerts based on LoA
475.
awaiting approval
476. Ability to display budget available for the project and generate alert if no
budget is available or LoA value exceeds budget during LoA creation
Ability to refer to previously existing contracts with the selected vendors while
477.
creating LoA
Ability to generate notification on request for vendor acknowledgement for a
478.
LoA
Ability to record LoA acknowledgement against the LoA from vendors in the
479.
system
Ability to capture LoA receipt/ Acceptance and scheduled delivery date
480.
given by the vendor in the system.
Ability to follow up on the vendor for delivery by sending reminders/ risk &
481.
cost notice
Ability to amend LoA with financial concurrence and approval of Competent
482.
Authority and to keep track of all past amendments.
483. Ability to attach documents and specifications to LoA
484.
Ability to record vendor performance data for deliveries against a LoA
Ability to record specific terms of trade or payment in a LoA e.g. Payment
485.
Terms and Due Dates etc.
Ability to search and display previously created LoA by vendor, LoA
486.
number, and other user defined parameters
487. Ability to display transactions history against the LoA
Ability to make detailed estimates for civil, mechanical, electrical, Chemical,
488.
instrumentation works, etc.
Ability to create a schedule of rates for various service items that would be
489.
used for all cost estimation for service procurement
Ability to generate automatic alerts/ reminders when a contract is about to be
490.
expired or requires renewal
Page 378 of 514

Ability to monitor the LoA execution with respect to time and cost budgeted
491.
vs. the time and cost left
492. Ability to calculate deviations in scope and time and levy penalties/ liquidated
damages and deduct the same from final payment to Contractor
Ability to support different business rules and policies for each Contractor
493.
class/category and Contractor type
494. Ability to amend/cancel /offloading of contracts/ LoAs
Ability to track LoA wise performance guarantee, Bank guarantee expiry
495.
dates
Ability to track LoA history, search work orders by Contractors, nature of
496.
job, etc.
497. Ability to record payment terms and actual payments made
Ability to link payment to the Contractor with the status of the contract
498.
execution for real-time monitoring
Ability to send alerts at defined period/ status for a contract when specified
499.
parameter value is reached
Ability to handle and compute price variation based on standard formula and
500.
indices
Ability to provide and capture entire cost of purchase like transportation,
501.
insurance, taxes etc.
Ability to define order execution authority, certification authority, payment
502.
authority, way bill issuance authority etc. in the PO
503. Provision for all the bid processes to be applicable for Turnkey Procurement
504. Provision to generate Purchase Requisition for Turnkey Procurement
505. Provision for Package Concept for Turnkey Procurement
506. Provision for MRC Processing

Ability to capture entire cost of purchase which includes transportation,
507.
insurance and taxes
508. Ability to make payment through BBU
509. Ability to issue MDCC

Ability to revise/amend BBU, MDCC etc. even after payment with defined
510.
logic
Name
of the Service Procurement
process
511.
512.
Page 379 of 514

Ability to support procurement of services through recording details of list of

513.
service items, bill of services, estimated rates etc.
Ability to make detailed estimates for civil, mechanical, electrical, Chemical,
514.
instrumentation works, etc.
515.
Ability to revise estimates, if required, during the execution of the order
Ability to support multiple type/modes of tendering for service procurement
516.
like tendering, direct PO(Purchase Order) etc.
Ability to create a schedule of rates for various service items that would be
517.
used for all cost estimation for service procurement
518.
Ability to create a service requisition/ proposal from an existing requisition
Ability to capture terms and conditions information for each contract
519.
proposal or Execution Order
Ability to direct the tender to the appropriate authority fund allocation/
520.
approval as per defined hierarchy
521.
Ability to generate Execution orders from the tender and the services chosen
522. Ability to create multiple execution orders from one requisition
Ability to compare the current offer with previous offers on another Execution
523.
Order
524.
Ability to record execution order receipt confirmation from the vendor
525. Ability to generate unique execution order number
526. Ability to specify staggered job completion pattern
Ability to generate automatic alerts/ reminders when a contract is about to be
527.
expired or requires renewal
528. Ability to generate a work schedule for various activities along with service
item number, description, completion date, status updation, etc.
Ability to monitor the order execution with respect to time and cost budgeted
529.
vs. the time and cost left
Ability to track whether payments are made to the workers by the
530.
Contractor as per the statutory requirements through workflow
Ability to record acceptance/ rejection/ partial acceptance of the service
531.
provided
532. Ability to monitor the order execution with respect to materials issued,
payments made to the Contractor , materials returned by the Contractor
Ability to evaluate the Contractor performance based on pre-defined
533.
parameters, record and provide feedback
Ability to provide a source list of various jobs with job codes and the related
534.
list of vendors attached to it
535. Ability to calculate deviations in scope and time and levy penalties/ liquidated
damages and deduct the same from final payment to Contractor
Page 380 of 514

Ability to capture details like original bid reference, value of work, date of
536.
commencement, contract period (completion date), scope of work , BOQ,
statutory requirements GCC conditions, special conditions of contract, etc.
537.
Ability to amend proposals and get on-line approvals for amendments
538. Ability to amend/cancel execution orders/off-loading of contracts
Ability to track execution order wise performance guarantee, Bank guarantee
539.
expiry dates
Ability to track execution order history, search execution orders by
540.
Contractors, nature of job, etc.
541. Ability to record payment terms and actual payments made
Ability to link material issues, returns against a execution order (including
542. recovery against Free Issue of Material not returned/used) with material
reconciliation contract wise
543.
Ability to track execution order status in terms of time and cost budgeted
Ability to track execution order wise material and manpower usage versus
544.
the budgeted quantity and highlight any deviations
Ability to link payment to the Contractor with the status of the contract
545.
execution for real-time monitoring
Ability to send alerts at defined period/ status for a contract when specified
546.
parameter value is reached
Ability to record compliance of regulatory mandates like labour laws,
547.
minimum wage etc.
Provision to create purchase requisition for various type of service which will
548.
include DFP, Tender type etc.
549. Provision for variable price payment
Ability to create purchase requisition for multiple locations from a single
550.
location
Ability to create purchase requisition for multiple sections of a location from a
551.
single section of that location
552. Ability to obtain budget clearance from respective sections
Ability to create purchase requisition of a single task for multiple section of a
553.
location or for multiple locations.
554. Ability to support checklist while preparing PR
555. Provision of obtaining different certification (like GeM availability) in PR.
556. Ability to select capital, revenue item through PR.
557. Ability to capture cost centre in PR.
558. Ability to capture Tax in PR.
Page 381 of 514

559. Ability to prepare estimate through PR.
560. All bid processes shall be applicable.
561. Ability for configurable splitting.
562. Availability of all functions as per Purchase Order (PO)
Name
of the Contract Management
process
Ability to support contracts both manually or automatically based on
565.
Bid/Tender document results and authorizations
Availability of contract templates for regular items based on previous
566.
contracts for efficient contract creation
Ability to integrate contract creation with other functionality like Bid/Tender
567. document Vendor Management and PO(Purchase Order) management
Ability to define delivery schedule containing precise information on the
568.
delivery e.g. quantity ,dates as part of the contract
Ability to support approval workflow for contract management with
569. authorization hierarchy for approval and release of contract based on
predefined user criteria
570. Ability to generate alerts for contracts requiring approval to authorized users
Ability to request for authorization in the next hierarchy if there is no
571.
response on the approval request by preset time horizon
Ability to record and display the status of the contract i.e. awaiting approval,
572.
approved or rejected
Ability to reject the contract during authorization, record the reason for
573.
rejection and return to the originator through the workflow
Ability to assign vendors to the contract either manually or based on
574.
Bid/Tender document results
575. Ability to modify the contract and resubmit for approval
Ability to record contract related information like:
- Contract Number
- Contract Type
576. - Terms and Conditions of the Agreement
- Expiry Date
- Contract Value
- Related Information/ Supporting documents
577. Ability to record all changes to the contract and track contract history
578. Provision for Contract Monitoring
579. Ability for Tagging of Risk in Project Execution
580. Ability for L1 & L2 schedule update
Page 382 of 514

581. Provision for Termination or Short Closure of Contract

Ability to search and retrieve contract information including contracts for
582.
materials or services that are no longer active
583. Ability to attach documents e.g. specifications for contracts
Ability to generate alerts for contracts nearing expiry to trigger renewal
584.
process
Ability to check the contract value with procurement budget for the
585.
department
Ability to request for vendor acknowledgement of the contract after sharing
586.
the contract with the vendor
587. Ability to record vendor acknowledgements to the contract
588. Ability to track the contracts which have not been acknowledged
Ability to track contract performance bank guarantees based on vendor,
589.
contract, and PO
Ability to generate alerts based on expiry of bank guarantees/warranty for
590.
items/Defect Liability period
591. Ability to generate extension letters by correlating the terms and conditions
of the contract with the progress of work/contract
592. Ability to generate detailed item wise report of material information
Ability to generate report on revaluation materials and display valuation
593.
history
Ability to generate report on material performance e.g. material history report,
594. material block list report, damage during warranty period, damage at the time
of arrival, inspection results etc.
Ability to generate material reports for separate material type, material group,
595.
location etc.
Ability to generate and display year to date/month to date inventory
596.
information for material type, material group, location etc.
Ability to generate report on Stores Accounting capturing the quantity and
597.
value information as per the current formats.
Ability to generate item wise stock status reports on current inventory status
598. based on goods receipt, goods issue and stock balances on a periodic
basis (daily/weekly/fortnightly/ monthly/quarterly/half yearly)
Ability to generate consolidated YTD/MTD inventory report on receipts,
599. inspected, issues, stock adjustments, scrap inventory, goods rejected,
goods returned to suppliers, transfer to other store etc.
Ability to consolidate and generate report on item wise total inventory levels
600.
for stores
601. Ability to generate stock-out reports
Ability to generate report on inventory analysis e.g. material consumption
602.
pattern across stores
Ability to generate report on availability of inventory during requisitioned and
603.
actual service level for items
604. Ability to generate report on age analysis and shelf-life evaluation
Page 383 of 514

Ability to generate report on un-used materials procured for a specific

605.
purpose
Ability to generate inventory maintenance list based on inventory
606.
maintenance schedule
Ability to report MRP run results displaying item wise net requirements
607.
based on MRP calculation
Ability to generate periodic (annual, quarterly , monthly) stock requirements
608.
based on past consumption and maintenance plan
Ability to generate net stock requirement report showing stock availability and
609.
requirements as estimated by MRP run
Ability to generate reports on stock projections based on analysis of
610. consumption patterns and estimated future demand based on past
consumption pattern.
Ability to generate report on all GRS created over a period i.e. weekly\
611.
monthly for a storage location
Ability to generate inventory status report based on goods received over
time opening balance, goods received, goods issued, closing balance at an
612.
item level and at an aggregate level on a periodic basis i.e. daily, weekly
and
monthly status report.
Ability to generate report for all GRS and bill payments against individual
613.
PO
Ability to generate exceptions during Goods Receipt including rejected
614.
quantity, items not as per P.O etc.
Ability to generate report on bills raised against GRS over a periodic basis
615.
in a store
Ability to generate list of items with guarantee/warranty clauses, in particular
616. guarantee/warranty period along with Delivery Instruction (DI) date
Ability to generate status report against PO(Purchase Order) for gate entry,
617.
ready of inspection, material inspected etc.
Ability to generate alert to nodal officer requesting for inspection with time
limits. In case the official does not complete inspection within that date, the
618.
system should generate alert to that officer and his controlling officer
informing delay in inspection
619. Letter to the vendor regarding rejection of material.
Ability to generate report on the goods issued per store over a configurable
620.
periodic basis i.e. weekly/monthly
Ability to generate report on aggregated goods issued for a particular item
621.
over a periodic basis i.e. weekly/monthly
Ability to generate stock overview report showing goods received, goods
622.
issued and inventory status for all items in a store
Ability to generate stock consumption statistics based on goods issue for the
623.
items over time
Ability to generate report on item wise inter-store transfer consolidated across
624.
stores
Ability to generate report on all items received and issued for inter-store
625.
transfer for a storage location on a periodic basis
Ability to generate exceptions and item quantity mismatches arising out of
626.
inter-store transfer
Page 384 of 514

Ability to report on trends of regular item shortages in a store resulting in inter-

627.
store transfer
Ability to generate report on materials returned to a store over a periodic
628. basis e.g. - .weekly, bi-weekly, monthly, quarterly, yearly etc.
Ability to generate summary report of Material Return Note and Utilization
629. Certificate generated by the system over a periodic basis or location wise
Ability to generate report on scrap items available in a storage location over
630. a periodic basis e.g. bi-weekly, monthly, quarterly, yearly etc.
Ability to generate exception report for goods disposal process i.e. goods
631. which are not being disposed on time, auctions not as held planned
Ability to generate report on auction results and record auction sale
632.
information
Ability to consolidate Material Lifting Order and generate completion report
633. of sale based on goods disposed and payment terms
Ability to and generate stock verification report with quantity and value
634.
information
635. Ability to generate report on discrepancy for inventory items counted
636. Ability to generate trend for variance items
Ability to generate exception report for those items not counted in a storage
637.
location
Ability to generate report on individual vendor performance and produce
vendor delivery report on instances of rejected materials, missed delivery,
638. incorrect location, incomplete delivery, returns due to damage, over supply
etc., average no. of delay, other user defined criteria defined by the DVC
Ability to generate Vendor analysis reports for spend analysis, performance

639.
in terms of on-time in-full delivery, rejections, etc.
640. Ability to generate reports by outstanding orders, orders shipped but not
received, overdue outstanding orders, orders not fulfilled on time etc.
Ability to generate report on goods returned to vendor that shows the items
641. returned to supplier by Location, Vendor, PO, Category, Product Code,
Reasons for return, Value of Goods return etc.
Ability to generate timeline-based communication history with the vendor
642. regarding various services like delivery, payment, field service, etc.
Ability to generate vendor outstanding balance report i.e. balance due to /
643.
from vendors
644. Ability to generate report on status of vendor registration
Ability to generate report of the purchase requisitions created over a periodic
645.
basis for the office/location/project/ department
646. Ability to generate report on status of purchase requisitions
Ability to generate report on purchase requisitions based on user defined
647. criteria e.g. requisition number, status, date, material number, description,
originator etc.
Page 385 of 514

Ability to display report on search results on purchase requisition details

648.
based on key fields like purchase requisition numbers
Ability to generate exception report on purchase requisitions rejected, not
649.
approved cancelled etc.
Ability to generate report on a Bid/Tender document showing history of all
650.
changes
Ability to generate consolidated report showing Bid/Tender document status
651. e.g. awaiting approval, Cancellation, approved for all Bid/Tender documents
created over a time period
652. Ability to generate report to track Bid/Tender document progress
Ability to generate report on all Bid/Tender document closed over a period
653.
of time for a Office / User department
Ability to generate reports by user defined criteria e.g. Bid/Tender document
654.
number, vendor, item no, originator department etc.
655. Ability to generate reports on Bid/Tender document evaluation results
Ability to generate report on variance analysis of Budget vs. Actuals for
656.
procurement through tendering
657. Ability to generate report on purchase order history for an item
Ability to generate report on change history for a particular PO(Purchase
658.
Order)
Ability to generate reports on PO(Purchase Order) by user defined criteria
659. e.g. PO(Purchase Order) numbers, Vendors, Material numbers, originator,
office location, user department
660. Ability to generate report on POs due or overdue
Ability to generate report on PO(Purchase Order) outstanding payment
661.
history
662. Ability to generate report PO(Purchase Order) status
Ability to generate report on user defined exceptions on PO(Purchase
663.
Order) e.g. delivery exceptions, payment exceptions etc.
664. Ability to generate report on change history for a particular LoA
Ability to generate reports on LoA by user defined criteria e.g. LoA numbers,
665.
Vendors, originator, etc.
666. Ability to generate report on LoAs due or overdue
667. Ability to generate report on LoA outstanding payment history
Ability to generate report on exceptions based on delivery slippages,
668.
deviations and cost overruns
669. Ability to generate report on LoA status
670. Ability to generate report on status of a service execution order
671. Ability to generate report on service execution orders for a department
Ability to generate report to evaluate vendor performance on user defined
672.
criteria
Ability to generate report on exceptions based on delivery slippages,
673.
deviations and cost overruns
Ability to generate reports on service procurement execution order
674.
completed, vendor acknowledged status e.g.
675. Ability to generate report on all changes made to a contract
Page 386 of 514

Ability to generate report on contract status - approved, awaiting approval,

676.
expired etc.
Ability to generate report on user defined criteria i.e. contract number, vendor,
677.
originator, authorizer, item etc.
Ability to generate report based on expiry of contracts/warranty for
678.
items/Defect Liability period
679. Ability to generate report on vendor performance on contracted terms
680. Ability to view historical transactions for a contract
Ability to generate report on expected receiving date, payment date - item
681. wise for a given time horizon e.g. monthly, quarterly, annual basis
Ability to generate consolidated report of contracted values per vendor over
682.
a time horizon
Ability to generate reports confirming to Regulatory, Technical, etc.
683.
requirements
Ability to incorporate process flow and reporting requirement as per revised
684.
Budgeting Policy adopted by the DVC
Ability to meet process/reporting requirements of approved documents like
685.
Procurement Policy and Procedures, etc.
686. Ability to generate SRIN like report after processing of DRR
687. Ability to generate pending list of DRR Section Wise
Ability to generate Stock Position Report with last SRIN Date and Last Issue
688.
Date
Ability to generate Reports in various formats like pdf, excel etc. as per
689.
requirement for all the above processes.
1.4 Plant Maintenance

Name
of the Operation-Powerhouse
process
Provision for digitization of operation logbook for
1.
electrical/mechanical/C&I/switchyard
2. Provision for digitization of defect log register
3. Ability to generate alert to concerned section according to defect log
4. Ability to issue PWC and closing process as per workflow
5. Ability to issue cross PWC
6. Ability to record log of DG set healthiness
Ability to record log of 11KV/3.3KV/415V power source changeover
7.
healthiness status
8. Ability to request Trial Run of the equipment
Name
of the Integration with Vehicle Movement System record
process
Page 387 of 514

Ability to capture bulker movement record and integration with operation

9.
logbook
10. Ability to integrate with third party software
Name
of the Data Capturing Process from SCADA/DCS/PLC
process
11. Provision to digitize the capturing of following parameters
12. 1) Equipment availability
13. 2) Hourly coal flow
14. 3) Hourly load
15. 4) SPM
16. 5) Silo level
17. 6) Running hours for dry system
18. 7) Total coal feeding
19. 8) Any other operational parameter as and when required
20. Provision to capture following parameters
21. 1) On/off status of circuit breakers
22. 2) Oil level in CT
23. 3) Vital parameters of transformers
Provision for ESP Monitoring, Field Status, Field voltage, Current, Spark
24.
rate, Dust level
25. Ability to generate report of Belt Utilization Factor
26. Ability to record daily consumption of auxiliary power of CHP
27. Ability to record daily specific power consumption of CHP
28. Ability to record daily coal handling (in MT):
Ability to record total quantity of coal (in MT) fed to bunker hoppers from
29.
unloading point (Track Hopper/Wagon Tippler)
30.
Reclaim Hoppers
31.
stackyard through reclaiming
Name
of the Preventive Maintenance
process
Ability to generate PM schedule for every equipment/asset based on pre-
32.
defined maintenance frequency
33. Ability to maintain Material Replacement Record
34. Ability to maintain Maintenance Record
35. Provision to reschedule the PM schedule for every equipment
Ability to generate testing and calibration schedule for the following
36.
equipment
37. 1) Lifting tools and tackles
Page 388 of 514

38. 2) Electrical hoist

39. 3) Elevator
40. 4) Laboratory equipment
41. 5) Master calibrator
42. 6) Oil filtration unit
43. 7) Cranes
44. 8) Any other equipment as and when required
45. Ability to receive PWC and return process after completion of work
Name
of the Operation- Transmission System
process
47. Ability to generate shut down request
48. Provision to digitize operation logbook
49. Provision for issuance and closure of PWC
50. Ability to generate shut down notification to CLD
51. Ability to generate shut down notification to another end substation
52. Ability to generate alert on work completion
Name
of the Breakdown Maintenance
process
53. Ability to maintain record of breakdown and restoration against equipment
54. Ability to maintain equipment replacement record
55. Ability to record test parameters for equipment
56. Ability to generate alert for breakdown
57. Ability to receive PWC and Return Process after completion of Work
Name
of the Tools and Spares
process
59. Ability to maintain equipment list
60. Ability to maintain inventory of equipment
61. Ability to maintain a record history of change of parts
62. Ability to review equipment and tools available
63. Ability to set the reorder level of equipment/Spare
64. Ability to send reminder to the concerned person after reaching reorder level
65. Ability to maintain a Critical Spare List
66. Ability to maintain capital spare, pool spare and modular spare list
Page 389 of 514

Name
of the Overhauling
process
Ability to maintain overhauling daily log book including ability to upload
67.
overhauling photos
68. Ability to prepare overhauling report
69. Ability to prepare overhauling rolling planning for 6 years
70. Ability to prepare work breakdown structure for pre overhauling activities
71. Ability to check progress monitoring of pre overhauling activity
72. Ability to prepare engineering declaration
73. Ability to prepare overhauling readiness score
74. Ability to prepare work breakdown structure for overhauling activity
75. Ability to monitor progress of overhauling activity
76. Ability to flag improvement from pre to post overhauling.
77. Ability to track overhauling history of rotatable equipment.
Name
of the Maintenance Planning
process
78. Ability to generate and archive MIS reports as per specified formats.
Ability to generate and archive daily generation data report as per specified
79.
format
80. Ability to generate and archive reports of vital operation parameters
Ability to generate and archive fuel and switchyard parameters as per
81.
specified format
Ability to generate customized reports as and when required using captured
82.
plant parameters from SCADA/DCS/PLC
83. Ability to generate breakdown analysis of maintenance cost report
84. Ability to generate classification of Defect Performance Analysis

Name
of the Condition Monitoring
process
85. Ability to generate report if the equipment has high vibration
86. Ability to integrate with handheld device to capture the following parameters
87. 1) Vibration reading of critical equipment
88. 2) Temperature reading of equipment
89. 3) Debris and lubricant testing parameter
90. 4) Thermography data
91. 5) Acoustic data for equipment
Page 390 of 514

92. 6) Battery bank health data

93. 7) 220 V DC health data
94. 8) UT/UAT/GT/ST/SST/SAT/ICT health data
95. 9) Dissolved gas analysis of transformer oil
96. 10) 3rd Harmonic Leakage Current Data
97. Ability to check for Summer and Monsoon preparedness
Name
of the Liaising with CMM
process
98. Ability to prepare scope of work for AMC/ARC/PO/WO
99. Ability to prepare terms and condition of contract
100. Ability to prepare technical QR
101. Ability to prepare BOQ/BOM
102. Ability to prepare cost estimate
103. Ability to obtain approval for AMC/ARC/PO/WO
104. Ability to initiate contract proposal
105. Ability to review technically acceptable bids
106. Ability to review purchase proposal
107. Ability to prepare OEM/OES against asset/inventory items
Name
of the Testing and Calibration
process
Ability to test and calibrate the following equipment and punch testing result
108.
using handheld device
109. 1) Load testing of lifting tools
110. 2) Electrical hoist
111. 3) Elevator
112. 4) Instruments
113. 5) Master calibrator
114. 6) Oil filtration unit
115. Ability to unschedule calibration of equipment
116. Ability to document and archive calibration result
117. Ability to archive and generate historical report against every device
Name
of the Operation and Efficiency
process
118. Ability to generate and archive the following report
119. 1) Turbine heat rate
120. 2) Boiler heat rate
121. 3) Unit heat rate
Page 391 of 514

122. 4) Air preheater efficiency

123. 5) Condenser performance
124. 6) HP heater performance
125. 7) Turbine cylinder efficiency
126. 8) HR deviation
127. 9) Cooling tower efficiency
128. 10) CEP efficiency
129. 11) FD fan efficiency
130. 12) PA fan efficiency
131. 13) TDBFP efficiency
132. 14) Coal mill efficiency
133. Ability to capture following parameters using handheld device
134. 1) Dry bulb and wet bulb temperature
135. 2) Coal fineness parameter
136. 3) Coal yard temperature
137. 4) Drain valve temperature
Ability to record gross generation of each generating unit, DC/SG/AG, peak
138. hour generation, APC, colony power consumption, energy export/import and
major events
Ability to book reasons on the installed capacity generation of each unit,
139. reasons for Outage and partial loading based on the standard set of
reasons available in the system
Ability to calculate unit wise APC and station wise APC with energy balance
140. based on the Gross generation, Power Export and Import, Colony,
Construction and other agencies power consumption.
Ability to generate reports to monitor plant performance against MOU
141. (external/ORT) targets and to generate asking rates for achieving MOU
targets.
142. Ability to generate reports of best Operation performance parameters
Ability to generate reports for daily/monthly/yearly (or for selected interval)
performance of the unit/stage/station/company with parameters like
generators, PLF, Loading Factor, AVF, Planned Outage, Forced Outage,
143.
grid/fuel outage, partial loading, coal/oil consumption specific coal/oil
consumptions, Heat rate, CV of fuel, continuous running days, AG/DC,
SG/DC, AG/SG, UI, etc.
144. Ability to record healthiness status log of 6.6KV power source changeover
Name
of the General Maintenance Practice
process
145. Ability to request PWC against defect log/ scheduled PM
Ability to transfer any PWC with WIP status among related departments with
146.
comments except Operation and PWC requesting department.
147. Ability to prepare Job order
Page 392 of 514

148. Ability to prepare BOM/BOQ

149. Ability to prepare Task list
150. Ability to generate Work Permit
151. Ability to review process of task list
152. Ability to generate Shutdown Requisition
153. Ability to generate closing process of job order
154. Provision of comprehensive AMC of Continuous Emission Monitoring System
Provision of comprehensive AMC of Effluent Quality Monitoring System
155.
(EQMS)
Name
of the Maintenance by outside entity/CSO/ CMFS/refurbishment
process
156. Ability to raise request to outside entity
157. Ability to prepare work breakdown structure
158. Ability to monitor progress of WBS elements
159. Ability to prepare Dispatch document
160. Ability to raise Invoice
161. Ability to make payment
162. Provision of tagging process of refurbished inventory
Name
of the Communication Asset Maintenance
process
163. Facilitate PWC issuance process by external entity
164. Facilitate Log preparation of failure and restoration
165. Facilitate escalation processes for unresolved defects/repetitive failures
166. Ability to prepare check list for planned/preventive maintenance
167. Ability to prepare preventive maintenance schedule
168. Facilitate Log preparation of maintenance activities
169. Ability to maintain Parent-Child relationship of item in the Equipment master
Name
of the Hydel Plant Operation
process
Ability to archive and generate customized report of spillway/under sluice
170.
gate operation details along with time of operation and gate opening
position.
Ability to archive and generate customized report of 11/33/132 KV Line
171.
metering.
Ability to archive and generate customized report of Hourly/Three
Hourly/Daily reservoir inflow/outflow and level details containing.
172. a) Hourly/Three Hourly/Daily Inflow
b) Hourly/Three Hourly/Daily Outflow through Units
c) Hourly/Three Hourly/Daily Outflow through Crest Gates
Page 393 of 514

d) Hourly/Three Hourly/Daily Outflow through Under Sluice Gates.

e) Hourly/Three Hourly/Daily Reservoir Level.
Ability to archive and generate report on checking of Healthiness
173.
Firefighting system/equipment.
Ability to archive and generate report of Statutory testing of crane/ lifting
174.
equipment and pressure vessels etc.
Ability to archive and generate report of log of healthiness status of Power
175. House Equipment in each shift.
Ability to archive and generate report of log of healthiness status of Sub-
176.
Station Equipment in each shift.
Ability to archive and generate customized reports of following equipment
parameter at Power House,
a) hourly Turbine Thrust Bearing Temperature of Units.
b) hourly Turbine Guide Bearing Temperature of Units.
c) hourly Turbine Bearing Sump Oil Temperature of Units.
d) Governor Loading Pressure of Units
e) Governor Unloading Pressure of Units.
f) Hourly MW Reading of Units
g) Hourly MVAR Reading of Units
h) Hourly Generator Phase Voltage of Units
i) Hourly Generator Phase Current of Units
177. j) Stator Windings Temperature of Units
k) Rotor Windings Temperature of Units
l) Field Voltage of Units
m) Field Current of Units
n) Hourly Generator DE Bearing Temperature
o) Hourly Generator NDE Bearing Temperature
p) GTs Conservator Oil Level.
q) GTs Oil Temperature.
r) GTs Winding Temperature.
s) UAT Winding Temperature.
t) DC System Voltage.
u) Any other operational parameter as and when required
Ability to archive and generate customized reports of following equipment
parameter at Sub Station
a) Vital Power Transformer Parameters.
b) 33 KV Line Current.
178. c) 132 KV Line Current
d) 33 KV Bus Voltage
e) 132 KV Bus Voltage
f) DC System Voltage.
g) Any other operational parameter as and when required
Ability to archive and generate report of Dam Discharge allocation
179.
Messages and Flood Warning Massages from DVRRC.
Ability to archive and generate customized reports of Generation data
a) Daily Unit Wise Generation
b) Daily Unit Wise Peak load
180.
c) Daily Unit Wise Running Hours
d) Unit Outage Data.
e) Maximum Possible water discharge through Generating Units
Page 394 of 514

f) Daily Auxiliary Power Consumption.

g) Any other parameter as and when required
Ability to generate customized reports for daily/monthly/yearly (or for
selected interval) performance of the unit/stage/station/company like
Generation, Plant Availability factor, PLF, running hours, Planned Outage,
181. Forced Outage, partial loading, Loss of generation due to outage of Units
and partial loading, Aux. Power Consumption, Water Utilization factor, Max.
and Min Reservoir level, Schedule Water Discharge Allocation, Colony
Consumption
etc.
Ability to generate customized reports 11/33/132 KV line tripping &
182.
Normalization details and Generating Units tripping & Normalization details.
Ability to Test and Record different parameters of Lub oil of Governor Sump
183. Oil, Bearing Oil (DE & NDE Generator Bearing, Turbine Bearing), Sluice
gate
Power Pack Sump Oil etc.
184. Ability to generate dam Inspection (Pre-monsoon & Post Monsoon) report
Ability to maintain record of regular maintenance of Hydro-Mechanical parts
185.
of dam gates
186. Check list of annual maintenance of Dam gates and its operating mechanism
187. Ability to generate flood warning message
188. Ability to generate flood warning Withdrawal message
189. Ability to generate flood water release message during Flood Moderation
190. Ability to view Renewal status of Factory License and Statutory Certificates
191. Ability to generate daily MIS Report
192. Ability to generate monthly MIS Report
193. Ability to generate HR MIS Report
194. Ability to generate quarterly performance report
195. Record and generate training need identification
196. Ability to generate Technical Audit Report
197. Ability to generate MIS Report for compliance of Safety Audit
198. Ability to digitize equipment data and drawings
199. Ability to generate report on MIS Audit and Vigilance Query
200. Ability to generate MIS of Single Tender
Page 395 of 514

Name
of the Analytics forecasting and planning
process
201. Ability to forecast spare procurement schedule
202. Ability to forecast budget/expenditure
203. Ability to forecast equipment replacement/decommissioning
204. Ability to forecast reorder level of spares
Name
of the Asset Register
process
205. Provision for location based asset mapping
206. Provision for Sub-classification of asset
207. Ability to modify location hierarchy
208. Ability to maintain history of location changes
209. Ability to record details of Assets
210. Ability to assign GL for each asset
211. Ability to record asset usage statistics
212. Ability to record Criticality factor for fault
213. Ability to analyze root cause failure
214. Ability to generate physical verification report
215. Ability to generate inspection report
216. Ability to generate Joint inspection report
217. Ability to integrate assets with GL, Accounts, Projects, Budget
218. Ability to record total cost incurred for maintenance
219. Ability to calculate Schedule of rates
220. Ability to drill down cost from projects
221. Ability to track Project expenditure
222. Ability to simulate life cycle maintenance cost
Name
of the Information Security Management System
process
Ability to create information asset register with the required fields as per ISO
223. 27001 standards (or other applicable standards/CEA Guidelines) with
workflow and to capture the history of the Information Asset
Ability to record the Information Asset from the available Asset Register of
224.
IT/OT
Ability of Enterprise Content Management with Versioning Management for
225.
Document Assets as per the requirements of ISO 27001 standards
Ability to capture the Risks on information asset as per the ISO 27001
226. standards (or other applicable standards/ CEA Guidelines) with proper
workflow
Page 396 of 514

Ability to capture the history of the Risk Identification, Risk Assessment,

227.
Risk Treatment and Risk Mitigation Plan of an Information Asset
228. Ability to generate reports of the Information Asset Register and Risk Register
Ability to do ISMS auditing as per ISO 27001 requirements through Auditor’s
229. Dashboard
230. Ability to generate the audit reports, exception reports etc.
231. Ability to generate other reports required for ISMS
Name
of the Water Lab (Testing)
process
232. Ability to record result of Boiler water sample
233. Ability to record result of DM make up sample
234. Ability to record result of Main steam sample
235. Ability to record result of CEP discharge sample
236. Ability to record result of D/A outlet sample
237. Ability to record result of Eco inlet sample
238. Ability to record result of Stator/ Primary water system
239. Ability to record result of DMCW sample
240. Ability to record result of ECW (B)/ ECW(T)
241. Ability to record result of Raw water
242. Ability to record result of Clarified Water
243. Ability to record result of Filter Water
244. Ability to record result of CW Make up water
245. Ability to record result of CW water sample
246. Ability to record result of ETP I/L sample
247. Ability to record result of ETP O/L sample
248. Ability to record result of PH drain I/L sample
249. Ability to record result of PH drain O/L sample
250. Ability to record result of Hydrogen gas purity
251. Ability to record result of Hydrogen gas dew point
Name
of the Water Lab (Suggestion)
process
252. CBD
253. IBD
254. HP dosing
255. LP dosing
256. DP restriction
257. Cooling Water
Page 397 of 514

Name
of the Coal Lab (Testing)
process
258. Ability to record result of sample Loading End
259. Ability to record Mill Fineness
260. Ability to record Combustibility of coal
Name
of the Oil Testing
process
261. Record analysis of following parameters of Lub oil
262. a. MOT
263. b. TDBFP
264. c. MDBFP
265. d. ID FAN
266. e. FD FAN
267. f. PA FAN
268. g. APH
269. h. CMGB
270. i. ASPGB
271. j. ASPFC
272. Record analysis of Control Fluid
273. Record analysis of Furnace Oil
Name
of the Flue Gas Testing
process
274. Ability to record details of following parameters of flue gas:
275. APH (I/L)
276. APH (O/L)
277. ESP (I/L)
278. ESP (O/L)
Name
of the Other Data
process
279. Ability to capture DM water production data
280. Ability to capture DM water consumption data
281. Ability to capture Generation consumption data
282. Ability to capture Stator water consumption data
283. Ability to capture ECW/ DMCW consumption data
284. Ability to capture Drain Tank data
Page 398 of 514

285. Ability to capture Preservation data

286. Ability to capture Lit Up data
287. Ability to capture DM Make up (M3) data
288. Ability to capture % DM Make up data
Name
of the Chemistry (OS & U)
process
289. Ability to generate result recording Worklist
290. Ability to capture data of H₂-Moisture (ppm) & Purity (%)
291. Ability to capture Cat. Column. Cond. (μS/cm) data
292. Ability to capture data of Moisture Content in MOT (ppm)
293. Ability to capture NAS value of MOT
294. Ability to capture FRF Moisture Content (ppm) data
295. Ability to capture FRF TAN Value (mg KOH/gm)
296. Ability to review Stock
297. Ability to check Ash: Water ratio
298. Ability to check Mill Fineness
299. Ability to provide AMC/ARC of CW Chemical feeding and Lab assistance
Name
of the Panel Commissioning by Central Testing Circle, Maithon
process
300. Ability to generate reports on panel commissioning of:
301. 400 KV panel
302. 220 KV Panel
303. 132 KV Panel
304. 33 KV Panel
305. GRP Panel
306. Bus Bar Panel
307. 415V AC power cum control panel.
308. 240V AC power cum control panel.
309. Battery charger panel.
310. Other control panel.
Ability to generate report for implementation of proposed new settings/revised
311.
settings during commission/augmentation work
312. Ability to generate report for Bay equipment like breaker, LA etc.
Name
of the Transformer Commissioning by CTC
process
313. Ability to generate reports on transformer commissioning of:
Page 399 of 514

314. Power Transformer

315. Auto - Transformer
316. Distribution Transformer
317. Generator Transformer
318. Other Transformer
Name
of the Relay Panel Testing and Maintenance by CTC
process
319. Ability to generate reports on relay testing and maintenance of:
320. 400 KV Line panel
321. 220 KV Line Panel
322. 132 KV Line Panel
323. 33 KV Feeder Panel
324. GRP Panel
325. Bus Bar Panel
326. Transformer Panel
327. 11 KV Feeder Panel
328. Reactor Panel
Name
of the Installation/Testing/Commissioning of Relays by CTC
process
329. Ability to generate reports on testing of the following relays:
330. Distance Relay
331. Transformer Protection Relay
332. Generator Protection Relay
333. Feeder Protection Relay
334. Bus Bar Protection Relay
335. Overcurrent relay
336. Earth fault relay
337. Differential relay
338. Motor protection relay
339. Under voltage relay
340. Other Relays
Name
of the Investigation of Different faults by CTC
process
341. Ability to generate reports after investigation of the following faults:
342. Fault at Powerhouse
343. Fault at System
Page 400 of 514

Name
of the Calculation of relay settings by CTC
process
344. Ability to calculate Relay Settings for protection of following equipment:
345. Generator
346. Transmission Lines
347. Transformers and Reactors
348. Busbar
349. 33KV & 11KV Feeders
350. Other Protection
Name
of the Testing of Insulating Oil at CRITL Laboratory
process
Ability to generate reports after testing of the following parameters of
351.
transformer oil:
352. DGA
353. BDV
354. Water Content
355. Tan delta
356. Resistivity
357. IFT
358. Acidity
359. Furan Analysis
Name
of the Testing of Energy Meter at Laboratory at CTC
process
Ability to generate report after the testing of the following different energy
360.
meter at laboratory
361. Three Phase Three wire
362. Three phase Four Wire
363. Single Phase CT & PT Operated meter
364. Single phase whole current meter
Name
of the Testing of Energy Meter at Site by CTC
process
365. Ability to record details of testing of meter at consumer end.
366. Ability to record details of testing of meter at substation end.
367. Ability to record details of testing of meter at powerhouse.
Page 401 of 514

Name
of the Testing and Commissioning of Metering System by CTC
process
368. Ability to record details of testing and commissioning of CT
369. Ability to record testing and commissioning of PT
370. Ability to record testing and commissioning of Meter and its circuitry
Name
of the Investigation of fault in Metering System by CTC
process
371. Ability to investigate fault at Consumer end
372. Ability to investigate fault at substation end
Name
of the Master Data Management
process
373. Ability to update Vendor Master
374. Ability to update Commercial Term Master
375. Ability to update Pay Term Master
Name
of the Preparation of Purchase Request/Indent
process
376. Ability to place Indent
Name
of the Bid Process
process
377. Ability to select bid process
Name
of the Quotation Registration Process
process
378. Ability to register the quotation
Name
of the Technical Evaluation process of Bidders
process
379. Provision to record and frame a technical evaluation process for bidders
Name
of the Comparative Statement preparation process
process
Page 402 of 514

380. Ability to prepare comparative statement

Name
of the Purchase Recommendation Process
process
381. Ability to facilitate purchase recommendation process
Name
of the Contract Preparation Process
process
382. Ability to prepare contract
Name
of the Vendor Acceptance Process
process
383. Provision to facilitate vendor acceptance process
Name
of the Contract Agreement process
process
Ability to facilitate the process of Contract Agreement Registration in case of
384.
Hiring of Vehicle (VCM)
Name
of the Bid Submission Date Extension Process
process
385. Ability to extend bid submission date
Name
of the Tender Cancellation Process
process
386. Ability to cancel tender
Name
of the Tender Amendment Process
process
387. Ability to make amendment in tender
Name
of the Contract Extension Process
process
388. Facilitate contract extension process
Name
of the Contract Amendment Process
process
Page 403 of 514

389. Ability to make amendment in contract

Name
of the Contract Cancellation Process
process
390. Ability to cancel contract
Name
of the Repeat Order Process
process
391. Facilitate repeat order process
Name
of the Cash Purchase Process
process
392. Facilitate cash purchase process
Name
of the Spot Purchase Process
process
393. Facilitate spot purchase process
Name
of the Temporary Advance Settlement Process
process
394. Ability to make settlement in temporary advance
Name
of the Ability to make direct payment
process
395. Ability to make direct payment
Name
of the Security Deposit Process
process
396. Ability to maintain and record security deposit
Name
of the Security Deposit Release Process
process
397. Ability to record and maintain security deposit release
Name
of the EMD Release Process
process
398. Facilitate EMD release process in case of hiring a vehicle
Page 404 of 514

Name
of the Preparation of Bill Receipt Record
process
399. Ability to receive and check bill from vendor
400. Ability to process bill request
Name
of the Verification Process for Vendor Claim
process
401. Provision to process bill verification
Name
of the Payment Process for Vendor Claim
process
402. Ability to process payment for vendor claim by Accounts section
Name
of the Master Management
process
403. Ability to manage Item group master
404. Ability to manage Item master data
405. Ability to manage Warehouse master
406. Ability to manage Unit of materials
Name
of the Material Master Data Management
process
407. Provision to identify duplicate code & facilitate merging process
408. Ability to tag item with equipment
409. Ability to tag old code with new item code
410. Ability to request/generate new item code
Name
of the Material Receipt Process
process
411. Ability to prepare Waybill record
412. Ability to prepare lorry receipt record
413. Facilitate Pre dispatch inspection process
414. Facilitate daily receipt process
415. Ability to process Emergency return
416. Provision for material inspection
417. Provision for material rejection
418. Ability to process return of material
Page 405 of 514

419. Ability to issue settlement process of advance to vendor

420. Ability to prepare material receipt note
421. Provision to club the receipt register
422. Ability to issue Material dispatch clearance certificate
423. Ability to prepare material receipt certificate
Name
of the Material Issue Process
process
424. Provision for material requisition
425. Provision for material release
426. Provision for emergency issue of material
427. Ability to prepare dispatch request
428. Facilitate material dispatch process
429. Ability to issue Gate pass
430. Ability to generate contractor receipt of materials
431. Ability to issue certificate for utilization of materials
Name
of the Material Custody Process
process
432. Facilitate material custody process
Name
of the Material Accounting Process
process
433. Facilitate material accounting process
Name
of the Disposal Process
process
434. Ability to make declaration of disposable items
435. Facilitate process of Lot creation and grouping
436. Ability to prepare reserve price
437. Ability to prepare Delivery order preparation process
438. Ability to prepare reserve Guide price
439. Ability to prepare disposal issue note
440. Ability to close delivery order & settle
441. Facilitate disposal EMD process
442. Ability to prepare disposal payment receipt
443. Provision to create committee for disposal declaration
444. Provision to create committee for fixing up reserve guide price
445. Provision to create committee for fixing up reserve price
Page 406 of 514

Name
of the Others
process
446. Facilitate material adjustment process
447. Ability to analyze Inventory
448. Ability to verify Physical Stock
449. Facilitate insurance claim process
Ability to facilitate advance payment process to vendor against materials
450.
receipt
451. Facilitate re-order forecast process
Name
of the Report Generation
process
452. Ability to generate predefined report
Name
of the Procurement Process (NHP)
process
453. Facilitate procurement of Goods through GeM portal
Facilitate e-tendering (open tendering through CPPP) for works consultancy
454.
or non-consultancy services
455. Facilitate hiring of vehicles (open tendering through CPPP)
Name
of the Purchase Accounting (NHP)
process
456. Ability to receive and check bill from vendor
457. Ability to process bill request
458. Ability to process bill verification
459. Ability to process payment
Name
of the Data Management (NHP)
process
Facilitate MIS (MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM) for NHP
460.
monitored by Ministry of Jal Shakti
Facilitate STEP (SYSTEMATIC TRACKING OF EXCHANGES IN
461.
PROCUREMENT) for NHP monitored by World Bank
Facilitate WIMS (WATER INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM) for
462. NHP (Data from sites is being received in Hydrology Data Centre at Maithon
on hourly basis which is also saved in WIMS of Ministry of Jal Shakti.
Facilitate PFMS for NHP for monitoring of fund received from Ministry of Jal
463.
Shakti.
Page 407 of 514

Name
of the Billing Process (Water Tariff Cell)
process
Ability to send bill to each and every consumer for every month by
464.
assessing the meter reading at consumer end.
Name
of the Billing Accounting (Water Tariff Cell)
process
465. Facilitate payment receipt process
Name
of the Data Management
process
Ability to receive data from Hydrological sites of DVC in Monsoon & Non-
466.
monsoon season.
467. Ability to compile Data
468. Ability to maintain flood moderation record in flood events.
Name
of the O & M of Dam
process
469. Ability to generate dam Inspection (Pre-monsoon & Post Monsoon) report
Ability to maintain record of regular maintenance of dam structures and its
470.
component
471. Ability to maintain gate operation data during Flood
472. Ability to maintain Dam Instrumentation data
Name
of the Flood Control
process
473. Facilitate processes of Reservoir Operation & control
474. Provision for flood forecasting
475. Provision for Flood Moderation
476. Ability to generate flood warning message
Name
of the Hydraulic Data
process
477. Ability to maintain Hydrological data (rainfall, water level, discharge etc.)
Page 408 of 514

Facilitate WIMS (WATER INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM) for

478. NHP (Data from sites is being received in Hydrology Data Centre at Maithon
on hourly basis which is also saved in WIMS of Ministry of Jal Shakti.
Name
of the Water Supply
process
479. Ability to maintain record of water allocation/ agreements / permission of land
480. Ability to assess flow meter reading
481. Ability to generate water tariff consumer bill
Name
of the Liaising with FQA
process
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Preventive Maintenance process and
482. ability to maintain Record for compliance against FQA requirements during
Preventive Maintenance.
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Overhauling Process and ability to
483. maintain Record for compliance against FQA requirements during
Overhauling process
Ability to capture reference data and measured data corresponding to the
484. procedures mentioned in the reference Field Quality Plans and linked these
data with the equipment history
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Hydel Plant Maintenance Process
485. and ability to maintain Record for compliance against FQA requirements
during Hydel Plant Maintenance
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Panel Commissioning Process and
486. ability to maintain Record for compliance against FQA requirements during
Panel Commissioning
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Transformer Commissioning Process
during Transformer Commissioning
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Relay Panel Testing and
488. Maintenance Process and ability to maintain Record for compliance
against FQA
requirements during Relay Panel Testing and Maintenance
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Testing of Relay Process and ability
489. to maintain Record for compliance against FQA requirements during
Testing of Relay
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Testing of Relay Process and ability
490. to maintain Record for compliance against FQA requirements during
Testing of Relay
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Testing Process of Transformer Oil
during Testing of Transformer Oil
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Testing Process of Energy Meter at
492. Laboratory and ability to maintain Record for compliance against FQA
requirements during Testing of Energy Meter at Laboratory
Page 409 of 514

Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Testing Process of Energy Meter at

493. site and ability to maintain Record for compliance against FQA
requirements during Testing of Energy Meter at site
Suitable Interfacing between FQA and Testing and Commissioning of
494. Metering System and ability to maintain Record for compliance against FQA
requirements during Testing and Commissioning of Metering System
495. Maintenance history report for every equipment
496. Monthly Water Metering data of Units and Consumer
497. History report generation for the following parameters
498. 1) Vibration reading of equipment
499. 2) Temperature reading of equipment
500. 3) Debris and lubricant testing parameter
501. 4) Thermography data report
502. 5) Acoustic data
503. 6) Battery bank health
504. 7) 220 v DC health
505. 8) UT/UAT/GT/ST/SST/SAT/ICT health
506. 9) Dissolved gas analysis of transformer oil
507. 10) Oil Test Reports
508. 100 Customized Reports required for OS&U dept.
509. PAT cycle reports as per specified format
510. Pre and post overhauling performance report
511. Total quantity of coal (in MT) stacked in yard
512. Alarming condition of bunker level if any
513. Monthly report of belt joints mapping
514. Morning Reporting
515. Flash Report
516. Internal MIS Report
517. DC Projection
518. DC Loss Breakup
519. Monthly Generation Report
520. Yearly Generation Report
521. Outage Monitoring and analysis
522. MIS for various stakeholders
523. Generation report and RES Generation report to CEA
524. Generation Report to HQ/Commercial/Fuel/Account
525. Crips Report
526. Fixation of parameters for internal/external MOU
527. Fixation of CEA Generation Target
528. Data for LGBR
529. Reply for External Audit on Power Generation Review
Page 410 of 514

530. Input for DVC Annual Report

531. Input for MOP Annual Report
532. Input for Generation Budget
533. Preparation and Review of Overhauling Planning
534. Root cause analysis report
535. Trial run observation report
536. Preventive maintenance report
537. High vibration analysis report
538. Overhauling observation report
539. Spectrum analysis and recommendation
540. Acoustic analysis and recommendation
541. Lube oil analysis
542. Coal blending recommendation
543. Drain valve passing report
544. Energy audit reports
545. Trip analysis and recommendation report
546. ORT exception reports
547. Overhauling analysis report
548. Operation guide notes
549. SOP
550. Recommendation of transformer DGA corrective action
551. Recommendation for reducing boiler tube leakage
552. Report on running hours
553. Report on ball screening data
554. Utilisation factor analysis
555. Operation audit reports
556. Safety audit reports
557. Transformer testing reports
558. Reasons for low utilization factor & corrective action made for its improvement
559. ISO Audit
560. Operation Message Book
561. Renewal status of Factory License and Statutory Certificates
562. Minutes of Meetings
563. Water Chemistry Report
564. DM water Production & Consumption Report
565. Cooling Water Samples Analysis Reporting
566. Bulk Chemical Consumption Reports
567. Report of combustibility of Bottom and Fly Ash
568. Station Coal Data Reporting
Page 411 of 514

1.5 Projects and Engineering

Name
of the Project Planning
process
1. Ability to categorize execution of Project
2. Ability to create unique project code
3. Ability to create project planning checklist
Ability to upload project related documents such as diagrams, asset details,
load growth and projection, department recommendations, regulatory
4. information, Utilization plan, Specifications, Risk mitigation strategies, Land
information, survey result, documents, drawings, project proposal, statutory
clearances
Ability to obtain and capture statutory clearances and approvals, techno-
5.
economic clearance for new/expansion projects.
Ability to obtain technical and administrative approval of cost estimate of

topographical survey, social-economic survey, geo-technical investigation,
environment impact assessment studies, area-drainage study, seismic
6.
study, oceanographic study, model studies, preparation of FR/DPR etc. and
payment of fees/ charges for statutory clearances for new/expansion
projects as per construction DFP.
7. Ability to obtain approval of PFR/FR/DPR as per hierarchy.
8. Ability to record planning and engineering support
Ability to conceive estimation and initiate planning for a new, brown field,
9.
R&M project
10. Provision for project planning to interfere with all other modules
11. Ability to record and maintain Project funding
12. Ability to obtain hierarchy based approval for new projects
13. Ability to assign Project Manager and other accountable person
14. Ability to obtain in principle approval for new and leftover projects
15. Ability to obtain cost estimates based budgetary quotation from vendors
16. Ability to upload drawings, specifications and proposals
Page 412 of 514

17. Ability to define tender drawing, master drawing list, technical specs of project
18. Ability to define workflow for survey estimate, tentative cost estimate etc.
Ability to generate detailed scope of work for engaging a consultant for

PFR/FR/DPR along with NIT preparation, preparation of estimate for
19.
consultant engagement necessary approvals, site survey, feasibility study,
RLA study, package break up and workflow for EOI.
Ability to prepare and obtain hierarchy-based approval of technical

20.
specification/tender drawings, technical drawing and QR.
Name
of the Indenting
process
21. Ability to maintain multiple currency contracts
22. Provision for calculation of price variation, bill submission, revision, approval
Provision for BBU (billing breakup) submission, revision, and approval,

23.
revision after approval
Name
of the Schedule of rate
process
24. Ability to maintain equipment/items, labour/service standard rates
25. Ability to update/revise Schedule of Rate
26. Ability to generate alerts to stakeholders on Schedule of Rate modifications

Name
of the Project Cost
process
27. Ability to define resource for project such as erection and material cost
28. Ability to record information on land requisition
Ability to obtain approval for cost estimate for advance expenditure on new
29.
projects for both works
30. Ability to make purchase relating to development of infrastructure as per DFP.
Page 413 of 514

Facilitate post award variation due to scope/quantity/new items/substituted

31.
items as per DFP.
32. Ability to prepare cost from BOM, Schedule of Rate
33. Ability to define work breakdown structure

Ability to register information on inspection calls, inspection report, field
34.
quality plan
Ability to record status of construction and erection, financial progress

35.
status, physical progress status
36. Ability to track and record quality deviations
37. Ability to store communication of local administrative authorities
38. Ability to record completion of each activity, overall commissioning of project
39. Ability to track deliverables against individual vendors
40. Ability to measure vendor bill against physical progress at site
Ability to track payment of invoices raised by contractor against construction

41.
and erection work
Provision for joined protocols for erection milestone with internal and
42.
external vendors
43. Ability to record 'difficulties' during execution and maintain 'difficulty register'
44. Ability to generate alert on warranty expiration
45. Ability to create note on warranty extension, time extension
46. Ability to prepare pre-commissioning checklist

Ability to grant access to project managers of critical project data to make
47.
timely decisions
Provision for a Central tracking system that enables project teams to record,
48. assign, & facilitate in resolving issues and capture related risks pertaining to
project.
49. Ability to check estimate Vs. actual monitoring
Ability to monitor project, resource wise, timeline wise, location wise and
50.
funding agency wise
51. Ability to record delays, key issues raised by vendor, actual completion date
Page 414 of 514

Ability to generate alerts for payments, delays, financial implication due to

52.
time overturn
Ability to modify terms of contract not having financial implication/having
53.
financial implication.
Ability to grant escalation over base price where no provision for escalation
54.
exists
Ability to increase the upper limit of escalation where no extension of time is
55.
involved.
56. Ability to grant escalation for the extended period of contract.
57. Ability to keep record of security deposit/ BG refund process.

58. Ability to prepare JMC at site
59. Ability to process Erection bills and supply bills
60. Ability to revise project cost and make amendments in DPR
61. Ability to track statutory compliances before payment processing
62. Ability to process the damages and its compensation
63. Ability to process and payment of land acquisition
Ability to generate TS and AS for cost estimate for different type of

64.
studies/surveys/FR/DPR etc.
65. Ability to process and record advance and retention payments

Name
of the Fund Allocation
process
Ability to create a comparison between total planned budget vs approved
66.
capital budget
67. Ability to identify projects to be executed each year as per budget
68. Ability to sanction proposed investment plan
Ability to record correspondence and subsequent reporting to external

69.
funding agencies
Ability to facilitate control mechanism to set deadlines to receive budget

70.
requests
Page 415 of 514

71. Ability to track changes to budget after budget approval
72. Ability to check availability of fund under various resources
73. Ability to check status of project wise fund utilization
74. Ability to track status of project at various levels of fund utilization
75. Ability to initiate a note on fund approval
76. Facilitate re-allocation of fund if required for any project

Name
of the Project Scheduling
process
77. Ability to modify Project Schedule
78. Ability to share project scheduling documents with project monitoring team
79. Ability to integrate with standard project management software
80. Ability to define project with work breakdown structure and key milestones
Ability to allot responsibilities to differ stakeholders as per work breakdown
81.
structure
82. Ability to schedule payments against key milestones
Name
of the Project Monitoring
process
83. Ability to allocate project wise monitoring
Ability to review L2 schedule including actual achievement against L2

84.
schedule
85. Provision for the project team to update details regarding project
86. Ability to track projects having multiple for package breakups and approval
87. Ability to capture modifications in existing project systems
88. Ability to integrate with DCS, SCADA and PLC Systems
89. Ability to integrate with external portals (NIP, PMG etc..)
90. Ability to track/monitor new business opportunities with CRM module
Page 416 of 514

91. Ability to monitor estimates vs actual activity completion
92. Ability to track resource of projects in real time

93. Ability to record delay in activities indicating the heads for delay
94. Ability to flag a project priority
95. Ability to maintain hindrance data
96. Ability to record and monitor data on accidents during Project execution
97. Ability to store project baseline and revised plans
Ability to maintain Project management activities for the entire cycle of

98.
construction Projects
99. Provision for Revolving Advance payment for PMC contract.
100. Ability to generate alerts for delay in payments

101. Ability to record periodic safety audit
102. Ability to integrate with Energy meting and Audit Module
103. Ability to initiate safety monitoring at project sites
104. Ability to generate alerts for non-availability of safety equipment
105. Ability to record daily, weekly and monthly progress as per defined formats
106. Ability to form Delay Analysis and other committees/TCs.
107. Provision for material inspection for turnkey projects
108. Provision for Periodic checking of bank guarantees, contract value
Ability to prepare documents for obtaining statutory clearances for

109.
transmission line/ sub-station projects
Ability to compute total project cost including issuance of OSM through

110.
store requisition, materials supplied at site and erection cost
111. Provision for uploading various MoM and its log keeping
112. Provision for time extension
113. Ability to track bill for vendors
Provision for Commercial on date (COD) process to notify the project has
114.
been commissioned and gone live
115. Ability to record quality checklist and deviation
Page 417 of 514

Name
of the Project Implementation
process
Ability to record activities and status of tendering like - tender floated,
116. evaluation complete, work awarded with date of each milestone - for each
wbs element of a project.
Ability to assess manpower requirement for defined project based on Pre-
117.
Set norms
118. Ability to raise manpower requisition for projects
119. Ability to assign resources to the project
Ability to record details of findings and selection status of land by

designated committee (availability of water resources, feasibility for heavy
120.
equipment transportation, availability of public utilities, load centers etc.)
along with uploading land selection/feasibility report in .pdf format
121. Ability to upload project details like contour sheets, survey reports etc.
122. Ability to assign responsibility and authority to various internal stakeholders.
Ability to share project contract documents, project implementation

123.
documents to stakeholders’ time to time
Ability to modify/ change to pre-defined workflow of project execution of
124. different types of projects like epc/ civil/ telecommunication/ deposit work/
ppp etc.
125. Provision for Deposit work to various govt. agencies/Consultancy work.
126. Ability to upload standard drawing/ design/ documentation formats
Ability to record and generate list of proposed works/ projects waiting for
127.
site- survey/ feasibility report
Ability to record and generate list of projects whose preliminary site-survey

128.
has been completed
Ability to support approval/ modification/ revision/ rejection workflow for

129.
authorization to initiate and completion of survey and uploading survey
report
130. Ability to update and track status of land/ site handing over activity
Ability to modify project timeline based on terms and conditions like handing
131.
over of land etc.
Page 418 of 514

Ability to break projects into activities, sub-activities indicating milestones

132.
with commonly used methods such as pert and cpm
Ability to verify different stages survey, testing, design etc. stage wise or
133.
whenever required
Ability to specify approval/ modification/ revise/ rejection path and

134. stakeholders, standards for various design, drawing, testing reports,
inspection reports, mrv/mhov/srv issuance etc.
Ability to add remarks/ comments/ suggestions to various design, drawing,

135.
testing reports, inspection reports, mrcv/mhorv/srv issuance by stakeholders
Ability to record vendor drawings & design documents, user manuals with
136. all dates of submission, approval/ modification/revise/ rejection, etc. With
version history using dms.
137. Ability to upload/retrieve gtp/standards/ specification for equipment/ materials
138. Ability to generate mrcv/mhorv/srv etc.
Ability to track/ record "mrcv/mhorv/srv" to allot materials to be issued/

139.
received
Ability to record the status of every item in the bom/ boq (design approved,
140. inspection call raised, inspection done, dispatch clearance issued,
dispatched, delivered and erected)
Page 419 of 514

Ability to create/modify inspection call against one or multiple items with

minimum parameters viz. Call raised date, inspection offered date, qty
offered, manufacturer (from approved manufacturer list), address of
inspection and proposed budget head for the cost of inspection(ta/da) waive
inspection/propose inspection with one or multiple officers controlling officer
of the proposed inspecting officer(s) shall be able to approve his/her/their
deputation for inspection. Approver shall approve waiver or inspection.
System shall allow generation of inspection order and same shall go to all
concerned through workflow notification/mail etc. System shall be able to
141. capture the inspection reports in pdf or jpeg. Inspecting officer(s) should be
able to upload the inspection reports along with short notes linked with the
inspection call. If there are multiple inspecting officers’ system should create
a work flow system where the junior most officer shall upload the inspection
report and seniors can modify/comment and submit the same to the project
authority - work flow shall allow the creator of the inspection call to create di
request from inspection call, checker to check the test reports and finally
approver to approve the issue of dispatch clearance. - system shall be able
to generate dispatch clearance (as per approved design format) with inputs
on destination/consignee/bill to party etc. Or as per preassigned addresses.
Ability to send alert notification for inspection calls of certain items that are
not submitted within certain time frame linked with project schedule,
inspection orders are not generated after certain time period after inspection
142.
calls are punched into system, inspection reports are not uploaded within
certain time period after the inspection call is issued and dispatch clearance
is not issued within certain time period after inspection reports are
submitted.
Ability to integrate with procurement and store management system to view
143. real time information on status of delivery of materials related to greenfield /
brownfield construction projects against each project
Ability to view store status of any item required for project and raising
144.
requisition for the project.
Ability to record and view the status of field level activities like civil
145.
construction, erection, testing, commissioning
Ability to check compliance against quality parameters defined
146.
manufacturing quality plans and field quality plans
147. Ability to record financial/physical progress status with detailed break-up

148. Ability to record all project related communications
Ability to record completion of each/part project activity, leading to the
149.
overall commissioning of project
150. Ability to track deliverables and kpi of individual vendors / sub-vendors
Page 420 of 514

Ability to define contract closing related check-list / steps and send

151.
alerts/notifications for deviation / non-compliance
Ability to setup a billing plan/billing break-up, that allows the release of

152.
payments upon achieving set milestones
Ability to record 'hindrances' during each stage of execution and maintain

153.
'work hindrance register'
Ability to create issues against the project that is a possible cause of delay,
viz. Obstruction by locals, unavailability of stone chips, having categories
viz. Administrative, fund, technical, civil etc. Assigning of stakeholders for
the issue resolution. Multiple updates through entering text notes and
154.
uploading necessary documents should send alerts to all stake holders
when any update is done reporting - list of all open/closed issues against a
project. Report should be able to segregate based on category of issues
and time period for resolving the issue etc.
Ability to return material received against a project and project line Item to
155.
main store in case of reconciliation. (Due to excess)
156. Ability to capture material consumption in actual basis
Ability to issue material(mhov) to contractor for a project with provision to

157.
flag the project so that it can be used for project closure.
Provision for material and financial reconciliation for taking out of

158.
scrap/surplus material.
Ability to adjust price when owner supplied material is not in contract and
159. provision for managing the OSM with provision of raising ATD of that OSM
for the concerned project.
Ability to raise internal material requisition for a project and record all such
160.
requisition
Ability to send alerts/notifications on 'defect liability period/ warranty'

161.
expiration
162. Ability to create note on 'defect liability period/ warranty' extension
Ability to record and track quantity and time deviations and store requisition
163.
for such variations after approval from competent authority
Ability to record details of excess materials not utilized in the project and
164.
sent to stores after commissioning
165. Ability to record insurance details like premium payment, claims made if any
Page 421 of 514

Ability to create note on "time extension" approval/ rejection with liquidated

166.
damages (Ld.) or without Ld. /Provisional Time
167. Ability to calculate ld. based on user defined parameters/Quality Amendment
168. provision for reduction/waiver of LD in case of works.
169. Ability to intimate internal departments for commissioning activity/ supervision
Ability to define pre-commissioning checklist / steps and send

170.
alerts/notifications for deviation/non-compliance
Ability to send commissioning/ line charging requisition to concerned
171.
internal departments
Ability to send alerts/ notification through user configured email to all
172.
concerned external nodes (DISCOM etc.) before and after commissioning
Ability to record and update standards for commissioning test results/

173.
parameters /values for project elements/equipment
Ability to raise a request for commissioning permission to project authority

174. and define a workflow system to approve the ability in the system to block
charging permission or send alert for pending checklist item
Ability to record commissioning / line charging details for project/ project
175.
element
Ability to approve/ reject test values/ technical parameters during
176.
commissioning /line charging parameters based on workflow system
Ability to convert assets from project at the time of commissioning with

177.
results/ technical details post commissioning
178. Ability to record commissioning status
Ability to generate commissioning/ line charging intimations for internal and

179.
external (SLDC etc.)
Ability to record delay in commissioning as per scheduled target date as per

180.
project schedule
Ability to link all test reports/ standards/ documents/manuals to the asset

181.
after commissioning
Ability to Record status of approval/ modification/ revise/ rejection before

initiating the project such as ptcc, collector, electrical inspector, forest
approval, labour department, railway crossing, land at close proximity to
182.
airport- concerned collector/ circle officer approval, approval for crop
compensation, land related to military, DISCOM etc and also obtain
approval in case of crossing of existing line
Page 422 of 514

Ability to Acquisition/purchase/lease of land for administratively approved

183. schemes through respective district collectors/local administration/railway
authority.
Ability to record receipt of built drawings, design, gtp etc., other drawings,
184.
O&M manuals etc.
Ability to record work executed/progress of the works as electronic

185.
measurement book periodically from the field offices
186. Ability to trail audit for the changes in the electronic measurement book
Ability to approve/ modify/ revise/ reject electronic measurement book by

187.
competent authority (first level, second level approval etc.)
188. Ability to record electronic measurement book using mobile/ tablet
Ability to check variation in final measurement from contracted values/

189.
contracted quantities
190. Ability to initiate project reconciliation (Material/Financial)
191. Ability to upload Handing over Requisition receipt
Ability to prepare final punch points of work to be finished with the handing
192.
over document
193. Ability to validate compliance of punch points identified for each project
194. Ability to issue and record "taking over" certificate
Ability to send alerts/notifications on non-compliance to contract closing

195.
process (submission of drawings, documents and other requirements)
Ability to generate contract closing certificate/ NOC, Operational acceptance

196.
Certificate
197. Ability to enter cpg details against each contract under a project
Ability to send alerts/notifications on contract performance bank guarantee

198.
expiration
199. Ability to record status note on bank guarantee extension/encashment/return
Ability to allow hierarchy-based initiation/approval/ modification/ revise/

200.
rejection for notes.
201. Ability to notify all appropriate personnel, that a project is closed
Page 423 of 514

Ability to provide security measures, to ensure that the project closure is

202.
done by authorized personnel only
Ability to index, record, capture and track every single document (file)
203.
associated with the project
204. Ability to tag activity wise safety precautions to projects
205. Ability to view standard safety guidelines
206. Ability to send alerts/notifications to safety officers for safety inspection
Ability to generate alert on non-compliance of safety guidelines in project

207.
location
Ability to send alerts/notifications to vendors registered email/mobile

208. number for noncompliance, deviation, current status, issuance and use
Document Management System for uploading/submitting documents.
209. Ability to capture and track details regarding court cases and arbitration cases
Ability to capture details regarding forest compensation, agricultural

210.
compensation, tree compensation for projects
Ability to make fund requisition by project manager(field) and define

211.
approval workflow
Ability to create provision/ case for temporary advance for various reasons
such as compensation, railway crossing, electrical inspector fees,
212.
departmental works, crop and tree security, dismantling/ erection of
equipment, hiring of cranes, shifting of equipment etc.
213. Ability to sanction temporary advance by competent authority
214. Ability to create provision for mobilization advance
Ability to sanction mobilization advance and intimate to the concerned

215.
authority
Ability to initiate contract termination note, define workflow for checking

216.
approval and final termination
Ability to define workflow of initiation of BG invocation note for checking

217.
approval and decision
218. Provision for project work/work hindrance register entry and approval
Page 424 of 514

Ability to record meeting notes, different approval from board or internal

219.
committee, land acquisition committees’ approvals etc.
Ability to create note on quantity deviations approval/ modification/ revise/
220.
rejection
221. Ability to submit Performance Guarantee test report and obtain approval
222. Ability to create proposal for forest clearance and other row issues
Name
of the Operation and Maintenance
process
Provision for engineering support during construction and operation and
223.
providing technical assistance at the site.
Name
of the Project Accounting
process
224. Ability to integrate with Finance, HR, Material Management and Asset module
225. Ability to transfer final cost to GL on project completion certificate
226. Ability to place project cost code to relevant GL

227. Ability to create/modify Repository
Name
of the Program Management
process
228. Ability to club multiple projects under one umbrella to create a program
Ability to create program with unique no., estimated cost, funding agency,
229.
program identified, estimated project timeline, program owner etc.
230. Ability to capture fund requisition to government agencies
Ability to fetch cost, time schedule from projects under the program and
231.
calculate cost, completion time for the program, completion of facilities
232. Ability to issue Completion of Facilities

233. Monthly progress report
234. Monthly MIS report
Page 425 of 514

235. Quarterly progress report

236. Status report regarding forest clearance/ Railway Clearance /NH/ PTCC
237. Daily/ weekly CAPEX report generation
Report for status of project documents containing total no of documents,

number of submitted documents, percentage of documents submitted,
238. number of CAT-I, CAT-II, CAT-IV, CAT-III (pending up to 7, 15 more than
15 days), under review with DVC (pending up to 7, 15 more than 15 days),
not yet submitted documents for all FGD projects
Status of De-Nox documents containing Total no of Drawing, no. of drawing

239. for IBR approval, no. of drawing approved by IBR, no. of drawing approved
by DVC
Daily MIS report containing status of project documents, status of De-Nox
240. documents, status of new projects like hydel/PSP, ESP R&M,
Implementation of smart meter etc.
Monthly MIS report for Chairman office containing status of project
documents; status of De-Nox documents; status of new projects like
241.
hydel/PSP, ESP R&M, Implementation of smart meter etc.; number of site
issues referred/ resolved; report of site visit
242. Weekly Planning
243. Monthly Planning
244. Weekly MIS
245. Monthly MIS
246. Detailed Dashboard of all activities
i)MQAP.FQAP, Inspection, MDCC details as per date ,PO ,Pkg, EPC,

247.
Manufacturer , Employee wise along with graphical representation.
248. ii) Employee performance Evaluation report.

249. iii) MDCC MRC entry details.
250. Delay analysis
1.6 Quality Control and Inspection

Name
of the Pre-Award QA
process
1. Ability to prepare and finalize Technical Specification
Facilitate pre-award tie-ups on Quality Assurance, Vendor List & Inspection

2.
aspects with the bidder
Page 426 of 514

3. Provision to evaluate Bid Offers

Facilitate post bid tie-ups on Quality Assurance, Vendor list & Inspection
4.
aspects with the bidder
Name
of the Post-Award QA
process
5. Ability to verify item category and manufacture mapping
Ability to review, prepare & finalize MQAP/FQAP in consultation with user

6.
section/EPC
7. Ability to create inspection list as per approved MQAP
Provision to submit pre dispatch inspection call letter as per standard format
8.
& documents
Ability to nominate Inspector & maintain scheduling against call raised from
9.
EPC vendor
10. Ability to provide approval for Pre-dispatch inspection and acceptance testing
11. Ability to submit PDI Reports along with compliance report (if any)
12. Ability to dispose NCR (Non-Conformities)
13. Ability to issue MDCC on acceptance of materials
14. Ability to implement FQAP of material inspection process at site

Name
of the Site FQA Activities
process
Ability to prepare FQP for preventive, breakdown and overhauling
15.
maintenance
16. Ability to interact and gain support from QC&I (QC) to FQA at Sites
Name
of the Sub-Supplier(Sub-contractor)Assessment and approval
process
17. Ability to review sub-suppliers proposal and sub-suppliers’ details.
18. Ability to appoint Visiting Team & Screening Committee
Page 427 of 514

19. Ability to provide assessment of Sub-supplier by visiting team
20. Ability to review and provide review comments by Screening Committee

21. Ability to approve Sub Supplier
Provision to evaluate Vendor performance and provide incentives based on
22.
it
Ability to incorporate new vendors and deletion of vendors based on

23.
different factors
Ability to issue penal action to vendors based on quality aspect of their

24.
product considering time and cost slippage
25. Ability to provide review of vendors

Name
of the Quality Audit
process
Provision to audit manufacturing works/premises/sites of contractors and
26.
their sub-contractors
Provision to audit sites/departments of DVC projects and stations during

27.
construction / erection/overhauling/breakdown maintenance
Name
Quality Notification for Pre-Dispatch and Post-Dispatch in respect of
of the
supply contract and for work in respect of execution contract
process
28. Ability to capture and analyze defects found during a quality inspection
Ability to record the root cause analysis of the problems found during
29.
inspection to avoid its re-occurrence
30. Ability to generate internal quality notification and record the problem analysis
Provision to generate and activate a defect record as a quality notification

31.
during a quality inspection
Page 428 of 514

Ability to generate notification about the outstanding tasks as soon as tasks

32.
are created in the notification and the notification is saved
Ability to generate notification about the completed tasks as soon as tasks

33.
are created in the notification and the notification is saved
Name
of the Quality Planning
process
34. Ability to maintain basic master data for Quality Management
Ability to record Quality info, sampling scheme/procedure, dynamic

35.
modification rule
36. Ability to maintain Catalogue Code groups
37. Ability to record and maintain Master inspection characteristics, batch master
38. Ability to maintain Inspection plans, BOM, Routings, quality certificate profiles
Provision for inspection planning using inspection plans of materials, which

39.
brings standardization of quality planning
Ability to create inspection lots in the background (for example, when a goods
40.
receipt is posted for a material that needs to be inspected)
Ability to assign proper task list to the inspection lot if it is created for a
41.
material that has to be inspected on basis of a task list
Provision to stop the release of inspection lot if the system cannot explicitly
42. select and assign a task list. In this case, the inspection lot will not appear in
the work list for recording of results
43. Ability to categorize quality plan

Name
of the Quality Assurance
process
Page 429 of 514

44. Provision to perform quality inspection through inspection lot processing.
Ability to capture process quality results and usage decision to be taken to

45.
accept or reject the inspection lot
46. Ability to preparate & finalize QAP in consultation with user section
47. Facilitate implementation of QAP at material inspection process at site/store
48. Ability to prepare QAP for preventive & breakdown maintenance
49. Ability to monitor maintenance practice as per QAP
50. Ability to check compliance of QAP for capital/construction work
51. Facilitate incorporation of quality chapter in tendering stage

Name
of the Quality Control
process
52. Ability to perform root cause analysis for the identified defect
Provision for an information system where one can analyze various reports
53.
like vendor evaluation, a list of quality notification, quality charts, etc.
54. Ability to provide process control along the complete supply chain
55. Provision to approve MQP & FQP on award of contracts
56. Ability to issue protocol for control and inspection
57. Ability to verify item category and manufacture mapping
58. Provision for quality chapter in tendering stage

Name
of the Quality Improvement
process
59. Provision for Problem management
60. Provision for Quality Information System
Page 430 of 514

61. Facilitate corrective and preventive actions

Name
of the Quality Vendor for supply of materials
process
62. Provision to review vendors at 6 (six) months interval
Ability to incorporate new vendors & delete enlisted vendors based on

63.
performance of products, factory visit
Ability to issue penal action to vendors based on quality aspect of their

64.
product considering time and cost slippage
65. Weekly Planning
66. Monthly Planning
67. Weekly MIS
68. Monthly MIS
Detailed Dashboard of all activities
i)MQAP.FQAP, Inspection, MDCC details as per date ,PO ,Pkg, EPC,

Manufacturer, Employee wise along with graphical representation.
69.
ii) Employee performance Evaluation report.

Iii) MDCC MRC entry details.
70. iv) Exception Report
71. Delay analysis
72. Long term Planning and target achievements
1.7 Commercial Billing

Name
of the Power Purchase Model
process
1. Ability to tally bills with REA Data
2. Ability to obtain approval from concerned department after prudence check
3. Ability to forward the bills to Finance and Accounts Department
Page 431 of 514

Ability to record Quantum of Energy purchased, Bill amount and amount

4.
passed (Energy charge + Fixed charge + any other charge)
Ability to record energy quantum purchased from NTPC, KBUNL, NVVNL,

5.
MPL, NHPC and POSCO & PGCIL, UI, PTC etc.
6. Ability to process payment by Accounts in Finance module

7. Ability to maintain Letter of Credit
Provision for reconciliation on the part of Bill amount which is done by
8.
commercial department
Provision for reconciliation on the part of payment which is done by finance

9.
department
Ability to assess deficit/surplus energy in DVC which is done by ALDC,

10.
Maithon. Accordingly, quantum of purchase/sale is done by ALDC, Maithon
11. Provision to record quantum of purchase/sale done by ALDC, Maithon
12. Provision for ED(Commercial) to approve the Purchase/sale rate
Ability to make requisition by Commercial Dept. to Accounts for making

13.
available requisite fund on day-to-day basis for bidding in Exchange(s)
14. Ability to record Bid related activity in exchange by ALDC Maithon.
15. Ability to check,approve and forward statement provided by IEX or PXIL
Ability to compile and record Quantum and amount (Purchase value +

16.
Transaction charges)
Name
of the Core Billing System
process
Ability to capture monthly/bi-monthly / or on any time spam meter readings

17.
of LT consumers by meter inspectors, via Spot Billing Machines
Ability to upload meter reading data via GPRS if connectivity is available

18.
else store the readings locally and upload whenever connectivity is
available
Page 432 of 514

Provision to upload meter reading data via WI-FI when the Feeder In
19.
charge/Meter Reader returns to the Office premises at the end of the day
Ability to download Consumer Master Information into the smartphone

20.
online via WIFI/GPRS
Ability to send SMS to consumers once the Meter Reader starts his meter
21. reading operations in his designated area. The SMS packages shall be
provided by DISCOM
Ability to send SMS to consumers whose meter could not be read by the
22.
Meter Inspector due to limited or no access
Ability to send SMS to consumers with reading details after the reading is
23.
captured
Provision in the system to capture Billing Parameter, Current KWH as well
24.
as Billing KW
25. Ability to process bill in centralized bill server for LT and HT consumers
Ability to generate bill On demand and close accounts as per TCOS, in case
26.
of voluntary disconnection for LT consumers
Ability to correct Bills and also generate part bills, consolidated bills, group
27.
bills etc.
Provision of accounting of Instalments, part payments, Govt. subsidies,
28.
wave offs etc.
Ability to generate Disconnection notice for non-payment (Except Stay from
29. the Court /Settlement committee/VCR monitoring committee, Competent
authority)
30. Ability to update and maintain security deposit for LT & HT consumers
31. Ability to calculate and maintain SD for LT & HT consumers
32. Ability to calculate SD interest for LT & HT consumers
33. Ability to generate Additional SD instalment bill

Ability to generate notices of enhanced security as per TCOS of LT/HT
34.
consumers
35. Ability to process Bank Guarantee & Letter of Credit for HT consumers
Ability to view consumer history for at least last 3 years along with Meter
36. History and Export & import of consumers from one location to another
location
Page 433 of 514

Ability to generate Bills after duly considering the imports and exports of
37. energy, changes of meters, change of CT/PT, TOD Slabs as per tariff and
business rules
Name
of the Tariff and Billing Rule Management
process
38. Facilitate a UI based interface for configuring tariff and business rules
39. Provisions for retrospective and prospective billing
40. Provision to calculate part bills with variable bill period
Facilitate a flexible, user configurable tariff /TCOS and business rule

41.
management interface
Ability for Tariff Petition Module function to interface with all other
42.
modules/sub-modules
43. Provision to extract actual data for a period specified by user

44. Ability to extract multi-year data
Ability to generate report on Capital Expenditure & Capitalization (Existing

45.
and Up Coming) of each project along with funding pattern
Ability to generate Energy Accounting Report (Detailed - Sub Station and Line
46.
wise) for a selected year / period
Ability to generate report on O&M Expenses for a selected year / period
47.
/location
Ability to generate report on Taxes for the selected year as per Annual
48.
Accounts Report
Ability to generate report on Bulk Supply Tariff based on the Energy
49.
Accounting Data
Ability to generate report on Incentive on Higher Transmission Availability
50.
for a selected year / period
51. Ability to generate report on Non-Tariff Income for a selected year / period
Ability to generate report on income from Open Access Consumers for a

52.
selected year / period
Ability to extract sub-station and Transmission Line wise O & M expenses

53.
for a selected year / period.
54. Ability to calculate Asset wise Depreciation for a selected year / period
Page 434 of 514

Ability to extract and compile Annual statement of Accounts duly audited by

55.
the Govt Auditors
56. Ability to add / incorporate for any regulation / reports applicable

57. Ability to generate Form 15
58. Ability to populate Tariff forms through integration with other modules
Ability to create report on Voltage level wise / transmission line wise / Sub
59.
Station wise (Single / Double Circuit)
Name
of the Bilateral Billing Module
process
60. Ability to record Monthly data on Schedule Generation, DC etc.
Provision to fetch Energy charge rate of each generating station from

61.
Energy Charge Module.
Provision to maintain the record of allocation of Beneficiary and AFC of

62.
generating stations
Ability to generate bill based on the aforesaid inputs and based on

63.
predesigned formula as per CERC guideline
64. Ability to forward Bill details to Accounts for accounting

Ability to adjust any revision of tariff retrospectively with the individual
65.
consumer
Provision to revise bill i.r.o change in ECR/Schedule or for any other
66.
parameter
Ability to generate any other bill in terms of CERC Regulation viz. Gain
67.
sharing, incentive billing, fixed charge adjustment, URS etc.
68. Ability to generate Stand-by, Transmission and DSM bill i.r.o JBVNL
69. Ability to identify and adjust payment
70. Ability to generate Late Payment Surcharge (LPSC) bill
71. Ability to send Letter of Credit to Beneficiary
72. Provision of reminder for renewal/new LC
73. Ability to make reconciliation with beneficiary
Ability to raise POSOCO bill to claim the reimbursement based on MW

74.
allocation of DISCOMs.
Page 435 of 514

Ability to upload data in respect of billing and collection in PRAAPTI portal in

75.
a specific template on daily basis
Ability to send Regulation notice for short payment/No-Payment to
76.
beneficiary
Name
of the Spot Billing Software/System
process
Provision to create, update and modify route traversal plans as per the
77.
billing schedules
Provision for bidirectional communication with the central server using
78.
standard mobile network (GPRS/EDGE/2G/3G/4G/LTE etc.)
Facilitate local storing of the data and based on the availability of

79.
connectivity the mobile data shall transfer the same to the central server
Ability to download data with or without user intervention i.e., the pre-billing
80.
data as per the route plans shall be automatically downloaded
81. Ability to upload Real-time data to central server (bills)
82. Provision to download and upload data from central server

Provision to central server for update of tariff, data validation and other
83.
billing rules
Ability to generate bills along with the incorporation of all the business
84. processes and rules associated with consumer billing, consumer status,
meter status etc.
Ability to record the GPS co-ordinates with display of the location accuracy
85.
for more accurate GPS capturing
86. Provision for Spot Cash Collection module with configuration option
Name
of the Firm Billing
process
Ability to enter Consumer specific meter data i.e., consumption, PF, Max
87.
Demand etc. in the system by sub-station In-charge
Ability to calculate and send bill to consumers based on the meter data and
88. predesigned formula and rates as per the tariff orders of respective state
regulators(WBERC and JSERC).
Provision for Accounts department to fetch the billing data for accounting
89.
purpose.
90. Ability to identify status of payment
Page 436 of 514

91. Ability to calculate dues

Ability to upload Restriction data, Meter Data (MRD file) in the commercial
92.
billing module.
Ability to upload Furnace Reading (kWh) into the Commercial Billing Module
93.
of DVC by the respective consumers of West Bengal
94. Ability to upload TDS amount along with challan by respective consumers
Ability to enter Consumers Turn-Over i.e. TDS declaration by respective

95.
consumer for every Financial Year.
Provision to make any other billing in terms with regulations of WBERC and
96.
JSERC viz MVCA, FPPCA, FPPPA etc. through Commercial Billing module.
Name
of the Maintenance of SD
process
97. Ability to record Security Deposit in form of BG and Cash.
98. Ability to generate Report on status of Security deposit.
99. Ability to generate alert on invocation of BG and status on its expiry
Ability to calculate and record yearly enhancement/reduction in security

100.
deposit based on average billing of past one year.
Ability to calculate and record enhancement/reduction of Security Deposit

101.
due to change in contract demand of consumers.
102. Ability to monitor the whole process of Security Deposit
103. Ability to calculate interest on the SD in form of cash.
Provision to make necessary adjustments of interest on SD in form of cash

104.
and incorporated in the bill.
Name
New Connection, CD Enhancement/Reduction, Line Diversion, Voltage
of the
Upgradation, CPP Synchronization, Name change/Other modifications
process
Provision for the consumers to apply online in the DVC website which will
105. be integrated with the module where they submit their application along with
application fees.
Page 437 of 514

106. Ability to forward the application to TSC through SPE for confirmation
Provision for the consumer to pay the details survey charges for detail
107.
survey on the basis of estimate by SPE Department.
Ability to generate detailed survey report after payment of detail survey
108.
charge.
Provision to inform the consumer about the power supply scheme and deposit
109.
supervision charges.
110. Ability to issue Construction Clearance.
Provision for the consumer to submit the security in form of BG, Cash or
111.
online payment and complete other formalities such as signing of PPA.
Ability to issue commercial clearance and forward to applicant, concerned

112. GOMD/Substation, SPE, TSC, Transmission and CTC Department after
successful completion of the process.
Ability to generate Charging report received from Substation in-charge and

113.
forwarded to firm billing section.
Ability to repeat similar process for name change, Diversion and CD

114.
Enhancement/Reduction, Voltage Upgradation, CPP Synchronization
Ability to generate GST Invoice upon verification/validation of payment. TDS

115. Challan certificate to be uploaded by applicant in case of any TDS
deductions.
116. Provision to upload TDS Challan Certificate in case of any TDS deductions.
Ability to facilitate bulk importing of master data of consumers created from

117. third party systems/schemes where bulk connections are released, and data
is provided in soft digital form.
Provision for inter division transfer of consumer master data and merging of
118.
accounting units etc.
Facilitate bulk field electrical network re-alignments like updating of feeder

119.
code, TC reorganization etc., in batch mode for making the changes quickly
Name
of the Disconnection and Reconnection Management
process
Provision to identify the consumers liable for disconnection and generate
120. notices, lists, send email and SMS alerts to consumer as well as DISCOM
official
Provision to generate various MIS reports for enabling effective

121.
disconnection and reconnection
Page 438 of 514

Provision to have workflow-based rules for permanent disconnected

consumers until they are permanently disconnected and dismantled
122.
including the process for adjustment of deposit and preparation of final bill
and write- off’s
Provision to enable record on field disconnection status through handheld

123.
devices if desired by the DISCOM
Facility to push the disconnection list and reconnection list to the mobile
124.
apps installed on the SBM for implementing disconnection and reconnection
125. Provision to generate Dis-Connection notice as per DISCOM Norms
126. Provision to capture the inspection details at the time of field visit
Name
of the Payment Collection
process
127. Ability to keep record of the entire payment collection of the organization
128. Ability to handle operations at all levels
129. Ability to generate Cash Book
130. Ability to integrate data for final accounting
131. Ability to integrate with other downstream ITESs of the company
132. Ability to provide role based security
133. Facilitate extensive MIS for monitoring and Control
134. Provision to validate data on a rigorous level to ensure data integrity
135. Ability to validate dishonored cheque deposit second time as per TCOS
Facility for periodic reconciliation as defined with the payments imported

136.
from other agencies in all aspects including bank reconciliation
Provision to collect and account payments against bills and other
137.
miscellaneous heads
Ability to maintain dashboards and generate various MIS reports for
138.
monitoring payment collection and reconciliation at various levels
Facilitate transaction-based approval before the payments are posted and
139.
accounted
Ability to support group payment facility for acceptance of one single
140.
payment for set of consumer account
141. Ability to handle centralized or decentralized payment processing
Page 439 of 514

Ability to generate & send SMS/Email automatically to customer for every

142.
payment received as per the requirement and directions of organization
143. Ability to make reversal of payments in case of cheque dishonor
Ability to define the distribution of the payments against the bills based on
144.
the specific order or as defined by utility like Tax, Interest, Revenue etc.
145. Provision for auto reconciliation
Ability to generate centralized collection report and closing of collection
146.
process
Name
of the Legal Section
process
147. Ability to maintain a list of lawyers for various cases.
148. Ability to make payment of bills of lawyers
Ability to maintain record of case history, updation of case history, tagging
149. of lawyer, scheduled hearing date and generate alerts for upcoming hearing
dates
Name
of the Major Bill Processing
process
Ability to generate bill to make payment of License fees and tariff filing fees
150.
to CERC, WBERC, JSERC and ERPC
151. Ability to generate and process bill for payment of Publication expenses
152. Ability to generate Bill against w/o for STEM Meter Reading
Name
of the Other specific/typical billing
process
153. Ability to generate monthly Power Supply Bill to Bangladesh
154. Ability to generate bill for DSM TISCO 132 kV and 400 kV etc.
155. Ability to generate Standby and DSM bill of Rail etc.
156. Ability to generate Bay Maintenance bill in respect of Tata Steel.

Name
of the Energy Charge Module
process
Page 440 of 514

Ability to enter fuel data for coal like its cost, GCV, transportation, cost of oil
157.
etc. by specific substations and and to generate bills accordingly.
Ability to calculate Energy Charge Rate i.r.o Generating stations from the
158.
current online system based on the data and pre-defined CERC guideline.
159. Monthly Power Purchase Report. (Including UI)
160. Monthly Exchange Purchase Report (DAM/TAM, GTAM etc)

161. Monthly Exchange Sale Report.
162. Monthly Firm Sale Report (Including Collection)
163. Monthly Bilateral Sale Report (Including Collection)
Pending Case status including next hearing dates before different

164.
Judicial/Quasi Judicial Body.
165. Monthly Energy Balance report.
166. Summary of Tariff (FORM-1)
167. Statement showing claimed capital cost (FORM-1 (I))
168. Statement showing Return on Equity (FORM-1 (II))

169. Plant Characteristics (FORM-2)
170. Normative parameters considered for tariff computations (FORM-3)
171. Details of Foreign loans (FORM-4)
172. Details of Foreign Equity (FORM-4A)
173. Abstract of Admitted Capital Cost for the existing Projects(FORM-5)
174. Financial Package upto COD (FORM-6)
175. Details of Project Specific Loans (FORM-7)
176. Details of Allocation of corporate loans to various projects (FORM-8)
177. Statement of Additional Capitalisation after COD (FORM-9)
178. Financing of Additional Capitalisation (FORM-10)
179. Calculation of Depreciation on original project cost (FORM-11)

180. Statement of Depreciation (FORM-12)
Page 441 of 514

Calculation of Weighted Average Rate of Interest on Actual Loans (FORM-

181.
13)
Draw Down Schedule for Calculation of IDC & Financing Charges
182.
(FORM-14)
183. Details of Fuel for Computation of Energy Charges (FORM-15)
184. Details of Limestone for Computation of Energy Charge Rate (FORM-16)

185. Details of Capital Spares (FORM-17)
186. Non-Tariff Income (FORM-18)
187. Details of Water Charges (FORM-19)
188. Details of Statutory Charges (FORM-20)
189. PAF Station wise (FORM-1.1)
190. PAF Unit wise (FORM-1.1(a))
191. PLF Station wise (FORM-1.2)
192. PLF Unit wise (FORM-1.2(a))
193. Gross Generation (FORM-1.3)
194. Auxiliary Generation (FORM-1.4)
195. Net Energy (FORM-1.5)
196. Energy Purchase source wise (FORM-1.6(a))
197. Non drawal of Power (FORM-1.6(b))
198. Month wise generation Loss (FORM-1.6(c))
199. T&D Loss % (FORM-1.7)
200. AT&C Loss (FORM-1.8)
201. Energy Balance (FORM-1.9)
202. Energy Received from Wheeling (FORM-1.9(a))
203. Energy sold to person other than Licensee (FORM-1.9(b))

204. Energy sold to other licensees (FORM-1.9(c))
205. Energy wheeled at delivery point (FORM-1.9(d))
206. Quantum of Purchase of Power and Rate (FORM-1.10(a))
207. Power Purchase cost analysis (FORM-1.10(b))
208. Average system demand for Transmission system (FORM-1.14)
209. Interest on Temporary Accommodation (FORM-1.17(a))

210. Interest on working capital (FORM-1.17(b))
211. Statement Penalty/fine/Cess etc. (FORM-1.17(j))
212. Receipt from sale of energy (FORM-1.25)
Page 442 of 514

213. Income Other than sale of Energy (FORM-1.26)

214. Wheeling charge (FORM-1.27)
215. Status of FPPCA claimed (FORM-1.28)
216. Summarized revenue requirement part A (E(A))
217. Summarized revenue requirement part B (E(B))
218. Sales and Revenue from Existing Tariff (FORM-2(2.1 to 2.9))
219. Sales and Revenue from Proposed Tariff (FORM-3(3.1 to 3.7))

220. Input to EHT system (FORM-4.1)
221. Delivery to 33/11 KV system from EHT (FORM-4.2)
222. EHT Sales (FORM-4.3)
223. Losses at EHT system (FORM-4.4)
224. Energy Delivered into 33 KV distribution system (FORM-4.5)
225. HT sale at 33 KV (FORM-4.6)
226. Energy delivered to LT system (FORM-4.7)
227. Energy delivered into 11 KV system (FORM-4.8)
228. HT direct Sales at 20kv/11 KV/6 KV & 3.3 KV (FORM-4.9)

229. Energy Sold in LT System (FORM-4.10)
230. Energy Losses - 33 KV and below. (FORM-4.11)
231. Voltage fluctuation (FORM-5.1)
232. Frequency Excursion (FORM-5.2)
233. Abstract of Outage due to tripping of HT Feeder (FORM-5.3)
234. Transformer failure no. (FORM-5.4)
235. Major system disturbance (FORM-5.5)
236. Electrical Accident (FORM-5.6)
237. Release of Customer Bills (FORM-5.7)
238. Release of Service Connection (FORM-5.8)
239. Status of metering (FORM-5.9)
240. Status of Demand (FORM-5.10)
241. Cash Flow statement (FORM-6)
242. Gist of Tariff application (FORM-7)
Ability to generate Energy Audit Report (Quarterly / Annually) which will be
243. submitted to BEE
Page 443 of 514

1.8 Customer Relationship Management

Name
of the Email
process
1. Ability to integrate with existing email application
Ability to assign e-mails to business objects (for example, to accounts or

2.
leads)
Name
of the Worklist
process
3. Ability to process alerts, workflow tasks, and business objects
Name
of the Business Transaction
process
Ability to record the details of a business interaction with a business partner
4.
at a given time
5. Ability to record the result of an interaction, for example, a contract
Ability to record initiation or request for an interaction, for example, an

6.
opportunity
Ability to collect and store information in preparation for a possible business

7.
interaction, for example, an activity
Ability to record the object of a (potential) interaction, for example, a sales

8.
or service transaction
9. Ability to store each business transaction as a separate database record
Name
of the Authorization
process
Provision to grant authorization to carry out a specific action in the SAP
10.
System.
Provision for the authorized users to create, change, display, or delete a

11.
business transaction
Page 444 of 514

Name
of the Communication Management
process
12. Ability to record details of interactions with customers
Facilitate better enabled end-to-end processes involving employees,

13.
customers, suppliers, and partners
Name
of the Pricing
process
Ability to record and maintain pricing information when creating a business

14.
transaction, such as a quotation, sales order, service order, or contract.
Name
of the Marketing
process
15. Ability to create a detailed Marketing Plan
16. Ability to manage marketing funds
17. Ability to maintain and create marketing budgets
18. Facilitate marketing campaigns
19. Facilitate Trade Promotions
20. Facilitate Loyalty Programs
Name
of the Activity Management
process
21. Ability to keep track of daily activities of employees
Name
of the Sales
process
22. Facilitate opportunity tracking
23. Ability to generate sales quotation and order processing
24. Ability to outline sales agreements and Sales Contracts

Name
of the Service Request Management
process
Page 445 of 514

Provision to submit, dispatch, approve, monitor, and fulfill requests for

25.
service by customers
26. Provision for flow of information
27. Ability to process Service Requests
28. Ability to monitor Service Requests
Name
of the IT Service Request
process
Ability to track and resolve issues within the IT infrastructure of customers
29.
or of own organization.
30. Ability to generate Incidents/service requests

31. Ability to request for change
32. Facilitate service confirmations
33. Ability to manage IT service level
34. Ability to raise service request/call logs for intra department activities
35. Ability to change or assign priority of service requests
36. Ability to monitor workflow of the raised service request
37. Ability to park any service request
Ability to generate reports on average time to resolve service request, total
38. number of service requests, total pending service requests, pending service
request for more than a certain time, parking time for service requests
Ability to generate reports mentioned in Sl no 10 location wise, section wise
39.
and organization wise
Name
of the Complaints
process
40. Ability to create and lodge a complaint
41. Ability to create complaints referring to billing documents

Name
of the Case Management
process
42. Ability to record case attributes
43. Ability to create Case notes
44. Ability to record parties involved
45. Ability to categorize case
46. Ability to authorize cases
47. Ability to upload case related documents
Page 446 of 514

Name
of the Email Response Management System
process
48. Ability to process and organize incoming e-mail
Provision for agents to respond to messages efficiently and consistently,

49.
and for managers to administer, monitor, and report on the whole e-mail
process.
50. Ability to define Rule Policies
2 Business Solutions
2.1 Environment Health and Safety
Name of
the Ash Evacuation Contract
process
1. Ability to initiate proposal from site
2. Ability to create indent from site
3. Facilitate the processing of the proposal
4. Ability to arrange estimate vetting from HQ Finance
5. Ability to arrange in principle approval
6. Ability to facilitate Tendering process(C&M)
Name of
MOU between DVC and NHAI for bearing pond ash transportation
the
cost
process
7. Ability to propose initiation from site
10. Ability to arrange approval
Name of
the Preparation of pond ash transportation panel
process
11. Ability to propose initiation from site
Page 447 of 514

12. Ability to create indent from site

15. Ability to facilitate Tendering process(C&M)

Name of
the Environment Audit
process
16. Ability to finalize Scope of Work and Terms & Conditions
17. Ability to initiate proposal
18. Provision for Estimate Vetting
19. Ability to obtain approval
20. Facilitate Tendering process(C&M)
21. Ability to place or order
Name of
the Assessment of Environment Aspects
process
Provision for appointing Consultant at Labs for assessment of Environment

22.
Study and Environment aspects and execution of the same.
Name of
the Approval
process
Ability to arrange approval for inclusion of new OEM/OES from the standing
23.
committee
Name of
Stack emission monitoring by Govt. organization/CPCB, SPCB
the
agency
process
25. Provision for indenting
27. Ability to arrange adm. approval
28. Facilitate Tendering process (C&M)
29. Provision of placing of order
30. Ability to arrange payment through Accounts dept.
Page 448 of 514

Name of
the EOI/E-Auction
process
31. Ability to form a Committee
32. Ability to recommend Committee
33. Ability to prepare Auction Catalogue
35. Provision for vetting of proposal
36. Ability to arrange in-principle approval
37. Provision for raising of Indent
38. Ability to float & process EOI (C&M)
Name of
the GST Billing and Toll Taxes
process
Provision for billing of NHAI Pond ash evacuation and reconciliation through
39.
accounts.
Ability to generate billing/ Invoice of Sale of DFA based on input and revenue
40.
realization through accounts.
Ability to generate billing/ Invoice of Sale of Cenosphere based on input and

41.
revenue realization through accounts.
Ability to generate Billing/ Invoice of Sale of Gypsum based on input and

42.
revenue realization through accounts
Name of
the Hazardous Substance Management
process
Ability to obtain membership of Hazardous Waste Disposal through Service
43.
Provider.
Ability to arrange approval and process payment of membership fees to the

44.
Service Provider.
Ability to obtain the Authorization Certificate from the PCB and also keep a
45.
check on the status of the authorization
46. Facilitate the process for issuance of W.O. for sample testing.
47. Facilitate the process for issuance of W.O. for disposal of Hazardous Waste.
48. Ability to process payment process through account department.
Page 449 of 514

Name of
the Ash Fund Allocation
process
50. Ability to process and arrange approval
51. Ability of utilization of fund (by site)
Name of
the Vetting
process
Ability to carry out the process of vetting by giving access to HQ Finance of

52.
the various documents that are made from data fetched from Master data.
Name of
the Transportation
process
Ability to prepare the documents using data from the Waste Management
53.
Master and tendering process can be done based on those documents.
Name of
the Infrastructure Development
process
Ability to raise proposal initiation from the site and the status of that
proposal can be checked from the system. The vetting and design and
54.
estimate provided by the Engineering HQ can be uploaded in the system
so that concerned authorities can check and approve the designs and
estimates.
Name of
the Contract Amendment Request
process
55. Ability to raise request directly through the system.
Name of
Payment of Environmental Compensation, Statutory Clearances, BG
the
and EOI
process
Page 450 of 514

Ability to raise the proposal and once conditions are fulfilled; the payment
56. can be done by the concerned department of DVC. Environment
compensations as per compliance
57. Ability to record NGT/MOEF issues.

Name of
the Fly Ash Management
process
58. Provision for Pond ash tendering
Provision for the function of e-auction of Pond Ash (like DFA), preparation
59. of E-auction catalogue, arranging in principal approval and E-auction
through MSTC by HQ (C&M)
Provision for Data Base management of DFA & PA user for future market
60.
exploration
Ability to store the details of the auction after the conduction of e-auction
through the MSTC website. Once the agreement is done with Ash Bricks
61.
and Blocks manufacturing company, the agreement document can be
uploaded in the system for further references.
Ability to schedule the regular monitoring of ash brick plants and reports
62. regarding the same can be made along with data and stored in the system
for future references.
Ability to keep record of daily fly ash bulk takers, and gate pass can be
63.
issued by maintaining a list of bulk takers.
Ability to generate and upload the daily and monthly report by shift
64.
operators in specified form.
Provision for Revenue Realization from Fly Ash Sales through Accounts
65.
dept.
Ability to generate the billing invoice with the inclusion of GST and Accounts
66.
department can be notified for reconciliation
Name of
the Weighment Integration
process
67. Ability to integrate Weighment with ERP
Page 451 of 514

Name of
the AMC / ARC
process
Ability to carry out the assessment of Ambient Air Quality, Stack Emission,
68. Effluent Quality Monitoring, Ambient noise level & Ground Level
Concentration
Ability to generate Annual Maintenance Contract for Electronic Road Weigh

69.
Bridge of all Capacity and Make for all locations
70. Facilitate Billing process and payment to agency

Name of
Daily safety inspection at different location discuss in the daily
the
morning meeting and preparing safety inspection report.
process
71. Ability to keep record of various sites visited on daily basis
Capture photo and share it in official WhatsApp group with

72.
recommendation and also discussed in the daily morning meeting.
Ability to prepare safety inspection report and send it to concern section for
73.
compliance
Name of
the External Safety Audit
process
Provision for Initiating, Processing & issuance of Work Order for External
74.
safety Audit.
75. Ability to conduct Physical Audit and generate report by Audit Team.
76. Ability to monitor Compliance of reports.
77. Ability to submit Compliance Report to higher ups.
Name of
the Preparation of audit compliance report & send to HQ, Kolkata
process
78. Ability to monitor the observation of audit report.
79. Ability to collect compliance of safety audit observation by different sections.
Page 452 of 514

80. Ability to send Compliance report to OS&U Section, Kolkata.

Name of
the Organizing Safety committee meeting at regular interval
process
81. Ability to publish a notice for safety committee meeting
Ability to record details of discussion regarding different safety related
82.
issues.
83. Ability to prepare & circulate MOM for the meeting.
Name of
the Accident Reporting
process
84. Ability to collect data and determine incident Chronology
85. Ability to identify root cause of accident.
86. Provision for recommendation for developing action plan.
Name of
the Procurement of PPEs
process
Ability to record user requirements on the basis of which PPEs can be
87.
prepared.
88. Ability to record the number of PPEs issued to workers.
Name of
Conducting internal and external safety training for contractor's
the
workers
process
Ability to advice contractors for conducting different types of job-oriented

89. Safety training program, toolbox meeting for contractor workers by External
& internal experts on regular basis
Name of
the Mock Drill
process
Ability to organize different Mock drills program including fire, chlorine

90.
leakage etc. with the help of CISF personal regularly
Page 453 of 514

Name of
the Monthly Safety Report
process
91. Ability to send monthly Safety report send to HQ, Kolkata
Name of
Conducting statutory testing of pressure vessels, lifting tools and
the
tackles, hoists & lift
process
Provision to advice for initiating, Processing & issuance of Work Order for
92. statutory testing and certification of Lifting tools & tackles, hoist & Lift,
Pressure vessel etc. by custodian/user section through C&M Section.
Ability to advice for statutory test certificate in prescribed format after

93. testing of Lifting tools & tackles, hoist & Lift, Pressure vessel etc. from the
competent person of respective State Govt.
Name of
Different statutory compliances like Explosive license for HFO/LDO
the
tank, chlorine gas, hydrogen gas, boiler, factory license
process
Ability to monitor different statutory compliances like Explosive license for

94. HFO tank and hydrogen, lifting tools and tackles testing, chlorine license
and advised to concern section for compliance.
Name of
the National Safety week/ National Safety Day
process
Celebrate National safety day /Week every year for awareness of the
95.
employees /workers. Different competition is organized for this purpose
Name of
the Safety Award
process
SAFETY AWARD’ is given to DVC employees, different contractor

96.
agencies for their excellence in safety & Housekeeping work.
Name of
the Agency Worker Safety
process
Page 454 of 514

As per DVC safety manual all the outside agencies/Contractors have to

follow all safety clauses of GCC and before start of the job by the
97.
contractor, the Contractor shall sign an MOU with Head of DVC Project
Safety Deptt. and Engineer In- charge of the contract.
Name of
the Cross Functional Safety Team
process
Provision for formation of a team from different section Excluding Safety
98.
Officer.
99. Ability to carry out Safety inspection by the team.
Ability to prepare safety inspection report and send it to concerned section

100.
for compliance with a copy to safety department.
Name of
the On-Site Emergency Plan
process
101. Ability to form a team for preparation of On-site emergency plan.
After preparation of the plan & signing it by CE & HOP, submit it to Chief
102.
Inspector of Factories, West Bengal/Jharkhand for approval
Name of
the Fire Safety
process
103. Ability to coordinate with CISF(FIRE)to take care of fire safety of the plant.
Name of
the Dangerous Goods Management
process
104. Ability to edit dangerous goods-relevant material data
105. Ability to edit dangerous goods master records
Ability to define dangerous goods checks and run them in sales and
106.
distribution processing
Ability to define dangerous goods documents and output them

107.
automatically or manually
Page 455 of 514

Ability to send dangerous goods data in electronic form for a delivery or a

108.
shipment
Name of
the Waste Management
process
In enterprises of all kinds, substances and objects accumulate that can no

longer be used in the production process and that must be disposed of
109. as waste. Disposal in this sense means either the recycling (recovery) or
the disposal (dumping) of waste. Laws and regulations regulate disposal
and must be complied with by enterprises.
Name of
the Occupational Health
process
Occupational Health supports general employee occupational healthcare in
110. DVC, as well as the planning and execution of special health surveillance
protocols.
Name of
the Industrial Hygiene and Safety
process
Ability to organize industrial hygiene and safety within the company, based
111.
on freely definable work areas
112. Ability to define and manage industrial hygiene and safety measures
113. Ability to enter and manage agent data
114. Ability to create risk assessments
115. Provision for planning, performing, and evaluating measurements
116. Ability to record and process accidents and minor injuries
Ability to create, ship, and archive reports such as standard operating

117.
procedures (SOPs) and accident reports
Name of
the EM & PC Monitoring
process
118. Ability to generate daily EMPC report for morning meeting and report to HQ.
119. Ability to generate EMPC ORT report.
120. Ability to generate Water consumption report.
Page 456 of 514

Provision for daily monitoring of Silo area, rake loading side, ESP hopper
121.
bagging area and maintaining cleanliness.
Provision for assessment of Stack Emission, Ambient noise level through

122.
WBPCB authorized agency and report to HQ.
123. Ability to generate quarterly report of ash generation, water report to CEA.
Provision for CAAQMS (continuous ambient air quality monitoring station)

monitoring daily basis, report generation, monthly report preparation,
124.
running AMC through OEM, Billing in ERP, resolving various issue of the
site.
Ability to monitor Stack emission (SOX, NOX, PM) system and data
125. connectivity to CPCB, running AMC through OEM, Billing in EBA, resolving
various issue of the site.
Provision for running of 02 no. of Effluent Monitoring Station (pH and TSS)
126. and running AMC through OEM, Billing in EBA, resolving various issue of
the site.
127. Ability to monitor Ash dyke safety and management
128. Ability to monitor land scaping and infrastructure projects
Provision for a Mobile Application for updating EMPC data and monitoring
129.
reports
130. Ability to generate Audit and RTI reply as and when required.
Ability to record details after visit to water sites, Ash Pond and brick
131.
industries
132. Ability to maintain and record Vigilance/ Legal issues.
Name of
the AMC and ARC
process
134. Ability to generate indent from site
135. Facilitate processing and arranging in principle approval
136. Facilitate Tendering process (by site)
Page 457 of 514

2.2 Fuel Management

Name
of the Fuel Requirement Planning
process
Ability to capture the coal availability from different sources for next
1. Year/Month/Week/Day by interfacing with Coal Companies
website/Portal/ERP
Ability to plan coal requirement as per -AACQ/QACQ/MCQ on quarterly/
2.
monthly/daily basis coal companies wise & plant wise.
Ability to interface with Freight Operations Information System (FOIS) for
3.
placing e-demand on monthly basis for sanctioning by Railways
4. Ability to receive approved coal allocation and loading plan
Ability to change the Loading plan based on generation requirement,

5.
expected coal delivery and current stock position
6. Ability to send information of loading plan to required stakeholders

Ability to calculate the fuel shortage based on the requirement and the
7.
available fuel sourcing options
8. Ability to prepare budgeting for coal, oil, limestone, bio pellets
Ability to provide advance payment instruction to F&A department for coal
9.
value according to FSA terms
Provision for LC facility/freight e-payments for Freight payments to Railway
10.
Zones by F&A depts..
Name
of the Logistics Management
process
Provision to manage transportation as part of Fuel Supply Chain that
11. implements & controls the efficient & effective flow of Information &
Materials from Loading End (LE) to Unloading End (ULE).
Provision to manage movement of Fuel through different modes-Rail, Road,

12.
Rail cum road, Road cum rail, Vessels for DVC supply chain.
Name
of the Fuel Receipt and Handling
process
Provision for the transportation and logistics sub-module to interface with
13.
other sub modules within Fuel Management module
14. Ability to interface with FOIS system of railway for tracking of rake movement
15. Ability to provide clearance for rake receipt at hopper line
Page 458 of 514

Ability to provide clearance for fuel receipt through other means of transport
16.
like Truck and Barge
Ability to receive rail handing over memo and capture data related to rake,
17.
fuel and time
18. Ability to record gate entry status of fuel rake/fuel consignment
Ability to record receipt of fuel received with details of rake/truck/barge,

19.
wagon, supplier details of quantity and quality of fuel
20. Ability to capture weighment data from in-motion weigh bridge
21. Ability to integrate Rail and Road weigh bridge Data with ERP
Ability to capture and maintain receipt of coal through truck, at both loading
22.
end and unloading end
Ability to calculate & make entry for fuel related charges as per predefined
23.
fuel master
Ability to record receipt of other commercial and technical documents with
24.
fuel like excise invoice duplicate for transport copy
Ability to interface with CHP operation system of power plant for capturing
25. information related to fuel unloading, belt operation, stacker cum reclaimer
operation, estimated coal quantity received/crushed/stacked, etc.
Ability to generate rail release memo and capture data related to rake, fuel
26.
and time
Ability to generate release memo if fuel is received through other means of
27.
transport and capture data related to truck, fuel and time
28. Ability to compute demurrage/shunting calculation
Ability to generate alerts if time taken to unload coal is more than that
29.
permissible by the railways per siting agreement with reasons
Ability to provide alerts in case the supply of coal and other fuels falls short
30.
against the schedule
Ability to view current position of fuel in stock, required for generation and in
31.
transit
32. Ability to send information to F&A department on fuel receipt
Ability to return rake/wagon/truck/barge to fuel supplier and record the
33.
transaction related to fuel return
Ability to adjust fuel receipt quantity from a supplier/agency in the event of
34.
return of rake/wagon/truck/barge
Ability to send alert for re-calibration of belt weigher and gravimetric feeder
35.
on account of huge deviation between physical stock and calculated stock
Page 459 of 514

36. Ability to view past coal receipt and consumption trend for each plant
Ability to capture data for daily coal position of each plant as per the required
37.
format
Name
of the Fuel Quality
process
38. Ability to capture information about fuel samples taken for analysis
Ability to generate testing reports entered for Rail/Road mode of

39. Transportation for Coal at Loading point/Unloading Point by DVC, CIMFR
and Referee (if required)
Ability to interface with third party sampling Agency portal herein CIMFR for
40.
fetching sample details and results
Ability to generate Credit/Debit note based on the result in the fuel testing
41.
result section
42. Ability to compare the analysis report and determine slippage/deviation
Ability to compare the analysis report from sample at loading end and
43.
unloading end
44. Ability to send second Referee sample for analysis in case of dispute
45. Ability to generate alert if the analysis report is not submitted on time
Ability to capture, claim and send estimated stone quantity received from
46.
each supplier for user defined period
Ability to pass adjustment entry in coal stock as per stone quantity
47.
adjustments
Ability to determine the supply status against the quality/quantity agreed as
48.
per agreement/contract
49. Ability to raise short supply claim
50. Ability to calculate payment adjustment for short supply
Name
of the Fuel Accounting
process
51. Ability to capture Rail Receipt and bill details
Ability to capture bill details of the fuel received through other mode of
52.
transport like trucks/barge/RCR
Ability to match Rail Receipt (RR) details with rail memo to identify missing
53.
wagon and rakes
54. Ability to prepare change of missing wagon claim
55. Ability to prepare claim for missing and diverted rakes
Page 460 of 514

Ability to calculate and capture the transit losses for every consignment
56.
received daily/weekly/monthly/quarterly/yearly basis
Ability to make adjustment entry for fuel stock, on account of adjustment

57.
made by rail for missing and diverted rakes and change of wagon claim
Ability to send information to F&A department about the quantity adjustment
58.
and freight adjustment done by rail
59. Ability to capture and calculate fuel stock as per physical verification
Ability to make adjustment entry for fuel stock, on account of change in
60.
stock due to physical verification
61. Provision for advance payment for coal as per FSA and For oil as per PO
Ability to generate coal / oil Invoices (Final/Supplementary) for Rail/Road

62.
Mode of Transportation. Both FSA and PO Invoices can be generated.
Ability to compile the coal invoice in a Date range for specific coal vendor by
63.
making an advance transfer Debit Note
Ability to create advance transfer Debit Note and GL Entry (IUJV) for
64. adjustment of the advance payment for that place from where actual
advance payment for coal was initiated.
65. Ability to enter GL regarding the invoices
66. Ability to enter coal value adjustment GL entry
67. Provision for accounting of rebooked coals
68. Ability to measure the performance of fuel supplier and fuel transporter
69. Ability to close pending transactions
70. Provision for quality related quantity adjustment.
Name
of the Reconciliation and Settlement
process
Facilitate provisional reconciliation based on coal value, PI, Advance
71.
Payment, Power bill and Water bill on monthly/quarterly/yearly basis
Provision for timely reconciliations by cross functional team of Fuel &

72. Accounts and hence settlement with Coal companies for dues/payables
with objective to have zero disputes.
Provision for final reconciliation w.r.t. various attributes viz. Quantity,

73. Financial, Energy bill etc. with Coal companies, Railways, CIMFR, Coal
Transporters, Oil Companies, DVC-inter plant etc.
74. Facilitate Performance Incentive (PI)
Page 461 of 514

Name
of the Fuel Stock Management
process
75. Provision for accounting treatment of stock/PSL & consumption.
76. Ability to manage fuel stocking i.r.t quantity, GCV as per SOP's
Ability to monitor fuel which is stocked w.r.t stacking/reclaiming,
dressing/compaction by Dozer, GCV mapping, thermography, CO
77.
monitoring, Age analysis, Physical coal verification, Monsoon/Summer
preparation.
78. Ability to enter day wise and unit wise consumption
79. Provision of GL Entry for the consumption value
Name
of the Fuel Cost Optimization
process
Ability to optimize ECR w.r.t various attributes viz. fuel cost- source wise,
quality/grade wise, Freight cost, Taxes & Duties, Handling, Beneficiation
with Imported coal/Bio pellets costing, Liasioning & supervision
cost/Miscellaneous cost, commercial aspects, Operational aspects, T&D
80.
aspects etc. aligned for economics of efficient combustion as per Operation
Efficiency feedback/Boiler design etc. It affects the profitability of power
plant and can also facilitate or hinder plant’s ability to meet environmental
& sustainability obligations.
81. Ability to follow compliance to Merit order dispatch and other regulations.
Ability to generate the most economical source of coal based on the coal
82. received from different colliery, different grade for a specific time schedule
(Both for coal price and freight price)
Name
of the Master Data Section
process
Ability to maintain the master data of area under Coal/Oil Company,
83. Colliery, Siding, Colliery to siding and Grade Mapping, siding to DVC plant
mapping, RCR siding, RCR siding to Plant mapping
Ability to maintain master data of commercial Tax group and group
84.
components
85. Ability to maintain master data of Testing vendor DVC Plant wise
Ability to capture all master data, circulars as repository for its usage for the
86.
flow of fuel management process
Page 462 of 514

87. Ability to maintain Grade wise Price Master

88. Ability to maintain Colliery wise Price Master
89. Provision for Fuel Supply Agreement
Name
of the Dashboard
process
Ability to display all critical parameters and provision for customized
90.
messaging services.
91. Ability to generate alerts for various critical parameters
Ability to generate report for strategical and tactical decision by top to bottom
92.
management. Customized dynamic report generation for analysis.
93. Ability to generate customized report for analysis
Ability to follow compliance to various statutory CERC/CEA regulations viz.
94.
Form-5, Form-15 and obligations viz. NPP.
95. Ability to generate Dynamic Invoice Report
96. Ability to generate Dynamic Testing Report
97. Ability to generate Dynamic Coal Bill Report
98. Ability to generate Dynamic Coal Bill Deduction Report
99. Ability to generate Finance Rate Analysis Report
100. Ability to generate Area-Colliery Master Report
101. Ability to generate Category-Grade Master Report
102. Ability to generate CIMFR Result Delay Report
103. Ability to generate Coal 5 Report
104. Ability to generate Coal Cost Analysis Report
105. Ability to generate Colliery wise Challan Wt. (Received by Road) Report
106. Ability to generate Colliery Wise Tax Master Report

107. Ability to generate Commercial Group Master Report
108. Ability to generate Credit Note Report
109. Ability to generate Credit Summary Report
110. Ability to generate CRN Basic Report (Diverted or Unconnected Rake)
111. Ability to generate CRN Basic Report (Supplied by Rail)

112. Ability to generate CRN Basic Report (Supplied by Road)
113. Ability to generate CRN Report on Ind. Coal Cost (Supplied by Rail)
114. Ability to generate CRN Report on Ind. Coal Cost (Supplied by Road)
115. Ability to generate CRN Report on Road Freight Cost

116. Ability to generate Engine Demurrage Master Report
Page 463 of 514

117. Ability to generate Fuel Document Tracking Report (Supplied by Rail)
118. Ability to generate Fuel PSL Report

119. Ability to generate Fuel Supply Agreement Master
120. Ability to generate Fuel Testing Vendor Master
121. Ability to generate Grade Wise Price Master
122. Ability to generate Monthly Coal Oil Report
123. Ability to generate Monthly Coal Statement
124. Ability to generate Rail-Way Freight Master Report
125. Ability to generate Rake Analysis Report
126. Ability to generate Rake Entry status of Fuel Module
127. Ability to generate Rake Entry status of Fuel Module Date Wise
128. Ability to generate Refinery Master Report

129. Ability to generate Road Freight Master Report
130. Ability to generate Road Transporter Invoice Report
131. Ability to generate Siding Master Report
132. Ability to generate Wagon Demurrage Master Report
133. Ability to generate Yearly Coal Received by Rail
134. Ability to generate WT GCV for Testing Data Coal Comp Wise
135. Ability to generate Road Transporter Bill Tracking

136. Ability to generate Fuel Accounting Analysis Report
137. Ability to generate Coal Bill Tracking for Rail
138. Ability to generate Coal Bill Tracking for Road
139. Ability to generate WT GCV for Testing Data For All Coal Comp
140. Ability to generate Referee Sample Status

141. Ability to generate Grade Slippage based on Referee Result
142. Ability to generate Fuel Tentative Stock Report
143. Ability to generate Fuel Accounting Analysis Report
144. Ability to generate Fuel WT Average GCV For Testing Data
145. Ability to generate Fuel Credit Debit Status Report
146. Ability to generate Fuel Demurrage Status Report
147. Ability to generate Fuel Coal Stock Status Report
148. Ability to generate Fuel Invoice Entry Status Report
149. Ability to generate Fuel Test Result Entry Status Report
150. Ability to generate Fuel Road Entry Status Report
151. Ability to generate Colliery Wise Siding Wise
152. Ability to generate Fuel Rake Wise Testing Report
153. Ability to generate Fuel Transit Loss Report
Page 464 of 514

154. Ability to generate Fuel Screen Access Report

155. Ability to generate Fuel Colliery Wise Daily Coal Report Rail
156. Ability to generate Fuel Colliery Wise Monthly Coal Report Rail
157. Ability to generate Fuel Colliery Wise Yearly Coal Report Rail
158. Ability to generate Fuel Colliery Wise Monthly Coal Report Road
159. Ability to generate Fuel Colliery Wise Yearly Coal Report Road
160. Ability to generate Fuel Transporter Wise Coal Report Road
161. Ability to generate Report on Underloading/Overloading i.r.t RR
162. Ability to generate EBA Report

163. Ability to generate Fiscal Year Wise Data
164. Ability to generate Coal and Transportation Coast (By Rail) Report
165. Ability to generate Coal and Transportation Coast (By Road)Report
2.3 Energy Chain Management

Name of
the Scenario Analysis
process
Ability to generate short, medium & long term scenarios for both demand &
1.
supply
2. Ability to stress/define scenarios across multiple parameters
Ability to factor parameters for demand and supply: - Delayed/Early/Normal
3.
Rainfall
4. Provision for Recession
5. Provision for migration of Consumer (Hi/Low) (Future scope)
6. Provision for Open Access Consumer
7. Provision for changes in Policy and Regulations
8. Ability to make change in Tariff (Sensitivity to Tariff)
9. Provision for any other scenario which will help in effective planning.
10. Provision for Non availability of declared capacity
11. Provision for transmission constrains etc.
Name of
the Demand Supply Position Map
process
Page 465 of 514

Ability to forecast demand and available sources of power to create
12.
surplus/deficit positions
Provision for Risk-based scenarios for power availability to generate position
13.
on map
Provision of Long Term Contract requirements (Yearly basis for a period of 1-
14.
30 years): - Base Load Purchase / Sale Quantum
Provision for additional RTC (Round the clock) Purchase / Sale Quantum-
15.
LDC (Load duration Curve – Surplus Shortfall position)
16. Ability to analyze Shortfall/Surplus
17. Provision for PLF Maintainability of the Quantum if it is contracted
18. Provision of rate at which it has to be contracted
19. Facilitate basket Rate w.r.t projected rate
20. Provision for Penalty / Compensation
Provision of Medium Term Contract Requirements (upto 12 months Peak/off
21. peak/sale quantum): - Additional RTC (Round the clock) Purchase / Sale
Quantum
22. Ability to generate LDC (Load duration Curve– Surplus Shortfall position)
23. Ability to analyze Shortfall/Surplus Analysis
24. Ability to maintain PLF of the Quantum if it is contracted
25. Ability to record rate at which it has to be contracted
26. Ability to - Basket Rate w.r.t projected rate
27. Ability to - Penalty / Compensation
Short term contract requirement (Selected quantum for a period of 30days): -
28.
Monthly RTC Purchase / Sale Quantum
29. Provision for monthly Slot wise Purchase / Sale Quantum
30. Provision for Peak/off-peak load Purchase / Sale Quantum
31. Provision for LDC (Load duration Curve– Surplus Shortfall position)
34. Facilitate the rate at which it has to be contracted
35. Facilitate Basket Rate w.r.t projected rate
36. provision for Penalty/Compensation
37. Ability to record hourly schedule of power w.r.t Working / Sundays
Day Ahead contract Requirements (Selected quantum for day ahead or same
38.
day): - 15 min Purchase / Sale Quantum
40. Facilitate rate at which it has to be contracted
Page 466 of 514


42. Facilitate Hourly Basket Rate w.r.t projected rate
43. Provision for Schedule of other contracts
The shortfall/surplus to be evaluated on the following: - Projection of Market
44.
Rate
45. Availability of Power
46. Target Rate
47. Target Surplus / Shortfall
48. Penalty and Compensation, Contract Obligation
49. Surplus / Shortfall Optimization if the Quantum is to be absorbed
50. Technical & Commercial constraints of contracted power
51. Pool Availability
52. Ability to select Optimum Quantum based on: - Minimum Basket Price
53. Minimum Shortfall / Surplus
54. Minimum Risk associated with Quantum to be contracted
Name of
the Energy Portfolio Management System
process
55. Ability to customize fields for local markets and regulatory constraints
56. Ability to customize regulatory environment
57. Ability to capture all kinds of linear/non-linear contracts
58. Ability to price each contract
59. Ability to optimize the portfolio across markets
Name of
the Contract Capture
process
60. Ability to capture Long Term Contracts
61. Ability to capture Medium Term Contracts
62. Ability to capture Short Term
63. Ability to capture Day Ahead
64. Ability to capture Same Day
65. Provision for Banking / Return Banking
66. Provision for Renewable Purchase Wind, Solar, Others
67. Provision for Distributed Generation
68. Provision for Open Access Generators / Consumer
69. Ability to Infirm Generation
70. Provision for other type of contract capture
Page 467 of 514

Name of
the Pricing
process
Provision for flexible billing/pricing platform to accommodate various scenario
71.
specific prices/tariffs, such as : - Capacity Charges
72. Base Energy Charges
73. Fuel Price Adj.
74. Reactive Power charges
75. Taxes
76. Trading Margin
77. Transmission charges
78. Operating charges
79. Provision for contracting of Power w.r.t Surplus/shortfall
80. Provision of scheduling of Contracts
Ability to make day ahead or same day Buy-Sell decisions based on portfolio
81.
position and demand/Generation forecast
Name of
the Scheduling Optimization
process
Provision of Scheduling Optimizer on generation units namely Thermal (Gas,
82. Coal, Nuclear), Hydro (Reservoir & Run of the river) & must run Renewable
(Solar, Wind).
Ability to define Cost Parameters for Scheduling Optimization such as,
83.
Declared Capacity, Fixed Cost, Variable Cost, Fuel, Ramp Rate
Ability to consider load relief as source in order to recommended best
84.
possible demand side interventions
Ability to consider various dynamic constrains like sudden corridor non-
85. availability / congestions, non-availability of units due to sudden breakdown
etc.
Provision for a dashboard for all the central, state, independent power
86. producer and renewable energy supply with the correspondence price curves
and outage events
Provision for Mathematical optimization capabilities for yearly, monthly, daily
87.
optimization of power purchase.
Ability to customize model physical demand, supply positions, market price,
supply price, buy price, supply constraints, generation ramp up requirements
88. and suggest trading portfolio for reduced cost of optimization specifically for
long term power purchase agreements and short-term transactions (< 1 year
contracts / trades)
Page 468 of 514

Provision for advanced modelling capabilities such as linear, mixed integer

89.
and non-linear optimization with powerful pre-solvers
Ability to support building and scheduling of optimization model with scenario

90. and sensitivity analysis in a single language for linear, mixed integer and non-
linear power purchase optimization requirement
Provision for optimized bid which should be put in the IEX / PXIL bidding
91.
platform and provided to the traders
Ability to generate reports that would provide insights pattern or consistency in
92. the behavior of the system participants highlighting the behavior of the
buyers/utilities
93. Facilitate Position map considering forecasted demand & power availability.
Ability to exchange traded and spot market to meet the required demand at
94.
minimal cost.
Name of
the Trade Optimization
process
95. Ability to make buy/sell decisions on a daily/weekly basis
Ability to optimize medium- & long-term contracts considering medium/long
96.
term based load
97. Provision for volumetric & Price-risk based trade optimization
Ability to measure price risk for both traded commodity (energy) and the
98.
commodities for which price is formula based (coal/gas).
Ability to monitor the procured amount of each plant, price at which procured
99.
and compare the opportunities and suggest corrections to the utility
Ability to integrate market data for day ahead market and term ahead market
100.
for the region specific to the power purchase function of the state
Ability to integrate historical price date, area clearing price, market cleared
101. volume to assess opportunities for trading by the utility merit order for
dispatch in state during peak and off-peak hours
Ability to consider merit order dispatch schedule taking into consideration of

102. combination of must run plants, variable cost of long-term contracts, bilateral
trades and power exchange prices
Provision of a dashboard of region wise plants with higher variable cost as
103.
compared to IEX, PXIL price
Page 469 of 514

Ability to estimate the price volatility for the Day Ahead Market and Term
Ahead Market instruments traded by the utility and estimate the net revenue
104.
at risk band of the utility considering the combined impact of upper
confidence limit / lower confidence limit of forecasts
105. Ability to capture interest rate risk depending on the nature of the contract.
Name of
the Deviation Settlement Analysis and Dashboard
process
Ability to highlight the key reasons for deviation from schedule such as
Technical/operational reasons that result in sudden demand loss, sudden
generation loss, change in load profile due to change in weather, change in
106.
generation profile due to change in fuel supply, fuel quality based on available
data available provided by the utility and the actual data received from various
third-party data providers
Ability to provide indicators of inadequate planning for short-term procurement

107. and sale of power by integrating over-drawl / under-drawl by DISCOMs, under
injection / over injection by generators.
Ability to maintain the UI / Deviation Rate price curve and the grid frequency
108.
data to calculate the total deviation penalty and incentive.
Ability to compute DSM for: Intra State Beneficiaries, DVC State and
109.
Generators,
Facilitate periodicity of Computation: Peak off/Peak hourly, Daily, weekly,
110.
Monthly.
Ability to send alerts based on the inter-state and intra-state deviations
111. volumetric band for under-drawal/over-drawal by buyers and under-
injection/over-injection by sellers
Ability to provide indicators of deviations due to transmission constraints
112.
between grids
Name of
the Real Time Network Monitoring and Demand Management
process
Ability to generate recommendations regarding load relief considering all
parameters including likely frequency and prevailing UI rate in order to
113.
balance the power i.e. demand and available supply technically and
economically
Ability to generate merit order for load relief considering parameters like loss
114.
area / tariff realization. Please note that it should cover all 33kV Sub-Stations
Page 470 of 514

Ability to consider constrains like must run feeders irrespective of situation so

115. as to ensure that the desired reliability of supply across feeders are
maintained
Ability to take dynamic inputs while optimizing across feeders for seeking load
116.
relief maintaining the desired order
Ability to broadcast on / off messages to all SS seamlessly on a real time
117.
basis
Ability to display relay across device i.e. laptop / desktop all smart hand held
118.
devices
Ability to track and generate monitoring report in a scheduled manner at end
119.
of the day and the same need to be emailed to all stake holders
Provision for the Demand Side Management to be easily scalable with

120.
deployment of smart meters as and when installed
Provision for Emergency load shedding protocol, load relief, feeder wise
121.
messaging system
Name of
the Enterprise Visualization
process
122. Provision for a comprehensive and scalable reporting dashboard
Ability to generate report stating the load forecast for next day in hourly
123.
buckets (or sub-hourly)
Ability to generate report based on this load forecast, open access off take
124.
and generation schedule, stating exact trading strategies for DVC everyday
Ability to generate Power position report showing deficit / surplus under
125.
different positions
Facilitate Pre-optimized and post-optimized scenarios for power purchase. In
126. the pre-optimized scenario, the portfolio mix, missed opportunities should be
identified
Name of
the Energy Accounting
process
127. Ability to upload the Total Import Energy Data in DVC grid for a month
128. Ability to compile the Total Import Energy Data in DVC grid for a month
129. Ability to extract data from PDF/xml//word format and upload the same.
130. Ability to extract data from excel and upload the same.
Ability to record/upload the Total Energy Export from DVC grid (daily) from
131.
each sub-station
132. Ability to approve the data captured at Sub-station
Page 471 of 514

133. Ability to compile the Total Energy Export from DVC grid (daily).
Ability to capture Transmission Line Loss from each grid Substation. (Data to
134. be captured at sub-station) (daily data to be calculated by formula on course
of time)
135. Ability to calculate transmission line availability on monthly basis
136. Ability to calculate the T&T Loss in DVC for a selected period
Ability to create, review and approve the Energy Accounting data by
137.
competent authority through workflow.
Ability to modify energy accounting data with proper history of audit trail and
138.
authorization.
Name of
the SLDC Log Sheet
process
139. Ability to upload Log sheet data through Excel
140. Ability to update daily log sheet and other data from Grid sub stations
141. Ability to maintain shift-wise E log sheet
142. Provision to add new data in the reports on behalf of grid sub stations user
Name of
the SLDC/ALDC Operation
process
143. Ability to capture/upload Daily Transmission System Data
144. Ability to capture/upload Daily Anticipated Demand
145. Ability to capture/upload Daily Merit Order Dispatch
146. Ability to capture/upload Daily Transmission System report
147. Ability to capture/upload Daily Full Substation Anticipated Load

148. Ability to capture/upload Daily Load Allotment
149. Ability to capture/upload Daily OCC Shut down Proposal / Approved List
150. Ability to capture/upload Daily Disturbance Report (Major System Outage)

Ability to capture/upload Daily Agency (Requisition of power scheduling and
151.
energy)
152. Ability to capture/upload Daily Generation Outage
153. Ability to capture/upload Daily Transmission system Availability Data
154. Ability to capture/upload Daily Load Crash Data
155. Ability to capture/upload Monthly Data-New Grid Element
Page 472 of 514

156. Ability to capture/upload Under Frequency Relay (Monthly Data)
157. Ability to capture/upload Maximum Demand met (Monthly Data)

Ability to capture/upload Node wise data for ATC/ TTC- NORMAL (Monthly
158.
Data)
Ability to capture/upload Node wise data for ATC/ TTC-HALF HOURLY
159.
(Monthly Data)
160. Ability to capture/upload Renewable energy data - CEA (Monthly Data)
161. Ability to capture/upload Quarterly POC data
Ability to capture/upload Yearly Demand Estimation for LGBR (Load
162.
Generation Balance Report)
163. Ability to capture/upload Daily Log sheet Report
164. Ability to capture/upload daily load shed/load restriction data
Ability to capture/upload (a) maximum thermal generation (b) maximum hydel
165. generation and (c) total generation on daily/monthly and yearly basis both in
MW, MU and time.
166. Ability to capture/upload total energy exchange through tie line meters
167. Ability to capture/upload total daily generation data
168. Ability to capture/upload Generation Sheet
169. Ability to capture/upload Grid Substation Sheet
170. Ability to capture/upload MORNING DATA
171. Ability to capture/upload NIGHT DATA
172. Ability to capture/upload Daily Member Technical (MT) Report
173. Ability to capture/upload of Beneficiary-wise & Generator-wise Scheduling

Ability to capture/upload of Station/Unit wise Declared Capacity-Schedule
174.
Generation of generators.
175. Ability to capture/upload of DISCOM Availability
Ability to capture/upload of Generator Governor Performance (Frequency
176.
Response).
177. Ability to capture/upload of MVAR capability of Thermal Stations
178. Ability to capture/upload of Details report of Grid Disturbance.
179. Ability to capture/upload Daily VOLTAGE DEVIATION INDEX (VDI) Report

Name of
the Service Related to Bilateral Exchange and Power Swap Arrangement
process
180. Ability to upload service related to bilateral exchange
181. Ability to upload Power Swap Arrangement
Page 473 of 514

Name of
the Open Access Billing
process
182. Ability to record transaction details into the system
183. Ability to calculate the approved transmission charge
184. Ability to calculate the scheduling and operation charges
Provision for Deviation Settlement mechanism (DSM) billing for a selected
185.
period for embedded customers like TISCO, Railways and JBVNL
186. Ability to process reactive power billing for a selected duration

187. Provision for reconciliation for a selected period
Name of
the Open Access Consumer Application Approval Process
process
Ability to upload open access consumer application/Integration with relevant
188.
module
189. Ability to upload feasibility study report and Remote telemetry report
190. Provision for approval of Open access consumer billing
Ability to integrate with NLDC/NOAR/GOAR (Any other Open Access
191.
Registry)
192. Ability to integrate with F&A module to update the Demand Draft details
Name of
the Fetching data from SCADA through Online Integration
process
193. Provision for one-way Data transfer from SCADA system
194. Provision for Transformer Tap-Position.
Ability to generate ADMS (Automatic Demand Management System)
195.
Operation Report.
196. Provision for Bus-wise Voltage magnitude
197. Ability to prepare customised reports.
Name of
the Fetching Input from PMU (Phasor Measurement Unit)
process
Provision for One-way Data transfer from WAMS (Wide Area Measurement
198.
System)
199. Ability to generate Low frequency Oscillation report
200. Provision for Bus-wise voltage magnitude &angle.
201. Provision for Frequency Trend
Page 474 of 514

Name of
the Integration with ERLDC
process
Provision of Web Based Energy Scheduling Software for scheduling and for
202.
reconciliation with ERPC bilateral Regional Energy Accounting
Provision of Shut-down Outage Module Software for availing ERLDC approval

203.
of Planned and Emergency shut down of DVC transmission elements.
Provision of SEM data for frequency code weekly basis for computation of
204.
DSM statement.
Name of
the Integration with Commercial Billing
process
Ability to upload monthly ECR (Energy Charge Rate) status of each
205.
generating station.
Name of
the ALDC
process
206. Ability to upload DISCOM availability
Provision for ALDC to fill up data as per the process mentioned in detail in the
207.
submitted file.
Name of
the Generators
process
Provision for entitlement generation upon acceptance of DC posted by the
208.
Powerhouses
209. Ability to post SG from SLDC.
Provision for edit access to Generator i.r.o: DC (Declared Capacity),
210.
Technical Minimum, Ramp-rate,
Name of
the Beneficiary
process
211. Provision of separate User ID & Password for each beneficiary
Provision for requisition for power to be placed in respective portfolios of
212. beneficiary and provide access to beneficiary to DVC ERP system through
API
Page 475 of 514

Ability to generate report on Generation data which contains unit wise gross
213. generation, exbus generation, peak generation, time of peak generation,
MVAR generation at 19:00 and 24:00 hrs., bus voltage at 19:00 hrs.
Ability to generate report on Reservoir data which contains reservoir level,

214.
inflow, outflow, schedule discharge.
Ability to generate report on Tie line data which contains 132,220 and 400 KV
tie line energy data, net drawal, net schedule, maximum thermal generation
215.
with time, maximum and minimum demand with time, maximum and minimum
frequency with time ,running hours of thermal and hydel units.
Ability to generate report on Generation which contains station wise exbus

216.
MU generation from thermal and hydel stations, net drawal
Ability to generate report on Generation which contains station wise gross,

217. exbus generation, peak generation with time , maximum demand with time,
net injection, drawal
Ability to generate Commercial report which contains daily average exbus

218. generation, energy buy/sale through power exchanges, maximum surplus,
shortfall of generation, UI export/import
Ability to generate RLDS Report which contains unit wise gross generation,
219. exbus generation, peak generation, time of peak generation, MVAR
generation at 19:00 and 24:00 hrs., bus voltage at 19:00 hrs.
Ability to generate Generation Report which contains unit wise maximum

220. generation during the day, exbus generation, monthly cumulative generation,
Date & time of unit outage and reasons of unit outage
Ability to generate Load shedding Report which contains hourly MW shed,

221.
total MWH during the day, reasons of load shed or curtailment.
Ability to generate DC & Plant Availability Factor(PAF) report; Plant wise Peak
,Off-peak Availability, asking availability rate to achieve 85% (daily, weekly,
222.
monthly) in both High and Low demand seasons. Display of Demand season,
Peak-off peak Hours for different regions.(Dash Board provision)
Ability to generate SG & Plant Load Factor (PLF) report Plant wise Peak ,Off-
223. peak Scheduled Generation, actual PLF (daily, weekly, monthly) in both High
and Low demand seasons.(Dash Board provision)
224. Ability to generate Final Schedule of 400kV TSL, DVC Rail
225. Ability to generate Final Schedule of 132kV TISCO
Page 476 of 514

226. Ability to generate KTPS DC(Pk-Off-Pk), JBVNL Ent.& Sch. Report

227. Ability to generate DSM Report of JBVNL
228. Ability to generate DSM Report of TSL
229. Ability to generate Entitlement of Beneficiaries
230. Ability to generate report on Allocation of ALDC
231. Ability to generate Bilat. LT/ MT Schedule
232. Ability to generate Bilat. ST Schedule
233. Ability to generate Drawl/Injection Schedule for Intra-state entities
234. Ability to generate Surrender of Power by Beneficiaries
235. Ability to generate Real-time Surrender Calculation report (to ALDC)
236. Ability to generate Real-time Surrender Calculation report(for shift)

237. Ability to generate Unit Outage Details report
Ability to generate Transmission element Outage Details & Monthly Trans.
238.
Availability Fig.
239. Ability to generate MIS Report from Shift
240. Ability to generate 09:00Hrs MW Surrender Fig.
241. Ability to generate and maintain e-Logbook
242. Ability to generate DVC State Over-all DSM report
243. Ability to generate DVC Generator DSM(Station-wise) report
244. Ability to generate Grid Disturbance Report
245. Ability to generate AS-4 Format(ERLDC) report
246. Ability to generate Anticipated Power Position & LGBR report
Provision for upload of First Time Charging (FTC) Documents from
247. Transmission/Power-House /System/TSC Dept. and Certificate to be Issued
by SLDC.
2.4 Medical
Name
of the Referral process for admission to higher centre.
process
1. Ability to claim reimbursement for treatment in OPD
Provision of online approval process for in patient admission in specialized
2.
hospital
3. Provision for recovery process of in admissible items by Tie-up hospitals
Name
Approval process for emergency treatment in non-tie-up/ unapproved
of the
center without DVC referral
process
Page 477 of 514

Provision for approval process for emergency treatment without DVC
4. referral (Normal rules/In relaxation of rules- To be apply to DHS only
through proper channel.
Ability to know status of claim settlement of application for emergency

5. treatment in non-tie-up/ unapproved center without DVC referral (Normal
rules/In relaxation of rules)
Name
of the DVC Hospital Management
process
6. Ability to define admission process for in-patient treatment in DVC Hospitals
7. Ability to define discharge process for in patients in DVC Hospitals

Ability to define billing process for in patients for outside DVC patients in
8.
DVC Medical units
Ability to manage OPD register for DVC employee, dependents & outside
9.
DVC patients
Name
of the Payment Receipt Process
process
Facilitate fee receipt process for medical services for outside DVC patient in
10.
DVC Medical units
11. Facilitate payment process for claims of tie up hospital
Name
of the Purchase Process
process
Facilitate purchase process for medicine from government/PSU/Registered
12.
Vendor
Name
of the Master Data Management
process
13. Ability to manage Master list of tie Up hospitals & centers
Ability to manage Master list of medicines available for DVC OPD & Indoor
14.
dept.
Ability to manage Master list of reagents, Consumables for DVC Medical
15.
units
Ability to manage Master list of medical equipment, Capital items and
16.
accessories for DVC Medical units
17. Ability to manage Master list of monthly patient master data
Page 478 of 514

Ability to manage Master list of bill items for medical services in DVC Medical
18.
units for Non-DVC Patients
2.5 Mining
Name of
the Allotment
process
1. Notification by Ministry of Coal, GOI
2. Provision for approval for application
3. Ability to get approval of authorized person of DVC
4. Ability to register in designated website of MOC, GOI
5. Ability to submit application in designated website
6. Allotment by MOC, GOI
7. Provision to sign allotment agreement
8. Ability to make payment of allotment charges
9. Facilitate issuance of Allotment Order by MOC, GOI
Name of
the Block Boundary Certification
process
10. Ability to collect Geological Report (RE/DE)
11. Certification of Block Boundary (by CMPDIL - Nodal Agency of MOC, GOI)
Name of
the Block Boundary Demarcation
process
12. Ability to collect and store Toposheet (from Survey of India)
13. Ability to identify Revenue Villages (Mouza)
14. Ability to collect and store Revenue Village (Mouza) Sheet
15. Ability to collect and store Survey Points (from Survey of India)
16. Ability to prepare Cadestral Map (Combined Mouza Sheet)
17. Ability to transfer survey points to block boundary
18. Ability to virtually store demarcation of block boundary by surveying
Name of
the Land Schedule Preparation
process
19. Ability to prepare Plot Schedule
20. Ability to maintain collection of land records
Page 479 of 514

21. Ability to prepare land schedule

Name of
Detail Exploration & Geological Report (if required) (Pre-requisite: Land
the
schedule)
process
Ability to generate an application for Prospecting License to State
22.
Government
23. Grant of Prospecting License by State Govt.
24. Execution of Deed with District Authority
Ability to appoint an agency for detail exploration & Geological Report (GR)
25.
preparation
26. Ability to record details of Drilling operation
27. Ability to store details of samples after testing
28. Ability to submit Interim Geological report
29. Ability to submit final Geological report
30. Approval of final Geological report (by CMPDIL - Nodal Agency of MOC, GOI)
Name of
the Mine Plan and Mine Closure Plan (Pre-requisite: Geological Report)
process
Ability to appoint recognized Qualified Person (having recognition of MoC,
31.
GoI) for preparation of the Plans
32. Ability to prepare the Plans
33. Provision to submit the Plans to MOC, GoI
34. Presentation before Standing Technical Committee of MoC
Ability to record observations, if any, by MoC, GoI as per Technical
35.
Committee
36. Ability to re-submit the Plans with compliance of observations.
37. Presentation before Standing Technical Committee of MoC
38. Approval of the Plans by MOC
Name of
Land acquisition(under RFCTLARR Act, 2013) (Pre-requisite : Land
the
Schedule, Mine Plan)
process
39. Ability to generate application for Land acquisition to State Govt.
40. Conducting Social Impact Assessment (SIA) Study by State Government

41. Approval of State Govt.
42. Ability to deposit part payment
43. Conducting Gram Sabha by District Authority
44. Preliminary Notification under the Act and inviting objections if any
45. Hearing of objections by District Authority
Page 480 of 514

46. Final Notification of acquisition of the Act

47. Ability to make payment of balance amount to District Authority
48. Ability to make payment of compensation to landowners
49. Handing over of Land by State Govt.
50. Physical possession of land
Name of
Land acquisition (under CBA (A&D) Act, 1957) (Pre-requisite : Land
the
Schedule, Mine Plan)
process
51. Application for Notification u/s 3 of CBA Act to Central Govt.(MoC, GoI)
52. Notification by Central Govt (MOC, GOI)
53. Application for Notification u/s 4 (1) of CBA Act to Central Govt.(MoC, GoI)
57. NOC by Coal Controller u/s 8 of CBA Act
62. Ability to make payment of compensation
63. Physical possession of land
Name of Environmental Clearance (Pre-requisite : For TOR application: Land
the Schedule, Mine Plan, FC application acknowledgement For EC: FC
process Stage-I)
64. Ability to appoint Consultant for Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) study
Ability to send application for Terms of Reference (TOR) to Ministry of
65.
Environment, Forest & Climate Change, GOI
66. Presentation before Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) at MoEF&CC, GoI
67. Approval of TOR by MOEF&CC, GoI
Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) study & preparation of Environment
68.
Management Plan (EMP) by the Consultant
69. Ability to submit fees of EIA/ EMP to State Pollution Control Board
70. Conducting Public Hearing by State PCB
71. Ability to prepare final EMP incorporating views as per Public Hearing
Page 481 of 514

72. Ability to submit EMP to MOEF&CC, GoI

73. Presentation before EAC,MOEF&CC
74. Issuance of EC by MoEF & CC
Forest Clearance (Pre-requisite : Land Schedule, Mine Plan) Other
Name of
requirements: Wildlife Management Plan, Tribal Development Plan, Bio-
the
diversity Management Plan, Catchment Area Treatment Plan, Mitigation
process
measures for Soil erosion etc.
75. Ability to submit application
76. Ability to purchase/allocate land for compensatory afforestation
Conducting of Gram Sabhas by District Authority for issuance of NOC under
77.
the Forest Right Act
78. NOC from District Authority under Forest Right Act
79. NOC from District Authority for Jungle Jhari Land
80. Tree Enumeration
Inspection of site for CA Land, Project Site by Divisional Forest Officer and
81.
forwarding of proposal with his report
Forwarding with recommendation by concerned officials of State Forest
82.
Department/State Government
83. Site Inspection by Regional Office, MoEF & CC
84. Submission of report by Regional Office to MOEF&CC
85. Presentation before Forest Advisory Committee (FAC), MoEF & CC
86. Recommendation of FAC
87. Issuance of Stage-I Clearance by MOEF&CC
88. Ability to initiate payment to CAMPA Fund
89. Ability to make payment to CAMPA Fund
90. Compliance of conditions of Stage-I approval
Scrutiny of compliances by State Forest Department/ State Government at
91.
various level and forwarding of proposal to MoEF & CC
92. Scrutiny of compliances by MoEF & CC
93. Stage-II Clearance
94. De-notification of Forest land for non-forestry purpose by State Government
95. Handover of possession of land
96. Felling of trees and deposit in timber yard of State Forest Department
Name of
the Ground Water Clearance
process
97. Ability to appoint agency for preparation of Plan
Page 482 of 514

98. Ability to prepare Plan

99. Ability to generate application for clearance
100. Issuance of clearance
Name of
the Rainwater Harvesting Plan Approval
process
103. Ability to generate application for approval
104. Issuance of approval
Name of
the Wildlife Conservation Plan Approval
process
105. Ability to appoint agency for preparation of Wildlife Management Plan
106. Ability to prepare WLM Plan
107. Ability to generate application for approval
108. Approval of WLM Plan
Name of
the Catchment Area Treatment Plan
process
Ability to appoint an agency for preparation of Catchment Area Treatment
109.
Plan
110. Ability to prepare CAT Plan to Forest Department for approval
111. Approval of CAT Plan
Name of
the Approval for diversion of water bodies (River, Nalla)
process
114. Application for approval
115. Approval of Plan
Name of
the Mining Lease
process
116. Ability to send application for Mining Lease to State Govt.
117. Seeking Prior approval of MOC, GOI by the State Govt
118. Prior Approval of MOC, GOI
119. Grant of Mining Lease (by State Govt)
Page 483 of 514

120. Execution of Mining Lease Deed with State Govt

Name of
the Pollution Control Board Clearance (CTE, CTO, Hazardous Waste)
process
121. Application for approval
122. Site Inspection by Regional Office, State PCB
123. Approval
Name of
the Permission of Director General Mines Safety for use of explosive
process
124. Ability to appoint agency for conducting trail blasting
125. Ability to intimate DGMS regarding trail blasting
126. Ability to prepare trial blasting report
127. Submission of application to DGMS along with trail blasting report
128. Approval
Name of
the Mine Opening Notice to DGMS
process
129. Submission of Notice
Name of
the Mine opening Permission of Coal Controller
process
130. Submission of Application
131. Approval
Name of
the Appointment of Mine Developer and Operator (Pre-requisite : Mine Plan)
process
132. Ability to appoint a Consultant
133. Ability to issue NIT for MDO selection
134. Selection of MDO
Name of
the Manpower Recruitment
process
135. Ability to make proposal for recruitment
136. Ability to provide approval for recruitment
137. Ability to generate notice for recruitment
138. Ability to define a selection process
Page 484 of 514

139. Recruitment
140. Deployment
Name of
the Procurement of Heavy Earth Moving Machineries (HEMM)
process
141. Ability to procure Heavy Earth Moving Machineries
Name of
the Procurement of equipment for testing and measurements
process
142. Ability to procure equipment for testing and measurements
Name of
the Security Arrangement
process
143. Ability to make security arrangements
Name of
the Approval of Railway for Railway Corridor & siding construction
process
144. Ability to appoint agency for preparation of FR & DPR
145. Ability to perform site survey
146. Ability to prepare FR
147. Ability to generate application for approval of FR
148. Approval of FR
149. Site Survey
150. Ability to prepare DPR
151. In-principle approval of DPR
152. Ability to prepare ESP
153. Approval of DPR
Name of
the Financial Arrangement
process
154. Approval of board for borrowing
155. Approval of MoP, GoI for borrowing
156. Ability to keep record of Loan tie-up with Banks/ FIs
Name of
the Railway Corridor and Siding Construction
process
157. Ability to appoint agency for construction
158. Construction
Page 485 of 514

159. Inspection by Railway authority

160. Approval and clearance
Name of
the Belt Conveyor Construction
process
162. Construction
Name of
the Washery Construction
process
164. Construction
Name of
the Roads (Approach, Diversion, Transportation)
process
167. Ability to record Construction
Name of
the Power Supply arrangement (including sub-station and distribution)
process
169. Ability to send application to State Electricity Distribution Co.
170. Ability to monitor construction
171. Ability to record Completion
172. Provision for Electrification
Name of
the Rehabilitation & Resettlement colony
process
173. Ability to appoint agency for DPR
177. Shifting and handover possession
Name of
the Office Buildings, Workshop, Residential Buildings
process
Page 486 of 514


181. Ability to monitor Construction
182. Ability to record the procurement of furniture, other items
Name of
the Shifting of Utilities
process
Name of
the Weigh bridges (Rail, Road, Conveyor)
process
187. Provision for procurement
Name of
the Explosive Magazine
process
190. Ability to send application for NOC to District Authority
191. Ability to Issue NOC
192. Ability to send application to authority for Explosive License
193. Ability to generate Issuance License of Explosive
194. Ability to monitor construction of Magazine
Name of
the Operations
process
195. Provision for procurement of explosive
196. Provision for maintenance of HEMM
197. Ability to remove OB
198. Ability to extract Coal
199. Ability to evacuate Coal
200. Provision for coal sampling and analysis
201. Ability to maintain Railway Corridor & siding
202. Ability to maintain Belt Conveyor
203. Ability to maintain of roads
Page 487 of 514

Ability to maintain equipment (for data collection, testing, analysis,

204.
measurements)
Name of
the Closure
process
205. Ability to keep record of disposal of Over burden
206. Ability to keep record disposal of topsoil
207. Ability to record area of Plantation
208. Ability to record area of Fencing
209. Ability to keep record of land disposed
210. Ability to keep record of infrastructure disposed
211. Ability to record Formal closure
2.6 Secretariat
Name of
the General Branch and Establishment
process
1. Ability to adopt GOI Orders on miscellaneous subjects.
2. Ability to sanction all type of advances to DVC employees.
Ability to define medical facilities and sanction in regard to medical
3.
treatment in relaxation of rules/ special advance for medical.
4. Ability to define policy on TA/DA, PF, IT, Pension etc.
Ability to keep a record of matters related to donation/ grant to Educational/
5. Social/ Cultural/ Sports organizations and also sponsorship by DVC to
various programs.
6. Facilitate issuance of orders on General Administrative matters.
7. Ability to order on payment of Honorarium for special achievement.
8. Ability to maintain database and show details of all Guest House

Ability to maintain and show all details on all matters related to supervision
9. / bookings & allotments of all Guest Houses owned and / or operated by
DVC
Provision to procure furniture and other associated items at the office of
10.
Guest Houses and Flats at Salt Lake & Sunny Park
Ability to address all administrative matters of Office establishments related
11. to all employees of Secretariat Department including Delhi and Ranchi
Office.
Name of
the Works
process
Page 488 of 514

Ability to amend/ update DFP & DAP through formation of committee in
12.
coordination with different departments
13. Ability to address matter related to Joint Ventures
14. Ability to coordinate with GoJ, GoWB for Flood Forecasting Activities
Name of
the Protocol
process
Ability to address matters related to DVC Guest Houses & Holiday Homes
15.
and its booking
16. Booking of Air tickets for touring officers
Facilitate the details of the process of reception, accommodation,
17.
entertainment of VIPs, Dignitaries & Corporation Guests
18. Ability to address Matters related to Telephones, Mobile Phones etc.

19. Ability to facilitate Parliamentary Committees Meeting
Name of
the Security
process
20. Facilitate security of DVC installations

21. Ability to record details of the deployed security guard at HQ
Name of
the Vehicle
process
Ability to maintain departmental vehicle under Secretariat and to arrange
22.
hired vehicle.
Ability to address budget related matters regarding hiring of Vehicles at
23.
Delhi and Ranchi Liaison Offices.
24. Ability to make requisition for vehicle
25. Ability to maintain Vehicle Data
Name of
the Co-ordination Section
process
Page 489 of 514

Ability to issue notices (agenda inviting and Meeting schedule), process

26. Agenda and send it to Board Members, prepare MoM, issue Resolutions,
compile Implementation Reports on Resolutions issued.
Ability to invite, collect and compile materials from various departments,

acquire approval from competent authority, send it to CPRO for printing
27.
and final submission to MoP as per Time-Schedule, along with the delay
analysis, for laying on the table of Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha.
Name of
the Preparation of Annual Report of MoP
process
Ability to invite, collect and compile materials from various departments,

28.
followed by approval from competent authority and submission to MoP.
Name of
the Processing and sending replies to the letters/references received
process
29. Ability to send replies to :

30. Ministry of Power and other Ministries of Govt. of India
31. Govt. of West Bengal
32. Govt. of Jharkhand
33. PMO References
34. VIP References
35. Parliament/Assembly Questions
36. Parliamentary/Assembly Committee
37. CEA, CERC, WBERC Etc.
Name of
the Corporate Plan Section
process
38. Ability to generate monthly CRISP Report

39. Ability to generate monthly E-Samiksha Report
40. Ability to generate monthly NITI Aayog Report
Ability to generate monthly Status Report on Installation of Pollution Control
41.
Equipment
42. Ability to generate Annual Report (Technical part) for DVC & MOP
43. Ability to prepare External MOU/Internal MOU
44. Ability to evaluate External & Internal MOUs quarterly
Page 490 of 514

45. Ability to prepare presentation/report for QPR Meeting

46. Ability to select best performing DVC TPS through Merit Rating
Ability to draft reply (Technical part) for Parliament Questions/ VIP
47.
References/ Queries from MoP
48. Ability to prepare Report/Background Note for Standing Committee
49. Ability to prepare ATR on MOM taken by MoSP
Name of
the Land Acquisition and Liaison
process
50. Ability to maintain Land records of DVC Projects in the state of West Bengal
51. Ability to monitor & coordinate with Projects on Land Acquisition Issues
Ability to liaise with respective State Govt. authority regarding proposals &
52.
issues related to land
53. Ability to follow-up & persuasion of the proposal sent by Project Authority
Ability to issue NOC to different bodies towards leasing/ licensing out of
54.
DVC land
Liaising matters of Director of Rehabilitation and Land Acquisition (DRLA),
55.
Hazaribagh related to Head Quarter
56. Ability to prepare Land Records
57. Ability to track status of unauthorized occupancy of land and quarters
58. Ability to track status of Mutation of land for different projects

Ability to prepare draft reply for Ministry / Parliament (Lok Sabha & Rajya
59.
Sabha) questions related to land issues.
Name of
the Corporate Social Responsibility
process
Provision to obtain approval of Annual Action Plan of Annex. I, II, III by CSR
60.
Apex Committee
Provision to obtain approval of works and activities under Annex. I & II by
61.
HoPs
62. Provision for budget allocation/reappropriation to CSR Projects
63. Ability to prepare annual Reports
64. Ability to compile MIS Reports of CSR
65. Ability to monitor CSR work and review physical and financial progress
Page 491 of 514

66. Ability to engage Agencies/Experts/NGOs for special schemes

67. Ability to process proposals of Schemes under Annex. III
68. Ability to process proposals of VIP references for CSR related works
69. Ability to coordinate with Projects for all CSR related issues
70. Ability to conduct and document VDAC meeting
71. Ability to monitor all the activities/works under Annex. I
Ability to monitor all works related to Infrastructure development under
72.
Annex. II (Tendering, Estimation, Billing etc.)
73. Ability to coordinate with different projects on CSR issues
Name of
the RTI
process
Provision for the RTI Cell to receive applications regarding the following
74.
issues and track status of the application
75. Service-related matter
76. Recruitment related
77. Salary related
78. Commercial/ Business related
79. Policy related
80. Tender related
81. Pension related
82. Court cases
83. Land matter
84. Family related
Name of
the Estate
process
85. Ability to maintain database and show details of all departmental quarters
86. Ability to maintain complaint/requisition Register
Ability to maintain details and show matters related to retention of quarters
87.
and other allied jobs with respect to Class-II, III & IV employees
Ability to maintain and show all details on maintenance of sweeping &

88.
cleaning works of DVC Offices including the auditorium
Page 492 of 514

Ability to make payment of tax, electricity, rent bills, maintenance bills of the
89.
above premises.
Ability to process all proposals of Delhi and Ranchi offices, related to
90. AMC, Repair & Maintenance Rent, Hiring of G/H, Looking after of G/H at
Ranchi &New Delhi, Office Space etc.
Ability to prepare claims for Rent Bills for the space let out to PNG at DVC
91. Towers, Kolkata, SSB at Patna and Power Trading Corporation at New
Delhi
92. Ability to dispose unserviceable scrap items at DVC Towers
Provision for procurement of furniture and other associated items at the
93.
office of DVC Towers
Round the clock Operation & Maintenance of Distribution Transformers,
94.
Power back-up Generators & Electrical Distribution System at DVC
Towers.
Ability to monitor round the clock Operation & Maintenance of Electrical
95. Distribution System at Salt-Lake Housing Complex including Salt-Lake
Guest House, Sunny Park Guest House, Digha Holiday Home.
Ability to monitor maintenance of lights, fans etc. at DVC Towers, Salt-Lake

96.
Guest House, Sunny Park & Digha Holiday Home.
Ability to monitor round the clock Operation and Maintenance of 06 nos.
97.
Lift at DVC Towers.
Provision for maintenance & supervision of 53 KV Solar PV System at DVC
98.
Towers.
Ability to monitor Operation & Maintenance of Central Air Conditioning
99. Systems, Package Air Conditions, Window & Split Air Conditions at DVC
Towers.
Ability to monitor maintenance of Air Conditioning Systems of Sunny Park
100.
Guest House, Salt-Lake Guest House and Digha Holiday Home.
Ability to monitor maintenance of Drinking water pumps at DVC Towers,

101.
Salt-Lake Housing Complex and Digha Holiday Home.
Ability to maintain DTH/Cable TV Services at DVC Towers, Salt-Lake Guest

102.
Houses, Sunny Park Guest House & Digha Holiday Home.
Name of
the Information and Public Relations
process
103. Ability to upload data related to Press release.

104. Ability to upload data related to liaising with Media.
Ability to upload digital copies of Statutory advertisement & other
105.
miscellaneous Notices for future references
Page 493 of 514

Ability to upload digital copies after publication of Annual Reports, Annual

106.
budget Books, Miscellaneous manuals etc.
107. Ability to upload Advertisement after its release
108. Ability to record details after installation of DVC Stalls on various events.
2.7 Soil Conservation

Name of
the Soil Conservation/ Rainwater Conservation works
process
1. Ability to select site at the field level
2. Provision for finalization of site by a committee after physical inspection
3. Facilitate negotiation process with stakeholders
4. Ability to perform survey of the site
5. Ability to prepare drawing and cost estimation
6. Ability to finalize Cost estimation
7. Facilitate Field lay out as per the survey
8. Facilitate execution at the site
Ability to maintain record of physical measurement after completion of
9.
earth work
10. Ability to prepare running bill
11. Ability to maintain details after checking of the work
12. Facilitate Consolidation and turffing work after monsoon

13. Ability to maintain record of final measurement
14. Provision for final billing
Provision for documentation of pre and post work along with Geo
15.
referencing
Name of
the Tendering Process
process
16. Ability to manage master list of soil conservation vendors
17. Ability to manage master rate for task
18. Facilitate Tender publication process
Name of
the Forestry
process
Page 494 of 514

Ability to record details of work of afforestation in three cycles viz. Advance

19.
Work, Creation Work and Post Care Work
Ability to record details of negotiation process for obtaining permission

20.
from the stakeholder to use their land afforestation
21. Facilitate Job contract process
22. Maintenance of DVC forest
23. Maintenance of nursery
24. Facilitate payment process of vendors
Name of
the Pisciculture
process
25. Ability to record details about Pisciculture operation
26. Ability to record details about Hatchery maintenance

Name of
the Tendering Process
process
Ability to Online e-tender on Govt. of India portal for outsourcing for supply
27.
of trained and skilled workers/GeM
28. Ability to maintain record of procurement of Fish feed

29. Facilitate payment process
Name of
the Soil Testing Lab
process
30. Ability to record details of Soil samples collections
31. Facilitate processing of soil samples for analysis
32. Ability to analyze of soil samples
33. Ability to interpret data
34. Ability to prepare Soil Health Card
35. Facilitate procurement of chemicals for soil sample analysis
36. Facilitate payment process of vendors
Name of
the Training
process
37. Ability to manage training course
Page 495 of 514

38. Ability to identify training organization

39. Ability to make Honorarium payment to facilitator
Name of
the Deer Park
process
40. Facilitate Honorarium payment process to veterinary
41. Facilitate purchase process of animal food
42. Ability to manage master list of vendors for food providers
43. Ability to maintain record after inspection of animal food

44. Facilitate payment process to supplier
2.8 Vigilance
Name
of the Complaints
process
1. Ability to record complaint source wise
2. Facilitate verification process of complaints
3. Facilitate closing process of complaints
4. Facilitate inspection process of Complaints
5. Facilitate scrutiny of audit reports auditor wise
Name
of the Preventive Vigilance
process
Ability to perform inspection of works, procurements, etc., project wise &
6.
inspection type wise (Periodic/Surprise/CTE/Files, etc.)
7. Facilitate scrutiny of Property Returns
8. Ability to conduct Training/ Workshops
9. Provision for System Improvement undertaking
10. Ability to maintain a record of sensitive posts & job rotation
11. Ability to review the status of FR 56J
12. Ability to prepare Agreed List with CBI
13. Ability to prepare List of Officers of Doubtful Integrity
Name
of the Investigations
process
Page 496 of 514

Ability to take Complaints/ Audit Reports/ Inspections etc. for detailed

14.
investigation
Ability to facilitate report & recommendation process. (Administrative
15.
Action/ CVC Action/ Systematic Improvement, etc.)
16. Facilitate disciplinary authority advice processing
17. Ability to record first stage advice from CVC
Name
of the Departmental Proceedings
process
Ability to prepare Chargesheet (Penalty type wise, employee category
18.
wise)
19. Ability to appoint IO/PO
20. Facilitate Disciplinary Action process
21. Ability to process Disciplinary Authority Advice
22. Ability to maintain records of Penal Action
Name
of the Vigilance Clearance
process
23. Ability to receive request from HR
24. Ability to process Employee category wise Clearance
Name
of the Others
process
25. Facilitate CVC FI & CA Processing
26. Ability to analyze QPR
27. Facilitate a mechanism to ensure probity among Govt Servants
28. Ability to generate Quarterly Progress Report
29. Ability to generate Quarterly Performance Report
30. Ability to generate report for progress of Inquiry stage versus timeline
31. Ability to generate report for Action vs CVC Advice wise and timeline
32. Ability to generate report for FI & CA completion stage vs timeline
33. Ability to generate Exception report of APR
Ability to generate report for administrative action/Systemic Improvements
34. vs Implementation Stage
35. Ability to generate report on Sensitive Post & Job rotation implementation
36. Ability to generate Employee Data table
Ability to generate a report on Agreed List and List of Officers of Doubtful
37. Integrity
Page 497 of 514

Ability to generate a report on C&M Data Table, payment mode, tendering

38.
mode wise
Ability to generate monthly Probity Report, Employee category wise and
39.
Prosecution Penalty wise
2.9 Document Management System

Name
of the General Specifications
process
System should offer intelligent information management to any content flow
1.
across all applications and processes.
System should be a low-code platform that empowers organizations to
centrally manage enterprise content and automate business processes on
2.
the go. It should have inbuilt enterprise grade Business Process
Management workflow engine(BPM).
System should be device independent and work seamlessly on devices
3. such as laptops, mobiles, tablets etc.
System should be secure with complete access and role management
4. features.
System should be multi-tier, web-based solution (having web-based front-
5. end for users and as well as for system administrative functions) having
database, web and application server with support for clustering
System should store only index information in database while images
6.
should be stored in separate file server.
System should be scalable without any limitation to accommodate new
7.
users, offices, departments, etc.
System should have in-built process automation feature and route the
8. right content to the right users and departments along with required
insights from the enterprise-wide applications through API Integrations.
System should have Intelligent capture, user configurable workflows,
9. integration APIs, holistic taxonomy and insightful search results and
provides simple & powerful digital experience for the users
System should have the scalable feature to offer the organization to
10. configure business processes based on their industry standards and in-line
requirements without the need of the vendor.
System should have the capability to handle different types of content like
11.
forms, documents, images, letters, videos & audio.
System should have the capability of adding different documents at various
12.
stages of the workflow based on the user rights.
System should support automatic creation folders and subfolders based on
13. parameters like Document category, Year & month of upload, etc. and
store files in respective folders on a dynamic basis.
System should support inbuilt image viewer with annotation features like
14. highlighting, marking text, underlining, putting sticky notes on documents,
and support for text and image stamps etc on scanned PDFs/images.
System should seamlessly integrate with any or all of the existing legacy
15.
and core applications
16. DMS Repository and the BPM Engine should be from a single OEM only
Page 498 of 514

Scanning solution and the DMS solution from the same OEM only to
17.
provide an integrated solution right from capture to archival of documents.
System should support full application security and the information on all
18.
security events must be recorded on an audit trail.
Name
of the Key System Requirements
process
System should have the DMS which is a highly available, scalable
19.
platform on which to support a library containing millions of files and
documents.
System should support all administrative functionality can be accessed
remotely using a web browser over the internet or through the companies
20.
LAN or WAN. TLS and VPN support further secure remote user and
administrator access.
System should have the server operating system under which the DMS
21.
runs must be Linux or Windows Servers.
System should support a DMS that provides a desktop client as standard
22.
feature for scanning, document import & export purposes.
System should support a DMS that should have a mobile app (native
23.
Android and native iOS) as standard feature.
System should support the facility that DMS web client is supported on
24. popular web browsers, including Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome, Mozilla
Firefox, and Safari.
System should support the facility that the mobile client allows users to
25. access documents, add files, and approve and review workflow tasks
using a smartphone or tablet with or without a dedicated Mobile app.
System should provide the ability for a scanning user to work offline like
26. scan, crop, rotate, etc.
System should allow the system administrator to centrally control how the
27. system works for users. A system administrator should set the default
value for the end-users, which they may change, or the settings can be
enforced.
28. System should allow easy resetting a user password.
System should allow the configuration of multiple balanced storage
29. repositories to allow scalable growth.
System should have the DMS that allow users to send documents as
30.
attachments or links using their email client of choice.
System should have the DMS that is allowed to be deployed across multiple
31.
servers for load balancing concurrent usage
Name
of the Document Capture Capabilities
process
System should have a DMS that has multiple methods to import existing
32. documents from existing Document Management Systems, third-party
applications, desktops, network drives, and file servers.
System should have a DMS that has a configurable server-side document
33.
importation feature to retrieve documents from other systems en masse.
Page 499 of 514

System should have a DMS that can store virtually any kind of document
34. in its native file format and ensures it will not be altered once added to the
system.
System should have a well-defined capture module to define an
intermediate set of stages of document flow between the document
35.
source and the repository with the support of document processing,
validation,
index building, and content identification & enhancements.
System should be able to capture following contents: Paper documents,
Photos, Email Documents, etc. in electronic soft form but not limited to
36.
(pdf, txt, xls, xlsx, doc, docx ppt, picture files, JPEG, GIF, video files, audio
files,
etc.
System should be able to capture documents from multichannel sources
like :
1.Scanner
37. 2.Manual/Bulk Upload
3. FTP Folder
4. Network Folder
5. Email
System should be able to configure different Document capture profiles
where different tasks like Document Categorization, Quality Check,
38. Metadata extraction, Document verification, etc. could be performed.
These could be easily configured as Capture tasks from the admin panel
of the
system.
System should have a Scan batch feature that allow users to view and cross
39.
check the images which got captured from different sources
System should have the capability to allocate user tasks to individual
40.
users or user groups
Available users shall be allowed to claim and process an item from a batch
41.
when the capture task gets allocated to a user group
System should offer different action buttons like Submit, Return, etc. to
42.
move a scan batch to the next stages or return to its previous stages.
System should have the provision to automatically categorize & index the
43.
documents as per the Document OCR template definition
System should support automated data capturing without any manual
44.
intervention.
Name
of the Integrated Scanning Tool
process
System should have integrated scanning tool for DMS to view the files
45. created by the scanning process in Scan batches and streamline the
indexing and addition of scanned files to the DMS Repository.
System should be able to support even high-volume scanning in a
46.
distributed environment
47. System should supports bulk scanning in batches.
48. System should have the Desktop client for the scanning tool
49. Scanning tool should have the capability of web-based scanning.
System should have the capability for centralized and decentralized
50.
Scanning & Document Capturing.
Page 500 of 514

System should have the ability to scan documents at remote locations

51. from a thick client and allow processing of the scanned images in a web
interface at any other office as different scan batches
System should have capability of automatic segregation of documents
52.
based on Barcode, Blank page, Fixed page etc.
53. System should enable extraction of data with the help of OCR
System should have the capability to select scanner type as WIA scanner
54. or TWAIN scanner.
System should have the capability to supports imaging/scanning &
55. digitizing of data.
56. System should be able to group images after scanning and categorize it
57. System should have the capability to track the history of all scan batches.
System should offer Thumbnail view and Document preview for all the
58.
documents scanned in that batch
59. System should have ability to group or route images for re-scanning.
System should offer the facility to enhance the scanned image using
60. functions like rotate, crop, etc. and perform quality check based on
parameters like height, width & DPI of the scanned image.
System should have the capability of guided data entry with split-screen
61. facility should be available to view and/or edit the data entered against the
scanned copy of the document
System should have the ability to share documents scanned across several
62. branches / offices / departments.
System should support scanning of the document in Black and White or
63. Colour as per user requirement.
System should support classification of scanning images with different
64. types of documents. Document naming convention should be configurable
for different document types.
Name
of the Repository (Indexing)
process
System should classify documents by use-type. These schemas should be
65. customizable to match organizational needs, the number of which should
be practically unlimited.
System should tag documents with metadata relevant to the use-type. The
66.
number of metadata tags should be practically unlimited.
System should ensures some or all metadata fields are mandatory and
67.
must be completed before the document is added to the library.
System should allow users to define metadata with indexed information
68.
from a controlled vocabulary.
System should allows metadata to be configured as text, number, dates,
69. URL, currency, checkboxes, or from drop-down menus.
70. System should force users to update a metadata field value upon check-in.
System should process Microsoft Word and PDF electronic forms and
71. automatically extract metadata values.
System should process images (JPG, PNG, etc.) electronic forms and
72.
automatically extract metadata values.
Page 501 of 514

System should offers "matter-centric filing", or the ability to automatically

73. tag documents by dragging the documents into a folder, as used in legal
filings.
System should create and download specialized document and version
74.
control numbers on documents.
75. System should extract data from Barcode of a document
System should adherence to document and record naming conventions or
standards. As documents are added to the library, they are automatically
76.
renamed according to the naming pattern determined by the Library
Administrator.
System should offer the option of adding documents as "records", which
77.
cannot be altered or modified by users.
System should allow documents to be catalogued/categorized based on
78. predefined document types, e.g. document type can be drivers license,
application forms etc.
System should provide facility to index folders, files and documents based
79.
on metadata, user-defined indexes/keywords, etc.
System should be able to support numerous indexing fields for each type
80.
of document
System should have capability to automatically store all files and data in
81.
their respective folders based on document category for easy handling.
System should have the ability to route images, documents, or work items
82.
based on any available index criteria.
System should have the capability to index system generated documents
83.
automatically without any user intervention.
System should have the ability to provide facility to set particular fields as
84.
mandatory or unique.
System should have the ability to provide facility to set particular fields as
85.
searchable or read-only.
System should have the capability to integrate with other systems to
86. retrieve index data.
87. System should have the ability to modify existing indexes if needed.
88. System should be capable of retrieving data based on indexing fields
Name
of the Repository (View Content)
process
System should manage documents using a folder view to make
89.
organization of content easy and flexible
System should have the capability to view the content in a listing screen
90.
with some basic information.
System should have the capability to view the document/content with more
91. details in the expanded list view like Mime-type, Size, Original name & other
custom attributes of the document type.
System should display a quick preview pane and display the document,
92.
comments, metadata and workflow status without opening the document
System should have the ability to view Tags and Personal remarks added
93.
to the repository item.
Page 502 of 514

System should have the capability to show default metadata fields like
94.
Mime Type and Size.
System should have the ability to view documents/folders in different sorted
95.
formats.
System should have the ability to display document(s) in a document
96.
viewer with various imaging functions.
System should display document names, index fields and information in the
97.
folder browser
System should have the capability to view the complete revision history of
98.
the document.
System should support viewing image documents, images, videos, audios
99. and word/excel files within the application. No Additional viewers should
be required for viewing of documents in DMS
System should have the capability to view comments added against the
100. item
System should have the capability that the document view and the image
enablement through the viewer should be allowed with the help of an
101.
REST API based web service, so that external systems can view the
Documents
stored in the repository by clicking a URL
Name
of the Repository (Repository Actions)
process
System should provide check-in/check-out ability, preventing documents
from being overwritten or deleted when updated. The DMS librarian can
102.
review the status of all documents checked out and check a document
back
in on behalf of another user.
103. System should automatically places all documents under version control.
System should automatically increase the version number of the document
104. upon check-in. Previous versions of documents are maintained by the
system if a rollback is required.
System should offers major or minor version numbers for all types of
105. documents
System should have capability to view and access documents/ folders/
106.
entities which are shared with multiple users.
System should be able to provide a dedicated space to organize the
107.
documents of current user.
System should have the capability to store documents in a public folder to
108.
allow common access by users in a department.
System should have the capability to view, restore or purge deleted
109. documents from trash.
System should have the ability to create bookmarks to documents
110.
frequently accessed such as a 'Favorites' list for easy access
System should have the capability to create folders directly from
111. repository and also it should automatically create folders when a
document is created
under a particular category
System should have the capability to add a new file/document into the
112. repository based on user permissions.
Page 503 of 514

System should contain user permission options for the folders to set access
113. control.
Page 504 of 514

System should have the capability to store files along with its references for
114.
instant access.
System should have the capability of advanced search module to retrieve
115.
data from repository folders.
System should have the capability to attach a document, a folder containing
116.
documents and a form to a workflow.
System should have the capability to share a document to internal user or
117. user groups and also to external users for quick collaboration and decision
making.
System should have the ability to export documents based on
118.
preconfigured permissions.
System should have the ability to enable revision control and thereby
119. update the version of documents while maintaining the link between them
and also capture comments for the same.
System should have the ability to modify permissions of an item (to
increase or decrease restrictions on access). Also there should be a
120.
provision to define additional or excluded permissions to get flexibility in
giving access
rights.
System should have the capability to manage rules from the repository
along with the capability to add new rules if the user has permissions to
121. do so. Rules shall be defined to attach documents automatically to a
workflow,
link documents together, send notifications, etc. based on different events
and conditions defined by the users.
System should have the capability to publish documents to an Office or a
122.
Department after giving expiry date & comments.
System should provide the capability to copy or move an item from one
123. folder to another. Users with write /edit permissions should be able to
move
document from one Folder to another.
System should have the capability to select Documents or Folders in bulk
124. to be Deleted or Categorized.
Bidder should have enough experience in defining connectors for different
purposes. For E.g.: The system should have connectors to integrate with
125. the following services at least once :
1. e-sign services like em signer to sign documents electronically
2. online editing tools like onlyoffice to edit documents online
System should have the capability to download, checkout, check-in the
126.
documents based on the user access rights defined.
127. System should have the capability to send documents as email attachments
System should have the capability to perform conditional search of files and
128. folders from within the application including name, created date, modified
date.
System should have the capability to store all documents of a transaction
129.
in respective folders
System should have the capability to download the documents with or
130.
without annotations
System should have the provision for retention policies for converting to a
131. record, archiving, and deletion can be set on a document type and done
automatically based on a fixed date, or from a metadata field value.
Page 505 of 514

System should have the capability to provide the option of archiving

132.
documents that can be accessed as needed.
Page 506 of 514

Name
of the Document Security
process
System should allow navigational security, with multiple layers of user-
133. definable security, to limit access at department, user, system, function, and
document levels.
System should have a role-based, granular security model where access
134.
can be given to users from a level of read-only to system administration.
System should include a role-based security model with the ability to
135. establish exceptions. Additionally, access should be limited to “read-only”
at the user level.
System should send secure links to documents directly to team members,
136. partners, suppliers, or customers. File security should be maintained as
only authorized users can retrieve the file by using the link.
System should allow administrators to block users from emailing a
137. document as an attachment from the DMS.
System should record a detailed permanent audit log of all actions
138. performed on a document including user and time stamp. These logs can
be exported as reports as needed.
System should provide roles to users which will be used to determine the
139.
individual user's ability to delete documents in the system.
140. System should provide a structured environment for documents.
Name
of the Document Viewer
process
System should be capable of importing document content files (DOCX,
141. XLSX, PPTX, PDF, etc.) and launching appropriate media viewers for
retrieval.
System should be capable of importing image content files (JPG, PNG, GIF,
142.
etc.) and launching appropriate media viewers for retrieval.
System should be capable of importing audio content files (MP3, WAV,
143.
System should be capable of importing video content files (MP4, MOV, AVI,
144.
System should have the capability to capture, store, retrieve, and view
145. irregular-sized documents - e.g., other than (including, but not limited to)
A4, A3, Letter, Legal.
System should have a document viewer which has features like Full Screen
146.
view, rotated view, magnifying view & pan view of a document
System should have a viewer which have multiple files open at the same
147.
time.
System should have a viewer which allows a user to do markup
annotations on documents without having to open them in native software.
148. The annotated documents should be saved as a new version as a
separate markup layer, or as a new version with the markups
permanently marked
onto the document.
System should allow users to create custom markup stamps that can
149. included metadata values.
Page 507 of 514

System should display pages one at a time, scroll down to see the
150.
subsequent pages on screen at once, quickly go to first/last page.
System should have a redact feature which help users to hide a selected
area in the document and the access restriction can be given in flexible
151. ways like:
1. Any one can view the selected area except selected users/groups or
2. The selected users/groups cannot view the selected area
System should have the provision to hide annotations options in the viewer
152.
except for the redacted area.
System should have the capability that the users should be given options
153.
to choose the color of the annotations or text highlight.
System should have the capability that the users should be given options
154. to add Users Signature and Document Stamp. Configuration options are
needed for uploading the Sign and Stamps
Name
of the Alerts and Notifications
process
System should allow users to subscribe to be notified of edits, changes, or
155.
version updates to documents or folders they are watching.
156. System should allow notifications to be sent via SMS and email channels.
System should have the notice board facility for general information with
157. duration settings.
System should have the ability to view Reminder lined up for today, a week
158. & a month.
System should have the capability to add a new reminder against a date
159. with a description & priority in the calendar widget.
System should have the capability to provide document due date
160.
reminders and notifications.
System should have the capability to generate e-mail and SMS alerts on
161.
specific situations based on configurations
System should be able to configure notification template with different
162. static and dynamic parameters to create notifications based on
organizations
preferences
System should intimate the user about the last login details in a separate
163.
notification widget available in the dashboard
Name
of the Reporting and Dashboard Capabilities
process
164. System should have the capability to generate reports
System should have dedicated space in dashboard to display all the
165. Category wise documents/files statistics
System should have the capability to design and generate various reports
166. at business levels, user levels, operational levels, etc.
System should have the capability to download the reports in multiple
167.
formats.
System should have the capability to schedule reports through emails to
168.
the respective user(s) mail ids
Page 508 of 514

System should have the capability to have multiple dashboards which can
169.
be tuned to the user requirements.
System should have the capability to extend & add more User defined
170.
widgets in the dashboard with the help of custom plugins if needed.
System should be able to display all the documents/files shared to the user
171. in the dashboard.
System should have the capability to drag and drop the required widgets
172. from the user settings screen.
173. System should be able to notify major alerts in the dashboard.
System should have the capability to display the reminders info applicable
174.
to the user on the dashboard.
System should have the capability to create and configure different
175.
dashboard views at user levels and/or group levels.
System should have the capability to produce security reports, notifications
176. reports and repository reports.
System should have a calendar widget which users can use to access the
177. calendar.
System should have the module wise reports for different system modules
178. like Repository, Workflow, etc. TAT reports made available should be drill
down reports.
System should have the capability to create custom reports using Report
179.
builder & schedule reports to be send to an email id
System should also be capable enough to build all reports required for
180.
statutory, regulatory or audit purposes as per the bank's requirements
Name
of the Document Collaboration
process
System should have the ability to share the document with other users
181.
based on permission roles.
System should have the ability to edit, comment, share, collaborate on
182.
documents / files based on permission and access rights.
System should have the capability to bulk forward documents in a folder
with a common comment for processing similar kind of requests. From the
183. bulk forwarded document if one document alone needs be shared or
attached into a workflow, the system should provide flexible options for
that as well.
System should have the capability to mark comments on the shared
184.
documents before directing it to other users or before sharing for approval.
System should have the capability to view multiple pages simultaneously in
185.
a single screen for convenient preparation of notes.
System should have the capability to add a Bookmark or Hyperlink in the
186.
comment section to refer a page or an annotated area in the document
System should have the capability to communicate about a specific part of
187.
the document by commenting on existing annotations.
System should have availability of document metadata tab to show the
188.
related information defined for a particular document.
System should have the capability to list, sort and search Child attachments
189. and files.
Page 509 of 514

System should have the capability to view complete access history of a

190.
document by all users.
System should contain special column to mark personal self-comments on
191.
the file which can’t be viewed by other users even if the file is shared.
System should have the ability to view information along with the comments
192. in a chronological order.
System should have the capability to create draft order/letter over the
193.
collaborated file based on the decision made.
System should have the capability to automatically lock draft and the
194.
content inside it once it is approved by the authorized user.
System should have the ability to mark corrections if required and process
195.
again for approval.
System should have the capability to bulk approve or reject multiple files at
196.
a time.
197. System should have the capability to pull back documents for further action.
System should have access control and security options to ensure
198. confidentiality of critical processes.
199. System should have the capability to export the file in PDF format.
System should have the capability to view the movement history of the work
200.
item in a movement tracker view pop-up
201. System should have the capability to facilitate and track comment threads.
System should have the capability to send documents as links or
202. attachments.
System should have the capability to allow the developer/ administrator
203. access to all document capabilities.
System should allow users to combine and aggregate files into their own
personal "virtual" folders. For example, a Project Manager might have a
folder for project documentation, project legal contract documents,
204. invoices, design documentation, and emails from their customer all in one
"virtual" folder, even though documents are stored in various locations
throughout the library. These "virtual folders" can be shared with other
users.
System should have document-to-document linking to allow users to
bundle files into logical groups and integrated viewing capability to display
205.
all linked files screen. Users can point-and-click on the linked file to
access to the
record set.
Name
of the Search & Retrieve
process
System should have the capability to search using the metadata associated
206.
with the document as well as the content of the document.
System to have a dedicated Search server to index and search the
207.
content from several file types
System should allow the DMS search capability to index and search the
208. content from several file types with text layers, including PDF and Microsoft
Office products.
System should allow the DMS search capability to be restricted to a specific
209.
area of the library (e.g. cabinet or folder).
Page 510 of 514

210. System should have the full-text search capabilities

211. System should support fuzzy search.
212. System should support Boolean based search option.
213. System should support Wild card based search options
System should support Proximity search options and should be able to
214. define the proximity distance
System should have the capability to search across all document classes
215.
to which the user has at least read permissions.
System should have the capability to carry out Keyword search, multiple
216.
field search, exact phrase search and Alpha numeric search.
System should have the capability to indexed document file properties,
217. including the date added to the system, document owner, size, format, and
file type.
System should export search results and import them into an analysis tool,
218.
such as Microsoft Excel.
System should have the capability to search & track the document in a
219.
preview pane made available in the search results screen.
220. System should have the capability to search with multiple filters.
System should have the capability to configure search criteria through a
221.
GUI.
222. System should support facility to export Search results in excel or pdf.
System should have the capability that users can only search for and find
223.
(retrieve) documents they are authorized to access.
System should save searches for re-use. These searches should be made
224.
public for use by others or private for use by only the user.
System should allow the user to change one or more search criteria as
225.
needed to make the saved search a search template.
System should be capable of displaying search results in a simple list,and
226.
can be accessed directly in the search interface.
System should have the capability that while using the search, users
should be able to perform basic document management tasks, such as
227.
editing
metadata, linking to other documents, or checking documents out, which
can be performed in the other areas of the DMS.
228. System should have the capability to highlight searched words/ text
Name
of the Integration Capabilities
process
System should have inbuilt ready-made REST APIs to connect with various
229. applications
System should expose APIs to help other applications to push & pull
230. documents to and from the Repository
System should have the capability to integrate with biometric devices,
231. digital signatures, LDAP, etc
System should support message-based collaboration based on protocols
232. such as HTTP, FTP and SMTP.
System should allow external applications to invoke an API to retrieve and
233. view documents from DMS through its Document viewer. This shall
enable
Page 511 of 514

3rd party system users who have the necessary access rights to view
documents directly from the respective system's UI.
System should integrate with future applications and allow document

234.
upload and download directly from those applications via APIs.
System should integrate with email gateways (MS Exchange, POP3,
235.
SMTP) and SMS gateways (custom, via API).
System should synchronize users or groups from objects in Active
236. Directory, LDAP, or NT Domain directory servers. Once integrated, both
users and groups can then be assigned to functional roles.
System should have an industry-standard, fully-documented API that
237.
allows integration with third-party applications.
System should integrate with Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher or
238. Microsoft SQL Reporting Services to generate an infinite array of reports.
System should be customized so that appearance resembles that of an
239.
organization's unique look and feel.
System should take documents and file them into appropriate folders
240.
based on predefined values in customized scripts.
System should have an importing tool that can perform server-side lookup
241.
of metadata or perform a lookup of metadata from another database.
System should allow the export of metadata and version property
242.
information to other software.
System should have the capability to integrate with Microsoft Office
243. applications
System should bring emails into the DMS automatically from Microsoft
244.
Outlook email
245. System should support two-factor authentication.
Name
of the DMS User Interface
process
System should have an interface which is easy to use and users should be
246.
able to quickly adapt it with minimal training
System should provide the ability to personalize user preferences,
247.
Document Views/perspectives, Dashboard widgets, Queues, etc.
System should be able to easily navigate folder taxonomy tree to quickly
248.
browse through the root folder structure
System should have permission-based access for the Dashboard widgets,
249. Document category & Folders
System should have a dark mode UI option available which helps to
quickly turn the screen to dark at night time. Toolbar icon should serve as
250.
an ON|OFF switch which enables you to easily and quickly turn the Dark
Mode
ON or OFF.
System should have responsive UI that adapts dynamically to device
251.
screen resolution.
System should ensure separation of admin user (different types like DMS
252. Admin, Workflow Admin, Office Admin, Department Admin, etc)and end
users.
253. System should allow notifications to be role- based or for a specific user.
Page 512 of 514

254. System should support Low Code/No Code configurations

System should have an interface which is easy to use and familiar to
255.
users of a Windows environment.
256. System should be used with minimal mouse clicks and menu selection.
System should be able to trigger actions through contextual menus that can
257. be activated through on-screen buttons, system menus, or right-click
contextual menus for the user.
System should have an interface which will provide help buttons to assist
258.
users with information relevant to what they are looking at onscreen.
System should be localized to provide the user interface in English, Hindi
259.
and Bangla.
System should provide the ability to personalize user preferences, views,
260.
alerts, workflow notification preferences, and folder colors.
Name
of the Security, User and Admin Management Capabilities
process
System should support secure login id and passwords for each user and
261.
passwords shall be stored in encrypted format in database.
System should have inbuilt admin module to define various users, groups,
262. data class, roles, etc. within the system and define access rights to
workflow transactions, queues, work steps, etc.
System should have the capability to define multiple levels of access rights
263. such as viewing, editing, modifying, download, etc. on the data processed
and documents handled in a workflow transaction.
System should have the capability to configure workload management of
264. users in various models such as, LIFO, Round Robin, etc. based on domain
preference.
System should provide comprehensive password configuration policies
265. and password validations, including expiration time, minimum
password
strength, password history, maximum login attempts, etc.
266. System should support SSL, HTTPS and session timeouts.
System should provide configurable OTP options through different
267.
channels as per the admin user preferences like SMS, Email & WhatsApp
System should give flexibility to administrator to do selective logging i.e.
268.
remove audit trail generation for specific system and user activities.
System should allow admin users to create notification template, capture
269.
profiles, workflows, categories and lot more
Name
of the Dedicated Mobile Application for DMS
process
System should have provision to login with Active web login username and
270. password
System should have provision to showcase the User photo, User Full Name
271. & Email ID
272. System should have provision to change user password
System should have provision to upload images into scan folder using
273. mobile camera/gallery
Page 513 of 514

274. System should have provision to attach files to a workflow

275. System should have Provision to mark files as Favorites
276. System should have provision to create new folders
277. System should have provision to navigate to first and last pages using icons
System should have capability to show page count on the bottom of the
278. page
279. System should have capability to rotate the page to the right or left.
280. System should have provision to set due-date and priority of a work item
281. System should have provision to track the movement of a document/item
282. System should have provision to search items with multiple search filters
283. System should have provision to view the status of workflow
System should have capability to display a notification pop up in the bottom
284.
for any successful action
System should have capability to provide notification after upload & auto
285. deletion of documents.
Signature Not Verified

Digitally signed by JAYABRATA BISWAS
Date: 2022.12.08 13:47:36 IST
Location: eProcurement System for Central
Page 514 of 514 PSUs

Tendernotice 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tendernotice 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NIT NO.

DVC/Tender/Head Quarter/IT Cell/ERP/CMM/Works and Service/00001 Dated 08/12/2022

DAMODAR VALLEY CORPORATION

Notice Inviting Bids

“THROUGH E-TENDERING PROCESS ONLY”

TENDER DOCUMENTS FOR

“Selection of Implementation Partner for Implementation of SAP based ERP

NIT NO.: DVC/Tender/Head Quarter/IT Cell/ERP/CMM/Works and Service/00001

NOTICE INVITING BIDS (NIB) 3

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB) 11

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT 91

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 116

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC) 162

BID FORMS AND PROCEDURES 172

NOTICE INVITING BIDS (NIB)

NOTICE INVITING BIDS

DAMODAR VALLEY CORPORATION

“Selection of Implementation Partner for Implementation of SAP based ERP

Address for Communication:

1.1 Due Diligence by Bidders

1.2 Brief Scope of Work

1. Preparation of Project Charter including project management plan, preparation of

5. Supply, configuration & commissioning of SAP licenses as well as ERP related

7. Data Collection, Cleaning & Preparation of migration strategy with templates.

8. Migration of legacy data to the ERP System.

14. Support of cloud-based Data Centre for entire project duration.

1.3 Accessing Tender Documents and Participation

1.4 Submission of Bids

Envelope 1: Cost of Tender Documents, Integrity Pact & Bid Security

1.5 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) & Cost of Tender

1.6 Bidding Schedule

Last Date of Submission of Pre-Bid Queries

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)

1.1 Guideline for preparation of response

1.2 Qualification Criteria

The bidder should have minimum average

Net worth of the bidder as on the

Net worth would mean the sum total

Companies/Organization under Board

The Bidder must have successfully

In case a company has implemented

1.3 Cost of Bidding

1.4 Clarification on Tender Documents

1.5 Amendment to Tender Documents

2. Any addendum/ corrigendum/ extension, if required, will be hosted (as Corrigendum)

3. In case of change in parameter / specification / scope of work, submission date will be

1.6 Period of Validity of Bid and Language of Bid

1.7 Modification and Withdrawal of Bids

1.8 Documents comprising of the Bid and Bidding Procedure

1. Envelope 1 (offline): to be submitted in hard copy only. Proposal should contain

2. Envelope 2 (online): Technical proposal to be submitted on e-tendering portal as

The Envelope2 shall be available https://etenders.gov.in/eprocure/app as

3. Envelope 3 (online): Financial Proposal to be submitted on e-tendering portal. This is an

4. Hard Copy (Offline)Submission of supporting documents: Supporting documents in

1.9 Bid Prices

8. Bid Currencies: Prices shall be quoted in INR only.

1.10 Bid Opening, Bid Evaluation and Award of Contract

Bids not accompanied by the “Documents in support of Cost of Bidding Document”,

Bidder's names, bid modifications (“Envelope1”) or withdrawals (“Envelope1”), the

1.11 Ban / Suspension

2. If the performance of a bidder in any contract in DVC is found to be unsatisfactory during

1.12 Cost of Tender Documents

1. Name of Banker: United Bank of India (as Punjab national bank);